Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 8, 2020.

Registration No. 333-248969

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

Amendment No. 3

to

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

ATI INTERMEDIATE HOLDINGS, LLC

to be converted as described herein to a corporation named

ARRAY TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   3674   83-2747826

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

3901 Midway Place NE

Albuquerque, New Mexico 87109

(505) 881-7567

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

Jim Fusaro

Chief Executive Officer

ATI Intermediate Holdings, LLC

3901 Midway Place NE

Albuquerque, New Mexico 87109

(505) 881-7567

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copies of all communications, including communications sent to agent for service, should be sent to:

 

Joshua N. Korff, P.C.

Michael Kim, P.C.

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

601 Lexington Avenue

New York, New York 10022

(212) 446-4800

 

Charlotte MacVane

General Counsel and Chief Legal Officer

ATI Intermediate Holdings, LLC

3901 Midway Place NE

Albuquerque, New Mexico 87109

(505) 881-7567

 

Michael Kaplan

Roshni Banker Cariello

Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP

450 Lexington Avenue

New York, New York 10017

(212) 450-4000

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this registration statement becomes effective.

 

 

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.  ☐

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer      Accelerated filer  
Non-accelerated filer      Smaller reporting company  
     Emerging growth company  

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act.  ☐

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title of Each Class of

Securities to Be Registered

  Amount to be
Registered(1)
 

Proposed Maximum
Offering Price

Per Unit(2)

 

Proposed

Maximum

Aggregate

Offering Price(2)(3)

 

Amount of

Registration Fee(4)

Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share

  38,812,500   $21.00   $815,062,500   $88,924

 

 

(1)

Includes 5,062,500 shares the underwriters have the option to purchase.

(2)

Estimated solely for the purpose of computing the amount of the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(a) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. An additional fee of $78,013 has been paid for the registration of the additional maximum aggregate offering price of $715,062,500.

(3)

Includes the offering price of the 5,062,500 shares the underwriters have the option to purchase.

(4)

$12,980 previously paid.

 

 

The registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until this Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

EXPLANATORY NOTE

ATI Intermediate Holdings, LLC, the registrant whose name appears on the cover of this registration statement, is a Delaware limited liability company. Immediately before the effectiveness of this registration statement, ATI Intermediate Holdings, LLC intends to convert into a Delaware corporation pursuant to a statutory conversion and change its name to Array Technologies, Inc., and on or about the time of the consummation of this offering, Array Technologies, Inc., the operating company and the indirect wholly owned subsidiary of ATI Intermediate Holdings, LLC, intends to change its name to Array Tech, Inc., as described in the section “Corporate Conversion” of the accompanying prospectus. In the accompanying prospectus, we refer to all of the transactions related to our conversion to a corporation as the Corporate Conversion. As a result of the Corporate Conversion, the sole member of ATI Intermediate Holdings, LLC will become the sole holder of shares of common stock of Array Technologies, Inc. Unless the context otherwise requires, all references in the accompanying prospectus to the “Company,” “Array Technologies,” “we,” “us,” “our” or similar terms refer to ATI Intermediate Holdings, LLC and its consolidated subsidiaries before the Corporate Conversion, and Array Technologies, Inc. and, where appropriate, its subsidiaries after the Corporate Conversion. Except as disclosed in the prospectus, the consolidated financial statements and selected historical consolidated financial data and other financial information included in this registration statement are those of ATI Intermediate Holdings, LLC and its subsidiaries and do not give effect to the Corporate Conversion. Shares of common stock of Array Technologies, Inc. are being offered by the accompanying prospectus.


Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell nor does it seek an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

Subject to Completion. Dated October 8, 2020.

33,750,000 Shares

 

 

LOGO

Array Technologies, Inc.

Common Stock

 

 

This is an initial public offering of shares of common stock of Array Technologies, Inc. (“Array Technologies”). We are offering 7,000,000 shares of our common stock to be sold in the offering. The selling stockholder is offering 26,750,000 shares of common stock to be sold in the offering. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of our common stock by the selling stockholder.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. It is currently estimated that the initial public offering price per share will be between $19.00 and $21.00. We have applied to list our common stock on The Nasdaq Global Market (“Nasdaq”) under the symbol “ARRY.”

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined under the U.S. federal securities laws, and, as such, may elect to comply with certain reduced public company reporting requirements for this and future filings.

Oaktree Power Opportunities Fund IV (Delaware) Holdings, L.P. (“Oaktree Power”), Oaktree ATI Investors, L.P. (“Oaktree Investors” and, together with Oaktree Power, “Oaktree”) and Ron P. Corio, our founder, currently beneficially own a majority of our common stock through ATI Investment Parent, LLC (“Parent”), which currently owns 100% of our common stock. Following this offering, Oaktree and Ron P. Corio will beneficially own shares of our common stock, which will represent approximately 73% of our total outstanding shares of common stock. Upon completion of this offering, we will be a “controlled company” as defined under the corporate governance rules of Nasdaq. See “Management—Controlled Company Exemption” and “Principal and Selling Stockholders.”

Each of our executive officers named herein and Chairman has committed to use 50% of the after-tax value of the distributions he or she expects to receive in connection with this offering (other than our Chief Commercial Officer who has committed to use 40% of the after-tax value of such distribution) to purchase shares of our common stock at the initial public offering price. Based on an initial public offering price of $20.00, which is the midpoint of the range set forth above, such reinvestment would result in an aggregate purchase of 402,163 shares of common stock. See “Principal and Selling Stockholders” and “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Parent LLC Agreement.”

 

 

See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 19 to read about factors you should consider before investing in shares of our common stock.

 

 

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any other regulatory body has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

 

 

     Per
Share
     Total  

Initial public offering price

   $                $                        

Underwriting discount(1)

   $                $                        

Proceeds to Array Technologies, Inc., before expenses

   $                $                        

Proceeds to the selling stockholder, before expenses

   $                $                        

 

(1)

See “Underwriting” for a description of the compensation payable to the underwriters.

To the extent that the underwriters sell more than 33,750,000 shares of common stock, the selling stockholder has granted the underwriters the option to purchase up to an additional 5,062,500 shares at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discount within 30 days after the date of this prospectus.

 

 

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares against payment in New York, New York, on or about                 , 2020 through the book-entry facilities of the Depositary Trust Company.

 

 

Joint Book-Running Managers

 

Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC          J.P. Morgan          Guggenheim Securities          Morgan Stanley

 

Credit Suisse   Barclays   UBS Investment Bank

Co-Managers

 

Cowen   Oppenheimer & Co.   MUFG   Nomura

Prospectus dated                  , 2020.


Table of Contents

LOGO

ARRAY TECHNOLOGIES


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

About This Prospectus

     ii  

Trademarks

     ii  

Market and Industry Data

     ii  

Prospectus Summary

     1  

Risk Factors

     19  

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

     45  

Use of Proceeds

     47  

Corporate Conversion

     48  

Dividend Policy

     49  

Capitalization

     50  

Dilution

     52  

Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data

     54  

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

     56  

Industry Overview

     72  

Business

     76  

Management

     87  

Executive Compensation

     94  

Principal and Selling Stockholders

     101  

Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions

     103  

Description of Certain Indebtedness

     108  

Description of Capital Stock

     111  

Shares Available for Future Sale

     116  

Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations for Non-U.S. Holders of Common Stock

     118  

Underwriting

     122  

Legal Matters

     133  

Experts

     133  

Where You Can Find Additional Information

     133  

Index to Financial Statements

     F-1  

 

i


Table of Contents

About This Prospectus

Unless the context otherwise requires, all references in this prospectus to the “Company,” “Array Technologies,” “we,” “us,” “our” or similar terms refer to ATI Intermediate Holdings, LLC and its consolidated subsidiaries before the Corporate Conversion, and Array Technologies, Inc. and, where appropriate, its subsidiaries after the Corporate Conversion. See “Corporate Conversion.”

We, the selling stockholder and the underwriters have not authorized anyone to provide you with information or to make any representations other than those contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectuses prepared by or on behalf of us or to which we have referred you. We, the selling stockholder and the underwriters take no responsibility for, and provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. This prospectus is an offer to sell only the shares offered hereby, and only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so. You should assume that the information appearing in this prospectus is accurate as of the date on the front cover of this prospectus only. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date.

For investors outside the United States: we, the selling stockholder and the underwriters have not done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. Persons outside the United States who come into possession of this prospectus must inform themselves about and observe any restrictions relating to, the offering of the shares of common stock and the distribution of this prospectus outside the United States.

Trademarks

This prospectus contains references to our trademarks, trade names and service marks. “DuraTrack” and “DuraRack” are trademarks of Array Technologies, Inc. in the United States and/or other countries. Solely for convenience, trademarks, trade names and service marks referred to in this prospectus may appear without the ® or symbols, but such references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights or the rights of the applicable licensor to these trademarks, trade names and service marks. Other trademarks, trade names and service marks appearing in this prospectus are the property of their respective holders. We do not intend our use or display of other companies’ trade names, trademarks or service marks to imply a relationship with, or endorsement or sponsorship of us by, any other companies.

Market and Industry Data

We use market data and industry forecasts and projections throughout this prospectus, and in particular in the sections captioned “Prospectus Summary,” “Industry Overview” and “Business.” We have obtained the market data from certain third-party sources of information, including publicly available industry publications and subscription-based publications, including IHS Markit—Global PV Tracker Market Report—2020 (June 30, 2020), IHS Markit—PV Installations Tracker—Q2 2020 (June 19, 2020), BloombergNEF—U.S. Wind and PV Capex by Region (April 8, 2020), BloombergNEF—Global Capex Benchmark, Utility-Scale PV (April 28, 2020), BloombergNEF—1H 2020 LCOE Update (April 28, 2020), BloombergNEF—2Q 2020 Global PV Market Outlook (May 20, 2020) and DNV GL—SmarTrack Field Testing Validation (May 21, 2020) and TÜV Rheinland PTL—Risk and Economic Analysis on Two Tracker Architectures (September 8, 2017). Industry forecasts are based on industry surveys and the preparer’s expertise in the industry, and there can be no assurance that any of the industry forecasts will be achieved. We believe these data are reliable, but we have not independently verified the accuracy of this information. Any industry forecasts are based on data (including third-party data), models and experience of various professionals and are based on various assumptions, all of which are subject to change without notice. While we are not aware of any misstatements regarding the market data presented herein, industry forecasts and projections involve risks and uncertainties and are subject to change based on various factors, including those discussed under the heading “Risk Factors.”

 

ii


Table of Contents

 

Through and including                 , 2020 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.

 

 

 

iii


Table of Contents

Prospectus Summary

This summary highlights selected information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. It does not contain all of the information that may be important to you and your investment decision. Before investing in our common stock, you should carefully read this entire prospectus, including the matters set forth under the sections of this prospectus captioned “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. Unless the context otherwise requires, all references to “solar energy projects” or “projects” mean solar photovoltaic systems that produce electricity. When used to describe a solar energy project, megawatts (“MWs”) or gigawatts (“GWs”) means the direct current capacity of a solar energy project under standard temperature and conditions. When used to describe a mounting system, MWs or GWs means a mounting system of the size necessary for a solar energy project with that capacity. Unless the context otherwise requires, references to “installations” mean the total capacity of solar energy projects or mounting systems measured in MWs or GWs that were installed in the period. Unless the context otherwise requires, descriptions of the percentage of the market that are represented by a particular type of solar project or mounting system are based on the installed capacity in that period.

Our Company

Overview

We are one of the world’s largest manufacturers of ground-mounting systems used in solar energy projects. Our principal product is an integrated system of steel supports, electric motors, gearboxes and electronic controllers commonly referred to as a single-axis “tracker.” Trackers move solar panels throughout the day to maintain an optimal orientation to the sun, which significantly increases their energy production. Solar energy projects that use trackers generate up to 25% more energy and deliver a 22% lower levelized cost of energy (“LCOE”) than projects that use “fixed tilt” mounting systems, according to BloombergNEF. Trackers represent between 10% and 15% of the cost of constructing a ground-mounted solar energy project, and approximately 70% of all ground-mounted solar energy projects constructed in the U.S. during 2019 utilized trackers according to BloombergNEF and IHS Markit, respectively.

Our trackers use a patented design that allows one motor to drive multiple rows of solar panels through articulated driveline joints. To avoid infringing on our U.S. patent, our competitors must use designs that we believe are inherently less efficient and reliable. For example, our largest competitor’s design requires one motor for each row of solar panels. As a result, we believe our products have greater reliability, lower installation costs, reduced maintenance requirements and competitive manufacturing costs. Our core U.S. patent on a linked-row, rotating gear drive system does not expire until February 5, 2030.

We sell our products to engineering, procurement and construction firms (“EPCs”) that build solar energy projects and to large solar developers, independent power producers and utilities, often under master supply agreements or multi-year procurement contracts. In 2019, we derived 87%, 8% and 5% of our revenues from customers in the U.S., Australia and rest of the world, respectively. As of June 30, 2020, we had shipped more than 21 GWs of our trackers to customers worldwide.

We are a U.S. company and our headquarters and principal manufacturing facility are in Albuquerque, New Mexico. As of June 30, 2020, we had 343 full-time employees.

Our Tracker System

Large-scale solar energy projects are typically laid out in successive “rows” that form an “array.” An array can have dozens of rows with more than 100 solar panels in each row. With a single-axis tracker system, motors



 

1


Table of Contents

and gears cause each row of solar panels to rotate along their north-south axis to continually align the row with the sun throughout the day. Different tracker manufacturers use different approaches to rotate the panels in a row. We have patented single-axis tracker systems that use one electric motor to drive the rotation of multiple rows through articulated driveline joints, require only a single bolt clamp to attach solar panels and automatically stow in high wind conditions. We refer to our design as the “DuraTrack” system. We believe our DuraTrack system has significant advantages, including:

 

   

Requiring fewer motors per megawatt than competing products. Our tracker system uses less than one motor per megawatt which compares with more than 25 motors per megawatt for our largest competitor. Using fewer motors per megawatt lowers the cost, reduces the number of failure points and minimizes the maintenance requirements of our system. Fewer motors per megawatt also reduces the number of motor controllers and the amount of wiring and other ancillary parts that are required for the system, which further reduces cost, simplifies installation and improves reliability.

 

   

Creating site design flexibility. Our drive-shaft joints articulate, which allows successive rows in the array to be offset by a combined angle of up to 40 degrees horizontally or vertically and accommodate up to a 26% grade. The ability to offset rows allows our customers to accommodate undulating terrain and irregular site boundaries without the need for extensive grading. We estimate that eliminating grading reduces construction costs by $0.01 to $0.07 per watt of installed capacity, maximizes the use of available land and helps preserve the site environment.

 

   

Enabling higher power density than competing products. Our system is designed to minimize “dead space,” which we define as any area in the system that could otherwise be occupied by a solar panel. Minimizing dead space is important to our customers because maximizing power production per acre increases their return on investment. Our system minimizes dead space by locating our gearbox and drive shafts below the solar panels, as opposed to next to them in some of our competitors’ systems, and by using our patented low-profile clamps that require less than 14 inch of spacing between each panel in a row. Together, we believe these features allow our system to generate approximately 5% more power per acre than our largest competitor’s comparative design.

 

   

Making installation easier. The amount of labor and time required during construction are major contributors to the cost of a solar energy project. We believe our tracker is simpler and faster to install than competing products because it has fewer parts, requires only one bolt to attach each solar panel, ships largely preassembled from our factory, is efficiently packaged based on component location in the array rather than by part type, and does not require any special tools to install.

 

   

Automatically stowing in high wind conditions. Most damage to ground-mounted solar arrays is caused by high winds. Avoiding wind damage requires rotating the panels into a position that minimizes lifting forces as wind speeds increase. This feature is commonly referred to as “wind stow.” Most tracker systems rely on anemometers to determine when wind forces reach levels that could damage the array. The anemometers communicate with motor controllers that in turn instruct the motors in the tracker system to rotate the array into a wind stow position. Power to operate the motors is typically provided by a series of batteries. A failure of any of these components can cause the array to fail to stow, which may result in catastrophic damage. Our trackers operate differently. Each row in our system has a gearbox with a patented torque limiting technology which acts as a clutch that releases when wind forces reach a certain level, relieving the pressure on the row by allowing it to rotate freely. We refer to this capability as “passive stow.” As a purely mechanical system, passive stow eliminates the possibility of severe damage to the array from a failure to stow stemming from a loss of power or electronic component failure. Additionally, our trackers stow each row individually based on the wind force at that particular row, which allows unaffected rows in the array to continue to generate power while many of our competitors’ products indiscriminately stow the entire array.



 

2


Table of Contents

 

 

   

Having high reliability and no scheduled maintenance. Solar energy projects are expected to operate for at least 30 years, so their reliability and maintenance costs can have a significant impact on the owner’s return on investment. We have designed our tracker to minimize the number of components and potential failure points, provide redundancy in the event of a component failure and eliminate the need for scheduled maintenance, which reduces the total cost of ownership and improves return on investment for the users of our products. Based on an independent analysis by TÜV Rheinland PTL, an internationally-recognized testing, inspection and certification company that has been providing independent evaluations of equipment used in solar energy projects for more than three decades, we believe our system will require 433 times fewer service hours than our largest competitor’s system.

 

   

Incorporating software and machine learning capabilities that enhance performance. Trackers are typically programmed to rotate panels in an array on a defined schedule. These schedules are made based on the average angle of insolation for the general area where the project is located but do not usually take into account the site’s specific terrain, weather or air quality conditions. We have developed a software offering called SmarTrack that uses site-specific weather and energy production data, in combination with machine learning algorithms, to identify the optimal position for a solar array in real time to increase its energy production. Our SmarTrack software does not require additional hardware and DNV-GL, an independent engineering firm, has projected that using our SmarTrack software can increase energy production in certain circumstances by up to 5%.

 

   

Meeting prospective national security requirements for U.S. critical energy infrastructure. Large solar energy projects are subject to heightened and evolving reliability and cybersecurity standards reviewed and approved by the U.S. government. We do not source controllers and other key electronic components from manufacturers that may be deemed to pose threats to U.S. national security, or rely on open, wireless communication protocols that can be easily hacked. As cyber attacks on infrastructure become more prevalent, we believe the U.S. government will impose increasingly stringent cyber security requirements on solar energy projects. For example, in May 2020, the President issued an executive order banning the importation and acquisition of bulk-power system electric equipment designed or manufactured by a foreign adversary, where such equipment poses a threat to grid security. The Administration subsequently issued clarifications including which countries are designated as “foreign adversaries” for the purposes of the executive order, naming China, Cuba, Iran, North Korea, Venezuela, and Russia. Providers and vendors to the grid-connected power system, such as us, must be vigilant against vulnerabilities to exploitation in equipment, especially where such equipment is used in control systems. Our control systems are not sourced from suppliers in the countries identified by the Administration, and we continue to work with our suppliers and the government to ensure compliance with the intent and scope of the executive order.

Our Market Opportunity

Demand for ground-mounting systems is driven by installations of new ground-mounted solar energy projects. Demand for our products and our competitors’ products is a function of the percentage of those new installations that use trackers as opposed to fixed-tilt mounting systems. Historically, we have derived the majority of our revenues from the sale of trackers used in solar energy projects located in the U.S.

U.S. Solar Market. Solar is the fastest growing form of electricity generation in the U.S. From 2014 to 2019, annual installations of ground-mounted solar generation capacity in the U.S. grew at a compound annual growth rate of 20% and represented nearly 22% of all new generation over one megawatt brought online over the same time period, according to IHS Markit and the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, respectively. IHS Markit forecasts that this rapid growth will continue, with annual installations of ground-mounted solar generation capacity in the U.S. increasing from 10.9 GWs in 2019 to 19.6 GWs in 2023, representing a compound annual growth rate of 16%. We believe key drivers supporting continued growth in U.S. solar generation include:



 

3


Table of Contents
   

Expanding state regulations requiring that an increasing proportion of the energy sold in the state come from renewable sources. As of June 2020, 30 U.S. states, three territories and the District of Columbia had adopted Renewable Portfolio Standards (“RPSs”), which mandate that a certain percentage of electricity sold in the jurisdiction by a certain date must come from renewable energy resources. An increasing number of these states and the District of Columbia have passed legislation, regulations or administrative or executive orders targeting 100% renewable or clean energy by 2050 or earlier. We believe that utilities and independent power producers will build a growing number of solar energy projects to meet these targets.

 

   

Decommissioning of fossil-fuel and nuclear generation. According to the U.S. Energy Information Administration, more than 175 coal, petroleum, natural gas and nuclear power plants are expected to be retired over the next ten years, representing 134 GWs of generation capacity, or approximately 12% of the total U.S. utility-scale generation capacity as of May 2020. We believe that a significant proportion of these plants will be replaced by solar energy projects because of their environmental benefits and competitive cost compared to fossil and other forms of generation.

 

   

Increasing economic competitiveness of solar energy with fossil generation as measured by the LCOE. LCOE represents the average cost per unit of electricity of building, financing, operating and maintaining a power plant over its operating life. The U.S. Energy Information Administration estimates that the LCOE for new solar generation capacity entering service in 2022 is $37.44 per megawatt hour without federal tax incentives and $28.88 per megawatt hour with federal tax incentives, which is lower than the cost of building new power plants that burn natural gas or coal and lower than the cost of operating existing fossil fuel generation in certain instances. Furthermore, improvements in system performance and efficiency are contributing to continued declines in LCOE, making utility-scale solar with trackers an increasingly preferred source of new generation capacity, even without incentives or subsidies and apart from environmental considerations.

 

   

Electrification of equipment and infrastructure that has historically been powered by fossil fuels. Aggressive electrification of energy end uses such as transportation, space heating and water heating are needed for the U.S. and the world to achieve ambitious greenhouse gas emission reduction goals, according to the Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory. Federal, state and local governments have responded with a variety of measures to incentivize electrification, ranging from tax credits for electric vehicles to prohibitions on gas lines into new construction to banning gasoline-powered lawn tools. We believe that the substitution of electricity for fossil fuels in vehicles, appliances and residential and commercial building systems will significantly increase electricity consumption over time. Higher levels of electricity consumption will need to be met with new generation, which we believe will increasingly come from new solar energy projects.

 

   

Growing corporate and investor support for decarbonization of energy. 245 companies in the S&P 500 had publicly disclosed emissions reduction targets as of October 2019, 240 major companies had pledged to source 100% of their energy from renewables as part of the international RE100 initiative as of July 2020, and four companies had made the Amazon Climate Pledge as of July 2019, which calls on its signatories to be net zero carbon across their businesses by 2040. In September 2020, Climate Action 100+, an investor initiative which represents 500 global investors who collectively manage more than $47 trillion in assets, sent letters to certain boards and CEOs of large corporate emitters to urge them to commit to and set clear goals to pursue transition to net-zero emissions by 2050 or sooner. We believe that corporate and investor commitments to reduce the carbon intensity of their businesses and use renewable energy will result in increasing demand for solar energy projects.

 

   

Accelerating deployment of utility-scale battery storage. By storing the energy generated from solar energy projects and making it available at night or when weather conditions limit the amount of sunlight, battery storage makes solar energy a viable form of baseload generation. We believe that



 

4


Table of Contents
 

demand for solar energy projects to replace fossil fuel-fired baseload generation will increase as utility-scale battery storage decreases in cost and becomes more widely available.

U.S. Tracker Market. Trackers are the fastest growing ground-mounting system for solar in the U.S. From 2017 to 2019, U.S. installations of trackers for systems with more than one megawatt of capacity grew at a compound annual growth rate of 35%, approximately 1.5 times faster than the compound annual growth rate of installations of all ground-mounted solar generation over the same period, according to IHS Markit. Installations of trackers grew faster than the total installations of ground-mounted solar generation in the U.S. because the percentage of ground-mounted solar installations that used trackers increased from approximately 60% in 2017 to approximately 70% in 2019. We believe that the global demand for trackers is growing faster than the overall demand for mounting systems because solar energy projects that use trackers generate significantly more energy for only a modest increase in capital cost and therefore have a lower LCOE than projects that do not use trackers. IHS Markit forecasts that growth in installations of trackers will continue to outpace growth in total installations of ground-mounted solar, with annual installations of trackers growing at a compound annual growth rate of 19% between 2019 to 2023.

As of September 30, 2020, we had $703 million of executed contracts and awarded orders (which we define as orders where we are in the process of documenting a contract but for which a contract has not yet been signed) for tracker systems with anticipated shipment dates in 2020 and 2021, representing a 31% increase relative to the same date last year.

Our Strengths

We believe the following strengths of our business position us to capitalize on continued growth in the solar energy market, reinforce our leadership position in the mounting systems market and distinguish us from our competitors:

 

   

Direct beneficiary of the global energy transition. Nations are rapidly moving to decarbonize their economies in order to reduce air pollution and fight climate change. A key element of decarbonizing the global economy is transitioning electricity generation from fossil fuels to renewable energy. Solar energy has become one of the lowest cost, most reliable and most flexible forms of renewable energy generation and is becoming a preferred option for electricity generation worldwide. As a leading provider of ground-mounting systems for solar energy projects, we benefit directly from the global transition to renewable energy through growing demand for our products. We estimate that approximately 15% of the future spending on ground-mounted solar energy projects can be addressed by our products.

 

   

Products independently verified to deliver the lowest cost of ownership and highest reliability. TÜV Rheinland PTL found that projects using our tracker system would achieve a 6.7% lower LCOE, 4.5% higher net present value, and 31% lower operations and maintenance cost than projects that used competing single row control architectures. We believe that independent verification of the superior total cost of ownership and higher reliability of our products helps us to attract and retain customers and grow our market share.

 

   

Panel technology agnostic. All solar panels require mounting systems, and our products are designed to work with all types of solar panels. As a result, we do not believe we are exposed to risk from changes in solar panel technology or shifts in market share between different manufacturers of solar panels. As long as there is demand for ground-mounted solar energy projects, we believe there will be demand for our products.

 

   

Large installed base. As of June 30, 2020, there were more than 17 GWs of our trackers operating worldwide, including over 14 GWs in the U.S., representing nearly 30% of the total utility scale solar generation capacity installed in the U.S. We believe the large installed base of our products reinforces the advantages of our trackers for both our customers and their financing sources who value established equipment vendors with long product operating histories.



 

5


Table of Contents
   

Demonstrated ability to reduce the cost of our products while increasing profit margins. In order to enhance the competitiveness of our products and increase our margins, we continually work to reduce the cost of our products through innovation and rigorous supply chain management. These efforts have resulted in a reduction in cost of goods sold per watt by approximately 23% from 2017 through 2019. This has allowed us to reduce average selling prices by approximately 20% over the same period, driving significant increases in revenues, while simultaneously increasing gross profits and gross margins.

 

   

Experienced engineering team with a track record of continuous innovation. We have successfully introduced three generations of trackers. We believe each new version has delivered significant improvements in performance, reliability and total cost of ownership. As of June 30, 2020, approximately 30% of our salaried employees were engineers with expertise in software, electronics, material science, structural mechanics and civil engineering. We believe that our engineering expertise will enable us to continually improve the functionality and reliability of our products while reducing their cost.

 

   

Intellectual property and trade secrets portfolio. We maintain a portfolio of intellectual property and trade secrets related to our projects and business processes. Our core U.S. patent on a linked-row, rotating gear drive tracker (U.S. Patent No. 8,459,249) has also been issued in a number of other jurisdictions, including Australia, Chile, Germany, the European Patent Office, Spain, France and the U.K. We have also been granted six additional U.S. patents generally covering, among other things, technologies related to panel clamps/brackets, utilizing torque limiters to reduce hinge moment forces, and clearing obstructions. These additional patents have also been issued in a number of jurisdictions and are pending in others around the world. We have brought successful actions against competitors who have infringed on our intellectual property and our core U.S. patent was recently upheld in an inter partes review by the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office. In addition to our patents, we maintain a portfolio of trade secrets relating to, among other things, our pricing strategies, cost structures, sales pipelines and unpatented technology.

 

   

Highly scalable manufacturing with low capital intensity. We are an engineering and technology centric company with an assembly-focused manufacturing model. Approximately 80% of our cost of goods sold consists of purchased components, including motors, gearboxes, electronic controllers and steel tubing that we source from third-party suppliers. The remainder of our cost of goods sold is primarily labor to fabricate and assemble certain specialized parts of our system. As a result, our business requires minimal capital investment and generates significant cash flow, which has allowed us to make investments in research and development, repay debt and make distributions to our stockholders.

 

   

Rigorous supply chain management supported by a sophisticated enterprise resource planning (“ERP”) system. We have made substantial investments in our systems and supply chain designed to minimize material movement, working capital investment and costs of goods sold while enabling us to rapidly deliver large volumes of our products to project sites around the world. To minimize material movement and working capital investment, we typically ship purchased components representing more than 70% of our cost of goods sold directly from our suppliers to our customers’ sites. To lower our cost of goods sold, we employ components that are mass produced and widely available to maintain security of supply and to benefit from existing economies of scale. In addition, we believe the large volume of purchases that we make afford us preferential pricing and terms from our suppliers, which creates a competitive advantage.

 

   

U.S. operations that reduce the potential impact of trade tariffs. We are a U.S. company and our principal operations and manufacturing facility are in Albuquerque, New Mexico. We believe our status as a U.S. company with U.S. manufacturing reduces the potential impact of U.S. government tariffs placed on, or other U.S. government regulatory actions taken against, products manufactured in foreign countries.



 

6


Table of Contents
   

Adherence to environmental, social and governance (“ESG”) principles. We believe that our impact on the environment; how we manage our relationships with employees, suppliers, customers and the communities where we operate; and the accountability of our leadership to our stockholders are critically important to our business. We plan to report how we oversee and manage ESG factors material to our business under the Global Reporting Initiative (“GRI”), which maintains a public database for governments and businesses to communicate their impacts on climate change, human rights and corruption. As a part of our plan to provide ESG disclosures pursuant to GRI, we will describe how our business contributes to certain United Nations’ Sustainable Development Goals (“UN SDGs”).

Our Strategy

Our mission is to leverage our technology, people and processes to deliver solutions for the new energy economy that improve the performance, increase the reliability and reduce the cost of renewable energy. Key elements of our strategy include:

 

   

Delivering product innovations that will convert more customers to our products. We believe we have a long track record of delivering innovative products that lower our customers’ LCOE while maintaining high reliability. Our strategy is to grow our market share by reducing the manufacturing, installation and ownership cost of our products through improved design, performance and cost. We are currently developing the next generation of our DuraTrack system which we believe will deliver significant improvements in all of these areas.

 

   

Leveraging our global supply chain and economies of scale to reduce product cost. Purchased components are the largest contributor to our cost of goods sold. Our strategy is to continually reduce our cost of goods sold by leveraging the large volumes of materials and components we purchase against multiple, qualified suppliers to obtain the best price and terms while ensuring availability of inputs and mitigating the risk of supply chain disruptions.

 

   

Growing our international business. Excluding China, the international market for ground-mounting systems for solar energy projects was more than four times larger than the U.S. market in 2019, but only approximately 30% of international solar energy projects used trackers compared with approximately 70% in the U.S. according to IHS Markit. While our historical focus has primarily been the U.S. given the size and attractiveness of that market, we have recently made investments in our international sales capability and supply chain to secure and deliver on orders globally. We believe that the share of international solar energy projects that use trackers has the potential to increase to the same level as the U.S. because trackers deliver the same benefits outside the U.S. as they do in the U.S. Components of our international growth strategy include leveraging our relationships with existing customers, many who develop and construct projects globally; marketing region-specific products tailored to the unique needs of particular geographies; entering into joint-venture or licensing arrangements with companies in certain markets; expanding our relationships with value-added resellers of our products in some countries; and utilizing locally sourced components in our products in jurisdictions where locally sourced components are a regulatory or customer requirement. We also plan to leverage the experiences we gained from entering the Australian market where we increased our share of projects over 1 MW from 0% in 2016 to 41% in the first half of 2020.

 

   

Creating new revenue streams that leverage our large installed base. We believe that the significant and continued growth in our installed base creates opportunities to sell products, software and services related to our tracker systems. Our strategy is to introduce a targeted set of offerings over time, including hardware and software upgrades and retrofits, as well as preventative maintenance and extended warranty plans that we believe can generate high margin, recurring revenues.

 

   

Expanding into related products and services in adjacent markets organically or through acquisition. Our strategy is to leverage our engineering capabilities, supply chain, sales and marketing



 

7


Table of Contents
 

resources, and customer relationships to expand our business into products and services for adjacent markets. We are currently evaluating markets for related products that are used in solar energy projects but that we do not currently supply, including foundations and electrical balance of system components, as well as other types of mounting and support structures used in electrical infrastructure. We may enter these markets by developing new products organically or through acquisitions.

Recent Developments

In connection with the IPO, our subsidiary, Array Tech, Inc. (f/k/a Array Technologies, Inc., prior to the effective date of the Corporate Conversion) expects to enter into a new credit facility consisting of (i) a $575 million senior secured seven-year term loan facility (the “New Term Loan Facility”) and (ii) a $150 million senior secured five-year revolving credit facility (the “New Revolving Credit Facility” and, together with the New Term Loan Facility, the “New Senior Credit Facility”). See “Description of Certain Indebtedness—New Senior Secured Credit Facility.”

Summary Risk Factors

Our business and our ability to execute our strategy are subject to many risks. Before making a decision to invest in our common stock, you should carefully consider all of the risks and uncertainties described in the section of this prospectus captioned “Risk Factors” immediately following this Prospectus Summary and all of the other information in this prospectus. These risks include, but are not limited to, the following:

 

   

if demand for solar energy projects does not continue to grow or grows at a slower rate than we anticipate, our business will suffer;

 

   

existing electric utility industry policies and regulations, and any subsequent changes, may present technical, regulatory and economic barriers to the purchase and use of solar energy systems, which may significantly reduce demand for our products or harm our ability to compete;

 

   

if we fail to, or incur significant costs in order to, obtain, maintain, protect, defend or enforce, our intellectual property and other proprietary rights, our business and results of operations could be materially harmed;

 

   

we may need to defend ourselves against third-party claims that we are infringing, misappropriating or otherwise violating others’ intellectual property rights, which could divert management’s attention, cause us to incur significant costs and prevent us from selling or using the technology to which such rights relate;

 

   

the interruption of the flow of materials from international vendors could disrupt our supply chain, including as a result of the imposition of additional duties, tariffs and other charges on imports and exports;

 

   

changes in the U.S. trade environment, including the imposition of import tariffs, could adversely affect the amount or timing of our revenues, results of operations or cash flows;

 

   

risks related to actual or threatened health epidemics, such as the COVID-19 pandemic, and other outbreaks, which could significantly disrupt our manufacturing and operations;

 

   

the viability and demand for solar energy are impacted by many factors outside of our control, which makes it difficult to predict our future prospects;

 

   

a loss of one or more of our significant customers, their inability to perform under their contracts, or their default in payment, could harm our business and negatively impact revenue, results of operations and cash flow;

 

   

the reduction, elimination or expiration of government incentives for, or regulations mandating the use of, renewable energy and solar energy specifically could reduce demand for solar energy systems and harm our business;



 

8


Table of Contents
   

a drop in the price of electricity derived from the utility grid or from alternative energy sources may harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects;

 

   

an increase in interest rates, or a reduction in the availability of tax equity or project debt capital in the global financial markets could make it difficult for customers to finance the cost of a solar energy system and could reduce the demand for our products;

 

   

defects or performance problems in our products could result in loss of customers, reputational damage and decreased revenue, and we may face warranty, indemnity and product liability claims arising from defective products;

 

   

the requirements of being a public company may strain our resources, divert management’s attention and affect our ability to attract and retain qualified board members and officers;

 

   

our status as a “controlled company” and ability to rely on exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements; and

 

   

certain provisions in our certificate of incorporation and our bylaws that may delay or prevent a change of control.

Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company

We qualify as an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act. An emerging growth company may take advantage of relief from certain reporting requirements and other burdens that are otherwise applicable generally to public companies. These provisions include:

 

   

presenting only two years of audited financial statements and only two years of selected financial data;

 

   

an exemption from compliance with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act;

 

   

reduced disclosure about our executive compensation arrangements in our periodic reports, proxy statements, and registration statements; and

 

   

exemptions from the requirements of holding non-binding advisory votes on executive compensation or golden parachute arrangements.

In addition, under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can delay adopting new or revised accounting standards until such time as those standards apply to private companies. We have elected to avail ourselves of this exemption from new or revised accounting standards, and, therefore, we will not be subject to the same new or revised accounting standards at the same time as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies or those that have opted out of using such extended transition period, which may make comparison of our financial statements with such other public companies more difficult. We may take advantage of these reporting exemptions until we no longer qualify as an emerging growth company, or, with respect to adoption of certain new or revised accounting standards, until we irrevocably elect to opt out of using the extended transition period.

We will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest of (i) the last day of the fiscal year in which we have total annual gross revenues of $1.07 billion or more; (ii) the last day of our fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the date of the completion of this offering; (iii) the date on which we have issued more than $1 billion in nonconvertible debt during the previous three years; and (iv) the date on which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer under the rules of the SEC. We may choose to take advantage of some but not all of these reduced reporting burdens.

Our Sponsor

Oaktree is a leader among global investment managers specializing in alternative investments, with $122 billion in assets under management as of June 30, 2020. The firm emphasizes an opportunistic, value-



 

9


Table of Contents

oriented and risk-controlled approach to investments in credit, private equity, real assets and listed equities. The firm has over 1,000 employees and offices in 19 cities worldwide.

Corporate Conversion

We currently operate as a Delaware limited liability company under the name ATI Intermediate Holdings, LLC, which directly and indirectly holds all of the equity interests in our operating subsidiaries. Immediately before the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, ATI Intermediate Holdings, LLC will convert into a Delaware corporation pursuant to a statutory conversion and will change its name to Array Technologies, Inc. On or about the time of the consummation of this offering, Array Technologies, Inc., the operating company and the indirect wholly owned subsidiary of ATI Intermediate Holdings, LLC, intends to change its name to Array Tech, Inc. In this prospectus, we refer to all of the transactions related to our conversion into a corporation as the Corporate Conversion. Following the Corporate Conversion, we will remain a holding company and will continue to conduct our business through our operating subsidiaries. For more information, see “Corporate Conversion.”

Corporate Structure

The following diagram sets forth a simplified view of our corporate structure as of June 30, 2020, after giving effect to the consummation of the Corporate Conversion and the consummation of this offering. This chart is for illustrative purposes only and does not represent all legal entities affiliated with the entities depicted.

ATI Corporate Structure

 

 

LOGO

ATI Investment Parent, LLC Public Stockholders Array Technologies, Inc. (f/k/a ATI Intermediate Holdings, LLC) Array Tech, Inc. (f/k/a Array Technologies, Inc.) Array Technologies International Pty Ltd Array Technologies Patent Holdings Co., LLC

Corporate Information

ATI Intermediate Holdings, LLC is a Delaware limited liability company formed in December 2018 as a wholly owned subsidiary of ATI Investment Parent, LLC. Array Technologies, Inc., our operating company, was incorporated in the State of New Mexico in 1992. Our principal executive offices are located at 3901 Midway Place NE, Albuquerque, New Mexico 87109 and our telephone number at this address is (505) 881-7567. Our website is https://arraytechinc.com. Information contained in, or accessible through, our website is not a part of, and is not incorporated into, this prospectus.



 

10


Table of Contents

The Offering

 

Common stock we are offering

7,000,000 shares.

 

Common stock offered by the selling stockholder

26,750,000 shares.

 

Option to purchase additional shares

The selling stockholder has granted the underwriters a 30-day option to purchase up to 5,062,500 additional shares of our common stock from the selling stockholder at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discount.

 

Common stock to be outstanding after this offering

126,994,467 shares.

 

Reinvestment Commitment

Each of our executive officers named herein and Chairman has committed to use 50% of the after-tax value of the distributions he or she expects to receive in connection with this offering (other than our Chief Commercial Officer who has committed to use 40% of the after-tax value of such distribution) to purchase shares of our common stock at the initial public offering price. Based on an initial public offering price of $20.00, which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, such reinvestment would result in an aggregate purchase of 402,163 shares of common stock. See “Principal and Selling Stockholders” and “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Parent LLC Agreement.”

 

Use of proceeds

We expect to receive approximately $129 million based on an assumed initial public offering price of $20.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

  We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering to prepay approximately $105 million of the outstanding amount under our New Senior Credit Facility and, to the extent we have any remaining net proceeds, for general corporate purposes, including working capital, operating expenses and capital expenditures. See the section titled “Use of Proceeds” for more information.

 

  We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of our common stock by the selling stockholder.

 

Controlled company

Upon completion of this offering, Oaktree and Ron P. Corio will continue to beneficially own more than 50% of the voting power of our outstanding common stock. As a result, we intend to avail ourselves of the “controlled company” exemptions under the rules of Nasdaq, including exemptions from certain of the corporate governance listing requirements. See “Management—Controlled Company Exemption” and “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”


 

11


Table of Contents

Dividend policy

We did not declare any dividends in the years 2019 and 2018, and we currently do not anticipate paying any cash dividends after this offering and for the foreseeable future. Instead, we anticipate that all of our earnings in the foreseeable future will be used to repay debt, for working capital, to support our operations and to finance the growth and development of our business. Any future determination relating to dividend policy will be made at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on a number of factors, including, restrictions in our current and future debt instruments, our future earnings, capital requirements, financial condition, prospects, and applicable Delaware law, which provides that dividends are only payable out of surplus or current net profits. See “Dividend Policy.”

 

Listing

We have applied to list our common stock on Nasdaq under the symbol “ARRY.”

 

Risk factors

See “Risk Factors” and other information included in this prospectus for a discussion of factors you should carefully consider before deciding to invest in shares of our common stock.

Unless we specifically state otherwise or the context otherwise requires, the share information in this prospectus:

 

   

gives effect to a 1-for-1.2 stock split of our common stock, which will occur after the effectiveness of this registration statement and before the closing of this offering (the “Stock Split”);

 

   

assumes an initial public offering price of $20.00, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus;

 

   

assumes no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase up to an additional 5,062,500 shares of common stock from the selling stockholder in this offering;

 

   

does not reflect the issuance of up to 5% of the shares of common stock outstanding at the closing of this offering (on a fully diluted basis) that are reserved for future grants or sale under our new long-term incentive plan (the “LTIP”); and

 

   

the effectiveness of our conversion from a Delaware limited liability company to a Delaware corporation, which will occur immediately before the effectiveness of this registration statement.



 

12


Table of Contents

Summary Consolidated Financial and Other Data

The following table summarizes our consolidated financial and other interim data. We have derived the summary consolidated statements of operations and cash flows data for 2018 and 2019 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2018 and 2019 from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have derived the statement of operations and cash flow data for the six months ended June 30, 2019 and 2020 and the balance sheet data as of June 30, 2020 from the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements which are included elsewhere in this prospectus.

The unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements include all normal recurring adjustments necessary, in the opinion of management, to summarize the financial positions and results for the period presented. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of our results to be expected in any future period, and the historical results for the six months ended June 30, 2020 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the full year. The summary of our consolidated financial data set forth below should be read together with our consolidated financial statements and our consolidated interim financial statements and the related notes, as well as the sections captioned “Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

    Year Ended
December 31,
    Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
    2018     2019     2019     2020  
                (unaudited)  
    (in thousands, except per share data)  

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

       

Revenue

  $ 290,783     $ 647,899     $ 225,417     $ 552,634  

Cost of revenue

    279,228       497,138       182,179       412,016  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    11,555       150,761       43,238       140,618  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

       

General and administrative

    46,053       41,852       15,910       25,316  

Depreciation expense

    202       250       137       118  

Amortization of intangibles

    26,506       25,250       12,625       12,625  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    72,761       67,352       28,672       38,059  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

    (61,206     83,409       14,566       102,559  

Other expense:

       

Other income (expense), net

    (447     (33     116       (2,134

Interest expense

    (19,043     (18,797     (9,387     (7,640
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other expense

    (19,490     (18,830     (9,271     (9,774
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income tax expense (benefit)

    (80,696     64,579       5,295       92,785  

Income tax expense (benefit)

    (19,932     24,834       10,519       16,708  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

  $ (60,764   $ 39,745     $ (5,224   $ 76,077  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average number of units outstanding, basic and diluted

    1       1       1       1  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings (loss) per unit, basic and diluted

  $ (60,764   $ 39,745     $ (5,224   $ 76,077  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma earnings per share information(1) (unaudited)

       

Pro forma net income

    $ 23,488       $ 69,559  
   

 

 

     

 

 

 


 

13


Table of Contents
    Year Ended
December 31,
     Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
    2018      2019      2019      2020  
                  (unaudited)  
    (in thousands, except per share data)  

Pro forma basic and diluted earnings per share

     $ 0.18         $ 0.55  
    

 

 

       

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted average shares outstanding — basic and diluted

       126,994           126,994  
    

 

 

       

 

 

 

The following table presents summary consolidated balance sheet data as of June 30, 2020 on:

 

   

on an actual basis; and

 

   

on a pro forma basis to reflect the anticipated cash distribution of $590,000,000 that we anticipate paying to our Parent prior to the closing of this offering (the “Special Distribution”) and the funding of the Special Distribution with borrowings under the New Term Loan Facility (together, the “Special Distribution Transactions”); and

 

   

on a pro forma as adjusted basis to reflect (1) the Special Distribution Transactions, (2) the sale and issuance by us of 7,000,000 shares of our common stock in this offering, assuming an initial public offering price of $20.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, and the application of net proceeds from this offering as described under “Use of Proceeds,” as if this offering and the application of the net proceeds of this offering had occurred on June 30, 2020, (3) the Corporate Conversion, (4) the completion of the 1-for-1.2 Stock Split effective following the Corporate Conversion and prior to the time of this offering, (5) the payment by us of estimated offering expenses of $4.0 million, and (6) the estimated impact of the earn-out.

 

     As of December 31,      As of June 30, 2020  
                          (unaudited)         
     2018      2019      Actual      Pro forma      Pro forma
as adjusted
 
     (in thousands)                

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

              

Cash and restricted cash

   $ 40,826      $ 361,257      $ 37,984      $ 19,859      $ 29,342  

Total assets

   $ 509,861      $ 923,581      $ 557,978      $ 542,853      $ 552,895  

Total liabilities

   $ 245,387      $ 618,430      $ 174,339      $ 749,214      $ 642,327  

Total member’s equity/stockholders’ equity/(deficit)

   $ 264,474      $ 305,151      $ 383,639      $ (206,361    $ (89,430

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
     2018     2019     2019     2020  
                 (unaudited)  
     (in thousands)  

Statement of Cash Flows Data:

        

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

   $ (11,727   $ 386,073     $ (2,843   $ (247,900

Net cash used in investing activities

   $ (6,430   $ (1,697   $ (434   $ (265

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

   $ 50,863     $ (63,945   $ (24,492   $ (75,108


 

14


Table of Contents
     Year Ended
December 31,
     Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
     2018      2019      2019      2020  
     (in thousands)  

Other Financial Information (unaudited):

           

Adjusted EBITDA(2)

   $ (22,652    $ 121,789      $ 32,560      $ 123,852  

Adjusted Net Income(2)

   $
(33,197

   $
76,592
 
   $ 17,223      $ 86,310  

Capital expenditures(3)

   $ 2,073      $ 1,697      $ 434      $ 265  

 

(1)

We compute pro forma earnings per share as if the Corporate Conversion, Stock Split and Special Distribution Transactions had occurred on January 1, 2019. Pro forma basic earnings per share is computed using pro forma net income divided by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Pro forma net income reflects additional interest expense (net of tax) of $16.3 million and $6.5 million assumed incurred to finance the portion of the Special Distribution that exceeds both the gross proceeds from the equity offering and the previous twelve months earnings for the year ended December 31, 2019 and six months ended June 30, 2020, respectively. A 0.125% change in the assumed interest rate of the New Term Loan Facility incurred to finance a portion of the Special Distribution would change aggregate interest expense (net of tax) for the year ended December 31, 2019 and six months ended June 30, 2020 by approximately $0.405 million and $0.162 million, respectively. Weighted average number of common shares outstanding includes 119,994,467 shares related to the Corporate Conversion and Stock Split and 7,000,000 shares to give effect to the number of shares whose proceeds would be necessary to pay the Special Distribution. Pro forma diluted earnings per share is computed using the weighted average number of common shares and the effect of potentially dilutive equity awards outstanding during the period. There were no potentially dilutive equity securities in the period presented.

 

(2)

We present Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted Net Income as supplemental measures of our performance. We define Adjusted EBITDA as net income (loss) plus (i) interest expense, (ii) other (income) expense, (iii) income tax expense (benefit), (iv) depreciation expense, (v) amortization of intangibles, (vi) share based compensation, (vii) ERP implementation costs, (viii) certain legal expense, and (ix) other costs. We define Adjusted Net Income as net income (loss) plus (i) amortization of intangibles, (ii) share based compensation, (iii) ERP implementation costs, (iv) certain legal expenses, (v) other costs, and (vi) income tax expense (benefit) of adjustments.

Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted Net Income are intended as supplemental measures of performance that are neither required by, nor presented in accordance with, GAAP. We present Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted Net Income because we believe they assist investors and analysts in comparing our performance across reporting periods on a consistent basis by excluding items that we do not believe are indicative of our core operating performance. In addition, we use Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted Net Income: (i) as a factor in evaluating management’s performance when determining incentive compensation; (ii) to evaluate the effectiveness of our business strategies; and (iii) because our credit agreement uses measures similar to Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted Net Income to measure our compliance with certain covenants.

Among other limitations, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted Net Income do not reflect our cash expenditures, or future requirements, for capital expenditures or contractual commitments; do not reflect the impact of certain cash charges resulting from matters we consider not to be indicative of our ongoing operations; do not reflect income tax expense or benefit; and other companies in our industry may calculate Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted Net Income differently than we do, which limits their usefulness as comparative measures.

Because of these limitations, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted Net Income should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for performance measures calculated in accordance with GAAP. We compensate for these limitations by relying primarily on our GAAP results and using Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted Net Income on a supplemental basis. You should review the reconciliation of net income (loss) to Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted Net Income below and not rely on any single financial measure to evaluate our business.



 

15


Table of Contents

The following table reconciles net income (loss) to Adjusted EBITDA for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019 and the six months ended June 30, 2019 and 2020, respectively:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
     Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
     2018      2019      2019      2020  
                   (unaudited)  
     (in thousands)  

Net income (loss)

   $ (60,764    $ 39,745      $ (5,224    $ 76,077  

Interest expense

     19,043        18,797        9,387        7,640  

Other expense

     447        33        (116      2,134  

Income tax expense (benefit)

     (19,932      24,834        10,519        16,708  

Depreciation expense

     1,944        2,066        1,032        1,099  

Amortization of intangibles

     26,506        25,250        12,625        12,625  

Share based compensation

     —          799        —          2,411  

ERP implementation costs(a)

     5,810        2,874        1,337        1,571  

Legal expense(b)

     1,483        3,915        2,137        835  

Other costs(c)

     2,811        3,476        863        2,752  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ (22,652    $ 121,789      $ 32,560      $ 123,852  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  (a)

Represents consulting costs associated with our enterprise resource planning system implementation in 2018.

  (b)

Represents certain legal fees and other related costs associated with (i) a patent infringement action against a competitor for which a judgment has been entered in our favor and successful defense of a related matter and (ii) a pending action against a competitor in connection with violation of a non-competition agreement and misappropriation of trade secrets. We consider these costs not representative of legal costs that we will incur from time to time in the ordinary course of our business.

  (c)

For the year ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, other costs represent (i) consulting fees for certain accounting, finance and IT services of $3.6 million and $2.4 million in 2018 and 2019, respectively, that we do not expect to re-occur in the future and (ii) $0.2 million in 2019 for executive consulting costs that we do not expect to re-occur in the future and (iii) non-cash charges for the remeasurement of the fair value related to the Tax Receivable Agreement (as defined herein) entered into by the Company and the former majority shareholder of Array and earn-out payments in the form of cash upon the occurrence of certain events of ($0.8) million and $0.6 million in 2018 and 2019, respectively. For the six month periods, other costs represent (i) consulting fees for certain accounting finance and IT services of $2.4 million and $0.0 million in the six months ended June 30, 2019 and the six months ended June 30, 2020, respectively, (ii) $0.2 million in the six months ended June 30, 2019 for the executive consulting costs, (iii) non-cash charges for the remeasurement of the fair value of the Tax Receivable Agreement of ($1.8) million and $2.4 million in the six months ended June 30, 2019 and the six months ended June 30, 2020, respectively, and (iv) $0.3 million during the six months ended June 30, 2020 for costs incurred in preparation for a potential initial public offering.



 

16


Table of Contents

The following table reconciles net income (loss) to Adjusted Net Income for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019 and the six months ended June 30, 2019 and 2020, respectively:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
     2018     2019     2019     2020  
                 (unaudited)  
     (in thousands)  

Net Income (loss)

   $ (60,764   $ 39,745     $ (5,224   $ 76,077  

Amortization of Intangibles

     26,506       25,250       12,625       12,625  

Share Based Compensation

     —         799       —         2,411  

ERP Implementation Costs(a)

     5,810       2,874       1,337       1,571  

Legal Expense(b)

     1,483       3,915       2,137       835  

Other Costs(c)

     2,811       3,476       863       4,984  

Income Tax Expense (Benefit) of Adjustments(d)

     (9,043     (8,752     (3,799     (5,584

Non-recurring income tax adjustments related to the IRS settlement and Cares Act(e)

     —         9,284       9,284       (6,608
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted Net Income

   $ (33,197   $ 76,592     $ 17,223     $ 86,310  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted Effective Tax Rate(e)

     24.7     24.1     22.4     24.9

 

  (a)

Represents consulting costs associated with our ERP system implementation in 2018.

 

  (b)

Represents certain legal fees and other related costs associated with (i) a patent infringement action against a competitor for which a judgement has been entered in our favor and successful defense of a related matter and (ii) a pending action against a competitor in connection with violation of a non-competition agreement and misappropriation of trade secrets. We consider these costs not representative of legal costs that we incur from time to time in the ordinary course of our business.

 

  (c)

For the year ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, other costs represent (i) consulting fees for certain accounting, finance and IT services of $3.6 million and $2.4 million in 2018 and 2019, respectively, that we do not expect to re-occur in the future, (ii) $0.2 million in 2019 for executive consulting costs that we do not expect to re-occur in the future and (ii) non-cash charges for the remeasurement of the fair value related to the Tax Receivable Agreement entered into by the Company and the former majority shareholder of the Company and earn-out payments in the form of cash upon the occurence of certain events of ($0.8) million and $0.6 million in 2018 and 2019, respectively. For the six month periods ending June 30, 2019 and 2020, other costs represent (i) consulting fees for certain accounting, finance and IT services of $2.4 million and $0.0 million in the six months ended June 30, 2019 and the six months ended June 30, 2020, respectively, (ii) $0.2 million in the six months ended June 30, 2019 for the executive consulting costs, (iii) non-cash charges for the remeasurement of the fair value of the Tax Receivable Agreement of ($1.8) million and $2.4 million in the six months ended June 30, 2019 and the six months ended June 30, 2020, respectively, (iv) $0.3 million during the six months ended June 30, 2020 for costs incurred in preparation for a potential initial public offering, and (v) $2.2 million in the six months ended June 30, 2020 for amounts owed to the former majority shareholder in connection with tax benefits received as part of the CARES Act.

 

  (d)

Represents incremental tax expense (benefit) from adjustments assuming the adjusted effective tax rate.

 

  (e)

Represents the adjusted effective tax rate for the periods presented, adjusted for the following items (i) for the year ended December 31, 2019, the effective tax rate of 38.5% was reduced by 14.4% ($9.3 million) to 24.1% to eliminate the impact of adjustments made to income tax expense due to the settlement of an IRS examination, (ii) for the six months ended June 30, 2020, the effective tax rate of 18.1% was increased by 6.8% ($6.6 million) to eliminate the impact of the CARES Act, and (iii) for



 

17


Table of Contents
  the six months ended June 30, 2019, the effective tax rate of 127.3% was reduced by 104.9% ($9.3 million) to 22.4% to eliminate the impact of adjustments made to income tax expense due to the settlement of an IRS examination.

 

(3)

Capital expenditures represent cash paid in the period for the purchase of property, plant and equipment but does not include any repair and maintenance costs as these are expensed when incurred.



 

18


Table of Contents

Risk Factors

Investing in our common stock involves a substantial risk of loss. You should carefully consider these risk factors, together with all of the other information included in this prospectus, before you decide to purchase shares of our common stock. If any of the following risks occur, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. In that case, the trading price of our common stock could decline, and you could lose part or all of your investment. Some statements in this prospectus, including statements in the following risk factors, constitute forward-looking statements. See the section of this prospectus captioned “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.”

Risks Related to Our Business and Our Industry

If demand for solar energy projects does not continue to grow or grows at a slower rate than we anticipate, our business will suffer.

Our solution is utilized in large-scale ground-mounted solar energy projects. As a result, our future success depends on continued demand for solar energy solutions and the ability of solar equipment vendors to meet this demand. The solar industry is an evolving industry that has experienced substantial changes in recent years, and we cannot be certain that consumers and businesses will adopt solar energy as an alternative energy source at levels sufficient to grow our business. If demand for solar energy fails to develop sufficiently, demand for our products will decrease, which would have an adverse impact on our ability to increase our revenue and grow our business.

Existing electric utility industry policies and regulations, and any subsequent changes, may present technical, regulatory and economic barriers to the purchase and use of solar energy systems that may significantly reduce demand for our products or harm our ability to compete.

Federal, state, local and foreign government regulations and policies concerning the broader electric utility industry, as well as internal policies and regulations promulgated by electric utilities and organized electric markets with respect to fees, practices, and rate design, heavily influence the market for electricity generation products and services. These regulations and policies often affect electricity pricing and the interconnection of generation facilities, and can be subject to frequent modifications by governments, regulatory bodies, utilities and market operators. For example, changes in fee structures, electricity pricing structures, and system permitting, interconnection and operating requirements can deter purchases of renewable energy products, including solar energy systems, by reducing anticipated revenues or increasing costs or regulatory burdens for would-be system purchasers. The resulting reductions in demand for solar energy systems could harm our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.

A significant recent development in renewable-energy pricing policies in the U.S. occurred on July 16, 2020, when the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission (“FERC”) issued a final rule amending regulations that implement the Public Utility Regulatory Policies Act (“PURPA”). Among other requirements, PURPA mandates that electric utilities buy the output of certain renewable generators, including qualifying solar energy facilities, below established capacity thresholds. PURPA also requires that such sales occur at a utility’s “avoided cost” rate. FERC’s PURPA reforms include modifications (1) to how regulators and electric utilities may establish avoided cost rates for new contracts, (2) that reduce from 20 MW to 5 MW the capacity threshold above which a renewable-energy qualifying facility is rebuttably presumed to have non-discriminatory market access, thereby removing the requirement for utilities to purchase its output, (3) that require regulators to establish criteria for determining when an electric utility incurs a legally enforceable obligation to purchase from a PURPA facility, and (4) that reduce barriers for third parties to challenge PURPA eligibility. The net effect of these changes is uncertain, as FERC’s final rules do not become effective until 120 days after publication in the Federal Register, and some changes will not become fully effective until states and other jurisdictions implement the new authorities provided by FERC. In general, however, FERC’s PURPA reforms have the potential to reduce prices

 

19


Table of Contents

for the output from certain new renewable generation projects while also narrowing the scope of PURPA eligibility for new projects. These effects could reduce demand for PURPA-eligible solar energy systems and could harm our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.

Changes in other current laws or regulations applicable to us or the imposition of new laws, regulations or policies in the U.S., Europe or other jurisdictions in which we do business could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Any changes to government, utility or electric market regulations or policies that favor electric utilities, non-solar generation, or other market participants, or that make construction or operation of new solar generation facilities more expensive or difficult, could reduce the competitiveness of solar energy systems and cause a significant reduction in demand for our products and services and adversely impact our growth. In addition, changes in our products or changes in export and import laws and implementing regulations may create delays in the introduction of new products in international markets, prevent our customers from deploying our products internationally or, in some cases, prevent the export or import of our products to certain countries altogether. Any such event could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

If we fail to, or incur significant costs in order to, obtain, maintain, protect, defend or enforce, our intellectual property and other proprietary rights, our business and results of operations could be materially harmed.

Our success depends to a significant degree on our ability to protect our intellectual property and other proprietary rights. We rely on a combination of patent, trademark, copyright, trade secret and unfair competition laws, as well as confidentiality and license agreements and other contractual provisions, to establish and protect our intellectual property and other proprietary rights. Such means may afford only limited protection of our intellectual property and may not (i) prevent our competitors from duplicating our processes or technology; (ii) prevent our competitors from gaining access to our proprietary information and technology; or (iii) permit us to gain or maintain a competitive advantage.

We generally seek or apply for patent protection as and if we deem appropriate, based on then-current facts and circumstances. We have applied for patents in numerous countries across the world, including in the United States, Europe, and China, some of which have been issued. We cannot guarantee that any of our pending patent applications or other applications for intellectual property registrations will be issued or granted or that our existing and future intellectual property rights will be sufficiently broad to protect our proprietary technology. While a presumption of validity exists with respect to United States patents issued to us, there can be no assurance that any of our patents, patent applications, or other intellectual property rights will not be, in whole or in part, opposed, contested, challenged, invalidated, circumvented, designed around, or rendered unenforceable. If we fail to obtain issuance of patents or registration of other intellectual property, or our patent claims or other intellectual property rights are rendered invalid or unenforceable, or narrowed in scope, pursuant to, for example, judicial or administrative proceedings including re-examination, post-grant review, interference, opposition, or derivation proceedings, the coverage of patents and other intellectual property rights afforded our products could be impaired. Even if we are to obtain issuance of further patents or registration of other intellectual property, such intellectual property could be subjected to attacks on ownership, validity, enforceability, or other legal attacks. Any such impairment or other failure to obtain sufficient intellectual property protection could impede our ability to market our products, negatively affect our competitive position and harm our business and operating results, including forcing us to, among other things, rebrand or re-design our affected products. Moreover, our patents and patent applications may only cover particular aspects of our products, and competitors and other third parties may be able to circumvent or design around our patents. Competitors may develop and obtain patent protection for more effective technologies, designs or methods. There can be no assurance that third parties will not create new products or methods that achieve similar or better results without infringing upon patents we own. If these developments were to occur, it could have an adverse effect on our sales or market position.

In countries where we have not applied for patent protection or trademark or other intellectual property registration or where effective patent, trademark, trade secret, and other intellectual property laws and judicial

 

20


Table of Contents

systems may not be available to the same extent as in the United States, we may be at greater risk that our proprietary rights will be circumvented, misappropriated, infringed, or otherwise violated. Filing, prosecuting, maintaining, and defending our intellectual property in all countries throughout the world may be prohibitively expensive, and we may choose to forego such activities in some applicable jurisdictions. The lack of adequate legal protections of intellectual property or failure of legal remedies or related actions in jurisdictions outside of the United States could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

We have initiated, and may in the future need to initiate infringement claims or litigation in order to try to protect or enforce our intellectual property rights. For instance, we have brought an action against a competitor in connection with misappropriation of trade secrets that remains pending. See “Business—Legal Proceedings.” Litigation, whether we are a plaintiff or a defendant, can be expensive and time-consuming and may divert the efforts of our management and other personnel, which could harm our business, whether or not such litigation results in a determination favorable to us. Litigation also puts our patents or other intellectual property at risk of being invalidated or interpreted narrowly and our patent applications or applications for other intellectual property registrations at risk of not issuing. Additionally, any enforcement of our patents or other intellectual property may provoke third parties to assert counterclaims against us. Any of the foregoing could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

We may need to defend ourselves against third-party claims that we are infringing, misappropriating or otherwise violating others’ intellectual property rights, which could divert management’s attention, cause us to incur significant costs, and prevent us from selling or using the technology to which such rights relate.

Our competitors and other third parties hold numerous patents related to technology used in our industry, and may hold or obtain patents, copyrights, trademarks or other intellectual property rights that could prevent, limit, or interfere with our ability to make, use, develop, sell or market our products and services, which could make it more difficult for us to operate our business. From time to time we may be subject to claims of infringement, misappropriation, or other violation of patents or other intellectual property rights and related litigation, and, if we gain greater recognition in the market, we face a higher risk of being the subject of these types of claims. Regardless of their merit, responding to such claims can be time consuming, can divert management’s attention and resources, and may cause us to incur significant expenses in litigation or settlement, and we cannot be certain that we would be successful in defending against any such claims in litigation or other proceedings. If we do not successfully defend or settle an intellectual property claim, we could be liable for significant monetary damages and could be prohibited from continuing to use certain technology, business methods, content, or brands, and from making, selling or incorporating certain components or intellectual property into the products and services we offer. As a result, we could be forced to redesign our products and services, and/or to establish and maintain alternative branding for our products and services. To avoid litigation or being prohibited from marketing or selling the relevant products or services, we could seek a license from the applicable third party, which could require us to pay significant royalties, licensing fees, or other payments, increasing our operating expenses. If a license is not available at all or not available on reasonable terms, we may be required to develop or license a non-violating alternative, either of which could be infeasible or require significant effort and expense. If we cannot license or develop a non-violating alternative, we would be forced to limit or stop sales of our offerings and may be unable to effectively compete. Moreover, there could be public announcements of the results of hearings, motions or other interim proceedings or developments and if securities analysts or investors perceive these results to be negative, it could have a substantial adverse effect on the price of our common stock. Any of these results would materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. Finally, any litigation or claims, whether or not valid, could result in substantial costs, negative publicity and diversion of resources and management attention, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

 

21


Table of Contents

The interruption of the flow of components and materials from international vendors could disrupt our supply chain, including as a result of the imposition of additional duties, tariffs and other charges on imports and exports.

We purchase some of our components and materials outside of the United States through arrangements with various vendors. Political, social or economic instability in these regions, or in other regions where our products are made, could cause disruptions in trade, including exports to the United States. Actions in various countries, particularly China and the United States, have created uncertainty with respect to tariff impacts on the costs of some of our components and materials. The degree of our exposure is dependent on (among other things) the type of materials, rates imposed, and timing of the tariffs. Other events that could also cause disruptions to our supply chain include:

 

   

the imposition of additional trade law provisions or regulations;

 

   

the imposition of additional duties, tariffs and other charges on imports and exports, including as a result of the escalating trade war between China and the United States;

 

   

the potential imposition of restrictions on our acquisition, importation, or installation of equipment under future U.S. regulations implementing the Executive Order on Securing the United States Bulk-Power System;

 

   

quotas imposed by bilateral trade agreements;

 

   

foreign currency fluctuations;

 

   

natural disasters;

 

   

public health issues and epidemic diseases, their effects (including any disruptions they may cause) or the perception of their effects, such as the ongoing novel coronavirus outbreak originating in China;

 

   

theft;

 

   

restrictions on the transfer of funds;

 

   

the financial instability or bankruptcy of vendors; and

 

   

significant labor disputes, such as dock strikes.

We cannot predict whether the countries in which our components and materials are sourced, or may be sourced in the future, will be subject to new or additional trade restrictions imposed by the United States or other foreign governments, including the likelihood, type or effect of any such restrictions. Trade restrictions, including new or increased tariffs or quotas, border taxes, embargoes, safeguards and customs restrictions against certain components and materials, as well as labor strikes and work stoppages or boycotts, could increase the cost or reduce or delay the supply of components and materials available to us and adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Changes in the U.S. trade environment, including the imposition of import tariffs, could adversely affect the amount or timing of our revenues, results of operations or cash flows.

Escalating trade tensions, particularly between the United States and China, have led to increased tariffs and trade restrictions, including tariffs applicable to certain materials and components for our products or for products used in solar energy projects more broadly, such as module supply and availability. More specifically, in March 2018, the United States imposed a 25% tariff on steel imports and a 10% tariff on aluminum imports pursuant to Section 301 of the Trade Act of 1974 and has imposed additional tariffs on steel and aluminum imports pursuant to Section 232 of the Trade Expansion Act of 1962. To the extent we continue to use overseas suppliers of steel and aluminum, these tariffs could result in interruptions in the supply chain and impact costs and our gross margins. Additionally, in January 2018, the United States adopted a tariff on imported solar modules and cells pursuant to Section 201 of the Trade Act of 1974. The tariff was initially set at 30%, with a

 

22


Table of Contents

gradual reduction over four years to 15%. While this tariff does not apply directly to the components we import, it may indirectly affect us by impacting the financial viability of solar energy projects, which could in turn reduce demand for our products. Furthermore, in July 2018, the United States adopted a 10% tariff on a long list of products imported from China under Section 301 of the Trade Act of 1974, including, inverters and power optimizers, which became effective on September 24, 2018. In June 2019, the U.S. Trade Representative increased the rate of such tariffs from 10% to 25%. While these tariffs are not directly applicable to our products, they could impact the solar energy projects in which our products are used, which could lead to decreased demand for our products.

On January 15, 2020, the United States and China entered into an initial trade deal that preserves the bulk of the tariffs placed in 2018 and maintains a threat of additional tariffs should China breach the terms of the deal.

Tariffs and the possibility of additional tariffs in the future have created uncertainty in the industry. If the price of solar systems in the United States increases, the use of solar systems could become less economically feasible and could reduce our gross margins or reduce the demand of solar systems manufactured and sold, which in turn may decrease demand for our products. Additionally, existing or future tariffs may negatively affect key customers, suppliers, and manufacturing partners. Such outcomes could adversely affect the amount or timing of our revenues, results of operations or cash flows, and continuing uncertainty could cause sales volatility, price fluctuations or supply shortages or cause our customers to advance or delay their purchase of our products. It is difficult to predict what further trade-related actions governments may take, which may include additional or increased tariffs and trade restrictions, and we may be unable to quickly and effectively react to such actions.

We face risks related to actual or threatened health epidemics, such as the COVID-19 pandemic, and other outbreaks, which could significantly disrupt our manufacturing and operations.

Our business could be adversely impacted by the effects of a widespread outbreak of contagious disease, including the recent outbreak of respiratory illness caused by a novel coronavirus (“COVID-19”) pandemic first identified in Wuhan, China. Any widespread outbreak of contagious diseases, and other adverse public health developments, could cause disruption to, among other things, our ground operations at project sites, our manufacturing facilities and our suppliers and vendors located in the United States, India and elsewhere and have a material and adverse effect on our business operations. Our ground operations at project sites, our manufacturing facilities and our suppliers and vendors could be disrupted by worker absenteeism, quarantines, shortage of COVID-19 test kits and personal protection equipment for employees, office and factory closures, disruptions to ports and other shipping infrastructure, or other travel or health-related restrictions. If our ground operations at project sites, our manufacturing facilities and our suppliers or vendors are so affected, our supply chain, manufacturing and product shipments will be delayed, which could adversely affect our business, operations and customer relationships. For example, our suppliers and vendors in India have been affected by business closures and disruptions to ports and other shipping infrastructure. In addition, the macroeconomic effects of the COVID-19 pandemic in the United States and other markets has resulted in a widespread health crisis that has adversely affected the economies and financial markets of many countries, resulting in an economic downturn that could affect demand for our products and impact our operating results.

Given the ongoing and dynamic nature of the circumstances, it is difficult to predict the full impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on our business. The extent of such impact will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain, including when the COVID-19 pandemic can be controlled and abated. Further, while jurisdictions in which we operate have gradually allowed the reopening of businesses and other organizations and removed the sheltering restrictions, it is premature to assess whether doing so will result in a meaningful increase in economic activity and the impact of such actions on further COVID-19 cases.

We are monitoring the recent global health emergency driven by the potential impact of the COVID-19 pandemic, along with global supply and demand dynamics. The extent to which these events may impact our business will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain and cannot be predicted at this time.

 

23


Table of Contents

Although we have thus far avoided significant impact to performance of operations, and have not incurred, to date, liquidated damages due to delay, we have encountered and could encounter in future project delays due to impacts on suppliers, customers, or others. The duration and intensity of these impacts and resulting disruption to our operations is uncertain and continues to evolve as of the date of this registration statement. Accordingly, management will continue to monitor the impact of the global situation on its financial condition, liquidity, operations, suppliers, industry, and workforce.

To the extent the COVID-19 pandemic adversely affects our financial condition, operating results and cash flows, it may also have the effect of heightening many of the other risks described in this “Risk Factors” section, such as those relating to our high level of indebtedness, our need to generate sufficient cash flows to service our indebtedness and our ability to comply with the covenants contained in the agreements that govern our indebtedness.

We may not be eligible to participate in the relief programs provided under the recently adopted Coronavirus Aid Relief, and Economic Security (CARES) Act and even if we are eligible we may not realize any material benefits from participating in such programs.

The U.S. government has taken a number of actions to mitigate the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on the U.S. economy. Among other steps taken, the Federal Reserve cut the federal funds rate in March 2020, and also lowered the interest rate on emergency lending at the discount window and lengthened the term of loans to 90 days. On March 27, 2020, the Coronavirus Aid, Relief and Economic Security Act (the “CARES Act”) was signed into law. Key provisions of the CARES Act include one-time payments to individuals, strengthened unemployment insurance, additional health-care funding, loans and grants to certain businesses, and temporary amendments to the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). The Small Business Administration was tapped to lead the effort to loan funds to small businesses, in conjunction with banks. The Federal Reserve and the U.S. Treasury have also responded with lending programs under the CARES Act. Further, the Federal Reserve has intervened with a number of credit facilities intended to keep the capital markets liquid.

The CARES Act among other things, includes provisions relating to refundable payroll tax credits, deferment of employer side social security payments, net operating loss carryback periods, alternative minimum tax credit refunds, modifications to net interest deduction limitations, increased limitations on qualified charitable contributions, and technical corrections to tax depreciation methods for qualified improvement property. While we have not been eligible to participate in certain relief programs provided under the CARES Act, such as the Paycheck Protection Program, we are evaluating the applicability of other relief programs provided under the CARES Act to the Company, and the potential impacts on our business. The Company began deferring the employer portion of social security payments in April 2020. In June 2020, the Company filed a carryback claim for a tentative refund of $13.0 million pursuant to the CARES Act that extended net operating loss carryback provisions.

Accounting for the income tax effects of the CARES Act and subsequent guidance issued will require complex new calculations to be performed and significant judgments in interpreting the legislation. Additional guidance may be issued on how the provisions of the CARES Act will be applied or otherwise administered that is different from our interpretation. While we may determine to apply for such credits or other tax benefits provided under the CARES Act, there is no guarantee that we will meet any eligibility requirements to benefit from any of the tax relief provisions under the CARES Act or, even if we are able to participate, that such provisions will provide meaningful benefit to our business.

The viability and demand for solar energy and the demand for our products are impacted by many factors outside of our control, which makes it difficult to predict our future prospects.

The viability and demand for solar energy, and in turn, our products, may be affected by many factors outside of our control. While we have been in existence since 1989, we have recently grown and expanded

 

24


Table of Contents

significantly. Our recent significant growth and expansion, combined with the rapidly evolving and competitive nature of our industry, makes it difficult to predict our future prospects. We have limited insight into emerging trends that may adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. We have encountered and will continue to encounter risks and difficulties frequently experienced by growing companies in rapidly changing industries, including unpredictable and volatile revenues and increased expenses as we continue to grow our business. Some of the factors outside of our control which may impact the viability and demand for solar energy include:

 

   

cost competitiveness, reliability and performance of solar energy systems compared to conventional and non-solar renewable energy sources and products and cost competitiveness, reliability and performance of our products compared to our competitors;

 

   

availability and scale and scope of government subsidies and incentives to support the development and deployment of solar energy solutions;

 

   

prices of traditional carbon-based energy sources;

 

   

levels of investment by end-users of solar energy products, which tend to decrease when economic growth slows;

 

   

the emergence, continuance or success of, or increased government support for, other alternative energy generation technologies and products; and

 

   

if we do not manage these risks and overcome these difficulties successfully, our business will suffer.

A loss of one or more of our significant customers, their inability to perform under their contracts, or their default in payment, could harm our business and negatively impact revenue, results of operations, and cash flow.

We are dependent on a relatively small number of customers for our sales, and a small number of customers have historically accounted for a material portion of our revenue. For the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company’s largest customer and five largest customers constituted 17.2% and 50.1% of total revenues, respectively. For 2019, two customers, Blattner Energy Inc. and EDF Renewables, make up 28.7% of revenue and are the only customers constituting greater than 10% of total revenue. For the six months ended June 30, 2020, the Company’s largest customer and five largest customers constituted 17.7% and 51.6% of our total revenues, respectively. For the six months ended June 30, 2020, two customers, EDF Renewables and Lightsource Renewable Energy US LLC, constituted more than 10% of total revenue. The loss of any one of the Company’s significant customers, their inability to perform under their contracts, or their default in payment, could have a materially adverse effect on the revenues and profits of the Company. Further, the Company’s trade accounts receivable are from companies within the solar industry, and, as such, the Company is exposed to normal industry credit risks. As of December 31, 2019, the Company’s largest customer and five largest customers constituted 29.5% and 69.0% of trade accounts receivable, respectively. As of June 30, 2020, the Company’s largest customer and five largest customers constituted 8.4% and 9.0% of trade accounts receivable, respectively. For the near future, we may continue to derive a significant portion of our net sales from a small number of customers. Accordingly, loss of a significant customer or a significant reduction in pricing or order volume from a significant customer could materially reduce net sales and operating results in any reporting period.

The reduction, elimination or expiration of government incentives for, or regulations mandating the use of, renewable energy and solar energy specifically could reduce demand for solar energy systems and harm our business.

Federal, state, local and foreign government bodies provide incentives to owners, end users, distributors, system integrators and manufacturers of solar energy systems to promote solar electricity in the form of rebates, tax credits and other financial incentives such as system performance payments, payments of renewable energy credits associated with renewable energy generation, and an exclusion of solar energy systems from property tax assessments. See “Business—Government Incentives.”

 

25


Table of Contents

For example, the solar investment tax credit (“ITC”) provides a federal income tax credit for developers of commercial solar projects. The ITC was originally enacted by Congress in 2005 with a multi-year extension approved in 2015. Under the current text of the legislation, the tax credit phases down over a four-year period beginning in 2020 as follows: 30% for 2019, 26% for 2020, 22% for 2021, and 10% for 2022 or later. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Revenue.”

The range and duration of these incentives varies widely by jurisdiction. Our customers typically use our systems for grid-connected applications wherein solar power is sold under a power purchase agreement or into an organized electric market. This segment of the solar industry has historically depended in large part on the availability and size of government incentives and regulations mandating the use of renewable energy. Consequently, the reduction, elimination or expiration of government incentives for grid-connected solar electricity or regulations mandating the use of renewable energy may negatively affect the competitiveness of solar electricity relative to conventional and non-solar renewable sources of electricity, and could harm or halt the growth of the solar electricity industry and our business. These subsidies and incentives may expire on a particular date, end when the allocated funding is exhausted or be reduced or terminated as solar energy adoption rates increase or as a result of legal challenges, the adoption of new statutes or regulations, or the passage of time. These reductions or terminations may occur without warning.

In addition, federal, state, local and foreign government bodies have implemented various policies that are intended to promote renewable electricity generally or solar electricity in particular. Chief among these policies is the RPS. Currently, 30 U.S. states, the District of Columbia, and 3 U.S. territories have implemented some form of RPS, which mandates that a certain portion of electricity delivered by regulated utilities to customers come from a set of eligible renewable energy resources by a certain compliance date. RPSs vary widely by jurisdiction. In some areas, requirements have been satisfied and utilities must only prevent reductions in qualifying energy purchases and sales, while other jurisdictions’ RPSs continue to require substantial increases, up to 100 percent renewable electric generation, with final compliance dates typically 20 or more years out.

While the recent trend has been for jurisdictions with RPSs to maintain or expand them, there have been certain exceptions and there can be no assurances that RPSs or other policies supporting renewable energy will continue. Proposals to extend compliance deadlines, reduce renewable requirements or solar set-asides, or entirely repeal RPSs emerge from time to time in various jurisdictions. Reduction or elimination of RPSs, as well as changes to other renewable-energy and solar-energy policies, could reduce the potential growth of the solar energy industry and our business.

Moreover, policies of the U.S. presidential administration may create regulatory uncertainty in the renewable energy industry, including the solar energy industry, and adversely affect our business. For example, in June 2017, the U.S. President announced that the United States would withdraw from participation in the 2015 Paris Agreement on climate change mitigation, and in June 2019, the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency issued the final Affordable Clean Energy (“ACE”) rule and repealed the Clean Power Plan (“CPP”). Under the ACE rule, emissions from electric utility generation facilities would be regulated only through the use of various “inside the fence” or onsite efficiency improvements and emission control technologies. In contrast, the CPP allowed facility owners to reduce emissions with “outside the fence” measures, including those associated with renewable energy projects. While the ACE rule is currently subject to legal challenges and may be subject to future challenges, the ultimate resolution of such challenges, and the ultimate impact of the ACE rule, is uncertain.

Finally, the solar industry has in past years experienced periodic downturns due to, among other things, changes in subsidies and incentives, as well as other policies and regulations, which, as noted above, may affect the demand for equipment that we manufacture. Although the solar industry has recovered from these downturns, there is no assurance that the solar industry will not suffer significant downturns in the future, which will adversely affect demand for our solar products.

 

26


Table of Contents

A drop in the price of electricity sold may harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Decreases in the price of electricity, whether in organized electric markets or with contract counterparties, may negatively impact the owners of the solar energy projects or make the purchase of solar energy systems less economically attractive and would likely lower sales of our products. The price of electricity could decrease as a result of:

 

   

construction of a significant number of new, lower-cost power generation plants, including plants utilizing natural gas, renewable energy or other generation technologies;

 

   

relief of transmission constraints that enable distant, lower-cost generation to transmit energy less expensively or in greater quantities;

 

   

reductions in the price of natural gas or other fuels;

 

   

utility rate adjustment and customer class cost reallocation;

 

   

decreased electricity demand, including from energy conservation technologies and public initiatives to reduce electricity consumption;

 

   

development of smart-grid technologies that lower the peak energy requirements;

 

   

development of new or lower-cost customer-sited energy storage technologies that have the ability to reduce a customer’s average cost of electricity by shifting load to off-peak times; and

 

   

development of new energy generation technologies that provide less expensive energy.

Moreover, technological developments in the solar components industry could allow our competitors and their customers to offer electricity at costs lower than those that can be achieved by us and our customers, which could result in reduced demand for our products.

If the cost of electricity generated by solar energy installations incorporating our systems is high relative to the cost of electricity from other sources, then our business, financial condition and results of operations may be harmed.

An increase in interest rates, or a reduction in the availability of tax equity or project debt capital in the global financial markets could make it difficult for end customers to finance the cost of a solar energy system and could reduce the demand for our products.

Many end-users depend on financing to fund the initial capital expenditure required to construct a solar energy project. As a result, an increase in interest rates, or a reduction in the supply of project debt or tax equity financing, could reduce the number of solar projects that receive financing or otherwise make it difficult for our customers or their customers to secure the financing necessary to construct a solar energy project on favorable terms, or at all, and thus lower demand for our products which could limit our growth or reduce our net sales. In addition, we believe that a significant percentage of end-users construct solar energy projects as an investment, funding a significant portion of the initial capital expenditure with financing from third parties. An increase in interest rates could lower an investor’s return on investment on a solar energy project, increase equity requirements or make alternative investments more attractive relative to solar energy projects, and, in each case, could cause these end-users to seek alternative investments.

We are required to make payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement if and when cash tax savings are realized, and the amounts of such payments could be significant.

Concurrent with the acquisition of Array Technologies, Inc., Array Technologies, Inc. entered into a tax receivable agreement (the “Tax Receivable Agreement”) with Ron P. Corio, our indirect stockholder. The Tax

 

27


Table of Contents

Receivable Agreement requires that Array Technologies, Inc. pay Ron P. Corio for a portion of certain federal, state, local and non-U.S. tax benefits that we actually realize (or are deemed to realize in certain circumstances) in taxable periods following the acquisition of Array Technologies, Inc. These payments are obligations if and when cash tax savings are realized. The Tax Receivable Agreement will continue until all tax benefit payments have been made or we elect early termination under the terms described in the Tax Receivable Agreement (or the Tax Receivable Agreement is otherwise terminated pursuant to its terms).

Estimating the amount of payments that may be made under the Tax Receivable Agreement is by nature imprecise; however, these payments could be significant. We estimate that, as of June 30, 2020, the undiscounted future expected payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement are $25.3 million. In addition, in certain cases, payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement may be accelerated and/or significantly exceed the actual benefits, if any, we realize in respect of the tax attributes subject to the Tax Receivable Agreement. Moreover, we will not be reimbursed for any payments made under the Tax Receivable Agreement in the event that any tax benefits are subsequently disallowed.

Further, our payment obligations under the Tax Receivable Agreement are not conditioned upon Ron P. Corio having a continued interest in us or our subsidiaries. Accordingly, Ron P. Corio’s interests may conflict with those of the holders of our common stock. Please see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Tax Receivable Agreement” for more information.

Defects or performance problems in our products could result in loss of customers, reputational damage and decreased revenue, and we may face warranty, indemnity and product liability claims arising from defective products.

Although our products meet our stringent quality requirements, they may contain undetected errors or defects, especially when first introduced or when new generations are released. Errors, defects or poor performance can arise due to design flaws, defects in raw materials or components or manufacturing difficulties, which can affect both the quality and the yield of the product. Any actual or perceived errors, defects or poor performance in our products could result in the replacement or recall of our products, shipment delays, rejection of our products, damage to our reputation, lost revenue, diversion of our engineering personnel from our product development efforts and increases in customer service and support costs, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Furthermore, defective components may give rise to warranty, indemnity or product liability claims against us that exceed any revenue or profit we receive from the affected products. Our limited warranties cover defects in materials and workmanship of our products under normal use and service conditions. As a result, we bear the risk of warranty claims long after we have sold products and recognized revenue. While we do have accrued reserves for warranty claims, our estimated warranty costs for previously sold products may change to the extent future products are not compatible with earlier generation products under warranty. Our warranty accruals are based on our assumptions and we do not have a long history of making such assumptions. As a result, these assumptions could prove to be materially different from the actual performance of our systems, causing us to incur substantial unanticipated expense to repair or replace defective products in the future or to compensate customers for defective products. Our failure to accurately predict future claims could result in unexpected volatility in, and have a material adverse effect on, our financial condition.

If one of our products were to cause injury to someone or cause property damage, including as a result of product malfunctions, defects or improper installation, then we could be exposed to product liability claims. We could incur significant costs and liabilities if we are sued and if damages are awarded against us. Further, any product liability claim we face could be expensive to defend and could divert management’s attention. The successful assertion of a product liability claim against us could result in potentially significant monetary damages, penalties or fines, subject us to adverse publicity, damage our reputation and competitive position and

 

28


Table of Contents

adversely affect sales of our products. In addition, product liability claims, injuries, defects or other problems experienced by other companies in the residential solar industry could lead to unfavorable market conditions for the industry as a whole, and may have an adverse effect on our ability to attract new customers, thus harming our growth and financial performance.

We depend upon a small number of outside vendors. Our operations could be disrupted if we encounter problems with these vendors.

While we manufacture our products primarily at our principal manufacturing facility in Albuquerque, New Mexico, we depend upon a small number of vendors to manufacture certain components used in our products. Our reliance on these vendors makes us vulnerable to possible capacity constraints and reduced control over component availability, delivery schedules, manufacturing yields and costs.

If any of our vendors were unable or unwilling to manufacture the components that we require for our products in sufficient volumes and at high quality levels or renew existing terms under supply agreements, we would have to manufacture at our principal manufacturing facility the components manufactured by our vendors or identify, qualify and select acceptable alternative vendors. Manufacturing at our principal manufacturing facility the components manufactured by our vendors may lower our cost efficiency, and an alternative vendor may not be available to us when needed or may not be in a position to satisfy our quality or production requirements on commercially reasonable terms, including price. Any significant interruption in manufacturing would require us to reduce our supply of products to our customers or increase our shipping costs to make up for delays in manufacturing, which in turn could reduce our revenues, harm our relationships with our customers and damage our reputation with local installers and potential end-users and cause us to forego potential revenue opportunities.

Changes in tax laws or regulations that are applied adversely to us or our customers could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Changes in corporate tax rates, tax incentives for renewable energy projects, the realization of net deferred tax assets relating to our U.S. operations, the taxation of foreign earnings, and the deductibility of expenses under future tax reform legislation could have a material impact on the value of our deferred tax assets, could result in significant one-time charges in the current or future taxable years, and could increase our future U.S. tax expense, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

We may incur obligations, liabilities or costs under environmental, health and safety laws, which could have an adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our operations involve the use, handling, generation, storage, discharge and disposal of hazardous substances, chemicals and wastes. As a result, we are required to comply with national, state, local, and foreign laws and regulations regarding the protection of the environment and health and safety. Adoption of more stringent laws and regulations in the future could require us to incur substantial costs to come into compliance with these laws and regulations. In addition, violations of, or liabilities under, these laws and regulations may result in restrictions being imposed on our operating activities or in our being subject to adverse publicity, substantial fines, penalties, criminal proceedings, third-party property damage or personal injury claims, cleanup costs, or other costs. We may become liable under certain of these laws and regulations for costs to investigate or remediate contamination at properties we own or operate, we formerly owned or operated or to which hazardous substances were sent by us for disposal. Liability under these laws and regulations can be imposed on a joint and several basis and without regard to fault or the legality of the activities giving rise to the contamination conditions. In addition, future developments such as more aggressive enforcement policies or the discovery of presently unknown environmental conditions may require expenditures that could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

 

29


Table of Contents

We may experience delays, disruptions or quality control problems in our manufacturing operations.

Our product development, manufacturing and testing processes are complex and require significant technological and production process expertise. Such processes involve a number of precise steps from design to production. Any change in our processes could cause one or more production errors, requiring a temporary suspension or delay in our production line until the errors can be researched, identified and properly addressed and rectified. This may occur particularly as we introduce new products, modify our engineering and production techniques, and/or expand our capacity. In addition, our failure to maintain appropriate quality assurance processes could result in increased product failures, loss of customers, increased warranty reserve, increased production and logistics costs and delays. Any of these developments could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Failure by our vendors or our component or raw material suppliers to use ethical business practices and comply with applicable laws and regulations may adversely affect our business.

We do not control our vendors or suppliers or their business practices. Accordingly, we cannot guarantee that they follow ethical business practices such as fair wage practices and compliance with environmental, safety and other local laws. A lack of demonstrated compliance could lead us to seek alternative manufacturers or suppliers, which could increase our costs and result in delayed delivery of our products, product shortages or other disruptions of our operations. Violation of labor or other laws by our manufacturers or suppliers or the divergence of a supplier’s labor or other practices from those generally accepted as ethical in the U.S. or other markets in which we do business could also attract negative publicity for us and harm our business.

Our results of operations may fluctuate from quarter to quarter, which could make our future performance difficult to predict and could cause our results of operations for a particular period to fall below expectations, resulting in a decline in the price of our common stock.

Our quarterly results of operations are difficult to predict and may fluctuate significantly in the future. We have experienced seasonal and quarterly fluctuations in the past as a result of seasonal fluctuations in our customers’ business. Our end-users’ ability to install solar energy systems is affected by weather, as for example during the winter months in Europe and the northeastern U.S. Such installation delays can impact the timing of orders for our products. Further, given that we are an early-stage company operating in a rapidly growing industry, the true extent of these fluctuations may have been masked by our recent growth rates and consequently may not be readily apparent from our historical results of operations and may be difficult to predict. Our financial performance, sales, working capital requirements and cash flow may fluctuate, and our past quarterly results of operations may not be good indicators of future performance. Any substantial decrease in revenues would have an adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and stock price.

The requirements of being a public company may strain our resources, divert management’s attention and affect our ability to attract and retain qualified board members and officers.

As a public company, we will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, the listing requirements of Nasdaq, and other applicable securities rules and regulations. Compliance with these rules and regulations will increase our legal and financial compliance costs, make some activities more difficult, time-consuming or costly and increase demand on our systems and resources. The Exchange Act requires, among other things, that we file annual, quarterly and current reports with respect to our business and results of operations and maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting. To maintain and, if required, improve our disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting to meet this standard, significant resources and management oversight may be required. As a result, management’s attention may be diverted from other business concerns, which could harm our business and results of operations. Although we have already hired additional employees in preparation for these heightened requirements, we may need to hire more employees in the future which would increase our costs and expenses.

 

30


Table of Contents

We also expect that being a public company will make it more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance and we may have to choose between reduced coverage or substantially higher costs to obtain coverage. These factors could make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified executive officers and members of our board of directors, particularly to serve on our audit committee and compensation committee.

If we fail to retain our key personnel or if we fail to attract additional qualified personnel, we may not be able to achieve our anticipated level of growth and our business could suffer.

Our future success and ability to implement our business strategy depends, in part, on our ability to attract and retain key personnel, and on the continued contributions of members of our senior management team and key technical personnel, each of whom would be difficult to replace. All of our employees, including our senior management, are free to terminate their employment relationships with us at any time. Competition for highly skilled individuals with technical expertise is extremely intense, and we face challenges identifying, hiring and retaining qualified personnel in many areas of our business. Integrating new employees into our team could prove disruptive to our operations, require substantial resources and management attention and ultimately prove unsuccessful. An inability to retain our senior management and other key personnel or to attract additional qualified personnel could limit or delay our strategic efforts, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Failure to effectively utilize information technology systems or implement new technologies could disrupt our business or reduce our sales or profitability.

We rely extensively on various information technology systems, including data centers, hardware, software and applications to manage many aspects of our business, including to operate and provide our products and services, to process and record transactions, to enable effective communication systems, to track inventory flow, to manage logistics and to generate performance and financial reports. We are dependent on the integrity, security and consistent operations of these systems and related back-up systems. Our computer and information technology systems and the third-party systems we rely upon are also subject to damage or interruption from a number of causes, including power outages; computer and telecommunications failures; computer viruses, malware, phishing or distributed denial-of-service attacks; security breaches; cyber-attacks; catastrophic events such as fires, floods, earthquakes, tornadoes, hurricanes; acts of war or terrorism and design or usage errors by our employees or contractors.

Compromises, interruptions or shutdowns of our systems, including those managed by third parties, whether intentional or inadvertent, could lead to delays in our business operations and, if significant or extreme, affect our results of operations.

From time to time, our systems require modifications and updates, including by adding new hardware, software and applications; maintaining, updating or replacing legacy programs; and integrating new service providers, and adding enhanced or new functionality. Although we are actively selecting systems and vendors and implementing procedures to enable us to maintain the integrity of our systems when we modify them, there are inherent risks associated with modifying or replacing systems, and with new or changed relationships, including accurately capturing and maintaining data, realizing the expected benefit of the change and managing the potential disruption of the operation of the systems as the changes are implemented. Potential issues associated with implementation of these technology initiatives could reduce the efficiency of our operations in the short term. In addition, any interruption in the operation of our websites or systems could cause us to suffer reputational harm or to lose sales if customers are unable to access our site or purchase merchandise from us during such interruption. The efficient operation and successful growth of our business depends upon our information technology systems. The failure of our information technology systems and the third party systems we rely on to perform as designed, or our failure to implement and operate them effectively, could disrupt our business or subject us to liability and thereby have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

 

31


Table of Contents

Unauthorized disclosure of personal or sensitive data or confidential information, whether through a breach of our computer system or otherwise, could severely hurt our business.

Some aspects of our business involves the collection, receipt, use, storage, processing and transmission of personal information (of our customers’ and end users of our customers’ solar energy systems, including names, addresses, e-mail addresses, credit information, energy production statistics), consumer preferences as well as confidential information and personal data about our employees, our suppliers and us, some of which is entrusted to third-party service providers and vendors. We increasingly rely on commercially available systems, software, tools (including encryption technology) and monitoring to provide security and oversight for processing, transmission, storage and protection of confidential information and personal data. Despite the security measures we have in place, our facilities and systems, and those of third parties with which we do business, may be vulnerable to security breaches, acts of vandalism and theft, computer viruses, misplaced or lost data, programming and/or human errors, or other similar events, and there is no guarantee that inadvertent or unauthorized use or disclosure will not occur or that third parties will not gain unauthorized access to this type of confidential information and personal data.

Electronic security attacks designed to gain access to personal, sensitive or confidential information data by breaching mission critical systems of large organizations are constantly evolving, and high profile electronic security breaches leading to unauthorized disclosure of confidential information or personal data have occurred recently at a number of major U.S. companies.

Attempts by computer hackers or other unauthorized third parties to penetrate or otherwise gain access to our computer systems or the systems of third parties with which we do business through fraud or other means of deceit, if successful, may result in the misappropriation of personal information, data, check information or confidential business information. Hardware, software or applications we utilize may contain defects in design or manufacture or other problems that could unexpectedly compromise information security. In addition, our employees, contractors or third parties with which we do business or to which we outsource business operations may attempt to circumvent our security measures in order to misappropriate such information and data, and may purposefully or inadvertently cause a breach or other compromise involving such information and data. Despite advances in security hardware, software, and encryption technologies, the methods and tools used to obtain unauthorized access, disable or degrade service, or sabotage systems are constantly changing and evolving, and may be difficult to anticipate or detect for long periods of time. We are implementing and updating our processes and procedures to protect against unauthorized access to, or use of, secured data and to prevent data loss. However, the ever-evolving threats mean we and our third-party service providers and vendors must continually evaluate and adapt our respective systems, procedures, controls and processes, and there is no guarantee that they will be adequate to safeguard against all data security breaches, misappropriating of confidential information, or misuses of personal data. Moreover, because techniques used to obtain unauthorized access or sabotage systems change frequently and generally are not identified until they are launched against a target, we and our suppliers or vendors may be unable to anticipate these techniques or to implement adequate preventative or mitigation measures.

Despite our precautions, an electronic security breach in our systems (or in the systems of third parties with which we do business) that results in the unauthorized release of personally identifiable information regarding customers, employees or other individuals or other sensitive data could nonetheless occur lead to serious disruption of our operations, financial losses from remedial actions, loss of business or potential liability, including possible punitive damages. As a result, we could be subject to demands, claims and litigation by private parties, and investigations, related actions, and penalties by regulatory authorities. In addition, we could incur significant costs in notifying affected persons and entities and otherwise complying with the multitude of foreign, federal, state and local laws and regulations relating to the unauthorized access to, or use or disclosure of, personal information. Finally, any perceived or actual unauthorized access to, or use or disclosure of, such information could harm our reputation, substantially impair our ability to attract and retain customers and have an adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

32


Table of Contents

In addition, as the regulatory environment relating to retailers and other companies’ obligation to protect such sensitive data becomes increasingly rigorous, with new and constantly changing requirements applicable to our business, compliance with those requirements could result in additional costs, and a material failure on our part to comply could subject us to fines or other regulatory sanctions and potentially to lawsuits. Any of the foregoing could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Failure to comply with current or future federal, state and foreign laws and regulations and industry standards relating to privacy, data protection, advertising and consumer protection could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

We rely on a variety of marketing and advertising techniques and we are subject to various laws, regulations and industry standards that govern such marketing and advertising practices. A variety of federal, state and foreign laws and regulations and certain industry standards govern the collection, use, processing retention, sharing and security of consumer data.

Laws, regulations and industry standards relating to privacy, data protection, marketing and advertising, and consumer protection are evolving and subject to potentially differing interpretations. These requirements may be interpreted and applied in a manner that is inconsistent from one jurisdiction to another or may conflict with other rules or our practices. As a result, our practices may not have complied or may not comply in the future with all such laws, regulations, standards, requirements and obligations. Any failure, or perceived failure, by us to comply with our posted privacy policies or with any federal or state privacy or consumer protection-related laws, regulations, industry self-regulatory principles, industry standards or codes of conduct, regulatory guidance, orders to which we may be subject or other legal obligations relating to privacy or consumer protection could adversely affect our reputation, brand and business, and may result in claims, fines, penalties, investigations, proceedings or actions against us by governmental entities, customers, suppliers or others or other liabilities or may require us to change our operations and/or cease using certain data.

Any such claims, proceedings, investigations or actions could hurt our reputation, brand and business, force us to incur significant expenses in defense of such claims, proceedings, investigations or actions, distract our management, increase our costs of doing business, result in a loss of customers, suppliers or vendors and result in the imposition of monetary penalties. We may also be contractually required to indemnify and hold harmless third parties from the costs and consequences of non-compliance with any laws, regulations or other legal obligations relating to privacy or consumer protection or any inadvertent or unauthorized use or disclosure of data that we store or handle as part of operating our business.

Federal, state and foreign governmental authorities continue to evaluate the privacy implications inherent in the use of third-party “cookies” and other methods of online tracking for behavioral advertising and other purposes. The U.S. government has enacted, has considered or is considering legislation or regulations that could significantly restrict the ability of companies and individuals to engage in these activities, such as by regulating the level of consumer notice and consent required before a company can employ cookies or other electronic tracking tools or the use of data gathered with such tools. Additionally, some providers of consumer devices and web browsers have implemented, or announced plans to implement, means to make it easier for Internet users to prevent the placement of cookies or to block other tracking technologies, which could, if widely adopted, result in the use of third-party cookies and other methods of online tracking becoming significantly more restricted and less effective. The regulation of the use of these cookies and other current online tracking and advertising practices or a loss in our ability to make effective use of services that employ such technologies could increase our costs of operations and limit our ability to acquire new customers on cost-effective terms and, consequently, materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

In addition, various federal, state and foreign legislative and regulatory bodies, or self-regulatory organizations, may expand current laws or regulations, enact new laws or regulations or issue revised rules or

 

33


Table of Contents

guidance regarding privacy, data protection, consumer protection, and advertising. For example, in June 2018, the State of California enacted the California Consumer Privacy Act of 2018 (the “CCPA”), which came into effect on January 1, 2020. The CCPA requires companies that process information relating to California residents to implement additional data security measures, to make new disclosures to consumers about their data collection, use and sharing practices, and allows consumers to opt out of certain data sharing with third parties. In addition, the CCPA provides for civil penalties and allows private lawsuits from California residents in the event of certain data breaches. Additionally, the Federal Trade Commission and many state attorneys general are interpreting federal and state consumer protection laws to impose standards for the online collection, use, dissemination and security of data. Each of these privacy, security, and data protection laws and regulations, and any other such changes or new laws or regulations, could impose significant limitations, require changes to our business, or restrict our use or storage of personal information, which may increase our compliance expenses and make our business more costly or less efficient to conduct. In addition, any such changes could compromise our ability to develop an adequate marketing strategy and pursue our growth strategy effectively.

Any failure to comply with applicable laws or other obligations or any security incident or breach involving the misappropriation, loss or other unauthorized processing, use or disclosure of sensitive or confidential consumer or other personal information, whether by us, one of our third-party service providers or vendors or another third party, could have adverse effects, including but not limited to: investigation costs; material fines and penalties; compensatory, special, punitive and statutory damages; litigation; consent orders regarding our privacy and security practices; requirements that we provide notices, credit monitoring services and/or credit restoration services or other relevant services to impacted individuals; reputational damage; and injunctive relief. We cannot assure you that our vendors or other third-party service providers with access to our or our customers’ or employees’ personally identifiable and other sensitive or confidential information in relation to which we are responsible will not breach contractual obligations imposed by us, or that they will not experience data security breaches, which could have a corresponding effect on our business, including putting us in breach of our obligations under privacy laws and regulations and/or which could in turn adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition. We also cannot assure you that our contractual measures and our own privacy and security-related safeguards will protect us from the risks associated with the third-party processing, use, storage and transmission of such information. Any of the foregoing could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Our planned expansion into new markets could subject us to additional business, financial, regulatory and competitive risks.

Our strategy is to grow our revenues outside of the U.S. by developing region-specific products; entering into joint-venture or licensing arrangements with companies in certain markets; expanding our relationships with value-added resellers of our products in some countries; and utilizing locally sourced components in our products in jurisdictions where locally sourced components are a regulatory or customer requirement.

Our strategy to grow our revenues outside of the U.S. includes North America, South America, Europe and Southeast Asia but currently excludes China. Our products and services to be offered in these regions may differ from our current products and services in several ways, such as the consumption and utilization of local raw materials, components and logistics, the re-engineering of select components to reduce costs, and region-specific customer training, site commissioning, warranty remediation and other technical services. We plan to implement this strategy in phases over the next approximately two years, beginning with the qualification of region-specific suppliers and vendors and followed by the design and qualification of region-specific components and products.

These markets have different characteristics from the markets in which we currently sell products, and our success will depend on our ability to adapt properly to these differences. These differences may include differing regulatory requirements, including tax laws, trade laws, labor regulations, tariffs, export quotas, customs duties or other trade restrictions, limited or unfavorable intellectual property protection, international political or economic conditions, restrictions on the repatriation of earnings, longer sales cycles, warranty expectations, product return policies and cost, performance and compatibility requirements. In addition, expanding into new

 

34


Table of Contents

geographic markets will increase our exposure to presently existing risks, such as fluctuations in the value of foreign currencies and difficulties and increased expenses in complying with U.S. and foreign laws, regulations and trade standards, including the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended (the “FCPA”).

Failure to develop these new products successfully or to otherwise manage the risks and challenges associated with our potential expansion into new geographic markets could adversely affect our revenues and our ability to achieve or sustain profitability.

Our indebtedness could adversely affect our financial flexibility and our competitive position.

As of June 30, 2020, the Senior ABL Facility (as defined below) had an outstanding balance of $4.4 million. The Senior ABL Facility had $18.6 million in letters of credit outstanding and availability of $59.0 million at June 30, 2020. In addition, as of June 30, 2020, on a pro forma basis to reflect the Special Distribution Transactions, we would have incurred $575.0 million of additional indebtedness. Our level of indebtedness increases the risk that we may be unable to generate cash sufficient to pay amounts due in respect of our indebtedness. Our indebtedness could have other important consequences to you and significant effects on our business. For example, it could:

 

   

increase our vulnerability to adverse changes in general economic, industry and competitive conditions;

 

   

require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to make payments on our indebtedness, thereby reducing the availability of our cash flow to fund working capital, capital expenditures and other general corporate purposes;

 

   

limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the industry in which we operate;

 

   

restrict us from exploiting business opportunities;

 

   

make it more difficult to satisfy our financial obligations, including payments on our indebtedness;

 

   

place us at a disadvantage compared to our competitors that have less debt; and

 

   

limit our ability to borrow additional funds for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions, debt service requirements, execution of our business strategy or other general corporate purposes.

In addition, the agreement governing the Senior ABL Facility contain, and the agreements evidencing or governing any other future indebtedness may contain, restrictive covenants that will limit our ability to engage in activities that may be in our long-term best interests. Our failure to comply with those covenants could result in an event of default which, if not cured or waived, could result in the acceleration of all of our indebtedness. See “Description of Certain Indebtedness.”

The phase-out, replacement or unavailability of LIBOR and/or other interest rate benchmarks could adversely affect our indebtedness.

The interest rates applicable to the Senior ABL Facility are based on, and the interest rates applicable to certain debt obligations we may incur in the future may be based on, a fluctuating rate of interest determined by reference to the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”). In July 2017, the U.K.’s Financial Conduct Authority, which regulates LIBOR, announced that it intends to stop persuading or compelling banks to submit rates for the calculation of LIBOR after 2021. In response to concerns regarding the future of LIBOR, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and the Federal Reserve Bank of New York convened the Alternative Reference Rates Committee (the “ARRC”) to identify alternatives to LIBOR. The ARRC has recommended a benchmark replacement waterfall to assist issuers in continued capital market entry while safeguarding against LIBOR’s discontinuation. The initial steps in the ARRC’s recommended provision reference variations of the Secured Overnight Financing Rate (“SOFR”), calculated using short-term repurchase agreements backed by Treasury securities. At this time, it is not possible to predict whether SOFR will attain market traction as a LIBOR replacement. Additionally, it is uncertain if LIBOR will cease to exist after calendar

 

35


Table of Contents

year 2021, or whether additional reforms to LIBOR may be enacted, or whether alternative reference rates will gain market acceptance as a replacement for LIBOR. In anticipation of LIBOR’s phase-out, the credit agreement governing the Senior ABL Facility provides for alternative base rates, as well as a transition mechanism for selecting a benchmark replacement rate for LIBOR, with such benchmark replacement rate to be mutually agreed with the administrative agent and subject to the majority lenders not objecting to such benchmark replacement.

There can be no assurance that we will be able to reach any agreement on a replacement benchmark, and there can be no assurance that any agreement we reach will result in effective interest rates at least as favorable to us as our current effective interest rates. The failure to reach an agreement on a replacement benchmark, or the failure to reach an agreement that results in an effective interest rate at least as favorable to us as our current effective interest rates, could result in a significant increase in our debt service obligations, which could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations. In addition, the overall financing market may be disrupted as a result of the phase-out or replacement of LIBOR, which could have an adverse impact on our ability to refinance, reprice or amend the Senior ABL Facility, or incur additional indebtedness, on favorable terms, or at all.

Our indebtedness may restrict our current and future operations, which could adversely affect our ability to respond to changes in our business and to manage our operations.

The agreement governing the Senior ABL Facility contains, and the agreements evidencing or governing any other future indebtedness may contain, financial restrictions on us and our restricted subsidiaries, including restrictions on our or our restricted subsidiaries’ ability to, among other things:

 

   

place liens on our or our restricted subsidiaries’ assets;

 

   

make investments other than permitted investments;

 

   

incur additional indebtedness;

 

   

prepay or redeem certain indebtedness;

 

   

merge, consolidate or dissolve;

 

   

sell assets;

 

   

engage in transactions with affiliates;

 

   

change the nature of our business;

 

   

change our or our subsidiaries’ fiscal year or organizational documents; and

 

   

make restricted payments (including certain equity issuances).

In addition, we are required to maintain compliance with various financial ratios in the agreement governing the Senior ABL Facility. As of June 30, 2020, on a pro forma basis giving effect to the borrowings under our New Term Loan Facility, we expect to incur $575.0 million of additional indebtedness.

A failure by us or our subsidiaries to comply with the covenants or to maintain the required financial ratios contained in the agreement governing the Senior ABL Facility could result in an event of default under such indebtedness, which could adversely affect our ability to respond to changes in our business and manage our operations. Additionally, a default by us under the agreement governing the Senior ABL Facility or an agreement governing any other future indebtedness may trigger cross-defaults under any other future agreements governing our indebtedness. Upon the occurrence of an event of default or cross-default under any of the present or future agreements governing our indebtedness, the lenders could elect to declare all amounts outstanding to be due and payable and exercise other remedies as set forth in the agreements. If any of our indebtedness were to be accelerated, there can be no assurance that our assets would be sufficient to repay this indebtedness in full, which could have a material adverse effect on our ability to continue to operate as a going concern. See “Description of Certain Indebtedness.”

 

36


Table of Contents

We may not be able to raise additional capital to execute our current or future business strategies on favorable terms, if at all, or without dilution to our stockholders.

We expect that we may need to raise additional capital to execute our current or future business strategies. However, we do not know what forms of financing, if any, will be available to us. Some financing activities in which we may engage could cause your equity interest in the Company to be diluted, which could cause the value of your stock to decrease. If financing is not available on acceptable terms, if and when needed, our ability to fund our operations, expand our research and development and sales and marketing functions, develop and enhance our products, respond to unanticipated events, including unanticipated opportunities, or otherwise respond to competitive pressures would be significantly limited. In any such event, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially harmed, and we may be unable to continue our operations.

We could be adversely affected by any violations of the FCPA, the U.K. Bribery Act and other foreign anti-bribery laws.

The FCPA generally prohibits companies and their intermediaries from making improper payments to foreign government officials for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business. Other countries in which we operate also have anti-bribery laws, some of which prohibit improper payments to government and non-government persons and entities. Our policies mandate compliance with these anti-bribery laws. However, we currently operate in and intend to further expand into, many parts of the world that have experienced governmental corruption to some degree and, in certain circumstances, strict compliance with anti-bribery laws may conflict with local customs and practices. In addition, due to the level of regulation in our industry, our entry into certain jurisdictions requires substantial government contact where norms can differ from U.S. standards. It is possible that our employees, subcontractors, agents and partners may take actions in violation of our policies and anti-bribery laws. Any such violation, even if prohibited by our policies, could subject us to criminal or civil penalties or other sanctions, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and reputation.

Developments in alternative technologies may have a material adverse effect on demand for our offerings.

Significant developments in alternative technologies, such as advances in other forms of solar tracking systems may have a material adverse effect on our business and prospects. Any failure by us to adopt new or enhanced technologies or processes, or to react to changes in existing technologies, could result in product obsolescence, the loss of competitiveness of our products, decreased revenue and a loss of market share to competitors.

If we fail to manage our recent and future growth effectively, we may be unable to execute our business plan, maintain high levels of customer service or adequately address competitive challenges.

We have experienced significant growth in recent periods. We intend to continue to expand our business significantly within existing and new markets. This growth has placed, and any future growth may place, a significant strain on our management, operational and financial infrastructure. In particular, we will be required to expand, train and manage our growing employee base and scale and otherwise improve our IT infrastructure in tandem with that headcount growth. Our management will also be required to maintain and expand our relationships with customers, suppliers and other third parties and attract new customers and suppliers, as well as manage multiple geographic locations.

Our current and planned operations, personnel, IT and other systems and procedures might be inadequate to support our future growth and may require us to make additional unanticipated investment in our infrastructure. Our success and ability to further scale our business will depend, in part, on our ability to manage these changes in a cost-effective and efficient manner. If we cannot manage our growth, we may be unable to take advantage of market opportunities, execute our business strategies or respond to competitive pressures. This could also result

 

37


Table of Contents

in declines in quality or customer satisfaction, increased costs, difficulties in introducing new offerings or other operational difficulties. Any failure to effectively manage growth could adversely impact our business and reputation.

Risks Related to This Offering and Our Common Stock

Following the offering, we will be classified as a “controlled company” and, as a result, we will qualify for, and intend to rely on, exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements. You will not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to such requirements. In addition, Oaktree or Ron P. Corio’s interests may conflict with our interests and the interests of other stockholders.

After the closing of this offering, Oaktree and Ron P. Corio will continue to indirectly control a majority of our common stock through Parent. Oaktree and Ron P. Corio are parties to a second amended and restated limited liability company agreement of Parent, as amended (the “LLC Agreement”) with Oaktree as holders of Class AA Preferred Units and Convertible Class A Preferred Units of Parent and Ron P. Corio as a holder of Class A Common Units of Parent, and pursuant to which they retain control of Parent. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”

As a result, we will be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the applicable stock exchange corporate governance standards. Under the rules of Nasdaq, a company of which more than 50% of the outstanding voting power is held by an individual, group or another company is a “controlled company” and may elect not to comply with certain stock exchange corporate governance requirements, including:

 

   

the requirement that a majority of our board of directors consists of independent directors;

 

   

the requirement that nominating and corporate governance matters be decided solely by independent directors; and

 

   

the requirement that employee and officer compensation matters be decided solely by independent directors.

Following this offering, we intend to utilize these exemptions. As a result, we may not have a majority of independent directors and our nominating and corporate governance and compensation functions may not be decided solely by independent directors. Accordingly, you will not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of the stock exchange corporate governance requirements.

The interests of Oaktree or Ron P. Corio and their affiliates could conflict with or differ from our interests or the interests of our other stockholders. For example, the concentration of ownership beneficially held by Oaktree or Ron P. Corio could delay, defer or prevent a change of control of our Company or impede a merger, takeover or other business combination, which may otherwise be favorable for us and our other stockholders. Additionally, Oaktree or Ron P. Corio is in the business of making investments in companies and may, from time to time, acquire and hold interests in businesses that compete, directly or indirectly with us. Oaktree or Ron P. Corio may also pursue acquisition opportunities that may be complementary to our business, and as a result, those acquisition opportunities may not be available to us. So long as Oaktree or Ron P. Corio continues to directly or indirectly own a significant amount of our common stock, even if such amount is less than a majority thereof, Oaktree or Ron P. Corio will continue to be able to substantially influence or effectively control our ability to enter into corporate transactions.

We are subject to earn-out obligations in connection with the initial public offering, which may have a negative impact on our financial results and could adversely affect our business and our financial statements.

We are required to pay the former stockholders of Array Technologies, Inc., including Ron P. Corio, an indirect stockholder, future contingent consideration consisting of earn-out payments in the form of cash upon the consummation of this offering. The maximum aggregate earn-out consideration is $25.0 million. In addition, these earn-out payments may be triggered upon the occurrence of other specified events, including the sale,

 

38


Table of Contents

transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, distribution or disposition of shares of Parent held by Oaktree Power and Oaktree Investors to a third party. These earn-out obligations could have a negative impact on our financial results and could adversely affect our business and our financial statements.

An active, liquid trading market for our common stock may not develop.

Prior to this offering, there has not been a public market for our common stock. Although we expect to list our common stock on Nasdaq, we cannot predict whether an active public market for our common stock will develop or be sustained after this offering. If an active and liquid trading market does not develop, you may have difficulty selling or may not be able to sell any of the shares of our common stock that you purchase.

We cannot assure you that our stock price will not decline or not be subject to significant volatility after this offering.

The market price of our common stock could be subject to significant fluctuations after this offering. The price of our stock may change in response to fluctuations in our results of operations in future periods and also may change in response to other factors, including factors specific to companies in our industry, many of which are beyond our control. As a result, our share price may experience significant volatility and may not necessarily reflect the value of our expected performance. Among other factors that could affect our stock price are:

 

   

changes in laws or regulations applicable to our industry or offerings;

 

   

speculation about our business in the press or the investment community;

 

   

price and volume fluctuations in the overall stock market;

 

   

volatility in the market price and trading volume of companies in our industry or companies that investors consider comparable;

 

   

share price and volume fluctuations attributable to inconsistent trading levels of our shares;

 

   

our ability to protect our intellectual property and other proprietary rights and to operate our business without infringing, misappropriating or otherwise violating the intellectual property and other proprietary rights of others;

 

   

sales of our common stock by us or our significant stockholders, officers and directors;

 

   

the expiration of contractual lock-up agreements;

 

   

the development and sustainability of an active trading market for our common stock;

 

   

success of competitive products or services;

 

   

the public’s response to press releases or other public announcements by us or others, including our filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), announcements relating to litigation or significant changes to our key personnel;

 

   

the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting;

 

   

changes in our capital structure, such as future issuances of debt or equity securities;

 

   

our entry into new markets;

 

   

tax developments in the U.S., Europe or other markets;

 

   

strategic actions by us or our competitors, such as acquisitions or restructurings; and

 

   

changes in accounting principles.

 

39


Table of Contents

Further, the stock markets have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have affected and continue to affect the market prices of equity securities of many companies. These fluctuations often have been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of those companies. In addition, the stock prices of many renewable energy companies have experienced wide fluctuations that have often been unrelated to the operating performance of those companies. These broad market and industry fluctuations, as well as general economic, political and market conditions such as recessions, interest rate changes or international currency fluctuations, may cause the market price of our common stock to decline.

We cannot assure you that you will be able to resell any of your shares of our common stock at or above the initial public offering price. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiations between us and the representatives of the underwriters and may not be indicative of prices that will prevail in the trading market, if a trading market develops, after this offering. If the market price of our common stock after this offering does not exceed the initial public offering price, you may not realize any return on your investment and may lose some or all of your investment.

The price of our common stock could decline if securities analysts do not publish research or if securities analysts or other third parties publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about us.

The trading of our common stock is likely to be influenced by the reports and research that industry or securities analysts publish about us, our business, our market or our competitors. We do not currently have and may never obtain research coverage by securities or industry analysts. If no securities or industry analysts commence coverage of our Company, the trading price for our common stock would be negatively affected. If we obtain securities or industry analyst coverage but one or more analysts downgrade our common stock or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our stock price would likely decline. If one or more securities or industry analysts ceases to cover the Company or fails to regularly publish reports on us, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which in turn could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline.

Future sales of our common stock, or the perception that such sales may occur, could depress our common stock price.

Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market following this offering, or the perception that such sales may occur, could depress the market price of our common stock. Our executive officers and directors and certain of our equity holders have agreed with the underwriters not to offer, sell, dispose of or hedge any shares of our common stock or any options or warrants to purchase any shares of our common stock, or securities convertible into, exchangeable for, or that represent the right to receive, shares of our common stock, subject to specified limited exceptions described elsewhere in this prospectus, during the period ending 180 days after the date of the final prospectus, except with the prior written consent of the representatives of the underwriters. After the effectiveness of this registration statement and before the closing of this offering, we will effect the Stock Split. Our certificate of incorporation, as expected to be in effect upon the completion of this offering, will authorize us to issue up to 1,000,000,000 of our authorized shares of common stock, of which 126,994,467 shares of common stock will be outstanding. All shares of our common stock will be subject to the lock-up agreements or market stand-off provisions described under “Shares Available for Future Sale.” Shares of our common stock held by our affiliates will continue to be subject to the volume and other restrictions of Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC may, in their sole discretion and at any time without notice, release all or any portion of the shares subject to the lock-up. See “Underwriting.”

Upon the completion of this offering, the holders of an aggregate of 93,244,467 shares of our common stock, based on shares of common stock outstanding as of the date of effectiveness of this registration statement, or their transferees, will be entitled to rights with respect to the registration of their shares under the Securities Act. In addition, immediately following this offering, we intend to file a registration statement registering under the Securities Act the shares of common stock reserved for issuance under the LTIP. See the information under

 

40


Table of Contents

the heading “Shares Available for Future Sale” for a more detailed description of the shares that will be available for future sales upon completion of this offering. Sales of our common stock pursuant to these registration rights or this registration statement may make it more difficult for us to sell equity securities in the future at a time and at a price that we deem appropriate. These sales also could cause our stock price to fall and make it more difficult for you to sell shares of our common stock.

If you purchase shares of our common stock sold in this offering, you will incur immediate and substantial dilution.

If you purchase shares of our common stock in this offering, you will incur immediate and substantial dilution in the amount of $22.91 per share because the initial public offering price will be substantially higher than the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our outstanding common stock. This dilution would result because our earlier investors paid substantially less than the initial public offering price when they purchased their shares. In addition, you may also experience additional dilution upon future equity issuances, the exercise of stock options to purchase common stock granted to our employees and directors under our stock option and equity incentive plans or the exercise of warrants to purchase common stock. See “Dilution.”

As an emerging growth company within the meaning of the Securities Act, we may utilize certain modified disclosure requirements, and we cannot be certain if these reduced requirements will make our common stock less attractive to investors.

We are an emerging growth company, and, for as long as we continue to be an emerging growth company, we may choose to take advantage of exemptions from various reporting requirements applicable to other public companies but not to “emerging growth companies,” including not being required to have our independent registered public accounting firm audit our internal control over financial reporting under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute compensation not previously approved. We have in this prospectus utilized, and we may in future filings with the SEC continue to utilize, the modified disclosure requirements available to emerging growth companies. As a result, our stockholders may not have access to certain information they may deem important.

In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act also provides that an emerging growth company can utilize the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. Thus, an emerging growth company can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have elected to not “opt out” of this exemption from complying with new or revised accounting standards, and, therefore, we are permitted to adopt new or revised accounting standards at the time private companies adopt the new or revised accounting standard and are permitted to do so until such time that we either (i) irrevocably elect to “opt out” of such extended transition period or (ii) no longer qualify as an emerging growth company.

Following this offering, we could remain an emerging growth company until the earliest to occur of (i) the last day of the fiscal year during which we had total annual gross revenues of at least $1.07 billion (as indexed for inflation), (ii) the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the date of the first sale of common stock under this registration statement, (iii) the date on which we have, during the previous three-year period, issued more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt, or (iv) the date on which we are deemed to be a “large accelerated filer,” as defined under the Exchange Act.

Provisions in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, to be adopted upon the consummation of this offering, may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control or changes in our management.

Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws will contain provisions that could depress the trading price of our common stock by discouraging, delaying or preventing a change of control of our Company or changes in

 

41


Table of Contents

our management that the stockholders of our Company may believe advantageous. These provisions include:

 

   

authorizing “blank check” preferred stock that our board of directors could issue to increase the number of outstanding shares to discourage a takeover attempt;

 

   

providing for a classified board of directors with staggered, three-year terms, which could delay the ability of stockholders to change the membership of a majority of our board of directors;

 

   

not providing for cumulative voting in the election of directors, which limits the ability of minority stockholders to elect director candidates;

 

   

limiting the ability of stockholders to call a special stockholder meeting;

 

   

prohibiting stockholders from acting by written consent from and after the date on which Oaktree Power, Oaktree Investors and each of their respective affiliates cease to beneficially own at least 50% of the outstanding shares of common stock (the “Trigger Event”);

 

   

establishing advance notice requirements for nominations for election to our board of directors or for proposing matters that can be acted upon by stockholders at stockholder meetings;

 

   

from and after the Trigger Event, the removal of directors only for cause and only upon the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 2/3% in voting power of all the then-outstanding shares of common stock of the Company entitled to vote thereon;

 

   

providing that our board of directors is expressly authorized to amend, alter, rescind or repeal our bylaws; and

 

   

from and after the Trigger Event, requiring the affirmative vote of holders of at least 66 2/3% of the voting power of all of the then outstanding shares of common stock to amend provisions of our certificate of incorporation relating to the management of our business, our board of directors, stockholder action by written consent, calling special meetings of stockholders, competition and corporate opportunities, Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”), forum selection and the liability of our directors, or to amend, alter, rescind or repeal our bylaws.

In addition, we are not governed by the provisions of Section 203 of the DGCL, which generally prohibits a Delaware corporation from engaging in a broad range of business combinations with any “interested” stockholder for a period of three years following the date on which the stockholder becomes an “interested” stockholder. For a description of our capital stock, see “Description of Capital Stock.”

In addition, our certificate of incorporation will provide that the federal district courts of the United States will be the exclusive forum for resolving any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act but that the forum selection provision will not apply to claims brought to enforce a duty or liability created by the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”).

Our certificate of incorporation will also provide that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the exclusive forum for substantially all disputes between us and our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers or employees.

Our certificate of incorporation will provide that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware is the exclusive forum for any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf; any action asserting a breach of fiduciary duty; any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to the DGCL, our certificate of incorporation or our bylaws; any action to interpret, apply, enforce or determine the validity of our certificate of incorporation or our bylaws; any action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine; or any action asserting an “internal corporate claim” as defined in Section 115 of the DGCL. The choice of forum provision may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for

 

42


Table of Contents

disputes with us or our directors, officers or other employees, which may discourage such lawsuits against us and our directors, officers and other employees. Alternatively, if a court were to find the choice of forum provision contained in our certificate of incorporation to be inapplicable or unenforceable in an action, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such action in other jurisdictions, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

We do not intend to pay any cash distributions or dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future.

We have never declared or paid any distributions or dividends on our common stock. We currently intend to retain any future earnings and do not expect to pay any cash distributions or dividends in the foreseeable future. Any future determination to declare cash distributions or dividends will be made at the discretion of our board of directors, subject to applicable laws and provisions of our debt instruments and organizational documents, after taking into account our financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements, general business conditions and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant. As a result, capital appreciation in the price of our common stock, if any, may be your only source of gain on an investment in our common stock. See “Dividend Policy.”

Internal control deficiencies have historically been identified that constituted material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting. If we fail to implement and maintain effective internal controls over financial reporting, we may be unable to accurately or timely report our financial condition or results of operations, which may adversely affect our business.

In connection with the audit of our consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, we identified certain material weaknesses in our internal controls over financial reporting. A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. The material weaknesses were related to our financial close process, reconciliation of deferred and unbilled revenue, and inventory cut-off and pricing, specifically due to lack of qualified accounting and finance personnel. In preparing our financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, our internal controls failed to detect certain errors related to the classification of deferred and unbilled revenue, as well as inventory. Since the date of our consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019 and through the date of this prospectus, we are in the process of remediating the material weaknesses associated with our financial statement close process and deferred and unbilled revenue reconciliation. We have hired additional accounting and finance personnel with technical accounting and financial reporting experience as well as implemented procedures and controls in the financial close processes to remediate both material weaknesses. We have also taken steps intended to remediate the inventory cut-off and pricing material weaknesses primarily through procedures and controls in the financial statement close process while working to deploy system enhancements designed to improve the accuracy of inventory reporting. While we believe that these efforts will improve our internal control over financial reporting, the implementation of these procedures is ongoing and will require validation and testing of the design and operating effectiveness of internal controls over a sustained period of financial reporting cycles. We cannot be certain that these measures will successfully remediate the material weaknesses or that other material weaknesses and control deficiencies will not be discovered in the future.

Our management has not completed an assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting and our independent registered public accounting firm has not conducted an audit of our internal control over financial reporting. Evaluation by us of our internal controls over financial reporting may identify material weaknesses. The identification of a material weakness in our internal controls or the failure to remediate existing material weaknesses in our internal controls may cause us to be unable to report our financial information on a timely basis and thereby subject us to adverse regulatory consequences, including sanctions by the SEC or violations of Nasdaq rules. There also could be a negative reaction in the financial markets due to a loss of investor confidence in us and the reliability of our financial statements. This could have a material adverse effect on

 

43


Table of Contents

our business, financial condition and results of operations and could also lead to a decline in the price of our common stock.

We are not currently required to comply with the SEC’s rules implementing Section 404 of Sarbanes-Oxley, and are therefore not required to make a formal assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting for that purpose. Upon becoming a public company, we will be required to comply with the SEC’s rules implementing Sections 302 and 404 of Sarbanes-Oxley, which will require our management to certify financial and other information in our quarterly and annual reports and provide an annual management report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. Though we will be required to disclose material changes made to our internal controls and procedures on a quarterly basis, we will not be required to make our first annual assessment of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404 until the year following the first annual report we are required to file with the SEC. To comply with the requirements of being a public company, we will need to implement additional internal controls, reporting systems and procedures and hire additional accounting, finance and legal staff. For as long as we are an “emerging growth company” under the JOBS Act, our independent registered public accounting firm will not be required to attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404. We could be an “emerging growth company” for up to five years. An independent assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting could detect problems that our management’s assessment might not. Undetected material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting could lead to financial statement restatements and require us to incur the expense of remediation.

If we fail to establish and maintain an effective system of integrated internal controls, we may not be able to report our financial results accurately, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Ensuring that we have adequate internal financial and accounting controls and procedures in place so that we can produce accurate financial statements on a timely basis is a costly and time-consuming effort that will need to be evaluated frequently. Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires public companies to conduct an annual review and evaluation of their internal controls and requires attestations of the effectiveness of internal controls by independent auditors. We would be required to perform the annual review and evaluation of our internal controls no later than for fiscal 2021. We initially expect to qualify as an emerging growth company, and thus, we would be exempt from the auditors’ attestation requirement until such time as we no longer qualify as an emerging growth company. Regardless of whether we qualify as an emerging growth company, we will still need to implement substantial control systems and procedures in order to satisfy the reporting requirements under the Exchange Act and applicable Nasdaq requirements, among other items. Establishing these internal controls will be costly and may divert management’s attention.

Evaluation by us of our internal controls over financial reporting may identify material weaknesses that may cause us to be unable to report our financial information on a timely basis and thereby subject us to adverse regulatory consequences, including sanctions by the SEC or violations of Nasdaq rules. There also could be a negative reaction in the financial markets due to a loss of investor confidence in us and the reliability of our financial statements. Confidence in the reliability of our financial statements also could suffer if we or our independent registered public accounting firm were to report a material weakness in our internal controls over financial reporting. This could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations and could also lead to a decline in the price of our common stock.

 

44


Table of Contents

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements that are based on our management’s beliefs and assumptions and on information currently available to our management. The forward-looking statements are contained principally in the sections captioned “Prospectus Summary,” “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Industry Overview” and “Business.” Forward-looking statements include information concerning our possible or assumed future results of operations, business strategies, technology developments, financing and investment plans, dividend policy, competitive position, industry and regulatory environment, potential growth opportunities and the effects of competition. Forward-looking statements include statements that are not historical facts and can be identified by terms such as “anticipate,” “believe,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “may,” “plan,” “potential,” “predict,” “project,” "seek," “should,” “will,” “would” or similar expressions and the negatives of those terms.

Forward-looking statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements. Given these uncertainties, you should not place undue reliance on forward-looking statements. Also, forward-looking statements represent our management’s beliefs and assumptions only as of the date of this prospectus. You should read this prospectus and the documents that we have filed as exhibits to the registration statement, of which this prospectus is a part, completely and with the understanding that our actual future results may be materially different from what we expect.

Important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from our expectations include:

 

   

if demand for solar energy projects does not continue to grow or grows at a slower rate than we anticipate, our business will suffer;

 

   

existing electric utility industry policies and regulations, and any subsequent changes, may present technical, regulatory and economic barriers to the purchase and use of solar energy systems, which may significantly reduce demand for our products or harm our ability to compete;

 

   

if we fail to, or incur significant costs in order to, obtain, maintain, protect, defend or enforce, our intellectual property and other proprietary rights, our business and results of operations could be materially harmed;

 

   

we may need to defend ourselves against third-party claims that we are infringing, misappropriating or otherwise violating others’ intellectual property rights, which could divert management’s attention, cause us to incur significant costs and prevent us from selling or using the technology to which such rights relate;

 

   

the interruption of the flow of materials from international vendors could disrupt our supply chain, including as a result of the imposition of additional duties, tariffs and other charges on imports and exports;

 

   

changes in the U.S. trade environment, including the imposition of import tariffs, could adversely affect the amount or timing of our revenues, results of operations or cash flows;

 

   

risks related to actual or threatened health epidemics, such as the COVID-19 pandemic, and other outbreaks, which could significantly disrupt our manufacturing and operations;

 

   

the viability and demand for solar energy are impacted by many factors outside of our control, which makes it difficult to predict our future prospects;

 

   

a loss of one or more of our significant customers, their inability to perform under their contracts, or their default in payment, could harm our business and negatively impact revenue, results of operations and cash flow;

 

45


Table of Contents
   

the reduction, elimination or expiration of government incentives for, or regulations mandating the use of, renewable energy and solar energy specifically could reduce demand for solar energy systems and harm our business;

 

   

a drop in the price of electricity derived from the utility grid or from alternative energy sources may harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects;

 

   

an increase in interest rates, or a reduction in the availability of tax equity or project debt capital in the global financial markets could make it difficult for customers to finance the cost of a solar energy system and could reduce the demand for our products;

 

   

defects or performance problems in our products could result in loss of customers, reputational damage and decreased revenue, and we may face warranty, indemnity and product liability claims arising from defective products;

 

   

the requirements of being a public company may strain our resources, divert management’s attention and affect our ability to attract and retain qualified board members and officers;

 

   

our status as a “controlled company” and ability to rely on exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements; and

 

   

certain provisions in our certificate of incorporation and our bylaws that may delay or prevent a change of control.

Except as required by law, we assume no obligation to update these forward-looking statements, or to update the reasons actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements, even if new information becomes available in the future.

 

46


Table of Contents

Use of Proceeds

We expect to receive net proceeds from this offering of approximately $129,000,000, based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $20.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $20.00 per share would increase or decrease the net proceeds that we receive from this offering by approximately $6,650,000, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us. Similarly, each increase or decrease of one million in the number of shares of common stock offered by us would increase or decrease the net proceeds that we receive from this offering by approximately $19,000,000, assuming the assumed initial public offering price remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us.

We intend to use the net proceeds that we will receive from this offering to prepay approximately $105,000,000 of the outstanding principal amount under our New Senior Credit Facility and, to the extent of any remaining net proceeds, for general corporate purposes, including working capital, operating expenses and capital expenditures. See “Description of Certain Indebtedness—New Senior Secured Credit Facility.” To the extent the net proceeds we receive in this offering are lower than currently estimated, we may, if necessary, elect not to prepay any principal amounts under our New Senior Credit Facility.

We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of our common stock by the selling stockholder. We will, however, bear the costs associated with the sale of shares of common stock by the selling stockholder, other than underwriting discounts and commissions. For more information, see “Principal and Selling Stockholders” and “Underwriting.”

 

47


Table of Contents

Corporate Conversion

We currently operate as a Delaware limited liability company under the name ATI Intermediate Holdings, LLC, which directly and indirectly holds all of the equity interests in our operating subsidiaries. Immediately before the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, ATI Intermediate Holdings, LLC will convert into a Delaware corporation pursuant to a statutory conversion and will change its name to Array Technologies, Inc. On or about the time of the consummation of this offering, Array Technologies, Inc., the operating company and the indirect wholly owned subsidiary of ATI Intermediate Holdings, LLC, intends to change its name to Array Tech, Inc. In this prospectus, we refer to all of the transactions related to our conversion into a corporation as the Corporate Conversion.

The purpose of the Corporate Conversion is to reorganize our corporate structure so that the selling stockholder is selling the common stock of an entity that is a corporation rather than a limited liability company to the public in this offering.

In conjunction with the Corporate Conversion, all of our outstanding units will be converted into an aggregate of 119,994,467 shares of our common stock. The number of shares of common stock issuable in connection with the Corporate Conversion will be determined pursuant to the applicable provisions of the plan of conversion.

As a result of the Corporate Conversion, Array Technologies, Inc. will succeed to all of the property and assets of ATI Intermediate Holdings, LLC and will succeed to all of the debts and obligations of ATI Intermediate Holdings, LLC. Array Technologies, Inc. will be governed by a certificate of incorporation filed with the Delaware Secretary of State and bylaws, the material provisions of which are described under the heading “Description of Capital Stock.” On the effective date of the Corporate Conversion, each of our directors and officers will be as described elsewhere in this prospectus. See “Management.”

Except as otherwise noted herein, our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus are those of ATI Intermediate Holdings, LLC and its consolidated operations. We do not expect that the Corporate Conversion will have an effect on our results of operations.

 

48


Table of Contents

Dividend Policy

We did not declare any cash distributions or dividends in 2018 and 2019, and we currently do not anticipate paying any cash distributions or dividends after this offering and for the foreseeable future. Instead, we anticipate that all of our earnings in the foreseeable future will be used to repay debt, for working capital, to support our operations and to finance the growth and development of our business. Any future determination relating to dividend policy will be made at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on a number of factors, including restrictions in our current and future debt instruments, our future earnings, capital requirements, financial condition, prospects, and applicable Delaware law, which provides that dividends are only payable out of surplus or current net profits.

As a holding company, our ability to pay cash distributions or dividends depends on our receipt of cash distributions or dividends from our operating subsidiaries. Our ability to pay cash distributions or dividends will therefore be restricted as a result of restrictions on their ability to pay cash distributions or dividends to us, including under the agreements governing our existing and any future indebtedness. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to This Offering and Our Common Stock,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources” and “Description of Certain Indebtedness.”

 

49


Table of Contents

Capitalization

The following table sets forth our cash and restricted cash and capitalization as of June 30, 2020:

 

   

on an actual basis; and

 

   

on a pro forma basis to reflect the Special Distribution Transactions; and

 

   

on a pro forma as adjusted basis to reflect (1) the Special Distribution Transactions, (2) the sale and issuance by us of 7,000,000 shares of our common stock in this offering, assuming an initial public offering price of $20.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, and the application of net proceeds from this offering as described under “Use of Proceeds,” as if this offering and the application of the net proceeds of this offering had occurred on June 30, 2020, (3) the Corporate Conversion, (4) the completion of the 1-for-1.2 Stock Split effective following the Corporate Conversion and prior to the time of this offering, and (5) the payment by us of estimated offering expenses of $4.0 million.

You should read this table together with the sections of this prospectus captioned “Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data,” “Use of Proceeds,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Description of Capital Stock” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     As of
June 30, 2020
(unaudited)
 
(in thousands, except share data)    Actual      Pro forma     Pro forma
as adjusted
 

Cash and restricted cash

   $ 37,984      $ 19,859     $ 29,342  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total long-term liabilities(1)

   $ 30,552      $ 605,427     $ 494,540  

Revolving credit facility(2)

   $ 4,400      $ 24,400     $ 4,400  

Term loan(2)

   $ —        $ 554,875     $ 449,875  

Contingent consideration/earn-out

   $ 1,822      $ 1,822     $ 15,935  

Other(3)

   $ 24,330      $ 24,330     $ 24,330  

Member’s equity

   $ 383,639      $ (206,361   $ —    

Stockholders’ equity:

       

Common stock, $0.001 par value; 1,000,000,000 shares authorized; no shares issued and outstanding, actual; 126,994,467 shares issued and outstanding as adjusted(4)

     —          —       $ 127  

Additional paid-in capital(4)

     —          —       $ 131,593  

Retained earnings(5)

     —          —       $ (221,152
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

     —          —       $ (89,433
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total capitalization

   $ 414,191      $ 399,066     $ 405,108  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

Pro forma and pro forma as adjusted columns reflect the borrowings under the New Term Loan Facility. See “Description of Certain Indebtedness—New Senior Secured Credit Facility.” On July 31, 2020, the Company paid the $23.5 million outstanding balance on its related party loans. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Senior Secured Promissory Note.”

(2)

Our subsidiary, Array Tech, Inc., expects to enter into a new credit facility in connection with this offering. We anticipate that this facility will consist of (i) a $575 million senior secured seven-year term loan facility and (ii) a $150 million senior secured five-year revolving credit facility. See “Description of Certain Indebtedness.”

(3)

Includes $14.5 million in deferred tax liability as of June 30, 2020. We will also have a Tax Receivable Agreement with Ron P. Corio, our indirect stockholder. We estimate that, as of June 30, 2020, the undiscounted future expected payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement are $25.3 million. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Tax Receivable Agreement.”

 

50


Table of Contents
(4)

As adjusted to reflect the conversion of 1,000 of our outstanding member’s units into 119,994,467 shares of our common stock in conjunction with the Corporate Conversion. Additionally, reflects the 1-for-1.2 Stock Split.

(5)

As adjusted to reflect (i) the conversion of $(206.4) million of our outstanding member’s equity into shares of our common stock in conjunction with the Corporate Conversion and (ii) the estimated impact of the earn-out payments to certain former stockholders of Array Technologies, Inc. upon the consummation of this offering, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $20.00 per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus).

The actual number of shares of common stock to be outstanding following this offering excludes 5% of the shares of common stock outstanding at the closing of this offering (on a fully diluted basis) that are reserved for future grants or for sale under the LTIP.

 

51


Table of Contents

Dilution

Investors purchasing our common stock in this offering will experience immediate and substantial dilution in the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value of their shares of common stock. Dilution in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value represents the difference between the initial public offering price of our common stock and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after the offering.

Historical net tangible book value per share represents our total tangible assets (total assets excluding goodwill and other intangible assets, net) less total liabilities, divided by the number of shares of outstanding common stock. After giving effect to (1) the filing and effectiveness of our certificate of incorporation upon the consummation of this offering and (2) the sale of shares of common stock in this offering by the selling stockholder at an assumed initial public offering price of $20.00 per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus), after deducting $7.0 million in underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses of $4.0 million, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of June 30, 2020 would have been approximately $(370) million, or $(2.91) per share. This represents an immediate decrease in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value of $4.92 per share to existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $22.91 per share to new investors purchasing common stock in this offering.

The following table illustrates this dilution on a per share basis to new investors.

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share

     $ 20.00  

Historical net tangible book value per share as of June 30, 2020

   $ 0.86    

Pro forma decrease in net tangible book value per share as of June 30, 2020 (unaudited)

   $ (4.92  

Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of June 30, 2020 (unaudited)

   $ (4.06  

Increase in net tangible book value per share attributable to investors participating in this offering

   $ 1.13    
  

 

 

   

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share, as adjusted to give effect to this offering (unaudited)

   $ (2.91  

Dilution per share to new investors participating in this offering

     $ 22.91  
    

 

 

 

The following table summarizes on the pro forma as adjusted basis described above, as of June 30, 2020, the difference between the number of shares of common stock purchased from us, the total consideration paid or to be paid and the average price per share paid or to be paid by existing stockholders and new investors in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $20.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, before deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. As the table shows, new investors purchasing common stock in this offering will pay an average price per share substantially higher than our existing stockholders paid.

 

     Shares Purchased     Total Consideration     Average Price
Per Share
 
     Number      Percent     Amount      Percent  

Existing stockholders

     93,244,467        73   $ 546,000,000        45 %   $ 5.86  

New investors

     33,750,000        27   $ 675,000,000        55 %   $ 20.00  

Total

     126,994,467        100.0   $ 1,221,000,000        100.0 %     9.61  

If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of our common stock in full, the percentage of shares of common stock held by existing stockholders will decrease to approximately 69% of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering, and the number of shares held by new investors will increase to 38,812,500, or approximately 31% of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering.

 

52


Table of Contents

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $20.00 per share would increase (decrease) total consideration paid by new investors by approximately $32,062,500, assuming that the number of shares offered by the Company and the selling stockholder, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting an incremental $1,687,500 in underwriting discounts and commissions. The Company and the selling stockholder may also increase or decrease the number of shares they are offering. An increase (decrease) of 100,000 in the number of shares offered by the Company and the selling stockholder would increase (decrease) total consideration paid by new investors by $1,900,000, assuming that the assumed initial public offering price remains the same, and after deducting an incremental $100,000 in underwriting discounts and commissions.

Sales of shares of common stock by the selling stockholder in this offering (assuming no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares) will reduce the total number of shares of common stock beneficially owned by the controlling stockholders to 93,244,467, or approximately 73.4% of the total outstanding shares of common stock, and will increase the number shares of common stock to be purchased by new investors to 33,750,000, or approximately 26.6% of the total outstanding shares of common stock. Sales of shares of common stock by the selling stockholder in this offering (assuming the full exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares) will reduce the total number of shares of common stock beneficially owned by the controlling stockholders to 88,181,967, or approximately 69.4% of the total outstanding shares of common stock, and will increase the number shares of common stock to be purchased by new investors to 38,812,500, or approximately 30.46% of the total outstanding shares of common stock.

To the extent that options are issued under our compensatory stock plans or we issue additional shares of common stock in the future, there will be further dilution to investors participating in this offering.

 

53


Table of Contents

Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data

The selected consolidated statement of operations and cash flow data for each of 2018 and 2019 and the selected consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2018 and 2019 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have derived the statement of operations and cash flow data for the six months ended June 30, 2019 and 2020 and the balance sheet data as of June 30, 2020 from the unaudited condensed consolidated interim financial statements which are included elsewhere in this prospectus.

The unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements include all normal recurring adjustments necessary, in the opinion of management, to summarize the financial positions and results for the period presented. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of our results to be expected in any future period, and the historical results for the six months ended June 30, 2020 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the full year. These selected financial data should be read together with our consolidated financial statements and our consolidated interim financial statements and the related notes, as well as the section captioned “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

    Year Ended
December 31,
    Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
    2018     2019     2019     2020  
                (unaudited)  
    (in thousands, except per share data)  

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

       

Revenue

  $ 290,783     $ 647,899     $ 225,417     $ 552,634  

Cost of revenue

    279,228       497,138       182,179       412,016  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    11,555       150,761       43,238       140,618  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

       

General and administrative

    46,053       41,852       15,910       25,316  

Depreciation expense

    202       250       137       118  

Amortization of intangibles

    26,506       25,250       12,625       12,625  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    72,761       67,352       28,672       38,059  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

    (61,206     83,409       14,566       102,559  

Other expense:

       

Other income (expense), net

    (447     (33     116       (2,134

Interest expense

    (19,043     (18,797     (9,387     (7,640
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other expense

    (19,490     (18,830     (9,271     (9,774
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income tax expense (benefit)

    (80,696     64,579       5,295       92,785  

Income tax expense (benefit)

    (19,932     24,834       10,519       16,708  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

  $ (60,764   $ 39,745     $ (5,224   $ 76,077  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average number of units outstanding, basic and diluted

    1       1       1       1  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings (loss) per common share, basic and diluted

  $ (60,764   $ 39,745     $ (5,224   $ 76,077  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma earning per share information (unaudited)(1)

       

Pro forma net income

    $ 23,488       $ 69,559  
   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Pro forma basic and diluted earnings per share

    $ 0.18       $ 0.55  
   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted average shares outstanding — basic and diluted

      126,994         126,994  
   

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

54


Table of Contents

 

(1)

We compute pro forma earnings per share as if the Corporate Conversion, Stock Split and Special Distribution Transactions had occurred on January 1, 2019. Pro forma basic earnings per share is computed using pro forma net income divided by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Pro forma net income reflects additional interest expense (net of tax) of $16.3 million and $6.5 million assumed incurred to finance a portion of the Special Distribution that exceeds both the gross proceeds from the equity offering and the previous twelve months earnings for the year ended December 31, 2019 and six months ended June 30, 2020, respectively. A 0.125% change in the assumed interest rate of the New Term Loan Facility incurred to finance the portion of the Special Distribution would change aggregate interest expense (net of tax) for the year ended December 31, 2019 and six months ended June 30, 2020 by approximately $0.405 million and $0.162 million, respectively. Weighted average number of common shares outstanding includes 119,994,467 shares related to the Corporate Conversion and Stock Split and 7,000,000 shares to give effect to the number of shares whose proceeds would be necessary to pay the Special Distribution. Pro forma diluted earnings per share is computed using the weighted average number of common shares and the effect of potentially dilutive equity awards outstanding during the period. There were no potentially dilutive equity securities in the period presented.

 

     As of December 31,      As of June 30, 2020  
     2018      2019      (unaudited)  
     (in thousands)  

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

        

Cash and restricted cash

   $ 40,826      $ 361,257        $ 37,984  

Total assets

   $ 509,861      $ 923,581        $557,978  

Total liabilities

   $ 245,387      $ 618,430      $ 174,339  

Total member’s equity

   $ 264,474      $ 305,151      $ 383,639  

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
     Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
     2018      2019      2019      2020  
                   (unaudited)  
     (in thousands)  

Statement of Cash Flows Data:

           

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

   $ (11,727    $ 386,073      $ (2,843    $ (247,900

Net cash used in investing activities

   $ (6,430    $ (1,697    $ (434    $ (265

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

   $ 50,863      $ (63,945    $ (24,492    $ (75,108

 

55


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and

Results of Operations

This Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations should be read in conjunction with the sections of this prospectus captioned “Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data” and “Business” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes to those statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. In addition to historical financial information, the following discussion and analysis contains forward-looking statements that involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions. Our actual results and timing of selected events may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of many factors, including those discussed under the sections of this prospectus captioned “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” and “Risk Factors.”

This Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations contains the presentation of Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted Net Income, which are not presented in accordance with GAAP. Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted Net Income are being presented because they provide the Company and readers of this prospectus with additional insight into our operational performance relative to earlier periods and relative to our competitors. We do not intend Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted Net Income to be substitutes for any GAAP financial information. Readers of this prospectus should use Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted Net Income only in conjunction with Net Income, the most comparable GAAP financial measure. Reconciliations of Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted Net Income to Net Income, the most comparable GAAP measure to each, are provided in “—Non-GAAP Financial Measure.”

Overview

We are one of the world’s largest manufacturers of ground-mounting systems used in solar energy projects. Our principal product is an integrated system of steel supports, electric motors, gearboxes and electronic controllers commonly referred to as a single-axis “tracker.” Trackers move solar panels throughout the day to maintain an optimal orientation to the sun, which significantly increases their energy production. Solar energy projects that use trackers generate up to 25% more energy than projects that use “fixed tilt” mounting systems.

Our trackers use a patented design that allows one motor to drive multiple rows of solar panels through articulated driveline joints. To avoid infringing on our U.S. patent, our competitors must use designs that we believe are inherently less efficient and reliable. For example, our largest competitor’s design requires one motor for each row of solar panels. As a result, we believe our products have greater reliability, lower installation costs, reduced maintenance requirements and competitive manufacturing costs. Our core U.S. patent on a linked-row, rotating gear drive system does not expire until February 5, 2030.

We sell our products to EPCs that build solar energy projects and to large solar developers, independent power producers and utilities, often under master supply agreements or multi-year procurement contracts. In 2019, we derived 87%, 8% and 5% of our revenues from customers in the U.S., Australia and rest of the world, respectively.

We are a U.S. company and our headquarters and principal manufacturing facility are in Albuquerque, New Mexico. As of June 30, 2020, we had 343 full-time employees.

Performance Measures

In managing our business and assessing financial performance, we supplement the information provided by the financial statements with other operating metrics. These operating metrics are utilized by our management to evaluate our business, measure our performance, identify trends affecting our business and formulate projections. The primary operating metric we use to evaluate our sales performance and to track market acceptance of our products from year to year is MWs shipped generally and the change in MW shipped from period to period

 

56


Table of Contents

specifically. MWs is measured for each individual project and is calculated based on the expected output of that project once installed and fully operational.

We also utilize metrics related to price and cost of goods sold per MW, including average selling price (“ASP”) and cost per watt (“CPW”). ASP is calculated by dividing total applicable revenues by total applicable MWs, whereas CPW is calculated by dividing total applicable costs of goods sold by total applicable MWs. These metrics enable us to evaluate trends in pricing, manufacturing cost and customer profitability.

Key Components of Our Results of Operations

The following discussion describes certain line items in our consolidated statements of operations.

Revenue

We generate revenue from the sale of solar tracking systems and parts. Our customers include EPCs, utilities, solar developers and independent power producers. For each individual solar project, we enter into a contract with our customers covering the price, specifications, delivery dates and warranty for the products being purchased, among other things. Our contractual delivery period for the tracker system and parts can vary from days to several months. Contracts can range in value from hundreds of thousands to tens of millions of dollars. Our average contract value and duration was approximately $6 million and three months, respectively, in 2019.

Our revenue is affected by changes in the volume and ASPs of solar tracking systems purchased by our customers. The quarterly volume and ASP of our systems is driven by the supply of, and demand for, our products, changes in product mix between module type and wattage, geographic mix of our customers, strength of competitors’ product offerings, and availability of government incentives to the end-users of our products.

Our revenue growth is dependent on continued growth in the amount of solar energy projects installed each year as well as our ability to increase our share of demand in each of the geographies where we compete, expand our global footprint to new evolving markets, grow our production capabilities to meet demand and to continue to develop and introduce new and innovative products that address the changing technology and performance requirements of our customers.

Cost of Revenue and Gross Profit

Cost of revenue consists primarily of product costs, including purchased components, as well as costs related to shipping, tariffs, customer support, product warranty, personnel and depreciation of test and manufacturing equipment. Personnel costs in cost of revenue includes both direct labor costs as well as costs attributable to any individuals whose activities relate to the transformation of raw materials or component parts into finished goods or the transportation of materials to the customer. Our product costs are affected by the underlying cost of raw materials, including steel and aluminum; component costs, including electric motors and gearboxes; technological innovation; economies of scale resulting in lower component costs, and improvements in production processes and automation. We do not currently hedge against changes in the price of raw materials. Some of these costs, primarily personnel and depreciation of test and manufacturing equipment, are not directly affected by sales volume.

Gross profit may vary from quarter to quarter and is primarily affected by our ASPs, product costs, product mix, customer mix, geographical mix, shipping method, warranty costs and seasonality.

Operating Expenses

Operating expenses consist of general and administrative costs as well as depreciation and amortization expense. Personnel-related costs are the most significant component of our operating expenses and include

 

57


Table of Contents

salaries, benefits, payroll taxes and commissions. Our full-time employee headcount in our general and administrative departments has grown from approximately 110 as of December 31, 2018 to approximately 150 as of December 31, 2019, and we expect to continue to hire new employees to support our growth. The timing of these additional hires could materially affect our operating expenses in any particular period, both in absolute dollars and as a percentage of revenue. We expect to continue to invest substantial resources to support our growth and anticipate that each of the following categories of operating expenses will increase in absolute dollar amounts for the foreseeable future.

General and administrative expenses

General and administrative expenses consist primarily of salaries, share based compensation expense, employee benefits and payroll taxes related to our executives, sales, finance, human resources, information technology, engineering and legal organizations, travel expenses, facilities costs, marketing expenses, bad debt expense and fees for professional services. Professional services consist of audit, legal, tax, insurance, information technology and other costs. We expect an increase in the number of sales and marketing personnel in connection with the expansion of our global sales and marketing footprint, enabling us to penetrate new markets. The majority of our sales in 2019 were in the U.S.; however, during the year we expanded our international presence with additional global sales staff. We currently have a sales presence in the U.S., Australia, the U.K. and Brazil. We intend to continue to expand our sales presence and marketing efforts to additional countries. We also expect that after completion of this offering, we will incur additional audit, tax, accounting, legal and other costs related to compliance with applicable securities and other regulations, as well as additional insurance, investor relations and other costs associated with being a public company.

Depreciation

Depreciation in our operating expense consists of costs associated with property, plant and equipment (“PP&E”) not used in manufacturing of our products. We expect that as we continue to grow both our revenue and our general and administrative personnel we will require some additional PP&E to support this growth resulting in additional depreciation expense.

Amortization

Amortization of intangibles consist of developed technology, customer relationships and internal-use software modifications over their expected period of use.

Non-Operating Expenses

Interest Expense

Interest expense consists of interest and other charges paid in connection with our Senior ABL Facility, interest on the Senior Secured Promissory Note, and interest on our Term Loan Facility (as defined below), which was fully repaid on February 2, 2020.

Income Tax Expense

We are subject to federal and state income taxes in the United States.

 

58


Table of Contents

Results of Operations

The following tables set forth our consolidated statement of operations as well as other financial data management considers for 2018 and 2019 and for the first six months of 2019 and 2020. We have derived this data from our consolidated financial statements and consolidated interim financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. This information should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and consolidated interim financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The results of historical periods are not necessarily indicative of the results of operations for any future period.

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    2018 to
2019
    Six Months Ended
June 30,
    2019 to
2020
 
     2018     2019     Change     2019     2020     Change  
                       (unaudited)        
     (dollars in thousands)  

Revenue

   $ 290,783     $ 647,899       123   $ 225,417     $ 552,634       145

Cost of revenue

     279,228       497,138       78     182,179       412,016       126
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     11,555       150,761       1205     43,238       140,618       225
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

            

General and administrative

     46,053       41,852       (9 %)      15,910       25,316       59

Depreciation and amortization

     202       250       24     137       118       (14 %) 

Amortization of intangibles

     26,506       25,250       (5 %)      12,625       12,625       —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     72,761       67,352       (7 %)      28,672       38,059       33
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

     (61,206     83,409       236     14,566       102,559       604

Other expense:

            

Other income (expense), net

     (447     (33     93     116       (2,134     (1940 %) 

Interest expense

     (19,043     (18,797     1     (9,387     (7,640     19
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other expense

     (19,490     (18,830     3     (9,271     (9,774     (5 %) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income tax expense (benefit) income

     (80,696     64,579       180     5,295       92,785       1652

Income tax expense (benefit)

     (19,932     24,834       225     10,519       16,708       59
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ (60,764   $ 39,745       165   $ (5,224   $ 76,077       1556
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other Financial Information (unaudited):

            

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ (22,652   $ 121,789       638   $ 32,560     $ 123,852       280

Adjusted Net Income

   $ (33,197   $ 76,592       331   $ 17,223     $ 86,310       401

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted Net Income

We present Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted Net Income as supplemental measures of our performance. We define Adjusted EBITDA as net income (loss) plus (i) interest expense, (ii) other (income) expense, (iii) income tax expense (benefit), (iv) depreciation expense, (v) amortization of intangibles, (vi) share based compensation, (vii) ERP implementation costs, (viii) certain legal expense, and (ix) other costs. We define Adjusted Net Income as net income (loss) plus (i) amortization of intangibles, (ii) share based compensation, (iii) ERP implementation costs, (iv) certain legal expense, (v) other costs, and (vi) income tax expense (benefit) of adjustments.

Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted Net Income are intended as supplemental measures of performance that are neither required by, nor presented in accordance with, GAAP. We present Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted Net Income because we believe they assist investors and analysts in comparing our performance across reporting periods on a consistent basis by excluding items that we do not believe are indicative of our core operating performance. In addition, we use Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted Net Income: (i) as factors in evaluating management’s performance when determining incentive compensation; (ii) to evaluate the effectiveness of our

 

59


Table of Contents

business strategies; and (iii) because our credit agreement uses measures similar to Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted Net Income to measure our compliance with certain covenants.

Among other limitations, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted Net Income do not reflect our cash expenditures, or future requirements, for capital expenditures or contractual commitments; do not reflect the impact of certain cash charges resulting from matters we consider not to be indicative of our ongoing operations; do not reflect income tax expense or benefit; and other companies in our industry may calculate Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted Net Income differently than we do, which limits their usefulness as comparative measures.

Because of these limitations, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted Net Income should not be considered in isolation or as substitutes for performance measures calculated in accordance with GAAP. We compensate for these limitations by relying primarily on our GAAP results and using Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted Net Income on a supplemental basis. You should review the reconciliation of net income (loss) to Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted Net Income below and not rely on any single financial measure to evaluate our business.

The following table reconciles net income (loss) to Adjusted EBITDA for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019 and the six months ended June 30, 2019 and 2020, respectively:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
     Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
     2018      2019      2019      2020  
     (in thousands)      (unaudited)  

Net income (loss)

   $ (60,764    $ 39,745      $ (5,224    $ 76,077  

Interest expense

     19,043        18,797        9,387        7,640  

Other expense

     447        33        (116      2,134  

Income tax expense (benefit)

     (19,932      24,834        10,519        16,708  

Depreciation expense

     1,944        2,066        1,032        1,099  

Amortization of intangibles

     26,506        25,250        12,625        12,625  

Share based compensation

     —          799        —          2,411  

ERP implementation costs(a)

     5,810        2,874        1,337        1,571  

Legal expense(b)

     1,483        3,915        2,137        835  

Other costs(c)

     2,811        3,476        863        2,752  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ (22,652    $ 121,789      $ 32,560      $ 123,852  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(a)

Represents consulting costs associated with our enterprise resource planning system implementation in 2018.

(b)

Represents certain legal fees and other related costs associated with (i) a patent infringement action against a competitor for which a judgment has been entered in our favor and successful defense of a related matter and (ii) a pending action against a competitor in connection with violation of a non-competition agreement and misappropriation of trade secrets. We consider these costs not representative of legal costs that we will incur from time to time in the ordinary course of our business.

(c)

For the year ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, other costs represent (i) consulting fees for certain accounting, finance and IT services of $3.6 million and $2.4 million in 2018 and 2019, respectively, that we do not expect to re-occur in the future; and (ii) $0.2 million in 2019 for executive consulting costs that we do not expect to re-occur in the future and (iii) non-cash charges for the remeasurement of the fair value related to the Tax Receivable Agreement entered into by the Company and the former majority shareholder of Array and earn-out payments in the form of cash upon the occurrence of certain events of ($0.8) million and $0.6 million in 2018 and 2019, respectively. For the six month periods, other costs represent (i) consulting fees for certain accounting finance and IT services of $2.4 million and $0.0 million in the six months ended June 30, 2019 and the six months ended June 30, 2020, respectively, (ii) $0.2 million in the six months ended June 30, 2019 for the executive consulting costs, (iii) non-cash charges for the remeasurement of the fair value of the Tax Receivable Agreement of ($1.8) million and $2.4 million in the six months ended June 30, 2019 and the six months ended June 30, 2020, respectively, and (iv) $0.3 million during the six months ended June 30, 2020 for costs incurred in preparation for a potential IPO.

 

60


Table of Contents

The following table reconciles net income (loss) to Adjusted Net Income for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019 and the six months ended June 30, 2019 and 2020, respectively:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
     2018     2019     2019     2020  
                 (unaudited)  
     (in thousands)  

Net Income (loss)

   $ (60,764   $ 39,745     $ (5,224   $ 76,077  

Amortization of Intangibles

     26,506       25,250       12,625       12,625  

Share Based Compensation

     —         799       —         2,411  

ERP Implementation Costs(a)

     5,810       2,874       1,337       1,571  

Legal Expense(b)

     1,483       3,915       2,137       835  

Other Costs(c)

     2,811       3,476       863       4,984  

Income Tax Expense (Benefit) of Adjustments(d)

     (9,043     (8,752     (3,799     (5,584

Non-recurring income tax adjustments related to the IRS settlement and CARES Act(e)

     —         9,284       9,284       (6,608
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted Net Income

   $ (33,197   $ 76,592     $ 17,223     $ 86,310  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted Effective Tax Rate(e)

     24.7     24.1     22.4     24.9

 

  (a)

Represents consulting costs associated with our ERP system implementation in 2018.

 

  (b)

Represents certain legal fees and other related costs associated with (i) a patent infringement action against a competitor for which a judgement has been entered in our favor and successful defense of a related matter and (ii) a pending action against a competitor in connection with violation of a non-competition agreement and misappropriation of trade secrets. We consider these costs not representative of legal costs that we will incur from time to time in the ordinary course of our business.

 

  (c)

For the year ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, other costs represent (i) consulting fees for certain accounting, finance and IT services of $3.6 million and $2.4 million in 2018 and 2019, respectively, that we do not expect to re-occur in the future and (ii) $0.2 million in 2019 for executive consulting costs that we do not expect to re-occur in the future and (ii) non-cash charges for the remeasurement of the fair value related to the Tax Receivable Agreement entered into by the Company and the former majority shareholder of the Company and earn-out payments in the form of cash upon the occurence of certain events of ($0.8) million and $0.6 million in 2018 and 2019, respectively. For the six month periods, other costs represent (i) consulting fees for certain accounting, finance and IT services of $2.4 million and $0.0 million in the six months ended June 30, 2019 and the six months ended June 30, 2020, respectively, (ii) $0.2 million in the six months ended June 30, 2019 for the executive consulting costs, (iii) non-cash charges for the remeasurement of the fair value of the Tax Receivable Agreement of ($1.8) million and $2.4 million in the six months ended June 30, 2019 and the six months ended June 30, 2020, respectively, (iv) $0.3 million during the six months ended June 30, 2020 for costs incurred in preparation for a potential initial public offering, and (v) $2.2 million in the six months ended June 30, 2020 for amounts owed to the former majority shareholder in connection with tax benefits received as part of the CARES Act.

 

  (d)

Represents incremental tax expense (benefit) from adjustments assuming the adjusted effective tax rate.

 

  (e)

Represents the adjusted Effective Tax Rate for the periods presented, adjusted for the following items (i) for the year ended December 31, 2019, the effective tax rate of 38.5% was reduced by 14.4% ($9.3 million) to 24.1% to eliminate the impact of adjustments made to income tax expense due to the settlement of an IRS examination, (ii) for the six months ended June 30, 2020, the effective tax rate of 18.1% was increased by 6.8% ($6.6 million) to eliminate the impact of the CARES Act, and (iii) for the six months ended June 30, 2019, the effective tax rate of 127.3% was reduced by 104.9% ($9.3 million) to 22.4% to eliminate the impact of adjustments made to income tax expense due to the settlement of an IRS examination.

 

61


Table of Contents

Comparison of six months ended June 30, 2020 and the six months ended June 30, 2019

Revenue

Revenue increased by $327 million, or 145%, for the six months ended June 30, 2020 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2019. Total MW delivered increased by approximately 132% for the six months ended June 30, 2020 driven by higher volumes domestically primarily due to certain customers electing to take deliveries ahead of build schedules to take advantage of the ITC.

Cost of Revenue and Gross Profit

Cost of revenue increased by $230 million, or 126%, for the six months ended June 30, 2020 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2019 primarily due to the increase in the number of MW delivered. Gross profit as a percentage of revenue increased from 19.2% in the first half of 2019 to 25.4% in the first half of 2020. The increase in Gross Profit as percentage of revenue reflects improved project mix coupled with continued improvements in our global supply chain efficiencies and improvements in material and logistics planning and execution.

Operating Expenses:

General and Administrative

General and administrative expenses increased by $9.4 million, or 59%, in the six months ended June 30, 2020 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2019. The increase in expense was primarily due to a $4.1 million recovery of an account receivable that was previously reserved during the six months ended June 30, 2019 as well as a $4.2 million change in the remeasurement of the fair value related to the Tax Receivable Agreement and earn-out obligation. The increase in general and administrative expense also relates to a $2.4 million expense in the six months ended June 30, 2020 for share-based compensation with no comparable expense in 2019. Finally, in 2020 we increased our internal headcount leading to higher payroll and related costs but more than offset these increases with a reduction in third-party spend related to business process outsourcing, consulting costs, and other professional fees.

Depreciation

Depreciation expense in the six months ended June 30, 2020 was similar to the six months ended June 30, 2019 as we did not add any significant capital assets.

Amortization of Intangibles

Amortization of intangibles in the six months ended June 30, 2020 was similar to the six months ended June 30, 2019 as we did not add any significant intangible assets.

Interest Expense

Interest expenses decreased by $1.7 million, or 19%, in the six months ended June 30, 2020 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2019, primarily due to lower interest on our Term Loan Facility as it was paid in full in February 2020.

Income Tax Expense

Income tax expense increased by $6.2 million, or 59% in the six months ended June 30, 2020 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2019, due to the increase in earnings. Our effective tax rate was 18.0% for first half of 2020 and 198.7% for the first half of 2019. The 198.7% effective tax rate for the six months ended

 

62


Table of Contents

June 30, 2019 was related to a $9.3 million permanent difference from the settlement of an IRS examination which reduced the value of the developed technology from $210.0 million to $188.0 million for federal income tax purposes. The reduction in value increased our deferred tax liability related to the developed technology by $4.6 million. The settlement with the IRS also resulted in payments related to the Tax Receivable Agreement being non-deductible for tax purposes, resulting in the write-off of the deferred tax asset related to the Tax Receivable Agreement totaling $4.7 million. The 18.0% effective tax rate for the six months ended June 30, 2020 was related to a $6.6 million income tax benefit received from the NOL carryback provision provided by the CARES Act.

Net Income (Loss)

As a result of the factors discussed above, our net income increased by $81.3 million, or 1556%, in the six months ended June 30, 2020 as compared to the six months ended June 30, 2019.

Comparison of 2019 and 2018

Revenue

Revenue increased by $357 million, or 123%, in 2019 as compared to 2018, primarily due to strong growth in the number of MWs delivered. Total MWs delivered increased by approximately 155% from 2018 to 2019 primarily due to growth in U.S. demand. The increase in the number of MWs delivered was partially offset by a 12.6% decline in ASPs from 2018 to 2019. Revenue growth in the U.S. was driven by both a 30% increase in the number of customers as well as a 95% higher per customer average.

Cost of Revenue and Gross Profit

Cost of revenue increased by $218 million, or 78%, in 2019 as compared to 2018, primarily due to an increase in the number of MWs delivered. Gross profit as a percentage of revenue increased from 4.0% in 2018 to 23.3% in 2019 primarily as a result of a 30% lower CPW due in part to purchasing efficiencies from increased volumes and strategic engagement with vendors, expansion of our global supply chain to leverage regional price benefits, improved material planning which reduced logistics costs, enhancements to product design and manufacturing efficiencies. Gross profit as a percentage of revenue also increased in 2019 relative to 2018 as a result of production delays that resulted in $3.2 million of payments for liquidated damages to customers stemming from the implementation of our new ERP system in 2018 that did not re-occur in 2019.

Operating Expenses:

General and Administrative

General and administrative expenses decreased by $4 million, or 9%, in 2019 as compared to 2018, primarily due to an $8 million reduction in bad debt expense. The primary driver in the reduction of bad debt expense was the reversal of a $4 million reserve against accounts receivable from a customer that we took in 2018 and subsequently recovered in 2019. The improved bad debt expense more than offset higher payroll costs due to increased headcount.

Depreciation

Depreciation expense in 2019 was similar to 2018 as we did not add any significant capital assets.

Amortization of Intangibles

Amortization of intangibles decreased by $1 million, or 5%, in 2019 as compared to 2018, primarily due to certain intangibles becoming fully amortized.

 

63


Table of Contents

Interest Expense

Interest expense decreased by $0.2 million, or 1%, in 2019 as compared to 2018, primarily due to lower interest paid on the Senior Secured Promissory Note and a lower principal balance on our Term Loan Facility.

Income Tax Expense

Taxes on income increased by $45 million, or 225%, in 2019 as compared to 2018, primarily because we had pre-tax income in 2019 leading us to become a taxpayer, whereas in 2018 we incurred a pre-tax loss. Our effective tax rate was 38.5% for the year ended December 31, 2019 and our effective tax benefit rate was 24.7% for the year ended December 31, 2018. The increase in our effective tax rate for 2019 was related to a $9.3 million permanent difference from the settlement of an IRS examination which reduced the value of the developed technology from $210.0 million to $188.0 million for Federal income tax purposes. The reduction in value increased our deferred tax liability related to the developed technology by $4.6 million. The settlement with the IRS also resulted in payments related to the Tax Receivable Agreement being non-deductible for tax purposes, resulting in the write-off of the deferred tax asset related to the Tax Receivable Agreement totaling $4.7 million.

Net Income (Loss)

As a result of the factors discussed above, our net income increased by $101 million, or 165%, in 2019 as compared to 2018.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

The following table shows our cash flows from operating activities, investing activities and financing activities for the stated periods:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
     Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
     2018      2019      2019      2020  
     (in thousands)      (unaudited)  

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

   $ (11,727    $ 386,073      $ (2,843    $ (247,900

Net cash used in investing activities

     (6,430      (1,697      (434      (265

Net cash provided by (used by) financing activities

     50,863        (63,945      (24,492      (75,108
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Increase (decrease) in cash and restricted cash

   $ 32,706      $ 320,431      $ (27,769    $ (323,273
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

We finance our operations primarily with the net proceeds from Parent contributions, operating cash flows and short and long-term borrowings. Our ability to generate positive cash flow from operations is dependent on the strength our gross margins as well as our ability to quickly turn our working capital. Based on our past performance and current expectations, we believe that operating cash flows will be sufficient to meet our future cash needs. Our Senior ABL Facility provides an additional source of short and long-term liquidity to fund operations.

As of June 30, 2020, our cash was $18 million. This amount does not include $20 million of restricted cash. Net working capital as of June 30, 2020 was $124 million.

As of June 30, 2020, we had outstanding borrowings of $4.4 million and $59.0 million available for additional borrowings under our Senior ABL Facility and approximately $23.5 million of outstanding borrowings under our Senior Secured Promissory Note.

 

64


Table of Contents

Operating Activities

For the six months ended June 30, 2020, cash used by operating activities was $247.9 million primarily due to payments to our suppliers for products that were paid for by customers in 2019, but that we did not ship until the first half of 2020. In order for our customers to take advantage of the ITC credit, we received payment on these projects in the fourth quarter of 2019.

For the six months ended June 30, 2019, cash used in operating activities was $2.8 million, mainly due to a net loss in the period of $5.2 million adjusted for $13.7 million in depreciation and amortization and $10.8 million for the change in the deferred tax asset. Further, accounts receivable increased $30.5 million, inventory increased $28.6 million, accounts payable increased $27.8 million and deferred revenue increased $4.2 million.

For 2019, cash provided by operating activities was $386 million primarily due to an increase in deferred revenue of $307 million resulting from payments made by customers for products we did not ship until the first half of 2020. Additionally, there was a $95 million increase in inventory and a $105 million increase in accounts payable in preparation of expected volume increases in the first quarter of 2020.

For 2018, cash used in operating activities was $12 million, mainly due to the incurrence of a net loss for the period of $61 million which was partially offset by non-cash items totaling $18 million and cash provided by a change in working capital of $31 million.

Investing Activities

For the six months ended June 30, 2020 and June 30, 2019, net cash used in investing activities was $265 thousand and $434 thousand, respectively, primarily attributable to the purchase of property and equipment.

During 2019, net cash used in investing activities was $2 million, primarily attributable to the purchase of property and equipment.

During 2018, net cash used in investing activities was $6 million, of which $2 million related to the purchase of property and equipment and $4 million related to software modification costs.

Financing Activities

For the six months ended June 30, 2020, net cash used by financing activities was $75.1 million, of which $57.7 million and $21.7 million was attributable to the payment of the Term Loan Facility and Senior Secured Promissory Note, respectively.

For the six months ended June 30, 2019, net cash used by financing activities was $24.5 million, of which $15.0 million was attributable to schedule principal payments on the Term Loan Facility and $9.6 million was related to payments on our Senior ABL Facility.

For 2019, net cash used by financing activities was $64 million, of which $25 million and $39 million was attributable to the payment of the Term Loan Facility and Senior ABL Facility, respectively.

For 2018, net cash provided by financing activities was $51 million, of which $65 million and $4 million was attributable to the repayment of the Term Loan Facility and the payment for debt issuance costs, respectively. These payments were offset by $30 million of proceeds from the Senior ABL Facility, $39 million of proceeds from the Senior Secured Promissory Note and $50 million of proceeds from capital contributions.

 

65


Table of Contents

Debt Obligations

Term Loan Facility

On June 23, 2016, we entered into a term loan agreement with Jefferies Finance LLC, providing for a term loan in an aggregate amount of $200 million (“Term Loan Facility”). As of December 31, 2019, the Term Loan Facility had a balance of $57.7 million. The balance of the Term Loan Facility is presented in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet net of debt discount and issuance costs of $1.8 million at December 31, 2019. The Term Loan Facility contains a provision under which a percentage of excess cash flow must be used to pay down the loan. As of December 31, 2019, the excess cash flow provision resulted in the Term Loan Facility being classified as current on the accompanying consolidated balance sheet. On February 7, 2020, the Company repaid the Term Loan Facility in full and settled all obligations with respect to the Term Loan Facility. See “Description of Certain Indebtedness.”

Senior ABL Facility

The Company has a Senior ABL Facility which, as amended on March 23, 2020, has maximum availability of $100.0 million and matures on March 23, 2025. The amount available to be borrowed under the Senior ABL Facility is determined by a borrowing base consisting of our eligible inventory, eligible accounts receivable and cash. As of June 30, 2020, the Senior ABL Facility had an outstanding balance of $4.4 million. The Senior ABL Facility had $18.6 million in letters of credit outstanding and availability of $59.0 million at June 30, 2020.

The interest rates applicable to the loans under the Senior ABL Facility are based on a fluctuating rate of interest determined by reference to a base rate plus an applicable margin ranging from 0.50% to 1.00% or a prime rate or Eurocurrency rate plus an applicable margin ranging from 1.50% to 2.00%. The applicable margin is adjusted after the completion of each full fiscal quarter based upon the pricing grid in the Senior ABL Facility.

The Senior ABL Facility contains a number of customary affirmative and negative covenants, including covenants that restrict our ability to borrow money, grant liens, pay dividends or dispose of assets, and events of default. Specifically, we are required to maintain a fixed charge coverage ratio, measured as of the last day of each full fiscal quarter, of at least 1.10 to 1.00. See “Description of Certain Indebtedness.”

Letter of Credit Facility

On December 16, 2019, we entered into a letter of credit facility (“LC Facility”) to provide customers with additional credit support in the form of a standby letter of credit to secure our performance obligations under contracts for which certain customers elected to prepay for the design and manufacture of tracker systems. The LC Facility has a commitment of $100.0 million in standby letters of credit which expired August 31, 2020. At June 30, 2020, we had $19.6 million in standby letters of credit outstanding, secured by cash collateral. See “Description of Certain Indebtedness.”

Senior Secured Promissory Note

On August 22, 2018, High Desert Finance LLC, our wholly owned subsidiary, issued $38.6 million Senior Secured Promissory Note (such Note, the “Senior Secured Promissory Note”) in favor of Ron P. Corio, our indirect stockholder, that was secured by the outstanding common stock of ATI Investment Holdings, Inc. The maturity due date of the Senior Secured Promissory Note was originally February 22, 2020 but was subsequently amended to extend the due date to September 22, 2020.

As of June 30, 2020, we had approximately $23.5 million of debt outstanding under the Senior Secured Promissory Note. The Company paid the remaining outstanding balance and accrued interest on July 31, 2020 to settle the obligation with respect to the Senior Secured Promissory Note. See “Description of Certain Indebtedness.”

 

66


Table of Contents

Contractual Obligations

The following table summarizes our outstanding contractual obligations as of December 31, 2019:

 

     Payment Due by Period  
     Total      Less Than
1 Year
     1 – 3 Years      3 – 5 Years      More than 5
Years
 
     (in thousands)  

Operating leases

   $ 17,733      $ 6,337      $ 11,396      $      $  

Purchase commitments under agreements(1)

                                  

Term Loan Facility(2)

     57,702        57,702                       

Interest payments on debt(3)

     3,546        3,546                       

Senior ABL Facility

     70        70                       

Senior Secured Promissory Note

     41,800        41,800           

Tax Receivable Agreement(4)

     22,310        6,293        3,492        3,492        9,033  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 143,161      $ 115,748      $ 14,888      $ 3,492      $ 9,033  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

None as of December 31, 2019.

(2)

The total outstanding balance of the Term Loan Facility is presented as due within one year based on the excess cash flow recapture provision. On February 7, 2020, we repaid the entire outstanding balance of the Term Loan Facility.

(3)

This amount represents $105 thousand of actual interest paid in February 2020 when the Term Loan Facility was paid in full and $3.4 million of interest payments on Senior Secured Promissory Note.

(4)

This amount represents the undiscounted future expected payments.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

In 2018 and 2019 and as of June 30, 2020, we did not have any off-balance sheet arrangements.

Critical Accounting Policies and Significant Management Estimates

We prepare our consolidated financial statements in accordance with GAAP. The preparation of consolidated financial statements also requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues, costs and expenses and related disclosures. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results could differ significantly from the estimates made by our management. To the extent that there are differences between our estimates and actual results, our future financial statement presentation, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows will be affected. We believe that the accounting policies discussed below are critical to understanding our historical and future performance, as these policies relate to the more significant areas involving management’s judgments and estimates. Critical accounting policies and estimates are those that we consider the most important to the portrayal of our financial condition and results of operations because they require our most difficult, subjective or complex judgments, often as a result of the need to make estimates about the effects of matters that are inherently uncertain.

Revenue Recognition

The Company recognized revenues from the sale of solar tracking systems and parts and determines its revenue recognition through the following steps: (i) identification of the contract or contracts with a customer; (ii) identification of the performance obligations within the contract; (iii) determination of the transaction price; (iv) allocation of the transaction price to the performance obligations within the contract; and (v) recognition of revenue when, or as the performance obligation has been satisfied.

 

67


Table of Contents

Performance Obligations

The Company’s contracts with customers are predominately accounted for as one performance obligation, as the majority of tasks and services is part of a single project or capability. As these contracts are typically a customized assembly for a customer-specific solution, the Company uses the expected cost-plus margin approach to estimate the standalone selling price of each performance obligation. For contracts with multiple performance obligations, the Company allocates the contract’s transaction price to each performance obligation using its best estimate of the standalone selling price of each distinct good or service in the contract. In assessing the recognition of revenue, the Company also evaluates whether two or more contracts should be combined and accounted for as one contract and if the combined or single contract should be accounted for as multiple performance obligations which could change the amount of revenue and profit (loss) recorded in a period. Change orders may include changes in specifications or design, manner of performance, equipment, materials, scope of work, and/or the period of completion of the project. The Company analyzes its changed orders to determine if they should be accounted for as a modification to an existing contract or a new stand-alone contract. The Company’s change orders are generally modifications to existing contracts and are included in the total estimated contract revenue when it is probable that the change order will result in additional value that can be reliably estimated and realized. The majority of the Company’s contracts do not contain variable consideration provisions as a continuation of the original contract.

The Company’s performance obligations are satisfied predominately over-time as work progresses for its custom assembled solar systems, utilizing an output measure of completed products and based on the timing of the product’s shipments considering the shipping terms described in the contract.

Revenue recognized for the Company’s part sales are recorded at a point in time and recognized when obligations under the terms of the contract with our customer are satisfied. Generally, this occurs with the transfer of control of the asset, which is in line with shipping terms.

Contract Estimates

Accounting for contracts utilizing the over-time method and their expected cost-plus margins is based on various assumptions to project the outcome of future events that can exceed a year. These assumptions include labor productivity and availability; the complexity of the work to be performed; the cost and availability of materials; and the availability and timing of funding from the customer. The Company reviews and updates its contract-related estimates each reporting period. The Company recognizes adjustments in estimated expected cost-plus on contracts under the cumulative catch-up method. Under this method, the impact of the adjustment on profit recorded to date is recognized in the period the adjustment is identified. Revenue and profit in future periods of contract performance is recognized using the adjusted estimate. If at any time the estimate of contract profitability indicates an anticipated loss on the contract, the Company recognizes the total loss in the period it is identified.

The timing of revenue recognition, billings and cash collections results in billed accounts receivable, unbilled receivables (contract assets), and deferred revenue (contract liabilities) on the consolidated balance sheet, recorded on a contract-by-contract basis at the end of each reporting period. The majority of the Company’s contract amounts are billed as work progresses in accordance with agreed-upon contractual terms, which generally coincide with the shipment of one or more phases of the project. Billing sometimes occurs subsequent to revenue recognition, resulting in contract assets. The changes in contract assets (i.e. unbilled receivables) and the corresponding amounts recorded in revenue relate to fluctuations in the timing and volume of billings for the Company’s revenue recognized over-time. As of December 31, 2019 and June 30, 2020, contract assets consisting of unbilled receivables totaling $16.1 million and $13.7 million respectively, were recorded within accounts receivable on the consolidated balance sheet. The Company also receives advances or deposits from its customers, before revenue is recognized, resulting in contract liabilities. The changes in contract liabilities (i.e. deferred revenue) relate to advanced orders and payments received by the Company and are the

 

68


Table of Contents

result of customers looking to take advantage of certain U.S. federal tax incentives set to decrease at the end of 2019. Based on the terms of the tax incentives the customer must pay for the goods prior to December 31, 2019 which accounts for the increase in the advanced orders and payments and the resulting deferred revenue. As of December 31, 2019 and June 30, 2020, contract liabilities consisting of deferred revenue was presented separately on the consolidated balance sheets.

Product Warranty

The Company offers an assurance type warranty for its products against defects in design, materials and workmanship for a period ranging from five to twenty years from customer acceptance. For these assurance type warranties, a provision for estimated future costs related to warranty expense is recorded when they are probable and reasonably estimable, which is typically when products are delivered. This provision is based on historical information on the nature, frequency and average cost of claims for each product line. When little or no experience exists for an immature product line, the estimate is based on comparable product lines. These estimates are re-evaluated on an ongoing basis using best-available information and revisions to estimates are made as necessary.

Inventory Valuation

Inventories consist of raw materials and finished goods. Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or estimated net realizable value using the weighted average method. Provisions are made to reduce excess or obsolete inventories to their estimated net realizable values which require estimates by management.

Contingent Consideration

Tax Receivable Agreement

Concurrent with the acquisition of Array Technologies, Inc., Array Technologies, Inc. entered into the Tax Receivable Agreement with Ron P. Corio, our indirect stockholder. The Tax Receivable Agreement is accounted for as contingent consideration and subsequent changes in fair value of the contingent liability are recognized in general and administrative in the Company’s consolidated statement of operations. The Tax Receivable Agreement obligations were recorded at acquisition-date fair value at inception and is classified as a liability. The Tax Receivable Agreement will generally provide for the payment by Array Technologies, Inc. to Ron P. Corio, our indirect stockholder, for certain federal, state, local and non-U.S. tax benefits deemed realized in post-closing taxable periods by Array Technologies, Inc. from the use of certain deductions generated by the increase in the tax value of the developed technology. Estimating the amount of payments that may be made under the Tax Receivable Agreement is by nature imprecise. The significant fair value inputs used to estimate the future expected Tax Receivable Agreement payments to Ron P. Corio include the timing of tax payments, a discount rate, book income projections, timing of expected adjustments to calculate taxable income and the projected rate of use for attributes defined in the Tax Receivable Agreement. As of December 31, 2019 and June 30, 2020, the estimated fair value of the Tax Receivable Agreement is $17.8 million and $18.8 million, respectively, which has been recorded as a liability. Subsequent changes in fair value of the Tax Receivable Agreement will be recognized in earnings.

Earn-Out Obligations

Under the Earn-Out Agreement, dated June 23, 2016, by and among ATI Investment Parent, LLC, ATI Investment Sub, Inc., Array Technologies, Inc., and the seller parties thereto (the “Earn-Out Agreement”), the Company is required to pay the former stockholders of Array Technologies, Inc., including Ron P. Corio, an indirect stockholder, future contingent consideration consisting of earn-out payments in the form of cash upon the occurrence of certain events, including the consummation of this offering; the sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, distribution or disposition of shares of Parent held by Oaktree Power and Oaktree Investors to a third party; the sale of equity securities or assets of Parent, ATI Investment Sub, Inc. or Array Technologies, Inc. to a third-party; or a merger, consolidation, recapitalization or reorganization of Parent, ATI Investment Sub, Inc. or the Company. The maximum aggregate earn-out consideration is $25.0 million.

 

69


Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2019 and June 30, 2020, the estimated fair value of the earn-out obligations is $0.4 million and $1.8 million, respectively, which has been recorded as a liability. Subsequent changes in fair value of the earn-out liability will be recognized in earnings.

Equity-Based Compensation Expense

The Company accounts for equity grants to employees (Class B units of Parent) as stock-based compensation under ASC 718, Compensation-Stock Compensation. The Class B units contain vesting provisions as defined in the agreement. Vested units do not forfeit upon termination and represent a residual interest in Parent. Equity based compensation cost is measured at the grant date fair value and is recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period, including those units with graded vesting with a corresponding credit to additional paid-in capital as a capital contribution from Parent. However, the amount of equity-based compensation at any date is equal to the portion of the grant date value of the award that is vested.

The Class B units issued to employees are measured at fair value on the grant date using an option pricing model. The Company utilizes the estimated weighted average of the Company’s expected fund life dependent on various exit scenarios to estimate the expected term of the awards. Expected volatility is based on the average of historical and implied volatility of a set of comparable companies, adjusted for size and leverage. The risk-free rates are based on the yields of U.S. Treasury instruments with comparable terms. Actual results may vary depending on the assumptions applied within the model.

On November 19, 2019 and May 19, 2020, Parent issued 22,326,653 and 4,344,941, respectively, Class B units to certain employees of the Company. On March 28, 2020, Parent issued 1,000 Class C units to a member of the board of directors of Array Technologies, Inc. For the year ended December 31, 2019 and six months ended June 30, 2020, the Company recognized $0.8 million and $2.4 million, respectively, in equity-based compensation. At December 31, 2019 and June 30, 2020, the Company had $8.2 million and $8.4 million, respectively, of unrecognized compensation costs related to Class B units which is expected to be recognized over a period of 3.5 years. There were no forfeitures during 2019 or 2020. Following the Corporate Conversion, the Class B Units in Parent will remain outstanding and will not convert into shares of common stock of the Company.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

We are exposed to market risk in the ordinary course of our business. Market risk represents the risk of loss that may impact our financial position due to adverse changes in financial market prices and rates. Our market risk exposure is primarily a result of fluctuations in steel and aluminum prices and customer concentrations. We do not hold or issue financial instruments for trading purposes.

Concentrations of Major Customers

The Company’s customer base consists primarily of solar contractors and utilities. The Company does not require collateral on its trade receivables. For the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company’s largest customer and five largest customers constituted 17.2% and 50.1% of total revenues, respectively. For 2019, two customers, Blattner Energy Inc. and EDF Renewables, make up 28.7% of revenue and are the only customers constituting greater than 10% of total revenue. For the six months ended June 30, 2020, the Company’s largest customer and five largest customers constituted 17.7% and 51.6% of total revenues, respectively. For the six months ended June 30, 2020, two customers, EDF Renewables and Lightsource Renewable Energy US LLC, constituted more than 10% of total revenue. The loss of any one of the Company’s top five customers could have a materially adverse effect on the revenues and profits of the Company. Further, the Company’s trade accounts receivable are from companies within the solar industry and, as such, the Company is exposed to normal industry credit risks. As of December 31, 2019, the Company’s largest customer and five largest customers constituted 29.5% and 69.0% of trade accounts receivable, respectively. The Company continually evaluates its reserves for potential credit losses and establishes reserves for such losses.

 

70


Table of Contents

Commodity Price Risk

We are subject to risk from fluctuating market prices of certain commodity raw materials, including steel and aluminum, that are used in our products. Prices of these raw materials may be affected by supply restrictions or other market factors from time to time, and we do not enter into hedging arrangements to mitigate commodity risk. Significant price changes for these raw materials could reduce our operating margins if we are unable to recover such increases from our customers, and could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

71


Table of Contents

Industry Overview

Solar Mounting Systems Market

Solar energy projects can be roof-mounted or ground-mounted. Roof-mounted systems typically have capacities of less than 1 MW and are connected directly to the end-user’s electrical system. Ground-mounted projects typically have capacities of at least 1 MW and are connected to the electricity grid. Ground-mounted solar energy projects represented 75% and 65% of the total solar generation capacity installed in the U.S. and internationally (excluding China), respectively, during 2019 according to IHS Markit. The structure that supports the solar panels and other related equipment used in the solar energy project is referred to as the mounting system. Ground-mounting systems can be trackers or fixed tilt. Tracker systems move solar panels throughout the day to maintain an optimal orientation to the sun, which significantly increases their power production. Fixed tilt systems do not move. According to IHS Markit, approximately 70% and 30% of all ground-mounted solar energy projects constructed in the U.S. and internationally (excluding China), respectively, during 2019 utilized trackers. Trackers can be single-axis or dual-axis. Single-axis trackers rotate around one axis only and dual-axis trackers rotate around two axes. The overwhelming majority of trackers produced and sold globally are single-axis.

 

 

LOGO

 

LOGO

 

72


Table of Contents

Demand for ground-mounting systems is driven by installations of new ground-mounted solar energy projects. Demand for our products and our competitors’ products is a function of the percentage of those new installations that use trackers as opposed to fixed-tilt mounting systems. A solar energy project that uses single-axis trackers costs approximately 7% more to build than a solar energy project that uses a fixed-tilt mounting system, but has a 22% lower LCOE according to BloombergNEF. Trackers typically represent between 10% and 15% of the total cost of a solar energy project based on information from BloombergNEF.

 

 

LOGO

Historically, we have derived the majority of our revenues from the sale of trackers used in U.S. solar energy projects.

U.S. Solar Market

Solar is the fastest growing form of electricity generation in the U.S. From 2014 to 2019, annual installations of ground-mounted solar generation capacity in the U.S. grew at a compound annual growth rate of 20% and represented nearly 22% of all new generation over one megawatt brought online over the same time period, according to IHS Markit and the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, respectively. IHS Markit forecasts that this rapid growth will continue, with annual installations of ground-mounted solar generation capacity in the U.S. increasing from 10.9 GWs in 2019 to 19.6 GWs in 2023, representing a compound annual growth rate of 16%.

 

 

LOGO

We believe key drivers supporting continued growth in U.S. solar generation include:

 

   

Expanding state regulations requiring that an increasing proportion of the energy sold in the state come from renewable sources. As of June 2020, 30 U.S. states, three territories and the District of Columbia had adopted RPSs, which mandate that a certain percentage of electricity sold in the jurisdiction by a certain date must come from renewable energy resources. An increasing number of these states and the District of Columbia have passed legislation, regulations or administrative or executive orders targeting 100% renewable or clean energy by 2050 or earlier. We believe that utilities

 

73


Table of Contents
 

and independent power producers will build a growing number of solar energy projects to meet these targets.

 

   

Decommissioning of fossil-fuel and nuclear generation. According to the U.S. Energy Information Administration, more than 175 coal, petroleum, natural gas and nuclear power plants are expected to be retired over the next ten years, representing 134 GWs of generation capacity, or approximately 12% of the total U.S. utility-scale generation capacity as of May 2020. We believe that a significant proportion of these plants will be replaced by solar energy projects because of their environmental benefits and competitive cost compared to fossil and other forms of generation.

 

   

Increasing economic competitiveness of solar energy with fossil generation as measured by the LCOE. LCOE represents the average cost per unit of electricity of building, financing, operating and maintaining a power plant over its operating life. The U.S. Energy Information Administration estimates that the LCOE for new solar generation capacity entering service in 2022 is $37.44 per megawatt hour without federal tax incentives and $28.88 per megawatt hour with federal tax incentives, which is lower than the cost of building new power plants that burn natural gas or coal and lower than the cost of operating existing fossil fuel generation in certain instances. Furthermore, improvements in system performance and efficiency are contributing to continued declines in LCOE, making utility-scale solar with trackers an increasingly preferred source of new generation capacity, even without incentives or subsidies and apart from environmental considerations.

 

   

Electrification of equipment and infrastructure that has historically been powered by fossil fuels. Aggressive electrification of energy end uses such as transportation, space heating and water heating are needed for the U.S. and the world to achieve ambitious greenhouse gas emission reduction goals, according to the Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory. Federal, state and local governments have responded with a variety of measures to incentivize electrification, ranging from tax credits for electric vehicles to prohibitions on gas lines into new construction to banning gasoline-powered lawn tools. We believe that the substitution of electricity for fossil fuels in vehicles, appliances and residential and commercial building systems will significantly increase electricity consumption over time. Higher levels of electricity consumption will need to be met with new generation, which we believe will increasingly come from new solar energy projects.

 

   

Growing corporate and investor support for decarbonization of energy. 245 companies in the S&P 500 had publicly disclosed emissions reduction targets as of October 2019, 240 major companies had pledged to source 100% of their energy from renewables as part of the international RE100 initiative as of July 2020, and four companies had made the Amazon Climate Pledge as of July 2019, which calls on its signatories to be net zero carbon across their businesses by 2040. In September 2020, Climate Action 100+, an investor initiative which represents 500 global investors who collectively manage more than $47 trillion in assets, sent letters to certain boards and CEOs of large corporate emitters to urge them to commit to and set clear goals to pursue transition to net-zero emissions by 2050 or sooner. We believe that corporate and investor commitments to reduce the carbon intensity of their businesses and use renewable energy will result in increasing demand for solar energy projects.

 

   

Accelerating deployment of utility-scale battery storage. By storing the energy generated from solar energy projects and making it available at night or when weather conditions limit the amount of sunlight, battery storage makes solar energy a viable form of baseload generation. We believe that demand for solar energy projects to replace fossil-fuel fired baseload generation will increase as utility-scale battery storage decreases in cost and becomes more widely available.

U.S. Tracker Market

Trackers are the fastest growing ground-mounting system for solar in the U.S. From 2017 to 2019, U.S. installations of trackers for systems with more than one megawatt of capacity grew at a compound annual growth rate of 35%, approximately 1.5 times faster than the compound annual growth rate of installations of all ground-

 

74


Table of Contents

mounted solar generation over the same period, according to IHS Markit. Installations of trackers grew faster than the total installations of ground-mounted solar generation in the U.S. because the percentage of ground-mounted solar installations that used trackers increased from approximately 60% in 2017 to approximately 70% in 2019. IHS Markit forecasts that growth in installations of trackers will continue to outpace growth in total installations of ground-mounted solar, with annual installations of trackers growing at a compound annual growth rate of 19% between 2019 to 2023.

International Solar Market

Excluding China, the international market for ground-mounting systems for solar energy projects was more than four times larger than the U.S. market in 2019 according to IHS Markit. From 2014 to 2019, annual installations of ground-mounted solar generation capacity outside of the U.S. and China grew at a compound annual growth rate of 35% according to IHS Markit. IHS Markit forecasts that this significant growth will continue, with annual installations of ground-mounted solar generation capacity outside of the U.S. and China increasing from 48 GWs in 2019 to 72 GWs in 2023, representing a compound annual growth rate of approximately 10%. We believe key drivers supporting continued growth in international solar generation are similar to the U.S. and also include:

 

   

Lack of existing transmission and distribution infrastructure in certain international locations is making solar energy an attractive alternative to new centralized generation. Many emerging market countries do not have well-developed electricity grids. The lack of grid infrastructure can make solar energy projects more attractive relative to conventional forms of generation because solar energy projects can be sited closer to the end-user and thus require less investment in transmission and distribution infrastructure.

 

   

Limited domestic energy resources. Many countries do not have significant domestic supplies of coal and natural gas, the principal fuels used in conventional generation, or prefer to export their domestic supplies rather than consume them to generate electricity. We believe solar energy is very attractive to these countries because it allows them to generate electricity without importing or consuming domestic supplies of fossil fuels.

International Tracker Market

Excluding China, international installations of trackers for systems with more than one megawatt of capacity grew at a compound annual growth rate of 71%, approximately two times faster than the compound annual growth rate of installations of all ground-mounted solar generation from 2017 to 2019, according to IHS Markit. IHS Markit forecasts that growth in international installations of trackers will continue to outpace growth in total installations of ground-mounted solar, with annual installations of trackers growing at a compound annual growth rate of 15% between 2019 and 2023.

We believe that the global demand for trackers is growing faster than the overall demand for mounting systems because solar energy projects that use trackers generate significantly more energy for only a modest increase in capital cost and therefore have a lower LCOE than projects that do not use trackers. For example, a study published by the Solar Energy Research Institute of Singapore in July 2020 found that single-axis trackers with bifacial solar panels would deliver the lowest LCOE of any mounting system across 93.1% of the world’s land area and that single-axis trackers with monofacial solar panels would deliver the second lowest LCOE of any mounting system across 87.9% of the world’s land area.

 

75


Table of Contents

Business

Overview

We are one of the world’s largest manufacturers of ground-mounting systems used in solar energy projects. Our principal product is an integrated system of steel supports, electric motors, gearboxes and electronic controllers commonly referred to as a single-axis “tracker.” Trackers move solar panels throughout the day to maintain an optimal orientation to the sun, which significantly increases their energy production. Solar energy projects that use trackers generate up to 25% more energy and deliver a 22% lower LCOE than projects that use “fixed tilt” mounting systems, according to BloombergNEF. Trackers represent between 10% and 15% of the cost of constructing a ground-mounted solar energy project, and approximately 70% of all ground-mounted solar energy projects constructed in the U.S. during 2019 utilized trackers according to BloombergNEF and IHS Markit, respectively.

Our trackers use a patented design that allows one motor to drive multiple rows of solar panels through articulated driveline joints. To avoid infringing on our U.S. patent, our competitors must use designs that we believe are inherently less efficient and reliable. For example, our largest competitor’s design requires one motor for each row of solar panels. As a result, we believe our products have greater reliability, lower installation costs, reduced maintenance requirements and competitive manufacturing costs. Our core U.S. patent on a linked-row, rotating gear drive system does not expire until February 5, 2030.

We sell our products to EPCs that build solar energy projects and to large solar developers, independent power producers and utilities, often under master supply agreements or multi-year procurement contracts. Our largest customers are EPCs that construct multiple projects for many different end customers who often directly influence or make the decision to use our products. For example, our largest customer in 2019 was an EPC that represented 17% of our sales, but the trackers it purchased were used in 15 different solar projects with five different owners.

Demand for ground-mounting systems is driven by installations of new ground-mounted solar energy projects. Demand for our products and our competitors’ products is a function of the percentage of those new installations that use trackers as opposed to fixed-tilt mounting systems. Historically, we have derived the majority of our revenues from the sale of trackers used in solar energy projects located in the U.S. For example, in 2019, we derived 87%, 8% and 5% of our revenues from customers in the U.S., Australia and rest of the world, respectively. As of June 30, 2020, there were more than 17 GWs of our trackers operating worldwide, including over 14 GWs in the U.S., representing nearly 30% of the total utility scale solar generation capacity installed in the U.S.

We are a U.S. company and our headquarters and principal manufacturing facility are in Albuquerque, New Mexico. As of June 30, 2020, we had 343 full-time employees, of which approximately 97% are located in the U.S., with the balance located in Europe, Latin America, and Asia.

Our Strengths

We believe the following strengths of our business position us to capitalize on continued growth in the solar energy market, reinforce our leadership position in the mounting systems market and distinguish us from our competitors:

 

   

Direct beneficiary of the global energy transition. Nations are rapidly moving to decarbonize their economies in order to reduce air pollution and fight climate change. A key element of decarbonizing the global economy is transitioning electricity generation from fossil fuels to renewable energy. Solar energy has become one of the lowest cost, most reliable and most flexible forms of renewable energy generation and is becoming a preferred option for electricity generation worldwide. As a leading provider of ground-mounting systems for solar energy projects, we benefit directly from the global transition to renewable energy through growing demand for our products. We estimate that approximately 15% of the future spending on ground-mounted solar energy projects can be addressed by our products.

 

76


Table of Contents
   

Products independently verified to deliver the lowest cost of ownership and highest reliability. TÜV Rheinland PTL, found that projects using our tracker system would achieve a 6.7% lower LCOE, 4.5% higher net present value, and 31% lower operations and maintenance cost than projects that used competing single row control architectures. We believe that independent verification of the superior total cost of ownership and higher reliability of our products helps us to attract and retain customers and grow our market share.

 

   

Panel technology agnostic. All solar panels require mounting systems, and our products are designed to work with all types of solar panels. As a result, we do not believe we are exposed to risk from changes in solar panel technology or shifts in market share between different manufacturers of solar panels. As long as there is demand for ground-mounted solar energy projects, we believe there will be demand for our products.

 

   

Large installed base. As of June 30, 2020, there were more than 17 GWs of our trackers operating worldwide, including over 14 GWs in the U.S., representing nearly 30% of the total utility scale solar generation capacity installed in the U.S. We believe the large installed base of our products reinforces the advantages of our trackers for both our customers and their financing sources who value established equipment vendors with long product operating histories.

 

   

Demonstrated ability to reduce the cost of our products while increasing profit margins. In order to enhance the competitiveness of our products and increase our margins, we continually work to reduce the cost of our products through innovation and rigorous supply chain management. These efforts have resulted in a reduction in cost of goods sold per watt by approximately 23% from 2017 through 2019. This has allowed us to reduce average selling prices by approximately 20% over the same period, driving significant increases in revenues, while simultaneously increasing gross profits and gross margins.

 

   

Experienced engineering team with a track record of continuous innovation. We have successfully introduced three generations of trackers. We believe each new version has delivered significant improvements in performance, reliability and total cost of ownership. As of June 30, 2020, approximately 30% of our salaried employees were engineers with expertise in software, electronics, material science, structural mechanics and civil engineering. We believe that our engineering expertise will enable us to continually improve the functionality and reliability of our products while reducing their cost.

 

   

Intellectual property and trade secrets portfolio. We maintain a portfolio of intellectual property and trade secrets related to our projects and business processes. Our core U.S. patent on a linked-row, rotating gear drive tracker (U.S. Patent No. 8,459,249) has also been issued in a number of other jurisdictions, including Australia, Chile, Germany, the European Patent Office, Spain, France and the U.K. We have also been granted six additional U.S. patents generally covering, among other things, technologies related to panel clamps/brackets, utilizing torque limiters to reduce hinge moment forces, and clearing obstructions. These additional patents have also been issued in a number of jurisdictions and are pending in others around the world. We have obtained trademark protection in the standard character marks “DuraRack” and “DuraTrack,” both of which are on the U.S. principal register and relate to our tracking products. We also utilize many common law trademarks. We have brought successful actions against competitors who have infringed on our intellectual property and our core U.S. patent was recently upheld in an inter partes review by the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office. In addition to our patents, we maintain a portfolio of trade secrets relating to, among other things, our pricing strategies, cost structures, sales pipelines and unpatented technology.

 

   

Highly scalable manufacturing with low capital intensity. We are an engineering and technology centric company with an assembly-focused manufacturing model. Approximately 80% of our cost of goods sold consists of purchased components, including motors, gearboxes, electronic controllers and steel tubing that we source from third-party suppliers. The remainder of our cost of goods sold is primarily labor to fabricate and assemble certain specialized parts of our system. As a result, our business requires minimal capital investment and generates significant cash flow, which has allowed us to make

 

77


Table of Contents
 

investments in research and development, repay debt and make distributions to our stockholders.

 

   

Rigorous supply chain management supported by a sophisticated ERP system. We have made substantial investments in our systems and supply chain designed to minimize material movement, working capital investment and costs of goods sold while enabling us to rapidly deliver large volumes of our products to project sites around the world. To minimize material movement and working capital investment, we typically ship purchased components representing more than 70% of our cost of goods sold directly from our suppliers to our customers’ sites. To lower our cost of goods sold, we employ components that are mass produced and widely available to maintain security of supply and to benefit from existing economies of scale. In addition, we believe the large volume of purchases that we make afford us preferential pricing and terms from our suppliers, which creates a competitive advantage.

 

   

U.S. operations that reduce the potential impact of trade tariffs. We are a U.S. company and our principal operations and manufacturing facility are in Albuquerque, New Mexico. We believe our status as a U.S. company with U.S. manufacturing reduces the potential impact of U.S. government tariffs placed on, or other U.S. government regulatory actions taken against, products manufactured in foreign countries.

 

   

Adherence to ESG principles. We believe that our impact on the environment; how we manage our relationships with employees, suppliers, customers and the communities where we operate; and the accountability of our leadership to our stockholders are critically important to our business. We plan to report how we oversee and manage ESG factors material to our business under the GRI, which maintains a public database for governments and businesses to communicate their impacts on climate change, human rights and corruption. As a part of our plan to provide ESG disclosures pursuant to GRI, we will describe how our business contributes to certain UN SDGs.

Our Strategy

Our mission is to leverage our technology, people and processes to deliver solutions for the new energy economy that improve the performance, increase the reliability and reduce the cost of renewable energy. Key elements of our strategy include:

 

   

Delivering product innovations that will convert more customers to our products. We believe we have a long track record of delivering innovative products that lower our customers’ LCOE while maintaining high reliability. Our strategy is to grow our market share by reducing the manufacturing, installation and ownership cost of our products through improved design, performance and cost. We are currently developing the next generation of our DuraTrack system which we believe will deliver significant improvements in all of these areas.

 

   

Leveraging our global supply chain and economies of scale to reduce product cost. Purchased components are the largest contributor to our cost of goods sold. Our strategy is to continually reduce our cost of goods sold by leveraging the large volumes of materials and components we purchase against multiple, qualified suppliers to obtain the best price and terms while ensuring availability of inputs and mitigating the risk of supply chain disruptions.

 

   

Growing our international business. Excluding China, the international market for ground-mounting systems for solar energy projects was more than four times larger than the U.S. market in 2019, but only approximately 30% of international solar energy projects used trackers compared with approximately 70% in the U.S. according to IHS Markit. While our historical focus has primarily been the U.S. given the size and attractiveness of that market, we have recently made investments in our international sales capability and supply chain to secure and deliver on orders globally. We believe that the share of international solar energy projects that use trackers has the potential to increase to the same level as the U.S. because trackers deliver the same benefits outside the U.S. as they do in the U.S. Components of our international growth strategy include leveraging our relationships with existing customers, many who develop and construct projects globally; marketing region-specific products tailored to the unique needs of particular geographies; entering into joint-venture or licensing arrangements with companies in certain

 

78


Table of Contents
 

markets; expanding our relationships with value-added resellers of our products in some countries; and utilizing locally sourced components in our products in jurisdictions where locally sourced components are a regulatory or customer requirement. We also plan to leverage the experiences we gained from entering the Australian market where we increased our share of projects over 1 MW from 0% in 2016 to 41% in the first half of 2020.

 

   

Creating new revenue streams that leverage our large installed base. We believe that the significant and continued growth in our installed base creates opportunities to sell products, software and services related to our tracker systems. Our strategy is to introduce a targeted set of offerings over time, including hardware and software upgrades and retrofits, as well as preventative maintenance and extended warranty plans that we believe can generate high margin, recurring revenues.

 

   

Expanding into related products and services in adjacent markets organically or through acquisition. Our strategy is to leverage our engineering capabilities, supply chain, sales and marketing resources, and customer relationships to expand our business into products and services for adjacent markets. We are currently evaluating markets for related products that are used in solar energy projects, but that we do not currently supply, including foundations and electrical balance of system components, as well as other types of mounting and support structures used in electrical infrastructure. We may enter these markets by developing new products organically or through acquisitions.

Our Products and Services

Our Tracker System

Large-scale solar energy projects are typically laid out in successive “rows” that form an “array.” An array can have dozens of rows with more than 100 solar panels in each row. With a single-axis tracker system, motors and gears cause each row of solar panels to rotate along their north-south axis to continually align the row with the sun throughout the day. Different tracker manufacturers use different approaches to rotate the panels in a row. We have patented single-axis tracker systems that use one electric motor to drive the rotation of multiple rows through articulated driveline joints, require only a single bolt clamp to attach solar panels and automatically stow in high wind conditions. We refer to our design as the “DuraTrack” system. We believe our DuraTrack system has significant advantages, including:

 

   

Requiring fewer motors per megawatt than competing products. Our tracker system uses less than one motor per megawatt which compares with more than 25 motors per megawatt for our largest competitor. Using fewer motors per megawatt lowers the cost, reduces the number of failure points, and minimizes the maintenance requirements of our system. Fewer motors per megawatt also reduces the number of motor controllers and the amount of wiring and other ancillary parts that are required for the system, which further reduces cost, simplifies installation and improves reliability.

 

   

Creating site design flexibility. Our drive-shaft joints articulate, which allows successive rows in the array to be offset by a combined angle of up to 40 degrees horizontally or vertically and accommodates up to a 26% grade. The ability to offset rows allows our customers to accommodate undulating terrain and irregular site boundaries without the need for extensive grading. We estimate that eliminating grading reduces construction costs by $0.01 to $0.07 per watt of installed capacity, maximizes the use of available land and helps preserve the site environment.

 

   

Enabling higher power density than competing products. Our system is designed to minimize “dead space,” which we define as any area in the system that could otherwise be occupied by a solar panel. Minimizing dead space is important to our customers because maximizing power production per acre increases their return on investment. Our system minimizes dead space by locating our gearbox and drive shafts below the solar panels, as opposed to next to them in some of our competitors’ systems, and by using our patented low-profile clamps that require less than 14 inch of spacing between each panel in a row. Together, we believe these features allow our system to generate approximately 5% more power per acre than our largest competitor’s comparative design.

 

79


Table of Contents
   

Making installation easier. The amount of labor and time required during construction are major contributors to the cost of a solar energy project. We believe our tracker is simpler and faster to install than competing products because it has fewer parts, requires only one bolt to attach each solar panel, ships largely preassembled from our factory, is efficiently packaged based on component location in the array rather than by part type, and does not require any special tools to install.

 

   

Automatically stowing in high wind conditions. Most damage to ground-mounted solar arrays is caused by high winds. Avoiding wind damage requires rotating the panels into a position that minimizes lifting forces as wind speeds increase. This feature is commonly referred to as “wind stow.” Most tracker systems rely on anemometers to determine when wind forces reach levels that could damage the array. The anemometers communicate with motor controllers that in turn instruct the motors in the tracker system to rotate the array into a wind stow position. Power to operate the motors is typically provided by a series of batteries. A failure of any of these components can cause the array to fail to stow, which may result in catastrophic damage. Our trackers operate differently. Each row in our system has a gearbox with a patented torque limiting technology which acts as a clutch that releases when wind forces reach a certain level, relieving the pressure on the row by allowing it to rotate freely. We refer to this capability as “passive stow.” As a purely mechanical system, passive stow eliminates the possibility of severe damage to the array from a failure to stow stemming from a loss of power or electronic component failure. Additionally, our trackers stow each row individually based on the wind force at that particular row, which allows unaffected rows in the array to continue to generate power while many of our competitors’ products indiscriminately stow the entire array.

 

   

Having high reliability and no scheduled maintenance. Solar energy projects are expected to operate for at least 30 years, so their reliability and maintenance costs can have a significant impact on the owner’s return on investment. We have designed our tracker to minimize the number of components and potential failure points, provide redundancy in the event of a component failure and eliminate the need for scheduled maintenance, which reduces the total cost of ownership and improves return on investment for the users of our products. Based on an independent analysis by TÜV Rheinland PTL, we believe our system will require 433 times fewer service hours than our largest competitor’s system.

 

   

Incorporating software and machine learning capabilities that enhance performance. Trackers are typically programmed to rotate panels in an array on a defined schedule. These schedules are made based on the average angle of insolation for the general area where the project is located but do not usually take into account the site’s specific terrain, weather or air quality conditions. We have developed a software offering called SmarTrack that uses site-specific weather and energy production data, in combination with machine learning algorithms, to identify the optimal position for a solar array in real time to increase its energy production. Our SmarTrack software does not require additional hardware and DNV-GL, an independent engineering firm, has projected that using our SmarTrack software can increase energy production in certain circumstances by up to 5%.

 

   

Meeting prospective national security requirements for U.S. critical energy infrastructure. Large solar energy projects are subject to heightened and evolving reliability and cybersecurity standards reviewed and approved by the U.S. government. We do not source controllers and other key electronic components from manufacturers that may be deemed to pose threats to U.S. national security, or rely on open, wireless communication protocols that can be easily hacked. As cyber attacks on infrastructure become more prevalent, we believe the U.S. government will impose increasingly stringent cyber security requirements on solar energy projects. For example, in May 2020, the President issued an executive order banning the importation and acquisition of bulk-power system electric equipment designed or manufactured by a foreign adversary, where such equipment poses a threat to grid security. The Administration subsequently issued clarifications including which countries are designated as “foreign adversaries” for the purposes of the executive order, naming China, Cuba, Iran, North Korea, Venezuela, and Russia. Providers and vendors to the grid-connected power system, such as us, must be vigilant against vulnerabilities to exploitation in equipment, especially where such equipment is used in control systems. Our control systems are not sourced from suppliers in the

 

80


Table of Contents
 

countries identified by the Administration, and we continue to work with our suppliers and the government to ensure compliance with the intent and scope of the executive order.

DuraTrack® HZ v3

Our DuraTrack® HZ v3 was launched in May 2015. The DuraTrack HZ v3 is our third generation single axis tracker and incorporates unique features such as a patented single-bolt per module mounting system that reduces installation time, a passive wind load mitigation system and a low number of motors and controls per MW.

SmarTrack Software

SmarTrack uses site-specific historical weather and energy production data, in combination with machine learning algorithms, to identify the optimal position for a solar array in real time to increase its energy production.

Product Roadmap

Our products reflect the innovation focus and engineering capabilities of our people. Our product roadmap is rooted in delivering value to the customer, differentiated products and services and new market creation.

We have introduced three generations of trackers and each new version has delivered significant cost and performance improvements over the prior version. We are currently developing the fourth version of the DuraTrack system which will focus on improvements to performance, reliability and cost of ownership.

We are also planning to introduce improvements and additional functionality to our SmarTrack software, including unique positioning algorithms designed to maximize energy production from arrays that use bi-facial panels, pre-positioning instructions based on weather forecasts and enhanced site-specific machine learning capabilities as well as cybersecurity enhancements.

Sales and Marketing Strategy

Our sales and marketing strategy is to educate all influencers and stakeholders involved in building, owning and maintaining a solar energy project on the merits of our products generally and their low lifetime cost of ownership specifically. With the objective of making DuraTrack the preferred tracker system globally, we educate customers and influencers through a combination of direct sales efforts; commissioning independent, third-party studies; hosting training seminars; and sponsoring industry conferences and events.

We take a “360-degree” approach to selling, working with developers, independent power producers, EPCs, utilities, independent engineering firms, insurers and mechanical subcontractors in each of the countries where we operate. In the U.S., Europe, the Middle East and Africa (“EMEA”), Latin America and Australia our products are actively sold by employees in seven different countries. Since January 1, 2017, approximately 80 customers around the world have installed our solar tracking systems, including an average of 18 new customers per year since 2017.

Our Customers

We sell our products to EPCs that build solar energy projects and to large solar developers, independent power producers and utilities, often under master supply agreements or multi-year procurement contracts. Our largest customers are EPCs that construct multiple projects for many different end customers who often directly influence or make the decision to use our products. For example, our largest customer in 2019 was an EPC that represented 17% of our sales, but the trackers it purchased were used in 15 different solar projects with five different owners. In 2019, our two largest customers, Blattner Energy Inc., an EPC, and EDF Renewables, an independent power producer, represented approximately 29% of our revenue and were the only customers constituting greater than 10% of total revenue. In 2019, we derived 87%, 8% and 5% of our revenues from customers in the U.S., Australia and rest of the world, respectively.

 

81


Table of Contents

Training and Customer Support

We offer our customers engineering expertise to design and deliver the optimal solution for each unique project, installation training services and dedicated project management to provide comprehensive technical support.

We offer a wide variety of training and support designed to ensure an efficient build process of our tracker system, including hands on and video supported instruction and documentation. We support all of our customers with design consulting throughout the sales process. Our technical support organization includes applications engineering, geotechnical and civil engineering in each region where we operate. To support projects around the globe, we have resources available to work on solutions 24/7. We manage open issues via our customer relationship management system in order to monitor service, track closure of all customer issues and further improve our customer service in every region in which we sell our products.

Customer service and satisfaction are a key focus for us and contribute to our success. We have field service engineers located in the geographies where we are active, and support our customers with commissioning of large projects, introduction of new technologies and features and on-the-job training of new installers. Our customer support and training organization consists of approximately 25 full time employees worldwide.

Manufacturing

We operate a 43,153 square feet manufacturing facility in Albuquerque, New Mexico. Our manufacturing process is designed to meet four objectives: limit capital intensive and low value-added activities that can be outsourced to other companies; minimize labor content where possible; minimize the amount of assembly our customers will be required to do at the site; and minimize material movement both from vendors to us and inside our factory.

We produce module clamps, center structures, spring dampers and motor controller assemblies at our Albuquerque facility. We have entered outsourcing contracts for steel tubing, drivelines, bearing assemblies and gear boxes that ship directly from our suppliers to job sites or designated warehouses. By using vendors, we are able to drop ship products directly to our customers sites, which improves working capital turnover, quality and inventory management.

While we maintain certain levels of supplies and inventories, have the capability to insource some of the products manufactured by outside vendors to our principal manufacturing facility and have identified alternative vendors for contingency purposes, we depend upon a small number of vendors to manufacture certain components used in our products. We have implemented a policy that no component be single-sourced and that second-source suppliers be located domestically where possible.

We believe our status as a U.S. company with U.S. manufacturing reduces the potential impact of U.S. government tariffs placed on, or other U.S. government regulatory actions taken against, products manufactured in foreign countries.

Research and Development

We continually devote resources to research and development (“R&D”) with the objective of developing innovative new products and services that enhance system performance, improve product reliability, reduce product cost and simplify installation. Our development strategy is to identify features that bring value to our customers and differentiate us from our competitors. We measure the effectiveness of our R&D using a number of metrics, beginning with a market requirements definition, which includes a program budget, financial payback, resource requirements, and time required to launch the new product, system, or service into the market. We employ a stringent engineering phase gate review process that ensures all R&D programs are meeting their stated objectives from inception to deployment.

 

82


Table of Contents

We have a strong R&D team with significant experience in solar energy as well as expertise in mechanical engineering, software engineering, civil engineering, systems/control engineering, power electronics, semiconductors, power line communications and networking. As needed, we collaborate with academia, national laboratories, and consultants, to further enhance our capabilities and confirm results independently. As of June 30, 2020, we had 52 people in our engineering department.

Intellectual Property

The success of our business depends, in part, on our ability to maintain and protect our proprietary technologies, information, processes and know-how. We rely primarily on patent, trademark, copyright and trade secret laws in the U.S. and similar laws in other countries, confidentiality agreements and procedures and other contractual arrangements to protect our technology. As of August 9, 2020, we had two U.S. trademark registrations, seven issued U.S. patents, 17 issued non-U.S. patents, eight patent applications pending for examination in the U.S., nine U.S. provisional patent applications pending, at least 72 patent applications pending for examination in other countries and eight domain name registrations, all of which are related to U.S. applications. Many of our patents relate to mounting assemblies, solar trackers and related methods. Our U.S. issued patents are scheduled to expire between 2030 and 2037.

We rely on trade secret protection and confidentiality agreements to safeguard our interests with respect to proprietary know-how that is not patentable and processes for which patents are difficult to enforce. We believe that many elements of our manufacturing processes involve proprietary know-how, technology or data that are not covered by patents or patent applications, including technical processes, test equipment designs, algorithms and procedures.

Our policy is for our research and development employees to enter into confidentiality and proprietary information agreements with us to address intellectual property protection issues and require our employees to assign to us all of the inventions, designs and technologies they develop during the course of employment with us. However, we might not have entered into such agreements with all applicable personnel, and such agreements might not be self-executing. Moreover, such individuals could breach the terms of such agreements.

We also require our customers and business partners to enter into confidentiality agreements before we disclose any sensitive aspects of our technology or business plans.

ITC for Solar Projects

The most significant incentive program to our business is the ITC for solar energy projects. The ITC was originally enacted in 2005 and the rate was 30% through the end of 2019. The ITC rate stepped down to 26% in 2020 and is scheduled to step down further to 22% in 2021 and to 10% in 2022. The relevant year for determining the applicable ITC rate is the year in which the project is deemed to begin construction under U.S. Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) rules. In general, the IRS rules provide that construction begins in the year in which a taxpayer performs physical work of a significant nature or pays or incurs at least 5% of the total cost of the solar energy project (the “Safe Harbor”). If the taxpayer chooses to satisfy the Safer Harbor by purchasing equipment, the IRS rules generally require that the taxpayer take delivery of the equipment within three and a half months from the date the equipment is ordered.

Seasonality

Our revenue is impacted by seasonality related to ITC step-downs and construction activity.

ITC step-downs. While solar power is cost-competitive with conventional forms of generation in many states without the ITC, we believe step-downs in the ITC have influenced, and will continue to influence, the timing and quantity of some customer’s orders. For example, during the fourth quarter of 2019, we received

 

83


Table of Contents

approximately $400 million of orders that were structured to maintain our customers’ eligibility for the 30% ITC. We shipped and recorded the associated revenues on approximately $100 million and $300 million of those orders in the fourth quarter of 2019 and first half of 2020, respectively. While we cannot predict our customers’ behavior, we expect the pattern of some customers placing large orders in the fourth quarter with the majority of shipments occurring during the first half of the next calendar year will continue through 2022 when the ITC step-downs end. We believe the effect of this order pattern on our 2020 and future results will be significantly higher revenues in the first half of the year compared to the second half of the year.

Construction activity. Project construction activity in North America is lower in colder months. The installation of a solar tracker requires setting foundations in the ground which is more costly when the ground is frozen. Accordingly, we typically expect to see higher revenues in the second and third quarters when the weather is warmer in North America and lower in the first and fourth quarters when the weather is colder absent other factors. While we expect this seasonality will continue to impact us in the near term as a large portion of our business is in North America, we expect to see less pronounced seasonal variations as we expand into new global markets in the southern hemisphere.

Competition

Trackers are highly specialized products that are specific to the solar industry. The unique expertise required to design trackers and customers’ reluctance to try unproven products has confined the number of firms that produce trackers to a relatively small number. Our principal tracker competitors include NEXTracker Inc., a subsidiary of Flex Ltd., PV Hardware and Artech Solar. We also compete indirectly with manufacturers of fixed tilt mounting systems, including UNIRAC, Inc., and RBI Solar Inc., a subsidiary of Gibraltar Industries, Inc. We compete on the basis of product performance and features, total cost of ownership (usually measured by LCOE), reliability and duration of product warranty, sales and distribution capabilities, and training and customer support.

Employees

As of June 30, 2020, we had 343 full-time employees. None of our employees are represented by a labor union. We have not experienced any employment-related work stoppages, and we consider relations with our employees to be good.

Facilities

Our corporate headquarters are located in Albuquerque, New Mexico and consists of 11,647 square feet of office space and 14,758 square feet of manufacturing, warehousing and shipping space, respectively. We own our corporate headquarters.

In addition to our corporate headquarters, we lease approximately 1,276,000, 649,000, 500,000, 176,000, and 135,000 square feet of warehousing facilities in Kansas, Nevada, Tennessee, Texas, and Wisconsin, respectively. We also lease space in Australia and Spain for sales and technical support employees.

We believe that our existing properties are in good condition and are sufficient and suitable for the conduct of our business for the foreseeable future. To the extent our needs change as our business grows, we expect that additional space and facilities will be available.

Legal Proceedings

On August 30, 2017, Array filed its first amended complaint in the U.S. District Court for the District of New Mexico against Colin Mitchell, Nextracker, Inc., Flextronics International U.S.A., Inc., Marco Garcia, Daniel S. Shugar, and Scott Graybeal (collectively “Defendants”) asserting (among other claims) trade secret

 

84


Table of Contents

misappropriation, tortious interference with contract, fraud, and breach of contract. Defendant Mitchell was formerly an employee of the Company, but was hired by Nextracker in violation of his non-compete agreement, and shared with Nextracker and the other defendants certain of Array’s trade secrets and confidential information in violation of his legal obligations. Defendants filed their answer to the amended complaint on February 5, 2018 denying the allegations, but did not assert any counterclaims against Array. The case has been vigorously litigated through the close of fact discovery and expert discovery. As of September 1, 2020, the court has ruled on a number of motions, including a dismissal of the Defendants’ unclean hands defense and granting partial summary judgment in favor of Array for breach of contract. As of September 30, 2020, the Court has denied in every material aspect the motion for summary judgment filed by the Defendants. The Court has yet to rule on a motion for sanctions filed by Array. We anticipate that once the court has ruled on all of the pending motions, and the court procedures allow for jury trials to resume, it will set a trial date.

From time to time, we may be involved in litigation relating to claims arising out of our operations and businesses that cover a wide range of matters, including, among others, intellectual property matters, contract and employment claims, personal injury claims, product liability claims and warranty claims. Currently, there are no claims or proceedings against us that we believe will have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. However, the results of any current or future litigation cannot be predicted with certainty and, regardless of the outcome, we may incur significant costs and experience a diversion of management resources as a result of litigation.

Environmental Laws and Regulations

We are subject to a variety of environmental, health and safety, and pollution-control laws and regulations in the jurisdictions in which we operate. We do not believe the costs of compliance with these laws and regulations will be material to the business or our operations. We use, handle, generate, store, discharge and dispose of hazardous substances, chemicals and wastes at some of our facilities in connection with our product development, testing and manufacturing activities. Any failure by us to control the use of, to remediate the presence of or to restrict adequately the discharge of such substances, chemicals or wastes could subject us to potentially significant liabilities, clean-up costs, monetary damages and fines or suspensions in our business operations. In addition, some of our facilities are located on properties with a history of use involving hazardous substances, chemicals and wastes and may be contaminated. Although we have not incurred, and do not currently anticipate, any material liabilities in connection with such contamination, we may be required to make expenditures for environmental remediation in the future.

Government Incentives

Federal, state, local and foreign government bodies provide incentives to owners, end users, distributors and manufacturers of solar energy systems to promote solar electricity in the form of rebates, tax credits and other financial incentives such as system performance payments, payments for renewable energy credits associated with renewable energy generation, and an exclusion of solar energy systems from property tax assessments. The range and duration of these incentives varies widely by geographic market. The market for grid-connected applications, where solar power is sold into organized electric markets or pursuant to power purchase agreements, often depends in large part on the availability and size of these government subsidies and economic incentives The following is a summary of the major current government subsidies and economic incentives in the key jurisdictions where our customers operate.

United States

The U.S. federal government provides an ITC that allows a taxpayer to offset its federal income tax liability by a percentage of its cost basis in a solar energy system put to commercial use. The value of the tax credit varies depending on the year in which construction is deemed to begin. Under the current legislative framework, solar projects that were under construction by the end of 2019 qualify for a tax credit equal to 30% of the project’s cost. The value drops to 26% for projects starting construction in 2020, and 22% for projects starting

 

85


Table of Contents

construction in 2021. The credit drops to a permanent 10% level for projects that begin construction in 2022 or later. Projects that begin construction before 2022, but are not placed in service until 2024 or later, are also limited to the 10% credit.

The federal government also permits accelerated depreciation, and in some cases 100% “bonus” depreciation, for certain equipment, including solar energy systems. In addition, some U.S. states offer an additional corporate investment or production tax credit for solar that is additive to the ITC. Additionally, many U.S. states and local jurisdictions have established various property tax abatement incentives for renewable energy systems.

 

86


Table of Contents

Management

Our Executive Officers and Board of Directors

The following table sets forth certain information concerning the individuals who will serve as our executive officers and directors upon the consummation of this offering.

 

Name

   Age     

Position(s) Held

Jim Fusaro

     58      Chief Executive Officer, Director

Nipul Patel

     49      Chief Financial Officer

Jeff Krantz

     51      Chief Commercial Officer

Charlotte MacVane

     37      General Counsel & Chief Legal Officer

Stuart Bolland

     48      Chief Operations Officer

Jennifer Cheraso

     52      Chief Human Resources Officer

Lucas Creasy

     40      Chief Technology Officer

Troy Alstead

     57     

Director*

Orlando D. Ashford

     52      Director*

Frank Cannova

     30     

Director

Ron P. Corio

     59      Director

Brad Forth

     55     

Director, Chairman

Peter Jonna

     35      Director

Jason Lee

     45      Director

 

*

Our board of directors has determined that this director will be independent under the standards of Nasdaq.

Jim Fusaro has been our Chief Executive Officer since June 2018. Mr. Fusaro first began his career in aerospace in 1985. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Fusaro served as a senior executive for multinational corporations including, Amkor Technology, Honeywell Aerospace, and Honeywell Performance Materials and Technologies, and Avnet. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Fusaro served as Senior Vice President, IoT and Global Design Solutions of Avnet between June 2017 and June 2018. From June 2011 and June 2016, Mr. Fusaro held a number of leadership positions at Honeywell Aerospace, including Vice President & General Manager of Mechanical Subsystems and Vice President of Honeywell Operating System. From June 2016 and June 2017, Mr. Fusaro served as President of Honeywell Performance Materials, Advanced Materials. Mr. Fusaro holds a Master of Science in Mechanical Engineering from Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute and a Bachelor of Science in Mechanical Engineering from Arizona State University, additionally he is a certified Six Sigma Black Belt. Mr. Fusaro has authored over 60 technical publications and holds a number of U.S. Patents. Mr. Fusaro was nominated to serve on our board of directors because of his extensive senior leadership experience and comprehensive knowledge of our business and perspective of our day-to-day operations.

Nipul Patel joined the Company as Chief Financial Officer in April 2019. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Patel served as Vice President Global Finance—Financial Planning and Analysis of Avnet between 2013 and 2018, as Director of Finance, Marketing and Product Management of Honeywell International between 2007 and 2013, and as Vice President Finance, FP&A and Solutions of Benchmark Electronics between 2018 and 2019. Mr. Patel is a Certified Public Accountant, holds a Bachelor of Science degree in accountancy from Miami University, and earned an MBA from Case Western Reserve University.

Jeff Krantz joined the Company in January 2017 and has been our Chief Commercial Officer since June 2019. Mr. Krantz is responsible for building and scaling Array’s sales/marketing and service initiatives. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Krantz was Vice President of Sales for SMA North America from 2012 to 2017, a global market leader in solar inverters. Prior to that position, Mr. Krantz served as Vice President of Semiconductor and Solar Business for Pfeiffer Vacuum/Alcatel Vacuum Products between 2005 to 2012. Mr. Krantz’s prior experience also includes sales management positions at a variety of enterprises over the past 20 years, including 11 years in the power generation industry. Mr. Krantz has a Bachelor’s degree in Arts and in Business Management from Concordia University of Austin.

 

87


Table of Contents

Charlotte MacVane has been our General Counsel since July 2017 and Chief Legal Officer since June 2019. Prior to joining the Company, Ms. MacVane served as General Counsel and Associate General Counsel for companies in the energy, software and semiconductor industries, including Energy Solutions International between 2012 and 2015 and Emerson Process Management between 2015 to 2017. Prior to these roles, Ms. MacVane served as General Counsel for Capital Asset Exchange & Trading, LLC between 2010 and 2012. Ms. MacVane received her undergraduate degree from Occidental College and her JD from Boston University. Ms. MacVane is also on the Board of the Association of Women Attorneys, Houston.

Stuart Bolland has been our Chief Operations Officer since September 2018. Mr. Bolland is responsible for Array’s global integrated supply chain which includes, procurement, manufacturing, logistics, planning and quality. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Bolland served as Senior Director of Procurement and Asset Management for Honeywell’s Advanced Materials business between April 2015 and August 2018. Between April 2014 and April 2015, Mr. Bolland served as Strategic Sourcing Director of Honeywell’s Fluorine Products business. Prior to that, Mr. Bolland held several cross-functional roles at Hemlock Semiconductor and Dow Corning (now Dow Chemical), including Six Sigma Blackbelt, Economic Evaluator and Technology Manager, and as a Business Director between 2012 and 2014. Mr. Bolland earned a Bachelor of Science degree in Chemical Engineering at the University of Bath (U.K.).

Jennifer Cheraso has been our Chief Human Resources Officer since February 2019. Ms. Cheraso is responsible for Array’s Human Resources department. Ms. Cheraso has over 20 years of human resources experience and has held a variety of human resources leadership positions within our Company. Prior to joining the company, Ms. Cheraso was the founder of JKC Consulting, LLC, between 2018 and February 2019, which provided a wide array of professional services focused on improving organizational performance and engagement. Ms. Cheraso held a number of leadership positions in Honeywell, serving as Vice President, Staffing and Talent Management at Honeywell’s Home & Buildings Technologies between 2015 and 2017. Between 2013 and 2014, Ms. Cheraso was Senior Director – Organizational Development and Learning of Honeywell Aerospace. Ms. Cheraso earned her Bachelor’s degree in Business and General Management from Purdue University’s Krannert School of Management as well as her Master’s degree in Business Administration and in Human Resources from Purdue University’s Krannert Graduate School of Management. Ms. Cheraso holds an OD Certification from the NTL Institute, is a Certified Professional Coach and SPHR certified.

Lucas Creasy has been our Vice President of Engineering since January 2019, and as of July 2020, Mr. Creasy has been our Chief Technology Officer. Mr. Creasy has over 16 years of product design, development & engineering experience. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Creasy worked as Vice President of Engineering of Local Motors, Inc. from October 2017 and December 2018. From February 2016 and October 2017, Mr. Creasy held leadership positions in the program management office at Local Motors, Inc. Between 2002 and 2016, Mr. Creasy worked at The Knaphiede Manufacturing Company serving in several capacities, including engineering management, program management, and manufacturing engineering. Mr. Creasy has a Bachelor of Science degree in Manufacturing Engineering from Western Illinois University, and a Master’s degree in Business Administration from Quincy University.

Troy Alstead is the founder of Ocean5 and Table 47, concepts opened in 2017 for dining, entertainment and events. In February 2016, Mr. Alstead retired from Starbucks Corporation, an American coffee company and coffeehouse chain, after 24 years with the company, having most recently served as Chief Operating Officer. He served as Chief Operating Officer beginning in 2014. From 2008 to 2014, he served as that company’s Chief Financial Officer and Chief Administrative Officer. Additionally, he served as Group President from 2013 until his promotion to Chief Operating Officer. Mr. Alstead joined Starbucks in 1992 and over the years served in a number of operational, general management, and finance roles. Mr. Alstead spent a decade in Starbucks’ international business, including roles as Senior Leader of Starbucks International, President Europe/Middle East/Africa headquartered in Amsterdam, and Chief Operating Officer of Starbucks Greater China, headquartered in Shanghai. Mr. Alstead is also a member of the board of directors of Levi Strauss & Co. and

 

88


Table of Contents

Harley-Davidson, Inc., OYO Global, and Topgolf International. Mr. Alstead earned a B.A. in business administration from the University of Washington. Mr. Alstead was nominated to serve on our board of directors because of his expertise in the areas of finance and operations.

Orlando D. Ashford served as the President at Holland America Line Inc. at Carnival plc from December 2014 until June 2020. Mr. Ashford oversaw Holland America Line’s sales and marketing, revenue management deployment and itinerary planning, public relations, hotel operations and strategy. Between 2012 and 2014, Mr. Ashford was the President of the Talent business segment at Mercer LLC and Mercer Inc., a global consulting leader and subsidiary of Marsh & McLennan Companies. From 2008 to 2012, Mr. Ashford was the Senior Vice President, Chief Human Resources and Communications Officer for Marsh & McLennan Companies, Inc. Prior to joining Marsh & McLennan Companies, Inc. in 2008, Mr. Ashford served as Group Director of Human Resources for Eurasia and Africa for the Coca-Cola Company and as Vice President of Global Human Resources Strategy and Organizational Development for Motorola, Inc. He has also held leadership positions with Mercer Delta Consulting, Ameritech and Andersen Consulting. Mr. Ashford serves on the board of directors for ITT Inc., Hershey Entertainment & Resorts Company, the Virginia Mason Medical Center, the Seattle chapter of the Positive Coaching Alliance and Year Up. He has been honored as a Purdue University School of Technology Distinguished Alumnus and received the Seattle Business Magazine 2019 Executive Excellence Award. Mr. Ashford earned a Bachelor of Science degree and Master of Science degree in Organizational Leadership and Industrial Technology from Purdue University. Mr. Ashford was nominated to serve on our board of directors because of his extensive experience serving on public company boards and his expertise in addressing talent, culture and human capital issues at the executive level.

Frank Cannova is a vice president at Oaktree, where he is responsible for sourcing, executing and overseeing investments in leading companies in the energy, utility and industrials sectors for the Power Opportunities investment strategy at Oaktree. Mr. Cannova currently serves on the boards of Array Technologies, Renewable Energy Infrastructure Group, and Shoals Technologies Group Inc., a privately held manufacturing company. He previously served on the board of directors of Contract Land Staff. Prior to joining Oaktree in 2015, Mr. Cannova was an associate in the private equity group of Sun Capital Partners, responsible for evaluating investments across the consumer, business services and industrial sectors. Mr. Cannova began his career as an investment banking analyst with Imperial Capital providing M&A and leveraged finance advisory services. He received a B.S. degree in chemical engineering from University of California, Los Angeles. Mr. Cannova was nominated to serve on our board of directors because of his expertise in the areas of finance and energy.

Ron P. Corio founded Array Technologies in 1989. Mr. Corio served as Chief Executive Officer and Chief Technical Officer of the Company from January 1989 to June 2018. Mr. Corio is also the inventor of 13 patents. Mr. Corio was nominated to serve on our board of directors because of his extensive solar energy experience, technical expertise and long history with the Company.

Brad Forth has been a senior advisor to Oaktree’s GFI Energy Group since 2016. He helps the team anticipate growth opportunities in the power, utility and energy sectors, and invest its capital in leading companies, helping management teams to accelerate the growth of their businesses. Mr. Forth has spent his entire career in the energy industry. He began his career as a design engineer at Power Measurement, Inc. in 1988, where he was responsible for pioneering research in the field of digital power metering and energy management systems. Mr. Forth remained at Power Measurement in various capacities for 18 years, the last nine as its CEO from 1999 to 2005. In 2006, he joined GFI Energy Group as a partner until 2009. Mr. Forth was a Managing Director at Oaktree from 2009 to 2016. Mr. Forth was a former board member of Xantrex Technology, The Kirlin Group and OpTerra Energy Group, and a former board chair of GT Solar Incorporated, Turbine Generator Maintenance, Cannon Technologies, GoodCents and TenK Solar. Since June 2017, he has been a board member of Shoals Technologies Group Inc., a privately held manufacturing company. Mr. Forth received a Bachelor of Electrical Engineering degree from the University of Victoria in Canada. He was winner of the 2002 Ernst and Young award for “Pacific Entrepreneur of the Year – Technology and Communications” and has been a member

 

89


Table of Contents

of Young Presidents’ Organization since 1998. Mr. Forth was nominated to serve as the chairman of our board of directors because of his expertise in the energy industry.

Peter Jonna has worked in Oaktree’s GFI Energy Group since 2013, where he is responsible for sourcing, executing and overseeing investments in leading companies in the energy, utility and industrials sectors. Mr. Jonna has been a managing director at Oaktree since January 2020. His prior positions include serving as a senior vice president from July 2017 to January 2020 and as a Vice President from July 2015 to July 2017. Mr. Jonna presently serves on the boards of directors of: Building Infrastructure Solutions Group, a privately held building services company; Shoals Technologies Group Inc., a privately held manufacturing company; Renewable Energy Infrastructure Group, a privately held renewable energy services company; Montrose Environmental Group, Inc., a publicly held environmental services company; and Infrastructure & Energy Alternatives, Inc., a publicly held infrastructure construction company. Mr. Jonna previously served on the board of directors of Sterling Lumber Company. Prior to joining Oaktree, he was an investment analyst in the Americas investment team of the UBS Infrastructure Asset Management strategy investing directly in energy, power and transportation infrastructure assets. Mr. Jonna began his career as a project development engineer in Skanska’s Large Projects Group which focused on developing and constructing public private partnerships and infrastructure development projects. Mr. Jonna earned an M.S. in civil engineering from Stanford University and a B.S. in civil engineering from University of California, Los Angeles. Mr. Jonna was nominated to serve on our board of directors because of his expertise in the energy, utility and industrials sectors.

Jason Lee is a managing director and co-portfolio manager at Oaktree where he is responsible for managing the Power Opportunities investment strategy, focused on private equity investments in leading companies serving the energy and utility sectors. Mr. Lee is responsible for the overall management of the group and its investing activities, including setting investment strategy, sourcing and executing investment opportunities and board oversight of the group’s portfolio companies. He has worked at Oaktree since 2009. Mr. Lee currently serves on the boards of NAPEC and Shoals Technologies Group Inc., a privately held manufacturing company. Prior to Oaktree, Mr. Lee worked for a number of years as an executive in the operational management of several companies, some of which he co-founded, and has advised a number of companies and government organizations in the areas of entrepreneurial strategy, investments and finance. He began his career at J.P. Morgan’s technology, media and telecom investment banking practice. Mr. Lee received his B.S. degree from the University of California, Berkeley and an M.B.A. from the UCLA Anderson School of Management where he serves as a member of the finance faculty and teaches courses on corporate finance, entrepreneurship and private equity. Mr. Lee was nominated to serve on our board of directors because of his expertise in the areas of finance and energy.

Board of Directors

Upon consummation of this offering, our board of directors will consist of eight individuals including one as chairman. We expect our board of directors to determine Troy Alstead and Orlando D. Ashford to be independent directors under the standards of Nasdaq.

Our certificate of incorporation, which will be effective upon the consummation of this offering, will provide that our board of directors will be divided into three classes of directors, with the classes to be as nearly equal in number as possible, and with the directors serving three-year terms. For further information, see the section entitled “Description of Capital Stock—Anti-Takeover Effects of Delaware Law, Our Certificate of Incorporation and Our Bylaws.” Our board of directors will be divided among the three classes as follows:

 

   

Our class I directors will be Troy Alstead and Orlando D. Ashford and their term will expire at the first annual meeting of stockholders following this offering.

 

   

Our class II directors will be Frank Cannova, Ron P. Corio and Peter Jonna and their term will expire at the second annual meeting of stockholders following this offering.

 

90


Table of Contents
   

Our class III directors will be Brad Forth, Jim Fusaro and Jason Lee and their term will expire at the third annual meeting of stockholders following this offering.

Committees of Our Board of Directors

Our board of directors will establish, effective upon the consummation of this offering, audit, compensation, and nominating and corporate governance committees. The composition, duties and responsibilities of these committees are set forth below. Our board of directors may from time to time establish certain other committees to facilitate the management of the Company.

Audit Committee

Our board of directors will establish, effective upon the consummation of this offering, an audit committee which is responsible for, among other matters: (1) appointing, compensating, retaining, evaluating, terminating and overseeing our independent registered public accounting firm; (2) discussing with our independent registered public accounting firm its independence from us; (3) reviewing with our independent registered public accounting firm the matters required to be reviewed by applicable auditing requirements; (4) approving all audit and permissible non-audit services to be performed by our independent registered public accounting firm; (5) overseeing the financial reporting process and discussing with management and our independent registered public accounting firm the interim and annual financial statements that we file with the SEC; (6) reviewing and monitoring our internal controls, disclosure controls and procedures and compliance with legal and regulatory requirements; and (7) establishing procedures for the confidential anonymous submission of concerns regarding questionable accounting, internal controls, auditing and federal securities law matters.

Our audit committee will consist of Troy Alstead, Orlando D. Ashford and Frank Cannova, with Troy Alstead serving as chairman. Rule 10A-3 of the Exchange Act and Nasdaq rules require us to have one independent audit committee member upon the listing of our common stock on Nasdaq, a majority of independent directors within 90 days of the date of listing and all independent audit committee members within one year of the date of listing. We intend to comply with the independence requirements within the time periods specified. Our board of directors has determined that Troy Alstead is an “audit committee financial expert” as defined by applicable SEC rules and has the requisite financial sophistication as defined under the applicable Nasdaq rules and regulations. Our board of directors will adopt, effective upon the consummation of this offering, a written charter for the audit committee, which will be available on our website upon the completion of this offering.

Compensation Committee

Our board of directors will establish, effective upon the consummation of this offering, a compensation committee which is responsible for, among other matters: (1) reviewing officer and executive compensation goals, policies, plans and programs; (2) reviewing and approving or recommending to our board of directors or the independent directors, as applicable, the compensation of our directors, Chief Executive Officer and other executive officers; (3) reviewing and approving employment agreements and other similar arrangements between us and our officers and other key executives; and (4) appointing and overseeing any compensation consultants.

Our compensation committee will consist of Orlando D. Ashford, Brad Forth and Jason Lee, with Orlando D. Ashford serving as chairman. The composition of our compensation committee will meet the requirements for independence under current rules and regulations of the SEC and Nasdaq, including Nasdaq’s controlled company exemption. Each member of the compensation committee will also be a non-employee director, as defined pursuant to Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act, and an outside director, as defined pursuant to Section 162(m) of the Code. Our board of directors will adopt, effective upon the consummation of this offering, a written charter for the committee, which will be available on our website upon the completion of this offering.

 

91


Table of Contents

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

Our board of directors will establish, effective upon the consummation of this offering, a nominating and corporate governance committee that is responsible for, among other matters: (1) identifying individuals qualified to become members of our board of directors, consistent with criteria approved by our board of directors; (2) overseeing the organization of our board of directors to discharge the board’s duties and responsibilities properly and efficiently; (3) developing and recommending to our board of directors a set of corporate governance guidelines and principles; and (4) reviewing and approving related person transactions.

Our nominating and corporate governance committee will consist of Brad Forth, Peter Jonna and Ron P. Corio, with Brad Forth serving as chairman. The composition of our nominating and corporate governance committee will meet the requirements for independence under current rules and regulations of the SEC and Nasdaq, including Nasdaq’s controlled company exemption. Our board of directors will adopt, effective upon the consummation of this offering, a written charter for the nominating and corporate governance committee, which will be available on our website upon the completion of this offering.

Controlled Company Exemption

Upon completion of this offering, Oaktree and Ron P. Corio will continue to control a majority of the voting power of our outstanding common stock. As a result, we will be a “controlled company” under Nasdaq corporate governance standards. As a controlled company, exemptions under the standards will free us from the obligation to comply with certain corporate governance requirements, including the requirements:

 

   

that we have a compensation committee or nominating and corporate governance committee;

 

   

that a majority of our board of directors consists of “independent directors,” as defined under the rules of Nasdaq;

 

   

that any corporate governance and nominating committee or compensation committee be composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities; and

 

   

for an annual performance evaluation of the nominating and governance committees and compensation committee.

These exemptions do not modify the independence requirements for our Audit Committee, and we intend to comply with the requirements of Rule 10A-3 of the Exchange Act, and the rules of Nasdaq within the applicable time frame.

Director Compensation for 2019

We did not have any non-employee directors who received compensation for their service on our board of directors and committees of our board of directors during 2019.

 

92


Table of Contents

New Director Compensation Program

After the completion of this offering, our non-employee directors will be eligible to receive compensation for their service on our board of directors consisting of annual cash retainers. We expect that, following this offering, our non-employee directors will receive the following annual retainers for their service on our board of directors. The non-employee directors who are employees of Oaktree have agreed or are otherwise obligated to transfer all or a portion of the compensation they receive for their service as directors to Oaktree. The retainers will be paid in four equal quarterly installments and prorated for any partial year of service on our board of directors:

 

Position

   Retainer ($)  

Non-Executive Chairman

Board Member

   $

$

100,000

60,000

 

 

Audit Committee:

  

Chairperson

   $ 25,000  

Committee Member

   $ 10,000  

Compensation Committee:

  

Chairperson

   $ 17,500  

Committee Member

   $ 7,500  

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee:

  

Chairperson

   $ 10,000  

Committee Member

   $ 5,000  

We expect that our non-employee directors who are not also employees of us or Oaktree will receive restricted stock units with an aggregate grant date value of $120,000, subject to the terms of the LTIP and the award agreement pursuant to which such award is granted. In addition, we expect that non-employee directors who are not also employees of us or Oaktree and are appointed in connection with this offering will receive a one-time grant of restricted stock units with an aggregate grant date value of $100,000, subject to the terms of the LTIP and the award agreement pursuant to which such award is granted.

Our directors will be reimbursed for travel, food, lodging and other expenses directly related to their activities as directors. Our directors are also entitled to the protection provided by the indemnification provisions in our bylaws that will become effective upon the consummation of this offering. Our board of directors may revise the compensation arrangements for our directors from time to time.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

We will adopt, effective upon the consummation of this offering, a written code of business conduct and ethics that will apply to our directors, officers and employees, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller or persons performing similar functions. A copy of the code will be available on our website.

 

93


Table of Contents

Executive Compensation

Executive Compensation

We are currently considered an “emerging growth company” within the meaning of the Securities Act for purposes of the SEC’s executive compensation disclosure rules. Accordingly, we are required to provide a Summary Compensation Table and an Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year End Table, as well as limited narrative disclosures regarding executive compensation for our last completed fiscal year. Further, our reporting obligations extend only to the following “Named Executive Officers,” which are the individuals who served as principal executive officer and the next two most highly compensated executive officers at the end of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019 (the “2019 Fiscal Year”).

 

Name

   Principal Position

Jim Fusaro

   Chief Executive Officer

Jeffrey Krantz

   Chief Commercial Officer

Stuart Bolland

   Chief Operations Officer

2019 Summary Compensation Table

The following table summarizes the compensation awarded to, earned by or paid to our Named Executive Officers for the 2019 Fiscal Year.

 

Name and Principal Position

   Year      Salary
($)
     Option
Awards
($) (1)
     Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
($) (2)
     All Other
Compensation
($) (3)
     Total
($)
 

Jim Fusaro
(Chief Executive Officer)

     2019      $ 480,000      $
2,248,421
 
   $ 750,000      $ 25,925      $ 3,504,346  

Jeffrey Krantz
(Chief Commercial Officer)

     2019      $ 350,000      $
730,737
 
   $ 220,000      $ 8,400      $ 1,309,137  

Stuart Bolland
(Chief Operations Officer)

     2019      $ 300,000      $
730,737
 
   $ 220,000      $ 8,329      $ 1,259,066  

 

(1)

Amounts reported in the “Option Awards” column reflect the aggregate grant date fair value, computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718, of Class B Common Units granted to Messrs. Fusaro, Krantz and Bolland during the 2019 Fiscal Year. The Class B Common Units represent membership interests in Parent that are intended to constitute profits interests for federal income tax purposes. Despite the fact that the Class B Common Units do not require the payment of an exercise price, they are most similar economically to stock options. Accordingly, they are classified as “options” under the definition provided in Item 402(a)(6)(i) of Regulation S-K as an instrument with an “option-like feature.” Please see Note 13 “Equity Based Compensation” in our consolidated financial statements for the year ending December 31, 2019 for additional details.

(2)

Amounts in this column reflect bonuses paid to the Named Executive Officers with respect to the 2019 Fiscal Year. Please see the section entitled “Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation Table—Employment Offer Letters” below for additional details.

(3)

Amounts in this column reflect (i) in the case of Mr. Fusaro, $17,526 in commuting expenses and $8,399 in 401(k) plan matching contributions made on his behalf during the 2019 Fiscal Year and (ii) in the case of Messrs. Krantz and Bolland, 401(k) plan matching contributions made on their behalf during the 2019 Fiscal Year. See below under “—Additional Narrative Disclosure—Retirement Benefits” for additional information regarding 401(k) plan contributions.

 

94


Table of Contents

Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation Table

Employment Offer Letters

We have offer letters, as amended, with each of our Named Executive Officers that provide for each executive’s annual base salary, target bonus opportunity, an initial grant of Class B Common Units in Parent, paid vacation, reimbursement of reasonable business expenses and eligibility to participate in our benefit plans generally.

Messrs. Fusaro’s, Krantz’s and Bolland’s annual base salaries for the 2019 Fiscal Year were $480,000, $350,000 and $300,000, respectively, and their target annual bonuses were 100%, 40% and 40%, respectively, of their base salary. For the 2019 Fiscal Year, bonuses were paid out at 125% of the target annual bonus amount at the discretion of our board of directors and Messrs. Fusaro, Krantz and Bolland received bonus payments of $600,000, $175,000 and $150,000, respectively. These bonus levels were determined based on the Company’s EBITDA and working capital performance, as well as the board of directors’ assessment of the level of achievement of each Named Executive Officer’s personal management objectives. We are currently in the process of further refining our annual bonus program with payments to be determined based on the achievement of specific pre-established performance measures. In addition, our board of directors approved one-time bonuses based on the Company’s achievement of record levels of sales and volume deliveries. In recognition of this achievement, Messrs. Fusaro, Krantz and Bolland received bonuses of $150,000, $45,000 and $70,000, respectively.

The offer letters provide for certain severance benefits upon a resignation by the applicable executive for “good reason” or upon a termination by the Company without “cause.” Please see the section entitled “Additional Narrative Disclosure—Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control” below for more details regarding the severance benefits provided to our Named Executive Officers under the offer letters.

Long Term Incentive Compensation

We have historically offered long-term incentives to our Named Executive Officers through grants of restricted Class B Common Units in Parent. These Class B Common Unit awards are subject to time-based vesting requirements and are subject to accelerated vesting upon the occurrence of certain terminations of employment and certain change in control events. However, we do not anticipate that the consummation of this offering or any of the related transactions will result in accelerated vesting of any of the Class B Common Units in Parent. See below under “Potential Payments Upon a Termination or Change in Control” for additional information regarding the circumstances that could result in accelerated vesting of these awards.

Outstanding Equity Awards at 2019 Fiscal Year-End

The following table reflects information regarding outstanding equity-based awards held by our Named Executive Officers as of December 31, 2019.

 

     Option Awards (1)  

Name

   Number of Securities
Underlying Unexercised
Options(#)
Exercisable
     Number of Securities
Underlying Unexercised
Options(#)
Unexercisable
    Option
Exercise
Price
($) (5)
     Option
Expiration
Date
(5)
 

Jim Fusaro

     2,459,211        3,161,842 (2)      N/A        N/A  

Jeffrey Krantz

     1,370,132        456,711 (3)      N/A        N/A  

Stuart Bolland

     685,066        1,141,777 (4)      N/A        N/A  

 

(1)

The equity awards disclosed in this table are restricted class B common units in Parent, which are intended to be profits interests for federal income tax purposes. Despite the fact that the class B common units do not require the payment of an exercise price or have an option expiration date, we believe they are economically

 

95


Table of Contents
  similar to stock options and, as such, they are reported in this table as “Option” awards. Awards reflected as “Unexercisable” are class B common units that have not yet vested. Awards reflected as “Exercisable” are class B common units that have vested, but remain outstanding. The class B common units are subject to time-based vesting conditions. A certain percentage of each award was vested upon the issuance date of November 18, 2019 and 6.25% of the award vests on the last day of each calendar quarter following the issuance date until 100% vested, subject to the Named Executive Officer’s continued employment through the applicable vesting date. The treatment of these awards upon certain terminations of employment and change in control events is described below under “Additional Narrative Disclosure—Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control.”
(2)

351,316 of these class B common units vested on each of March 31, 2020, June 30, 2020 and September 30, 2020. 351,316 of these class B common units will vest on each of December 31, 2020, March 31, 2021, June 30, 2021, September 30, 2021, December 31, 2021 and March 31, 2022, so long as Mr. Fusaro remains employed through such dates.

(3)

114,178 of these class B common units vested on each of March 31, 2020, June 30, 2020 and September 30, 2020. 114,178 of these class B common units will vest on December 31, 2020, so long as Mr. Krantz remains employed through such dates.

(4)

114,178 of these class B common units vested on each of March 31, 2020, June 30, 2020 and September 30, 2020. 114,178 of these class B common units will vest on each of December 31, 2020, March 31, 2021, June 30, 2021, September 30, 2021, December 31, 2021, March 31, 2022 and June 30, 2022, so long as Mr. Bolland remains employed through such dates.

(5)

These equity awards are not traditional options, and therefore, there is no exercise price or option expiration date associated with them.

Additional Narrative Disclosure

Retirement Benefits

We have not maintained, and do not currently maintain, a defined benefit pension plan or nonqualified deferred compensation plan. We currently make available a retirement plan intended to provide benefits under Section 401(k) of the Code, pursuant to which employees, including the Named Executive Officers, can make voluntary pre-tax contributions. Prior to 2020, we matched 100% of elective deferrals up to 3% of compensation. We currently match 50% of elective deferrals up to 3% of compensation, plus 50% of elective deferrals over 3% of compensation but that do not exceed 5% of compensation. These matching contributions made (i) prior to 2020, vests ratably over a five-year period and (ii) in 2020, vest 100% on the second anniversary of the commencement of the participant’s employment. All contributions under the plan are subject to certain annual dollar limitations, which are periodically adjusted for changes in the cost of living.

Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control

A Named Executive Officer’s outstanding, unvested Class B Common Units in Parent will become 100% vested upon a “sale of the company,” which is generally the sale of Parent (or any subsidiary of Parent that holds substantially all of the assets of Parent) pursuant to which an independent third party or parties acquire (i) equity securities of Parent (or its applicable subsidiary) possessing the voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors of Parent (or its applicable subsidiary) or (ii) all or substantially all of Parent’s (or its applicable subsidiary’s) assets.

Our Named Executive Officers’ offer letters provide that upon a termination by us for any reason other than for “cause” or upon a resignation by such executive for “good reason,” each as defined therein, subject to the execution and delivery of a fully effective release of claims in favor of the Company and continued compliance with applicable restrictive covenants, Mr. Fusaro will receive salary continuation payments for six months (15 months if such termination occurs within six months following the acquisition of a majority ownership interest in the Company by an entity or entities not under common control of its current owners) and Messrs. Krantz and

 

96


Table of Contents

Bolland will receive a lump sum payment of equal to nine months of base salary. The offer letters also contain certain restrictive covenants, including provisions that create restrictions, with certain limitations, on our Named Executive Officers soliciting any customers, soliciting or hiring Company employees or inducing them to terminate their employment, or disparaging the Company, in each case, during the term of the executive’s employment with the Company and for the one-year period following termination of employment.

Mr. Fusaro’s offer letter generally provides that “cause” means one or more of the following with respect to the executive: (i) the commission of a felony or other crime involving moral turpitude or the commission of any other act or omission involving dishonesty or fraud, (ii) reporting to work under the influence of alcohol or under the influence or in the possession of illegal drugs, (iii) substantial and repeated failure to perform duties, (iv) breach of fiduciary duty, gross negligence or willful misconduct, (v) a willful and material failure to observe policies or standards regarding employment practices (including nondiscrimination and sexual harassment policies) or (vi) any breach by Mr. Fusaro of any non-competition, non-solicitation, no-hire or confidentiality covenant between Mr. Fusaro and the Company or any Company affiliate or any material breach by Mr. Fusaro of any other provision of his offer letter, or any other agreement between Mr. Fusaro and the Company or any Company affiliate. Mr. Fusaro’s offer letter generally provides that “good reason” means the following with respect to him: (i) a reduction without his consent in his Salary below the Salary in effect as of the date hereof, (ii) a relocation of his principal place of employment, without his consent, to a location more than fifty (50) miles from his then-current principal place of employment (it being understood and agreed, for the avoidance of doubt, that the relocation contemplated by Section 6 shall not constitute Good Reason), or (iii) a change in position or title without his consent; provided that, in any case, upon written notice from the executive of the existence of any such occurrence, the Company will have 30 days to cure such occurrence.

Messrs. Krantz’s and Bolland’s offer letters generally provide that “cause” means one or more of the following with respect to the executive: (i) the commission of a felony or other crime involving moral turpitude or of any other act or omission involving dishonesty or fraud, (ii) reporting to work under the influence of alcohol or under the influence or in the possession of illegal drugs, (iii) substantial and repeated failure to perform duties after notice of such failure and, if curable, an opportunity to permanently cure such failure within 30 days of such notice, (iv) breach of fiduciary duty, gross negligence or willful misconduct, (v) a willful and material failure to observe policies or standards regarding employment practices (including nondiscrimination and sexual harassment policies) after notice of such failure and, if curable, an opportunity to permanently cure such failure within 30 days of such notice or (vi) any breach by the executive of any non-competition, non-solicitation, no-hire or confidentiality covenant between the executive and the Company or any Company affiliate or any material breach by the executive of any other provision of the executive’s offer letter or any other agreement between the executive and the Company or any Company affiliate, after notice of such breach and, if curable, an opportunity to permanently cure such breach within 30 days of such notice. Messrs. Krantz’s and Bolland’s offer letters generally provide that “good reason” means the following with respect to the executive: (i) a material reduction in his Salary without his consent, or (ii) a relocation of his principal place of employment, without his consent, to a location more than 50 miles from his then-current principal place of employment; provided that, in any case, upon written notice from the executive of the existence of any such occurrence, the Company will have 30 days to cure such occurrence.

Actions Taken in Connection with this Offering

Class B Common Units in Parent

In connection with this offering, we expect to amend the Class B Common Unit award agreement for each of our Named Executive Officer’s to provide that each Named Executive Officer’s Class B Common Units in Parent will become fully vested upon the termination of their employment by the Company without cause or by the Named Executive Officer for good reason.

 

97


Table of Contents

Restricted Stock Unit Grants

In connection with the reinvestment by our Chairman, our Named Executive Officers and certain other employees described in “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Parent LLC Agreement,” we expect to grant our Named Executive Officers and these employees restricted stock units under the LTIP with respect to an aggregate of up to approximately 478,135 shares of the Company’s common stock. These restricted stock unit awards will vest ratably over three years, subject to the recipient’s continued employment.

Annual Base Salary and Target Annual Bonus Changes

We expect that following the completion of this offering, Messrs. Fusaro’s, Krantz’s and Bolland’s annual base salaries will be $650,000, $400,000 and $340,000, respectively, and their target annual bonuses will be 100%, 50% and 50%, respectively, of their annual base salary.

Long-Term Incentive Plan

In order to incentivize our employees following the completion of this offering, we anticipate that our board of directors will adopt a long-term incentive plan (the “LTIP”), for employees, consultants and directors prior to the completion of this offering. This summary is not a complete description of all of the provisions of the LTIP and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the LTIP, a copy of which has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. Our Named Executive Officers will be eligible to participate in the LTIP, which we expect will become effective upon the consummation of this offering. We anticipate that the LTIP will provide for the grant of options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, stock awards, dividend equivalents, other stock-based awards, cash awards and substitute awards intended to align the interests of service providers, including our Named Executive Officers, with those of our shareholders.

The total number of shares reserved for issuance under the LTIP will be increased on January 1 of each of the first 10 calendar years during the term of the LTIP, by the lesser of (i) 5% of the total number of shares of common stock outstanding on each December 31 immediately prior to the date of increase or (ii) such number of shares of the Company’s common stock determined by our board of directors or compensation committee.

Securities to be Offered

Subject to adjustment in the event of certain transactions or changes of capitalization in accordance with the LTIP, a total of 5% of the shares of common stock outstanding at the closing of this offering (on a fully diluted basis) will initially be reserved for issuance pursuant to awards under the LTIP. The total number of shares reserved for issuance under the LTIP may be issued pursuant to incentive options. Shares of common stock subject to an award that expires or is canceled, forfeited, exchanged, settled in cash or otherwise terminated without delivery of shares and shares withheld to pay the exercise price of, or to satisfy the withholding obligations with respect to, an award will again be available for delivery pursuant to other awards under the LTIP.

Administration

The LTIP will be administered by our board of directors, except to the extent our board of directors elects a committee of directors to administer the LTIP (as applicable, the “Administrator”). The Administrator has broad discretion to administer the LTIP, including the power to determine the eligible individuals to whom awards will be granted, the number and type of awards to be granted and the terms and conditions of awards. The Administrator may also accelerate the vesting or exercise of any award and make all other determinations and to take all other actions necessary or advisable for the administration of the LTIP. To the extent the Administrator is not our board of directors, our board of directors will retain the authority to take all actions permitted by the Administrator under the LTIP.

 

98


Table of Contents

Eligibility

Our employees, consultants and non-employee directors, and employees, consultants and non-employee directors of our affiliates, will be eligible to receive awards under the LTIP.

Non-Employee Director Compensation Limits

Under the LTIP, in a single calendar year, a non-employee director may not be granted awards for such individual’s service on our board of directors having a value in excess of $500,000. Additional awards may be granted for any calendar year in which a non-employee director first becomes a director, serves on a special committee of our board of directors, or serves as lead director. This limit does not apply to cash fees or awards granted in lieu of cash fees.

Types of Awards

Options. We may grant options to eligible persons, except that incentive options may only be granted to persons who are our employees or employees of one of our subsidiaries, in accordance with Section 422 of the Code. The exercise price of an option generally cannot be less than 100% of the fair market value of a share of common stock on the date on which the option is granted and the option must not be exercisable for longer than ten years following the date of grant. In the case of an incentive option granted to an individual who owns (or is deemed to own) at least 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of our equity securities, the exercise price of the option must be at least 110% of the fair market value of a share of common stock on the date of grant and the option must not be exercisable more than five years from the date of grant.

SARs. A SAR is the right to receive an amount equal to the excess of the fair market value of one share of common stock on the date of exercise over the grant price of the SAR. The grant price of a SAR generally cannot be less than 100% of the fair market value of a share of common stock on the date on which the SAR is granted. The term of a SAR may not exceed ten years. SARs may be granted in connection with, or independent of, other awards. The Administrator will have the discretion to determine other terms and conditions of an SAR award.

Restricted Share Awards. A restricted share award is a grant of shares of common stock subject to the restrictions on transferability and risk of forfeiture imposed by the Administrator. Unless otherwise determined by the Administrator and specified in the applicable award agreement, the holder of a restricted share award will have rights as a shareholder, including the right to vote the shares of common stock subject to the restricted share award or to receive dividends on the shares of common stock subject to the restricted share award during the restriction period. In the discretion of the Administrator, dividends distributed prior to vesting may be subject to the same restrictions and risk of forfeiture as the restricted shares with respect to which the distribution was made.

Restricted Share Units. An RSU is a right to receive cash, shares of common stock or a combination of cash and shares of common stock at the end of a specified period equal to the fair market value of one share of common stock on the date of vesting. RSUs may be subject to the restrictions, including a risk of forfeiture, imposed by the Administrator.

Share awards. A share award is a transfer of unrestricted shares of common stock on terms and conditions, if any, determined by the Administrator.

Dividend Equivalents. Dividend equivalents entitle a participant to receive cash, shares of common stock, other awards or other property equal in value to dividends or other distributions paid with respect to a specified number of shares of common stock. Dividend equivalents may be granted on a free-standing basis or in connection with another award (other than a restricted share award or a share award).

Other Share-Based Awards. Other share-based awards are awards denominated or payable in, valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on or related to, the value of our shares of common stock.

 

99


Table of Contents

Cash Awards. Cash awards may be granted on a free-standing basis or as an element of, a supplement to, or in lieu of any other award.

Substitute Awards. Awards may be granted in substitution or exchange for any other award granted under the LTIP or under another equity incentive plan or any other right of an eligible person to receive payment from us. Awards may also be granted under the LTIP in substitution for similar awards held for individuals who become participants as a result of a merger, consolidation or acquisition of another entity by or with the Company or one of our affiliates.

Certain Transactions

If any change is made to our capitalization, such as a share split, share combination, share dividend, exchange of shares or other recapitalization, merger or otherwise, which results in an increase or decrease in the number of outstanding shares of common stock, appropriate adjustments will be made by the Administrator in the shares subject to an award under the LTIP. The Administrator will also have the discretion to make certain adjustments to awards in the event of a change in control, such as accelerating the vesting or exercisability of awards, requiring the surrender of an award, with or without consideration, or making any other adjustment or modification to the award that the Administrator determines is appropriate in light of such transaction.

Clawback

All awards granted under the LTIP will be subject to reduction, cancelation or recoupment under any written clawback policy that we may adopt and that we determine should apply to awards under the LTIP.

Plan Amendment and Termination

Our Administrator may amend or terminate any award, award agreement or the LTIP at any time; however, shareholder approval will be required for any amendment to the extent necessary to comply with applicable law or exchange listing standards. The Administrator will not have the authority, without the approval of shareholders, to amend any outstanding option or share appreciation right to reduce its exercise price per share. The LTIP will remain in effect for a period of ten years (unless earlier terminated by our board of directors).

 

100


Table of Contents

Principal and Selling Stockholders

The following table sets forth certain information regarding the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of the date of effectiveness of this registration statement with respect to:

 

   

each person known by us to beneficially own 5% or more of the outstanding shares of our common stock;

 

   

each member of our board of directors upon the consummation of this offering and each named executive officer; and

 

   

the members of our board of directors upon the consummation of this offering and our named executive officers as a group.

Applicable percentage of beneficial ownership prior to this offering is based on 119,994,467 shares of common stock that would be outstanding as of the date of effectiveness of this registration statement after giving effect to the Corporate Conversion and the Stock Split.

We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with the rules of the SEC. Except as indicated by the footnotes below, we believe, based on the information furnished to us, that each person or entity named in the table below has sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of common stock that he, she or it beneficially owns, subject to applicable community property laws.

Except as otherwise noted below, the address of each beneficial owner listed in the table below is c/o Array Technologies, Inc., 3901 Midway Place NE, Albuquerque, New Mexico 87109.

 

     Shares Beneficially
Owned Before Offering(1)
    Shares Beneficially
Owned After Offering
Assuming No Exercise
of the Underwriters’
Option(2)
    Shares Beneficially
Owned After Offering
Assuming Full Exercise
of the Underwriters’
Option(2)
 

Name of Beneficial Owner

   Shares      %     Shares      %     Shares      %  

5% Stockholders:

               

ATI Investment Parent, LLC(3)

     119,994,467        100.0     93,244,467        73.4     88,181,967        69.4

Named Executive Officers and Directors:

               

Jim Fusaro

     1,994,816        1.3     1,766,385        1.4     1,743,907        1.3

Jeff Krantz

     687,440        *       561,010        *       548,858        *  

Stuart Bolland

     687,440        *       619,435        *       612,674        *  

Nipul Patel(4)

     618,664        *       570,088        *       565,176        *  

Troy Alstead

                  5,000        *       5,000        *  

Orlando D. Ashford

                  5,000        *       5,000        *  

Frank Cannova(5)

                                       

Ron Corio

     46,203,701        30.8     29,361,005        22.7     27,775,047        21.5

Brad Forth

     2,603        1.7     2,117        1.6     2,011,950        1.6

Peter Jonna(5)

                                       

Jason Lee(5)

                                       

All executive officers and directors as a group (14 individuals)

     54,241,424        36.1     36,297,187        28.1     34,544,405        26.7

 

*

Represents beneficial ownership of less than 1%

(1)

For listed executive officers and directors, represents their economic interests in ATI Investment Parent, LLC and indirectly, of our common stock based on an initial public offering price of $20.00 per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) and a hypothetical liquidating distribution by ATI Investment Parent, LLC of all cash and all shares of our common stock, in each case it holds prior to this offering in accordance with the terms of its limited liability company agreement,

 

101


Table of Contents
  immediately after giving effect to the Special Distribution. Such individuals are currently unitholders of ATI Investment Parent, LLC but none of such persons individually has voting and dispositive power over the shares of our common stock held by ATI Investment Parent, LLC and is not deemed to beneficially own the shares of our common stock held by ATI Investment Parent, LLC.
(2)

For listed executive officers and directors, represents their economic interests in ATI Investment Parent, LLC and indirectly, shares of our common stock based on an initial public offering price of $20.00 per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus) and a hypothetical liquidating distribution by ATI Investment Parent, LLC of all cash and all shares of our common stock, in each case it holds prior to this offering in accordance with the terms of its limited liability company agreement, immediately after giving effect to (i) this offering, (ii) the Special Distribution, (iii) the reinvestment by our Named Executive Officers and certain other employees described under “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Parent LLC Agreement,” and (iv) the restricted stock units described under “Executive Compensation—Actions Taken in Connection with this Offering—Restricted Stock Unit Grants.” Such individuals are currently unitholders of ATI Investment Parent, LLC but none of such persons individually has voting and dispositive power over the shares of our common stock held by ATI Investment Parent, LLC and is not deemed to beneficially own the shares of our common stock held by ATI Investment Parent, LLC.

(3)

Oaktree Power Opportunities Fund IV, L.P., or the “Main Fund,” Oaktree Power Opportunities Fund IV (Parallel), L.P., or the “Parallel Fund,” and Oaktree ATI Investors, L.P., or the “Co-Invest Fund,” are together the controlling member of ATI Investment Parent, LLC. Certain members of our management team are unitholders of ATI Investment Parent, LLC but none of such persons individually has voting and dispositive power over the shares of our common stock held by ATI Investment Parent, LLC and is not deemed to beneficially own the shares of our common stock held by ATI Investment Parent, LLC. In addition, Parent will receive the net proceeds of the Special Distribution and the net proceeds from its sale of our common stock from this offering. We refer to the Main Fund, the Parallel Fund and the Co-Invest Fund, collectively, as the “Oaktree Funds.” Oaktree Capital Management, L.P., or “OCM,” is the investment manager of each of the Oaktree Funds. As a result, each of the Oaktree Funds and OCM may be deemed to have beneficial ownership of the shares owned by ATI Investment Parent, LLC. OCM’s asset management business is indirectly controlled by Oaktree Capital Group, LLC, or “OCG”, and Atlas OCM Holdings LLC, or “Atlas OCM”. As of March 31, 2020, approximately 61.8% of OCM’s business is indirectly owned by Brookfield Asset Management, Inc. (“Brookfield”) and the remaining approximately 38.2% is owned by current and former OCM executives and employees. Brookfield’s ownership interest in OCM’s business is held through OCG, Atlas OCM and other holding entities. The current and former OCM executives and employees hold their interests through a separate entity, Oaktree Capital Group Holdings, L.P. The board of directors of OCG and of Atlas OCM is currently comprised of: (i) five Oaktree senior executives, Howard S. Marks, Bruce A. Karsh, Jay S. Wintrob, John B Frank, and Sheldon M. Stone; (ii) three independent directors, Stephen J. Gilbert, D. Richard Masson, and Marna C. Whittington; and (iii) two Brookfield senior executives, Justin B. Beber and J. Bruce Flatt. The Oaktree Funds, OCM, OCG, Atlas OCM and Brookfield and all such individuals expressly disclaim beneficial ownership of the shares held by ATI Investment Parent, LLC, except to the extent of their respective pecuniary interests therein. The address for OCM and Messrs. Marks, Karsh, Wintrob, Frank and Stone is c/o Oaktree Capital Management, L.P., 333 South Grand Avenue, 28th floor, Los Angeles, California 90071.

(4)

Nipul Patel is our Chief Financial Officer and not a named executive officer.

(5)

Frank Cannova, Peter Jonna and Jason Lee are each affiliated with Oaktree or its affiliated investment managers and advisors. Messrs. Cannova, Jonna and Lee each disclaim beneficial ownership of the shares of common stock that are beneficially owned by the Oaktree Funds. The address of Messrs. Cannova, Jonna and Lee is c/o Oaktree Capital Management, L.P., 11611 San Vicente Blvd, Suite 700, Los Angeles, California 90049.

 

102


Table of Contents

Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions

The following is a summary of transactions to which we are a party in which the amount involved exceeded or exceeds $120,000 and in which any of our directors, executive officers, holders of more than 5% of any class of our voting securities or any member of the immediate family of any of the foregoing persons, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest, other than compensation arrangements with directors and executive officers, which are described under “Executive Compensation” and “Management—New Director Compensation Program.” For the year ended December 31, 2019 and six months ended June 30, 2020, the Company recognized $0.8 million and $2.4 million, respectively, in equity-based compensation.

History of Array Technologies, Inc. and Partnership with Oaktree

Ron P. Corio founded the business of the Company in 1989. On July 8, 2016, Oaktree, through Parent, purchased a majority of the ownership of Array Technologies, Inc. with Ron P. Corio and the other selling stockholders rolling over a portion of their ownership into Parent. Ron P. Corio continues to hold a significant majority of the minority shareholding of the Company. Although Ron P. Corio is no longer involved in the day-to-day operations of the Company, he is a member of the board of directors of Parent, ATI Investment Holdings, Inc., ATI Investment Sub, Inc. and Array Technologies, Inc. and participates with Oaktree in the overall leadership of the Company’s business.

Parent LLC Agreement

The LLC Agreement specifies the rights and obligations of the members of Parent and the rights of the various classes of limited liability company interests therein. Limited liability company interests of Parent are currently held in the form of class AA preferred units, convertible class A preferred units, class A common units, class B common units and class C common units. Pursuant to the LLC Agreement, only holders of convertible class A preferred units and class A common units have voting rights, which vote as a single class on an as-converted basis. Oaktree and Ron P. Corio are the holders of the majority of the convertible class A preferred units and class A common units, respectively. Additionally, pursuant to the LLC Agreement, upon this offering, all convertible class A preferred units will convert automatically to class A common units and the holders of class AA preferred units, class A common units, class B common units and class C common units in Parent will share in any distributions related to such offering, in the following order (the “IPO Waterfall”): (i) to the holders of class AA preferred units until their unreturned capital is reduced to zero, (ii) to the holders of class AA preferred units until their unpaid yield of 18% per annum is reduced to zero, (iii) to the holders of Class B common units subject to certain participation thresholds (such class B common units that exceed such thresholds (the “Participating Class B Units”), an amount equal to the Class B Distribution Amount (as described below), (iv) to the holders of class A common units until their unreturned capital is reduced to zero, (v) to the holders of class C common units, an amount equal to the sum of (a) a percentage between 0% and 1% calculated based on the linear interpolation of the internal rate of return of all investments in the convertible class A preferred units and class A common units (“Class A IRR”) when such IRR is between 8% and 12% of all distributions to holders of convertible class A preferred units and class A common units only to the extent such distributions are made when the Class A IRR is less than or equal to 12% and (b) 2% of all distributions to the holders of convertible class A preferred units and class A common units only to the extent such distributions are made when the Class A IRR is greater than 12% and (vi) the remaining amount of the distribution to be shared on a pro rata basis among the holders of the class A common units (including the convertible class A preferred units, as converted). The “Class B Distribution Amount” is equal to the (1) the product of (A) 7%, (B) the ratio of the number of Participating Class B Units over 32,789,474 and (C) an amount equal to all distributions (including tax distributions) made or contemplated to be made under the LLC Agreement in excess of $50,133,333.33 and the yield accrued on the class AA preferred units less (2) any distributions previously made to the holders of class B common units. Parent will receive the net proceeds of the Special Distribution and the net proceeds from its sale of our common stock from this offering, and the LLC Agreement will govern the rights and obligations of the members of Parent and the rights of the various classes of limited liability company interests with respect to such net proceeds. We expect that our Chairman and our listed executive officers will receive net proceeds from the Special Distribution and this offering of approximately $31 million in respect of such interests,

 

103


Table of Contents

based on an assumed initial public offering price of $20.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. Our Chairman and our listed executive officers have committed to reinvesting, through the purchase of shares of our common stock, approximately 50% (except with respect to Jeff Krantz, our Chief Commercial Officer, approximately 40%) of the after-tax value of the distributions they expect to receive in respect of their vested Class B Common Units. See “Executive Compensation—Actions Taken in Connection with this Offering—Class B Common Units in Parent.” Based on an assumed initial public offering price of $20.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, such reinvestment would result in our Chairman and our listed executive officers purchasing approximately 402,163 shares of our common stock.

Under the LLC Agreement, each member is required to vote its, his or her units in favor of a board of managers of Parent (the “Board of Managers”) consisting of (i) at least three representatives that Oaktree designates (the “Sponsor Managers”), (ii) so long as the Corio Group (as defined below) holds collectively not less than 10% of the aggregate outstanding convertible class A preferred units and class A common units, one representative that the Corio Group designates, and (iii) three additional representatives with significant experience in the solar industry, two of which shall be designated by the Board of Managers, and one of which shall be designated by the Corio Group and approved by Oaktree (each, an “Additional Manager”); provided, that no Additional Manager shall be an affiliate of Oaktree or the Corio Group. Additionally, Oaktree is entitled to designate one individual to act as an observer on the Board of Managers in addition to the Sponsor Managers. The “Corio Group” consists of Ron P. Corio, a non-employee member of our board of directors, his permitted transferees and family.

Additionally, under the LLC Agreement, if Oaktree sells its convertible class A preferred units or class A common units to a third party (disregarding sales transfers to employees of Parent, any member of Parent or their respective affiliates and certain other exceptions), the holders of the convertible class A preferred units or class A common units will have the option, but will not be required (except in the case of a change of control transaction of Parent), to participate in the sale and sell alongside Oaktree on a pro rata basis.

Ron P. Corio and Oaktree also each have special consent rights related to certain Parent actions. So long as the Corio Group holds collectively holds not less than ten percent (10%) of the aggregate outstanding (i) convertible class A preferred units (on an as converted basis) and (ii) class A common units, Parent will need the Corio Group’s prior consent to issue class B common units over 7% of the sum of the class A common units, class B common units and convertible class A preferred units (on an as converted basis) outstanding, pay salary or issue equity to Brad Forth other than class C common units, change the total managers of the Board of Managers, make any material changes to Parent’s or any of its subsidiary’s line of business or enter into a transaction with Oaktree or its affiliate. Parent will need the prior written consent of Oaktree to enter into any arrangements with the Corio Group except for customary and reasonable employment agreements.

Tax Receivable Agreement

Concurrent with the acquisition of Array Technologies, Inc., Array Technologies, Inc. entered into the Tax Receivable Agreement with Ron P. Corio, our indirect stockholder. The Tax Receivable Agreement requires that Array Technologies, Inc. pay Ron P. Corio for a portion of certain federal, state, local and non-U.S. tax benefits that we actually realize (or are deemed to realize in certain circumstances) in taxable periods following the acquisition of Array Technologies, Inc. The Tax Receivable Agreement is accounted for as contingent consideration and subsequent changes in fair value of the contingent liability are recognized in general and administrative in the Company’s consolidated statement of operations. The Tax Receivable Agreement is valued based on the future expected payments under the agreement. At December 31, 2019, the fair value of the Tax Receivable Agreement was $17.8 million.

Estimating the amount of payments that may be made under the Tax Receivable Agreement is by nature imprecise. The significant fair value inputs used to estimate the future expected Tax Receivable Agreement

 

104


Table of Contents

payments to Ron P. Corio include the timing of tax payments, a discount rate, book income projections, timing of expected adjustments to calculate taxable income and the projected rate of use for attributes defined in the Tax Receivable Agreement.

We re-measured the Tax Receivable Agreement as part of an IRS settlement in 2019 in which the recognized value of Array Technologies, Inc.’s assets was reduced. The Company recognized a gain of $2.7 million resulting from the reduction in the fair value of the Tax Receivable Agreement.

Payments made under the Tax Receivable Agreement consider our tax positions and are generally due within 125 days following the filing of our U.S. federal and state income tax returns under procedures described in the Tax Receivable Agreement. The Tax Receivable Agreement will continue until all tax benefit payments have been made or the Company elects early termination under the terms described in the Tax Receivable Agreement (or the Tax Receivable Agreement is otherwise terminated pursuant to its terms).

As of December 31, 2019, the undiscounted future expected payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement are as follows (in thousands):

 

For the Year Ended December 31,

      

2020

   $ 6,293  

2021

     1,746  

2022

     1,746  

2023

     1,746  

2024

     1,746  

2025 and thereafter

     9,033  
  

 

 

 
   $ 22,310  
  

 

 

 

The foregoing amounts are estimates and the actual payments could differ materially. It is possible that future transactions or events could increase or decrease the actual tax benefits realized and the Tax Receivable Agreement payments as compared to the foregoing estimates. Moreover, there may be a negative impact on our liquidity if, as a result of timing discrepancies or otherwise, the payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement exceed the actual tax benefits we realize in respect of the tax attributes subject to the Tax Receivable Agreement.

In addition, although we are not aware of any issue that would cause the Internal Revenue Service (or other relevant tax authorities) to challenge potential tax basis increases or other tax benefits covered by the Tax Receivable Agreement, Ron P. Corio is not obligated to reimburse us for any payments previously made under the Tax Receivable Agreement if any tax benefits that have given rise to payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement are subsequently disallowed, though we may net such excess payments against payments that would otherwise be made to Ron P. Corio under the Tax Receivable Agreement. Moreover, if we elect to terminate the Tax Receivable Agreement early, it is terminated early due to our breach of a material obligation thereunder, or another acceleration event under the Tax Receivable Agreement occurs, our obligations under the Tax Receivable Agreement would accelerate, and we would be required to make a lump-sum payment in advance of our realizing the associated tax benefits.

Earn-Out Obligations

Under the Earn-Out Agreement, the Company is required to pay the former stockholders of Array Technologies, Inc., including Ron P. Corio, an indirect stockholder, future contingent consideration consisting of earn-out payments in the form of cash upon the occurrence of certain events, including the consummation of this offering; the sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, distribution or disposition of shares of Parent held by Oaktree Power and Oaktree Investors to a third party; the sale of equity securities or assets of Parent, ATI Investment Sub, Inc. or Array Technologies, Inc. to a third-party; or a merger, consolidation, recapitalization or reorganization of Parent, ATI Investment Sub, Inc. or the Company The maximum aggregate earn-out consideration is $25.0 million.

 

105


Table of Contents

Senior Secured Promissory Note

On August 22, 2018, High Desert Finance LLC, our wholly owned subsidiary, issued a $38.6 million Senior Secured Promissory Note in favor of Ron P. Corio, our indirect stockholder, that was secured by the outstanding common stock of ATI Investment Holdings, Inc. The maturity due date of the Senior Secured Promissory Note was originally February 22, 2020 but was subsequently amended to extend the due date to September 22, 2020.

As of June 30, 2020, we had approximately $23.5 million of debt outstanding under the Senior Secured Promissory Note. The Company paid the remaining outstanding balance and accrued interest on July 31, 2020 to settle the obligation with respect to the Senior Secured Promissory Note. See “Description of Certain Indebtedness.”

Consent Fees

The Company incurred $2.2 million in consent fees with the former majority shareholder of Array to allow a carryback of post-acquisition net operating losses to pre-acquisition periods under the CARES Act.

Letter of Credit Fees

For the year ended December 31, 2019 and the six months ended June 30, 2020, the Company paid Oaktree, a significant shareholder of Parent, $0.8 million and $0.2 million, respectively, for full reimbursement of expenses relating to letter of credit fees under our Senior ABL Facility. No additional interest or fees were paid to Oaktree in connection with its payment of such expenses. For a description of the Senior ABL Facility, see “Description of Certain Indebtedness.”

Consulting Services

During January 2019, we paid Brad Forth, a member of the board of directors who had previously served as our chief executive officer, $0.2 million for consulting work in support of the chief executive officer transition.

Registration Rights Agreement

In connection with this offering, we intend to enter into a registration rights agreement, or the Registration Rights Agreement, with Oaktree, the Corio Group and certain members of our management. Subject to certain conditions, the Registration Rights Agreement will provide Oaktree and the Corio Group with “long-form” demand registrations and “short-form” demand registration rights, as well as shelf registration rights. The Registration Rights Agreement will also provide Oaktree, the Corio Group and certain members of our management with customary “piggyback” registration rights. The Registration Rights Agreement will contain provisions that require the parties thereto to coordinate with one another with respect to sales of our common stock and will contain certain limitations on the ability of the members of our management party to the Registration Rights Agreement to offer, sell or otherwise dispose of shares of our common stock. The Registration Rights Agreement will also provide that we will pay certain expenses of these holders relating to such registrations and indemnify them against certain liabilities which may arise under the Securities Act. This summary does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by the provisions of our form of Registration Rights Agreement, a copy of which has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

Limitation of Liability and Indemnification of Officers and Directors

Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, each as expected to be in effect upon the consummation of this offering, will provide that we shall indemnify each of our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL. For further information, see the section entitled “Description of Capital Stock—Indemnification and Limitations on Directors’ Liability.” We intend to enter into customary indemnification agreements with each of our executive officers and directors that provide them, in general, with customary indemnification in connection with their service to us or on our behalf.

 

106


Table of Contents

Review, Approval or Ratification of Transactions with Related Persons

The audit committee of our board of directors will have primary responsibility for reviewing and approving transactions with related parties. Our audit committee charter will provide that the audit committee shall review and approve in advance any related party transactions.

We will adopt, effective upon the consummation of this offering, a formal written policy providing that our executive officers, directors, nominees for election as directors, beneficial owners of more than 5% of any class of our voting stock, any member of the immediate family of any of the foregoing persons, and any firm, corporation or other entity in which any of the foregoing persons is employed, is a general partner or principal or in a similar position, or in which such person has a 5% or greater beneficial ownership interest, is not permitted to enter into a related party transaction with us without the consent of our audit committee, subject to the exceptions described below. In approving or rejecting any such proposal, our audit committee is to consider the relevant facts and circumstances available and deemed relevant to our audit committee, including whether the transaction is on terms no less favorable than terms generally available to an unaffiliated third party under the same or similar circumstances and the extent of the related party’s interest in the transaction. Our audit committee is expected to determine that certain transactions will not require audit committee approval, including certain employment arrangements of executive officers, director compensation, transactions with another company at which a related party’s only relationship is as a non-executive employee or beneficial owner of less than 5% of that company’s shares, transactions where a related party’s interest arises solely from the ownership of our common stock and all holders of our common stock received the same benefit on a pro rata basis, and transactions available to all employees generally.

 

107


Table of Contents

Description of Certain Indebtedness

The following is a summary of the material provisions relating to our material indebtedness. The following summary does not purport to be complete and is subject to, and qualified in its entirety by reference to, the provisions of the corresponding agreement or instrument, including the definitions of certain terms therein that are not otherwise defined in this prospectus. You should refer to the relevant agreement or instrument for additional information, copies of which will be filed with the SEC once available.

New Senior Credit Facility

Overview

The proceeds of the New Senior Credit Facility will be used to (i) make certain distributions from Array Tech, Inc. to certain of our direct or indirect equity holders in an aggregate amount not to exceed $575.0 million drawn from our New Term Loan Facility plus amounts funded from cash on the balance sheet, (ii) pay any transaction expenses related thereto, (iii) repay and terminate all outstanding commitments under our Senior ABL Facility (as defined below) and (iv) finance working capital and general corporate purposes. The documentation for the New Senior Credit Facility has not yet been finalized and the syndication of the New Senior Credit Facility has not yet occurred and as such, the terms set forth below are subject to change.

Interest Rate

The indicative interest rates applicable to the loans under the New Senior Credit Facility equals, at our option, either, (i) in the case of ABR borrowings, the highest of (a) the Federal Funds Rate as of such day plus 50 basis points, (b) the prime rate and (c) the adjusted LIBOR rate as of such day for a deposit in U.S. dollars with a maturity of one month plus 100 basis points, provided that in no event shall the ABR be less than 150 basis points, plus, in each case, the applicable margin of, in the case of the New Term Loan Facility, 300 basis points per annum, and in the case of loans under the New Revolving Facility, 225 basis points per annum; or (ii) in the case of Eurocurrency borrowings, the greater of (a) the London interbank offered rate for the relevant currency, adjusted for statutory reserve requirements, and (b) 50 basis points, plus, in each case, the applicable margin of, in the case of the New Term Loan Facility, 400 basis points per annum, and in the case of loans under the New Revolving Facility, 325 basis points per annum. Note that the interest rates applicable to the loans under the New Senior Credit Facility are subject to change based on final pricing.

Guarantees and Security

The obligations under the New Senior Credit Facility are guaranteed by ATI Investment Sub, Inc. and its wholly owned domestic subsidiaries other than certain immaterial subsidiaries and other excluded subsidiaries. The obligations under the New Senior Credit Facility are secured by a first priority security interest in substantially all of Array Tech, Inc.’s and the guarantors’ existing and future property and assets, including accounts receivable, inventory, equipment, general intangibles, intellectual property, investment property, other personal property, material owned real property, cash and proceeds of the foregoing, subject to customary exceptions.

Prepayments and Amortization

Loans under the New Revolving Credit Facility may be voluntarily prepaid in whole, or in part, in each case without premium or penalty. Loans under the New Term Loan Facility may be voluntarily prepaid in whole, or in part, in each case without premium or penalty (other than a 1% premium with respect to prepayments on account of certain “repricing events,” subject to exceptions, occurring within a number of months of the closing date of the New Senior Credit Facility to be determined), subject to certain customary conditions.

Subject to certain customary exceptions, the New Senior Credit Facility requires mandatory prepayments, but not permanent reductions of commitments thereunder, for excess cash flow, asset sales, subject to a right of reinvestment, and refinancing facilities.

 

108


Table of Contents

The New Term Loan Facility amortizes in equal quarterly installments in aggregate annual amounts equal to 1.00% per annum of the original principal amount of the loans funded thereunder. There is no scheduled amortization under the New Revolving Credit Facility.

Restrictive Covenants and Other Matters

The New Senior Credit Facility contains affirmative and negative covenants that are customary for financings of this type, including covenants that restrict our incurrence of indebtedness, incurrence of liens, dispositions, investments, acquisitions, restricted payments, transactions with affiliates, as well as other negative covenants customary for financings of this type.

The New Revolving Credit Facility also includes a springing financial maintenance covenant that is tested on the last day of each fiscal quarter if the outstanding loans and certain other credit extensions under the New Revolving Credit Facility exceed 35% of the aggregate amount of commitments thereunder, subject to customary exclusions and conditions. If the financial maintenance covenant is triggered, the first lien net leverage ratio will be tested for compliance not to exceed 7.10 to 1.00.

The New Senior Credit Facility also includes customary events of default, including the occurrence of a change of control.

Senior ABL Facility

On March 23, 2020, we entered into that certain Amended and Restated ABL Credit and Guarantee Agreement pursuant to which Wells Fargo Bank, National Association agreed to provide a five-year senior secured ABL credit facility in an aggregate amount of $100 million (collectively, the “Senior ABL Facility”). The Senior ABL Facility amends and restates in full that certain ABL Credit and Guarantee Agreement entered into by us on June 23, 2016. The maximum amount available to be borrowed under the Senior ABL Facility is determined by a borrowing base consisting of our eligible inventory, eligible accounts receivable and cash.

As of June 30, 2020, the Senior ABL Facility had an outstanding balance of $4.4 million. The Senior ABL Facility had $18.6 million in letters of credit outstanding and availability of $59.0 million at June 30, 2020.

The Senior ABL Facility is secured by (i) a first priority lien on the loan parties’ accounts receivable and inventory and related collateral, and (ii) a second priority lien on substantially all other assets of these the borrower and guarantors, in each case subject to various limitations and exceptions.

The interest rates applicable to the loans under the Senior ABL Facility is based on a fluctuating rate of interest determined by reference to a base rate plus an applicable margin ranging from 0.50% to 1.00% or a prime rate or Eurocurrency rate plus an applicable margin ranging from 1.50% to 2.00%. The applicable margin is adjusted after the completion of each full fiscal quarter based upon the pricing grid in the Senior ABL Facility.

The Senior ABL Facility contains a number of customary affirmative and negative covenants, including covenants that restrict our ability to borrow money, grant liens, pay dividends or dispose of assets, and events of default. Specifically, we are required to maintain a fixed charge coverage ratio, measured as of the last day of each full fiscal quarter, of at least 1.10 to 1.00.

Term Loan Facility

On June 23, 2016, we entered into a term loan agreement with Jefferies Finance LLC, providing for the Term Loan Facility in an aggregate amount of $200 million. On February 7, 2020, we repaid the entire outstanding balance of the Term Loan Facility.

The interest rates applicable to the loans under the Term Loan Facility were determined by reference to a base rate plus an applicable margin equal to 6.25% or a prime rate or Eurocurrency rate plus an applicable margin ranging from 7.27%.

 

109


Table of Contents

Letter of Credit Facility

On December 16, 2019, we entered into the LC Facility to provide customers with additional credit support in the form of a standby letter of credit to secure our performance obligations under contracts for which certain customers elected to prepay for the design and manufacture of solar projects. The LC Facility has a commitment of $100.0 million in standby letters of credit which expired August 31, 2020. At June 30, 2020, we had $19.6 million in standby letters of credit outstanding, secured by cash collateral.

Senior Secured Promissory Note

On August 22, 2018, High Desert Finance LLC, our wholly owned subsidiary, issued $38.6 million Senior Secured Promissory Note in favor of Ron P. Corio, our indirect stockholder, that was secured by the outstanding common stock of ATI Investment Holdings, Inc. The maturity due date of the Senior Secured Promissory Note was originally February 22, 2020 but was subsequently amended to extend the due date to September 22, 2020.

As of June 30, 2020, we had approximately $23.5 million of debt outstanding under the Senior Secured Promissory Note. The Company paid the remaining outstanding balance and accrued interest on July 31, 2020 to settle the obligation with respect to the Senior Secured Promissory Note.

 

110


Table of Contents

Description of Capital Stock

General

Immediately before the effectiveness of this registration statement on the date of this prospectus, we converted from a Delaware limited liability company into a Delaware corporation, by filing a certificate of conversion with the office of the Secretary of the State of Delaware, and changed our name from ATI Intermediate Holdings, LLC to Array Technologies, Inc. We plan to file with the office of the Secretary of the State of Delaware our amended and restated certificate of incorporation (our “Certificate of Incorporation”) and adopt our bylaws (our “Bylaws”), effective upon the consummation of this offering. Below is a summary of the material terms and provisions of our Certificate of Incorporation and our Bylaws as expected to be in effect and affecting the rights of our stockholders upon the consummation of this offering, as well as relevant provisions of Delaware law affecting the rights of our stockholders. This summary does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by the provisions of our Certificate of Incorporation, our Bylaws and the DGCL. Copies of our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws have been filed with the SEC as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. References in this section to the “Company,” “we,” “us” and “our” refer to Array Technologies, Inc. and not to any of its subsidiaries.

Authorized Capital

Upon the completion of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of 1 billion shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share and 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share.

As of June 30, 2020, there were no shares of common stock outstanding, held by any stockholders.

Common Stock

Voting Rights. The holders of our common stock will be entitled to one vote per share on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders; provided, however, that, except as otherwise required by law, holders of common stock, as such, shall not be entitled to vote on any amendment to our Certificate of Incorporation that relates solely to the terms of one or more outstanding Series of preferred stock if the holders of such affected Series are entitled, either separately or together with the holders of one or more other such series, to vote thereon pursuant to our Certificate of Incorporation. Holders of our common stock will not have cumulative voting rights in the election of directors. Accordingly, the holders of a majority of the combined voting power of our common stock could, if they so choose, elect all the directors.

Dividend Rights. Holders common stock will be entitled to receive dividends if, as and when declared by our board of directors, out of our legally available assets, in cash, property, shares of our common stock or other securities, after payments of dividends required to be paid on outstanding preferred stock, if any.

Distributions in Connection with Mergers or Other Business Combinations. Upon a merger, consolidation or substantially similar transaction, holders of each class of common stock will be entitled to receive equal per share payments or distributions.

Liquidation Rights. Upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, any business combination or a sale or disposition of all or substantially all of our assets, the assets legally available for distribution to our stockholders will be distributable ratably among the holders of the common stock, subject to prior satisfaction of all outstanding debts and other liabilities and the payment of liquidation preferences, if any, on any outstanding preferred stock.

Other Matters. Our Certificate of Incorporation will not entitle holders of our common stock to preemptive or conversion rights or other subscription rights. There will be no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to our common stock. All outstanding shares of our common stock are, and the shares of common stock offered in this offering will be, fully paid and non-assessable.

 

111


Table of Contents

Authorized but Unissued Preferred Stock

Delaware law does not require stockholder approval for any issuance of authorized shares. However, the listing requirements of Nasdaq, which would apply as long as our common stock is listed on Nasdaq, require stockholder approval of certain issuances equal to or exceeding 20% of the combined voting power of our common stock. These additional shares may be used for a variety of corporate purposes, including future public offerings to raise additional capital, acquisitions and employee benefit plans.

Unless required by law or by any stock exchange on which our common stock may be listed, the authorized shares of preferred stock will be available for issuance without further action by our stockholders. Our Certificate of Incorporation will authorize our board of directors to establish, from time to time, the number of shares to be included in each Series of preferred stock, and to fix the designation, powers, privileges, preferences, and relative participating, optional or other rights, if any, of the shares of each Series of preferred stock, and any of its qualifications, limitations or restrictions. Our board of directors also will be able to increase or decrease the number of shares of any Series of preferred stock, but not below the number of shares of that Series of preferred stock then outstanding, without any further vote or action by the stockholders, without any vote or action by stockholders.

The existence of unissued and unreserved common stock or preferred stock may enable our board of directors to issue shares to persons friendly to current management, which could render more difficult or discourage an attempt to obtain control of the Company by means of a merger, tender offer, proxy contest or otherwise, and could thereby protect the continuity of our management and possibly deprive stockholders of opportunities to sell their shares of common stock at prices higher than prevailing market prices.

Indemnification and Limitations on Directors’ Liability

Section 145 of the DGCL grants each Delaware corporation the power to indemnify any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of a corporation, against expenses, including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, other than an action by or in the right of the corporation, by reason of serving or having served in any such capacity, if he or she acted in good faith in a manner reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. A Delaware corporation may similarly indemnify any such person in actions by or in the right of the corporation if he or she acted in good faith in a manner reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the corporation, except that no indemnification may be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which the person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Delaware Court of Chancery or the court in which the action was brought determines that, despite adjudication of liability, but in view of all of the circumstances of the case, the person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for expenses which the Delaware Court of Chancery or other court shall deem proper.

Section 102(b)(7) of the DGCL enables a corporation in its certificate of incorporation, or an amendment thereto, to eliminate or limit the personal liability of a director to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for violations of the director’s fiduciary duty as a director, except (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) pursuant to Section 174 of the DGCL (providing for director liability with respect to unlawful payment of dividends or unlawful stock purchases or redemptions) or (iv) for any transaction from which a director derived an improper personal benefit. Our Certificate of Incorporation will provide for such limitation of liability.

Our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws will indemnify our directors and officers to the full extent permitted by the DGCL and our Certificate of Incorporation also allows our board of directors to indemnify other

 

112


Table of Contents

employees. This indemnification will extend to the payment of judgments in actions against officers and directors and to reimbursement of amounts paid in settlement of such claims or actions and may apply to judgments in favor of the corporation or amounts paid in settlement to the corporation. This indemnification will also extend to the payment of attorneys’ fees and expenses of officers and directors in suits against them where the officer or director acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Company, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, he or she had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. This right of indemnification is not exclusive of any right to which the officer or director may be entitled as a matter of law and shall extend and apply to the estates of deceased officers and directors.

We maintain a directors’ and officers’ insurance policy. The policy insures directors and officers against unindemnified losses arising from certain wrongful acts in their capacities as directors and officers and reimburses us for those losses for which we have lawfully indemnified the directors and officers. The policy contains various exclusions that are normal and customary for policies of this type.

We believe that the limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws and insurance policies are necessary to attract and retain qualified directors and officers. However, these provisions may discourage derivative litigation against directors and officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and other stockholders. Furthermore, a stockholder’s investment may be adversely affected to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers as required or allowed by these limitation of liability and indemnification provisions.

At present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors, officers, employees or agents as to which indemnification is sought from us, nor are we aware of any threatened litigation or proceeding that may result in an indemnification claim.

Anti-Takeover Effects of Delaware Law, Our Certificate of Incorporation and Our Bylaws

Certain provisions of Delaware law, our Certificate of Incorporation and our Bylaws that will be effective upon consummation of the offering could make the acquisition of the Company more difficult and could delay, defer or prevent a tender offer or other takeover attempt that a stockholder might consider to be in its best interest, including takeover attempts that might result in the payment of a premium to stockholders over the market price for their shares. These provisions also may promote the continuity of our management by making it more difficult for a person to remove or change the incumbent members of our board of directors.

Authorized but Unissued Shares; Undesignated Preferred Stock. The authorized but unissued shares of our common stock will be available for future issuance without stockholder approval except as required by law or by any stock exchange on which our common stock may be listed. These additional shares may be utilized for a variety of corporate purposes, including future public offerings to raise additional capital, acquisitions and employee benefit plans. In addition, our board of directors may authorize, without stockholder approval, the issuance of undesignated preferred stock with voting rights or other rights or preferences designated from time to time by our board of directors. The existence of authorized but unissued shares of common stock or preferred stock may enable our board of directors to render more difficult or to discourage an attempt to obtain control of us by means of a merger, tender offer, proxy contest or otherwise.

Board Classification. Our Certificate of Incorporation will provide that our board of directors will be divided into three classes of directors, with the classes to be as nearly equal in number as possible, and with the directors serving three-year terms. As a result, approximately one-third of our board of directors will be elected each year. The classification of directors will have the effect of making it more difficult for stockholders to change the composition of our board of directors. Our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws will provide that, subject to any rights of holders of preferred stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, the number of directors will be fixed from time to time exclusively pursuant to a resolution adopted by our board of directors.

 

113


Table of Contents

No Cumulative Voting. Our Certificate of Incorporation will provide that stockholders are not permitted to cumulate votes in the election of directors.

Special Meetings of Stockholders. Our Bylaws will provide that special meetings of our stockholders may be called, prior to the Trigger Event, only by or at the direction of our board of directors or our Chairman at the request of holders of not less than a majority of the combined voting power of our common stock, and, from and after the Trigger Event, only by or at the direction of our board of directors or our Chairman.

Stockholder Action by Written Consent. Pursuant to Section 228 of the DGCL, any action required to be taken at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, is signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares of our stock entitled to vote thereon were present and voted, unless our certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Our Certificate of Incorporation will preclude stockholder action by written consent from and after the Trigger Event.

Advance Notice Requirements for Stockholder Proposals and Nomination of Directors. Our Bylaws will require stockholders seeking to bring business before an annual meeting of stockholders, or to nominate individuals for election as directors at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, to provide timely notice in writing. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice will need to be sent to and received by our Secretary both (1) at our principal executive offices by hand delivery, overnight courier service, or by certified or registered mail, return receipt required, and (2) by electronic mail, as provided in the Bylaws, no later than the close of business on the 90th day, nor earlier than the close of business on the 120th day, prior to the anniversary of the immediately preceding annual meeting of stockholders. However, in the event that the annual meeting is called for a date that is not within 30 days before or 70 days after the anniversary of the immediately preceding annual meeting of stockholders, or if no annual meeting was held in the preceding year, such notice will be timely only if received no earlier than the close of business on the 120th day prior to the annual meeting and no later than the close of business on the later of the 90th day prior to such annual meeting and the tenth day following the date on which a public announcement of the date of the annual meeting was made by us. Our By laws also will specify requirements as to the form and content of a stockholder’s notice. These provisions may preclude our stockholders from bringing matters before our annual meeting of stockholders or from making nominations for directors at our meetings of stockholders. These provisions may also discourage or deter a potential acquiror from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the potential acquiror’s own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of the Company.

Removal of Directors; Vacancies. Under the DGCL, unless otherwise provided in our Certificate of Incorporation, directors serving on a classified board may be removed by the stockholders only for cause. Our Certificate of Incorporation will provide that from and after the Trigger Event, directors may only be removed for cause, and only by the affirmative vote of holders of at least 66 2/3% in voting power of all the then-outstanding shares of common stock of the Company entitled to vote thereon. In addition, our Certificate of Incorporation also will provide that from and after the Trigger Event, any newly created directorship on our board of directors that results from an increase in the number of directors and any vacancy occurring in our board of directors may only be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director (and not by the stockholders).

Supermajority Provisions. Our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws will provide that our board of directors is expressly authorized to alter, amend, rescind or repeal, in whole or in part, our Bylaws without a stockholder vote in any matter not inconsistent with Delaware law and our Certificate of Incorporation. From and after the Trigger Event, in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of capital stock of our Company required therein, our Bylaws or applicable law, any amendment, alteration, rescission or repeal of our Bylaws by our stockholders will require the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 2/3% in voting power of all the then-outstanding shares of stock of our Company entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class.

The DGCL provides generally that the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class, is required to amend a corporation’s certificate of incorporation,

 

114


Table of Contents

unless the certificate of incorporation requires a greater percentage. Our Certificate of Incorporation will provide that the following provisions in our Certificate of Incorporation may be amended, altered, repealed or rescinded only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 2/3% in voting power of all the then-outstanding shares of stock of our Company entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class:

 

   

the provision requiring a 66 2/3% supermajority vote for stockholders to amend our Bylaws;

 

   

the provisions providing for a classified board of directors (the election and term of our directors);

 

   

the provisions regarding removal of directors;

 

   

the provisions regarding stockholder action by written consent;

 

   

the provisions regarding calling special meetings of stockholders;

 

   

the provisions regarding filling vacancies on our board of directors and newly created directorships;

 

   

the provisions regarding competition and corporate opportunities;

 

   

the provisions regarding Section 203 of the DGCL;

 

   

the provisions eliminating monetary damages for breaches of fiduciary duty by a director and governing forum selection; and

 

   

the amendment provision requiring that the above provisions be amended only with a 66 2/3% supermajority vote.

Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. Section 203 of the DGCL provides that, subject to certain stated exceptions, a corporation may not engage in a business combination with any “interested stockholder” (as defined below) for a period of three years following the time that such stockholder became an interested stockholder, unless:

 

   

prior to such time the board of directors of the corporation approved either the business combination or transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;

 

   

upon consummation of the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding shares owned by persons who are directors and also officers and employee stock plans in which participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer;

 

   

at or subsequent to such time, the business combination is approved by the board of directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, and not by written consent; or

 

   

by the affirmative vote of 66 2/3% of the outstanding voting stock which is not owned by the interested stockholder.

An “interested stockholder” is any person (other than the corporation and any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary) who owns 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation or is an affiliate or associate of the corporation and was the owner of 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation at any time within the three-year period immediately prior to the date of determination, and the affiliates and associates of such person.

Under our Certificate of Incorporation, we will opt out of Section 203 of the DGCL and will therefore not be subject to Section 203.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock will be Computershare Trust Company, N.A.

Listing

We intend to apply to list our common stock on Nasdaq under the symbol “ARRY.”

 

115


Table of Contents

Shares Available for Future Sale

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for shares of our common stock. Future sales of shares of our common stock in the public market after this offering, and the availability of shares for future sale, could adversely affect the market prices prevailing from time to time. As described below, only a limited number of shares of common stock will be available for sale shortly after this offering due to contractual and legal restrictions on resale. Nonetheless, sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the future, or the perception that these sales could occur, could adversely affect prevailing market prices for our common stock and could impair our future ability to raise equity capital.

Upon the closing of this offering, a total of 126,994,467 shares of common stock will be outstanding, assuming the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional shares. Of these shares, 33,750,000 shares of common stock sold in this offering, will be freely tradable in the public market without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, unless these shares are held by “affiliates,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

The remaining outstanding shares of our common stock will be deemed “restricted securities” as that term is defined under Rule 144. Restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if their offer and sale is registered under the Securities Act or if the offer and sale of those securities qualify for an exemption from registration, including exemptions provided by Rules 144 and 701 under the Securities Act, which are summarized below.

As a result of the lock-up agreements and market stand-off provisions described below and the provisions of Rules 144 or 701, and assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares, the shares of our common stock that will be deemed “restricted securities” will be available for sale in the public market following the completion of this offering as follows:

 

Date

   Number of
Shares
 

On the date of this prospectus (consisting of the shares sold in this offering)

     33,750,000  

Beginning 180 days after the date of this prospectus

     126,994,467  

Rule 144

In general, a person who has beneficially owned restricted shares of our common stock for at least six months would be entitled to sell their securities provided that (1) such person is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates at the time of, or at any time during the 90 days preceding, a sale, (2) we have been subject to the Exchange Act periodic reporting requirements for at least 90 days before the sale and (3) we are current in our Exchange Act reporting at the time of sale.

Persons who have beneficially owned restricted shares of our common stock for at least six months, but who are our affiliates at the time of, or any time during the 90 days preceding, a sale, would be subject to additional restrictions, by which such person would be entitled to sell within any three-month period only a number of securities that does not exceed the greater of either of the following:

 

   

1% of the number of shares of our common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately 1,269,945 shares immediately after the completion of this offering (calculated on the basis of the assumptions described above and assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares); and

 

   

the average weekly trading volume of our common stock on Nasdaq during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale.

Such sales by affiliates must also comply with the manner of sale, current public information and notice provisions of Rule 144.

 

116


Table of Contents

Registration Statement on Form S-8

We intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8, which will become effective immediately upon filing, under the Securities Act to register all of the shares of common stock reserved for issuance under the LTIP. Shares covered by the Form S-8 will then be eligible for sale in the public markets, subject to vesting restrictions, any applicable lock-up agreements described below and Rule 144 limitations applicable to affiliates. All shares of our common stock will be subject to the lock-up agreements or market stand-off provisions described below.

Lock-up Agreements

We, our directors and officers, and substantially all of our stockholders, including the selling stockholder, have agreed with the underwriters that, for a period of 180 days following the date of this prospectus, subject to certain exceptions, we and they will not, directly or indirectly, offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, grant any option to purchase, make any short sale or otherwise dispose of or hedge any of our shares of common stock, or any options or warrants to purchase any shares of our common stock, or any securities convertible into, or exchangeable for or that represent the right to receive shares of our common stock. Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC in their sole discretion, may at any time release all or any portion of the shares from the restrictions in such agreements.

The lock-up agreements do not contain any pre-established conditions to the waiver by the representatives of the underwriters on behalf of the underwriters of any terms of the lock-up agreements. Any determination to release shares subject to the lock-up agreements would be based on a number of factors at the time of determination, including but not necessarily limited to the market price of the common stock, the liquidity of the trading market for the common stock, general market conditions, the number of shares proposed to be sold and the timing, purpose and terms of the proposed sale.

Registration Rights

Upon the completion of this offering, the holders of an aggregate of 93,244,467 shares of our common stock, based on shares of common stock outstanding as of the date of effectiveness of this registration statement, or their transferees, will be entitled to rights with respect to the registration of their shares of common stock under the Securities Act. Registration of these shares under the Securities Act will result in these shares becoming freely tradable immediately upon the effectiveness of such registration, subject to the restrictions of Rule 144. For a further description of these rights, see the section entitled “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Registration Rights Agreement.”

 

117


Table of Contents

Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations for Non-U.S. Holders of Common Stock

The following is a general discussion of the material U.S. federal income tax considerations applicable to non-U.S. holders (as defined herein) with respect to their ownership and disposition of shares of our common stock acquired pursuant to this offering. All prospective non-U.S. holders of our common stock should consult their own tax advisors with respect to the U.S. federal, state, local and non-U.S. tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock. In general, a non-U.S. holder means a beneficial owner of our common stock (other than a partnership or an entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) that is not or is not treated as, for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

 

   

an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;

 

   

a corporation created or organized under the laws of the United States or of any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

 

   

an estate, the income of which is includable in gross income for U.S. federal income tax purposes regardless of its source; or

 

   

a trust if (1) a U.S. court can exercise primary supervision over the trust’s administration and one or more U.S. persons (within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code) have the authority to control all of the trust’s substantial decisions or (2) the trust has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury Regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.

This discussion is based on current provisions of the Code, existing and proposed U.S. Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, published administrative pronouncements and rulings of the U.S. Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) and judicial decisions, all as in effect as of the date of this prospectus. These authorities are subject to change and to differing interpretation, possibly with retroactive effect. Any change or differing interpretation could alter the tax consequences to non-U.S. holders described in this prospectus.

We assume in this discussion that a non-U.S. holder holds shares of our common stock as a capital asset within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code (generally, for investment). This discussion does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that may be relevant to a particular non-U.S. holder in light of that non-U.S. holder’s individual circumstances, nor does it address any estate or gift tax consequences, or any aspects of U.S. state, local or non-U.S. taxation. This discussion also does not consider any specific facts or circumstances that may apply to a non-U.S. holder and does not address the special tax rules applicable to particular non-U.S. holders, including, but not limited to, holders that own, or are deemed to own, more than 5% of our capital stock (except to the extent specifically set forth below), corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax, tax-exempt organizations, banks, financial institutions, insurance companies, regulated investment companies, real estate investment trusts, brokers, dealers or traders in securities, commodities or currencies, tax-qualified retirement plans, “qualified foreign pension funds” as defined in Section 897(1)(2) of the Code and entities in which all of the interests of which are held by qualified foreign pension funds or U.S. expatriates and former long-term residents of the United States, holders subject to the Medicare contribution tax on net investment income or the alternative minimum tax, holders that are subject to the special tax accounting rules of Section 451(b) of the Code, holders who hold or receive our common stock pursuant to the exercise of employee stock options or otherwise as compensation, holders holding our common stock as part of a hedge, straddle or other risk reduction strategy, conversion transaction or other integrated investment, holders deemed to sell our common stock under the constructive sale provisions of the Code, controlled foreign corporations, passive foreign investment companies and certain former U.S. citizens or long-term residents.

In addition, this discussion does not address the tax treatment of partnerships (or entities or arrangements that are treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes) or persons that hold our common stock through such partnerships. If a partnership, including any entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes, holds shares of our common stock, the U.S. federal income tax treatment of a

 

118


Table of Contents

partner in such partnership will generally depend upon the status of the partner, the activities of the partnership and certain determinations made at the partner level. Such partners and partnerships should consult their own tax advisors regarding the tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock.

There can be no assurance that a court or the IRS will not challenge one or more of the tax consequences described herein, and we have not obtained, nor do we intend to obtain, a ruling with respect to the U.S. federal income tax consequences to a non-U.S. holder of the purchase, ownership or disposition of our common stock.

Distributions on Our Common Stock

If we make distributions of cash or property on our common stock, such distributions generally will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. If a distribution exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits, the excess will be treated as a tax-free return of the non-U.S. holder’s investment, up to such holder’s adjusted tax basis in the common stock. Any remaining excess will be treated as capital gain from the sale or exchange of such common stock, subject to the tax treatment described below in “—Gain on Sale, Exchange or other Disposition of Our Common Stock.” Any such distribution will also be subject to the discussion below regarding effectively connected income, backup withholding and FATCA withholding.

Dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder will generally be subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax at a 30% rate of the gross amount of dividends or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty between the U.S. and such holder’s country of residence.

Dividends that are treated as effectively connected with a trade or business conducted by a non-U.S. holder within the U.S. and, if an applicable income tax treaty so provides, that are attributable to a permanent establishment or a fixed base maintained by the non-U.S. holder within the U.S., are generally exempt from the 30% withholding tax if the non-U.S. holder satisfies applicable certification and disclosure requirements. However, such U.S. effectively connected income, net of specified deductions and credits, is taxed at the same regular U.S. federal income tax rates applicable to U.S. persons (as defined in the Code). Any U.S. effectively connected earnings and profits of a non-U.S. holder that is a corporation may also, under certain circumstances, be subject to an additional “branch profits tax” at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty between the U.S. and such holder’s country of residence.

To claim a reduction or exemption from withholding, a non-U.S. holder of our common stock generally will be required to provide (a) a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E (or successor form), as applicable, and satisfy applicable certification and other requirements to claim the benefit of an applicable income tax treaty between the U.S. and such holder’s country of residence, or (b) a properly executed IRS Form W-8ECI stating that dividends are not subject to withholding because they are effectively connected with such non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the U.S. Non-U.S. holders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding their entitlement to benefits under a relevant income tax treaty.

A non-U.S. holder that is eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. withholding tax under an income tax treaty may obtain a refund or credit of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS.

Gain on Sale, Exchange or Other Disposition of Our Common Stock

Subject to the discussion below regarding backup withholding and FATCA withholding, in general, a non-U.S. holder will not be subject to any U.S. federal income tax on any gain realized upon such holder’s sale, exchange or other disposition of shares of our common stock unless:

 

   

The gain is effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business of the non-U.S. holder and, if an applicable income tax treaty so provides, is attributable to a permanent establishment or a fixed base

 

119


Table of Contents
 

maintained in the U.S. by such non-U.S. holder, in which case the non-U.S. holder generally will be taxed at the regular U.S. federal income tax rates applicable to U.S. persons (as defined in the Code) and be required to file a U.S. federal income tax return. If the non-U.S. holder is treated as a foreign corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the branch profits tax described above in “—Distributions on Our Common Stock” also may apply;

 

   

The non-U.S. holder is an individual who is treated as present in the U.S. for 183 days or more in the taxable year of the disposition and certain other conditions are met, in which case the non-U.S. holder will be subject to a flat 30% tax (or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on the gain derived from the disposition, which may be offset by U.S. source capital losses of the non-U.S. holder, if any (even though the individual is not considered a resident of the U.S.); or

 

   

Our common stock constitutes a U.S. real property interest because we are, or have been, at any time during the five-year period ending on the date of such disposition (or the non-U.S. holder’s holding period of our common stock, if shorter) a “United States real property holding corporation” for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Generally, a corporation is a U.S. real property holding corporation only if the fair market value of its U.S. real property interests equals or exceeds 50% of the sum of the fair market value of its worldwide real property interests plus its other assets used or held for use in a trade or business. Although there can be no assurance, we do not believe that we are, or have been, a U.S. real property holding corporation, or that we are likely to become one in the future. Even if we are or become a U.S. real property holding corporation, provided that our common stock is regularly traded, as defined by applicable Treasury Regulations, on an established securities market during the calendar year in which the disposition occurs, only a non-U.S. holder that holds more than 5% of our outstanding common stock, directly or indirectly, actually or constructively, during the shorter of the five-year period ending on the date of the disposition or the period that the non-U.S. holder held our common stock will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the disposition of our common stock. In such case, such non-U.S. holder generally will be taxed on its net gain derived from the disposition at the regular U.S. federal income tax rates applicable to U.S. persons (as defined in the Code). No assurance can be provided that our common stock will continue to be regularly traded on an established securities market for purposes of the rules described above.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

We must report annually to the IRS and to each non-U.S. holder the gross amount of the dividends on our common stock paid to such holder and the tax withheld, if any, with respect to such dividends. These information reporting requirements apply even if no withholding was required because the dividends were effectively connected with the holder’s conduct of a U.S. trade or business, or withholding was reduced or eliminated by an applicable income tax treaty. This information also may be made available under a specific treaty or agreement with the tax authorities in the country in which the non-U.S. holder resides or is established. A non-U.S. holder will have to comply with specific certification procedures to establish that the holder is not a U.S. person (as defined in the Code) in order to avoid backup withholding at the applicable rate (currently 24%) with respect to dividends on our common stock. A non-U.S. holder generally will not be subject to U.S. backup withholding with respect to payments of dividends on our common stock if such holder establishes an exemption by certifying his, her or its non-U.S. status by providing a valid IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E (or other applicable or successor form); provided we do not have actual knowledge or reason to know that such non-U.S. holder is a U.S. person (as defined in the Code).

Information reporting and backup withholding will generally apply to the proceeds of a disposition of our common stock by a non-U.S. holder effected by or through the U.S. office of any broker, U.S. or foreign, unless the holder establishes an exemption by certifying his, her or its status as a non-U.S. holder and satisfies certain other requirements, or otherwise establishes an exemption. Generally, information reporting and backup withholding will not apply to a payment of disposition proceeds to a non-U.S. holder where the transaction is effected outside the U.S. through a non-U.S. office of a broker. However, for information reporting purposes,

 

120


Table of Contents

dispositions effected through a non-U.S. office of a broker with substantial U.S. ownership or operations generally will be treated in a manner similar to dispositions effected through a U.S. office of a broker. Non-U.S. holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the application of the information reporting and backup withholding rules to them.

Copies of information returns may be made available to the tax authorities of the country in which the non-U.S. holder resides or is incorporated under the provisions of a specific treaty or agreement.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules from a payment to a non-U.S. holder may be allowed as a credit against the non-U.S. holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, if any, and may entitle such holder to a refund, provided that the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

FATCA Withholding

Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code, and the U.S. Treasury Regulations and other administrative guidance issued thereunder, commonly referred to as “FATCA,” generally impose a U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% on dividends on, and, subject to the proposed Treasury regulations discussed below, the gross proceeds from a sale or other disposition of, stock in a U.S. corporation paid to (i) a “foreign financial institution” (as specifically defined for this purpose), unless such institution enters into an agreement with the U.S. government to, among other things, withhold on certain payments and to collect and provide to the U.S. tax authorities certain information regarding certain U.S. account holders of such institution (which includes certain equity and debt holders of such institution, as well as certain account holders that are foreign entities with U.S. owners) or otherwise qualifies for an exemption from these rules, or (ii) a “non-financial foreign entity” (as defined in the Code), unless such entity provides the withholding agent with either a certification that it does not have any direct or indirect “substantial United States owners” (as defined in the Code) or provides the applicable withholding agent with a certification identifying, and information regarding, such substantial United States owners, or otherwise qualifies for an exemption from these rules. An intergovernmental agreement between the U.S. and the non-U.S. holder’s country of residence may modify the requirements described in this paragraph.

U.S. Treasury Regulations proposed in December 2018 eliminate possible FATCA withholding on the gross proceeds from a sale or other disposition of our common stock, and may be relied upon by taxpayers until final regulations are issued.

We will not pay additional amounts or “gross up” payments to holders as a result of any withholding or deduction for taxes imposed under FATCA. Under certain circumstances, a non-U.S. holder might be eligible for refunds or credits of such taxes. Investors are encouraged to consult with their tax advisors regarding the implications of FATCA to their particular circumstances.

EACH PROSPECTIVE INVESTOR SHOULD CONSULT ITS OWN TAX ADVISOR REGARDING THE PARTICULAR U.S. FEDERAL, STATE AND LOCAL AND NON-U.S. TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE PURCHASE, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF OUR COMMON STOCK.

 

121


Table of Contents

Underwriting

We and the selling stockholder are offering the shares of common stock described in this prospectus through a number of underwriters. Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC are acting as representatives of the underwriters. We and the selling stockholder have entered into an underwriting agreement with the underwriters. Subject to the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement, we and the selling stockholder have agreed to sell to the underwriters, and each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase, at the public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, the number of shares of common stock listed next to its name in the following table:

 

Name

   Number of
Shares
 

Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC

  

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

  

Guggenheim Securities, LLC

  

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

  

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

  

Barclays Capital Inc.

  

UBS Securities LLC

  

Cowen and Company, LLC

  

Oppenheimer & Co. Inc.

  

MUFG Securities Americas Inc.

  

Nomura Securities International, Inc.

  
  

 

 

 

Total

     33,750,000  
  

 

 

 

The underwriters are committed to purchase all the shares of common stock offered by us and the selling stockholder if they purchase any shares. The underwriting agreement also provides that if an underwriter defaults, the purchase commitments of non-defaulting underwriters may also be increased or the offering may be terminated.

The underwriters propose to offer the shares of common stock directly to the public at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to certain dealers at that price less a concession not in excess of $                 per share. Any such dealers may resell shares to certain other brokers or dealers at a discount of up to $                 per share from the initial public offering price. After the initial offering of the shares to the public, if all of the shares of common stock are not sold at the initial public offering price, the underwriters may change the offering price and the other selling terms. Sales of any shares made outside of the United States may be made by affiliates of the underwriters. The offering of the shares by the underwriters is subject to receipt and acceptance and subject to the underwriters’ right to reject any order in whole or in part.

The underwriters have an option to buy up to 5,062,500 additional shares of common stock from the selling stockholder to cover sales of shares by the underwriters which exceed the number of shares specified in the table above. The underwriters have 30 days from the date of this prospectus to exercise this option to purchase additional shares from the selling stockholder. If any shares are purchased with this option to purchase additional shares, the underwriters will purchase shares in approximately the same proportion as shown in the table above. If any additional shares of common stock are purchased from the selling stockholder, the underwriters will offer the additional shares on the same terms as those on which the shares are being offered.

 

122


Table of Contents

The underwriting fee is equal to the public offering price per share of common stock less the amount paid by the underwriters to us and the selling stockholder per share of common stock. The underwriting fee is $         per share. The following table shows the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares.

 

     Without
option to
purchase
additional
shares
exercise
     With full
option to
purchase
additional
shares
exercise
 

Per Share

   $                        $                    

Total

   $        $    

We estimate that the total expenses of this offering, including registration, filing and listing fees, printing fees and legal and accounting expenses, but excluding the underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $4.0 million.

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the web sites maintained by one or more underwriters, or selling group members, if any, participating in the offering. The underwriters may agree to allocate a number of shares to underwriters and selling group members for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the representatives to underwriters and selling group members that may make Internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.

Each of our executive officers named herein and Chairman has committed to use 50% of the after-tax value of the distributions he or she expects to receive in connection with this offering (other than our Chief Commercial Officer who has committed to use 40% of the after-tax value of such distribution) to purchase shares of our common stock at the initial public offering price. Based on an initial public offering price of $20.00, which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, such reinvestment would result in an aggregate purchase of 402,163 shares of common stock. See “Principal and Selling Stockholders” and “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Parent LLC Agreement.”

We have agreed that we will not (i) offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, grant any option to purchase, make any short sale or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, or file with or confidentially submit to the Securities and Exchange Commission a registration statement under the Securities Act relating to, any of our securities that are substantially similar to the shares of common stock, including but not limited to any options or warrants to purchase shares of common stock or any securities that are convertible into or exchangeable for, or that represent the right to receive, common stock or any such substantially similar securities, or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge, disposition or filing; provided that confidential or non-public submissions to the Securities and Exchange Commission of any registration statements under the Securities Act may be made if (w) no public announcement of such confidential or non-public submission shall be made, (x) if any demand was made for, or any right exercised with respect to, such registration of shares of Stock or securities convertible, exercisable or exchangeable into common stock, no public announcement of such demand or exercise of rights shall be made, (y) we will provide written notice at least three business days prior to such confidential or non-public submission to Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and (z) no such confidential or non-public submission shall become a publicly filed registration statement during the period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus (the “Company restricted period”), or (ii) enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the common stock or any such other securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise (other than (a) the shares to be sold pursuant to the underwriting agreement or pursuant to employee stock option plans existing on, or upon the conversion or exchange of convertible or exchangeable securities outstanding as of, the date of the underwriting agreement, (b) our issuance of shares of common stock, options to purchase shares of common

 

123


Table of Contents

stock, including nonqualified stock options and incentive stock options, and other equity incentive compensation, including restricted stock or restricted stock units, stock appreciation rights, dividend equivalents and Stock-based awards, pursuant to equity plans described herein, (c) any shares of common stock issued upon the exercise of options or the settlement of restricted stock units or other equity-based compensation described in clause (b) granted under such equity plans described herein, or under equity plans or similar plans of companies acquired by us in effect on the date of acquisition, (d) the filing by us of any registration statement on Form S-8 with the Securities and Exchange Commission relating to the offering of securities pursuant to the terms of such equity plans described herein, (e) the issuance by us of shares of common stock or securities convertible into shares of common stock in connection with an acquisition or business combination, provided that the aggregate number of shares of common stock issued pursuant to this clause (e) during the Company restricted period shall not exceed 10% of the total number of shares of common stock issued and outstanding on the closing date of the offering, and provided further that, in the case of any issuance pursuant to this clause (e), any recipient of shares of common stock shall have executed and delivered to Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC a lock-up letter as described in the underwriting agreement, without the prior written consent of Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC.

Our directors, executive officers and the selling stockholder (such persons, the “lock-up parties”) have entered into lock-up agreements with the underwriters prior to the commencement of this offering pursuant to which each lock-up party, with limited exceptions, for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus (such period, the “restricted period”), may not (and may not cause any of their direct or indirect affiliates to), without the prior written consent of Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, (i) offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, grant any option to purchase, lend or otherwise dispose of any shares of our common stock, or any options or warrants to purchase any shares of our common stock, or any securities convertible into, exchangeable for or that represent the right to receive shares of our common stock (collectively with the common stock, the “lock-up securities”), including without limitation any such lock-up securities now owned or hereafter acquired by the lock-up party, (ii) engage in any hedging or other transaction or arrangement (including, without limitation, any short sale or the purchase or sale of, or entry into, any put or call option, or combination thereof, forward, swap or any other derivative transaction or instrument, however described or defined) which is designed to or which reasonably could be expected to lead to or result in a sale, loan, pledge or other disposition (whether by the lock-up party or someone other than the lock-up party), or transfer of any of the economic consequences of ownership, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, of any lock-up securities, whether any such transaction or arrangement (or instrument provided for thereunder) would be settled by delivery of common stock or other securities, in cash or otherwise (any such sale, loan, pledge or other disposition, or transfer of economic consequences, a “transfer”) or (iii) otherwise publicly announce any intention to engage in or cause any action or activity described in clause (i) above or transaction or arrangement described in clause (ii) above. Each lock-up party has further acknowledged that it has not, and has not caused or directed any of its affiliates to be or become, currently a party to any agreement or arrangement that provides for, is designed to or which reasonably could be expected to lead to or result in any transfer during the restricted period and that the foregoing provisions are equally applicable to any issuer-directed or other shares the lock-up party may purchase in this offering.

In the case of our officers and directors, (i) Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC have agreed that, at least three business days before the effective date of any release or waiver of the foregoing restrictions in connection with a transfer of shares of common stock, Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC will notify us of the impending release or waiver, and (ii) we have agreed in the underwriting agreement to announce the impending release or waiver by press release through a major news service at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver. Any release or waiver granted by Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC under the lock-up agreement to any such officer or director shall only be effective two business days after the publication date of such press release. The provisions of this paragraph will not apply if (a) the release or waiver is effected solely to permit a transfer not for consideration and (b) the transferee has agreed in writing to be bound by the same terms described in this letter to the extent and for the duration that such terms remain in effect at the time of the transfer.

 

124


Table of Contents

Notwithstanding the foregoing, our directors, executive officers and the selling stockholder may transfer the lock-up securities during the restricted period:

 

  (i)

the shares of common stock to be sold by the lock-up party in connection with the offering and any reclassification, conversion or exchange in connection with such sale of common stock;

 

  (ii)

as a bona fide gift or gifts, or as charitable contributions, provided that the donee or donees thereof agree to be bound in writing by the restrictions set forth in the lock-up agreements, and provided further that no filing under the Exchange Act (other than a Form 5, which shall not be filed on or prior date that is 120 days after the date set forth on the final prospectus used to sell the common stock), reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of shares of common stock, shall be required or shall be voluntarily made during the restricted period;

 

  (iii)

to any trust, partnership, limited liability company or any other entity for the direct or indirect benefit of the lock-up party or the immediate family of the lock-up party, provided that the trustee of the trust agrees to be bound in writing by the restrictions set forth herein, and provided further that no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act (other than a Form 5, which shall not be filed on or prior date that is 120 days after the date set forth on the final prospectus used to sell the common stock), reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of shares of common stock, shall be required or shall be voluntarily made during the restricted period;

 

  (iv)

to any beneficiary of or estate of a beneficiary of a lock-up party pursuant to a trust, will, other testamentary document or intestate succession or applicable laws of descent, provided that the beneficiary or the estate of a beneficiary thereof agrees to be bound in writing by the restrictions set forth herein, and provided further that any such transaction shall not involve a disposition for value and that no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act (other than a Form 5, which shall not be filed on or prior to the date that is 120 days after the date set forth on the final prospectus used to sell the common stock), reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of shares of common stock, shall be required or shall be voluntarily made during the restricted period;

 

  (v)

to a partnership, limited liability company or other entity of which a lock-up party and the immediate family of such lock-up party are the legal and beneficial owner of all the outstanding equity securities or similar interests, provided that such partnership, limited liability company or other entity agrees to be bound in writing by the restrictions set forth herein, and provided further that no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act (other than a Form 5, which shall not be filed on or prior to the date that is 120 days after the date set forth on the final prospectus used to sell the common stock), reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of shares of common stock, shall be required or shall be voluntarily made during the restricted period;

 

  (vi)

by operation of law, such as pursuant to a qualified domestic order of a court (including a divorce settlement, divorce decree or separation agreement) or regulatory agency, provided that the transferee or transferees thereof agree to be bound in writing by the restrictions set forth herein, and provided further that no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act (other than a Form 5, which shall not be filed on or prior to the date that is 120 days after the date set forth on the final prospectus used to sell the common stock), reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of shares of common stock, shall be required or shall be voluntarily made during the restricted period;

 

  (vii)

in transactions relating to shares of common stock in open market transactions after the completion of the public offering, provided that no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act (other than a Form 5, which shall not be filed on or prior date that is 120 days after the date set forth on the final prospectus used to sell the common stock), reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of such shares of common stock, shall be required or shall be voluntarily made during the restricted period;

 

  (viii)

by (A) the exercise of stock options solely with cash granted pursuant to equity incentive plans described in this prospectus, and the receipt by the lock-up party from us of shares of common stock upon such exercise; (B) transfers of shares of common stock to us upon the “net” or “cashless” exercise of stock options or other equity awards granted pursuant to equity incentive plans described in the

 

125


Table of Contents
  Registration Statement; (C) transfers of shares of our common stock for the primary purpose of satisfying any tax or other governmental withholding obligation with respect to any award of equity-based compensation granted pursuant to our equity incentive plans; or (D) forfeitures of shares of common stock to us to satisfy tax withholding requirements of us or the lock-up party upon the vesting, during the restricted period, of equity based awards granted under equity incentive plans or pursuant to other stock purchase arrangements, in each case described in this prospectus; provided that, in each case, the underlying shares of common stock shall continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth in the lock-up agreements, and provided further that, if required, any public report or filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act shall indicate in the footnotes thereto the nature of the transaction;

 

  (ix)

pursuant to a bona fide third-party tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction made to all holders of our capital stock after the consummation of the public offering, involving a change of control of us, or group of persons, shall become, after the closing of the transaction, the beneficial owner (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 of the Exchange Act) of more than 50% of total voting power of our voting securities), provided that in the event that such tender offer, merger, consolidation or other such transaction is not completed, the lock-up party’s shares of common stock shall remain subject to the provisions of the lock-up agreements;

 

  (x)

to us in connection with the repurchase by us from the lock-up party of lock-up securities pursuant to a repurchase right arising upon the termination of the lock-up party’s employment with us; provided that such repurchase right is pursuant to contractual agreements with us; and provided further that, if required, any public report or filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act shall indicate in the footnotes thereto the nature of the transaction;

 

  (xi)

the establishment of a trading plan pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act for the transfer of shares of common stock; provided that (i) such plan does not provide for the transfer of common stock during the restricted period and (ii) no public announcement or filing under the Exchange Act shall be made by or on behalf of us or the lock-up party regarding the establishment of such plan during the restricted period;

 

  (xii)

if the lock-up party is a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other business entity, by (A) distributions of lock-up securities to limited partners, general partners, members, stockholders holders of similar interests of the lock-up party (or in each case its nominee or custodian) or to any investment holding company controlled or managed by the lock-up party or (B) transfers of shares of common stock or any Derivative Instrument to affiliates (as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended) or other entities controlled or managed by the lock-up party or any of its affiliates (other than us and our subsidiaries); provided that each distributee and transferee agrees to be bound in writing by the restrictions set forth herein, and provided further that no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act (other than a Form 5, which shall not be filed on or prior to the date that is 120 days after the date set forth on the final prospectus used to sell the shares of common stock), reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of shares of common stock, shall be required or shall be voluntarily made during the restricted period; or

 

  (xiii)

to any third-party pledgee in a bona fide transaction as collateral to secure obligations pursuant to lending or other arrangements between such third parties (or their affiliates or designees) and the lock-up party and/or its affiliates or any similar arrangement relating to a financing arrangement for the benefit of the lock-up party and/or its affiliates, provided that the aggregate number of shares of common stock pledged as collateral pursuant to this clause (xiii) during the restricted period shall not exceed 1% of the total number of shares of common stock issued and outstanding on the closing date of the offering.

Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, in their sole discretion, may release the securities subject to any of the lock-up agreements with the underwriters described above, in whole or in part at any time.

 

126


Table of Contents

We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933.

We have applied to have our common stock approved for listing/quotation on Nasdaq under the symbol “ARRY.”

In connection with this offering, the underwriters may engage in stabilizing transactions, which involves making bids for, purchasing and selling shares of common stock in the open market for the purpose of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common stock while this offering is in progress. These stabilizing transactions may include making short sales of common stock, which involves the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares of common stock than they are required to purchase in this offering, and purchasing shares of common stock on the open market to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales may be “covered” shorts, which are short positions in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares referred to above, or may be “naked” shorts, which are short positions in excess of that amount. The underwriters may close out any covered short position either by exercising their option to purchase additional shares, in whole or in part, or by purchasing shares in the open market. In making this determination, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market compared to the price at which the underwriters may purchase shares through the option to purchase additional shares. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering. To the extent that the underwriters create a naked short position, they will purchase shares in the open market to cover the position.

The underwriters have advised us that, pursuant to Regulation M of the Securities Act of 1933, they may also engage in other activities that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of the common stock, including the imposition of penalty bids. This means that if the representatives of the underwriters purchase common stock in the open market in stabilizing transactions or to cover short sales, the representatives can require the underwriters that sold those shares as part of this offering to repay the underwriting discount received by them.

These activities may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of the common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common stock, and, as a result, the price of the common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. If the underwriters commence these activities, they may discontinue them at any time. The underwriters may carry out these transactions on Nasdaq, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiations between us and the representatives of the underwriters. In determining the initial public offering price, we and the representatives of the underwriters expect to consider a number of factors including:

 

   

the information set forth in this prospectus and otherwise available to the representatives;

 

   

our prospects and the history and prospects for the industry in which we compete;

 

   

an assessment of our management;

 

   

our prospects for future earnings;

 

   

the general condition of the securities markets at the time of this offering;

 

   

the recent market prices of, and demand for, publicly traded common stock of generally comparable companies; and

 

   

other factors deemed relevant by the underwriters and us.

 

127


Table of Contents

Neither we nor the underwriters can assure investors that an active trading market will develop for our shares of common stock, or that the shares will trade in the public market at or above the initial public offering price.

Other than in the United States, no action has been taken by us or the underwriters that would permit a public offering of the securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required. The securities offered by this prospectus may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, nor may this prospectus or any other offering material or advertisements in connection with the offer and sale of any such securities be distributed or published in any jurisdiction, except under circumstances that will result in compliance with the applicable rules and regulations of that jurisdiction. Persons into whose possession this prospectus comes are advised to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to the offering and the distribution of this prospectus. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction in which such an offer or a solicitation is unlawful.

Certain of the underwriters and their affiliates have provided in the past to us and our affiliates and may provide from time to time in the future certain commercial banking, financial advisory, investment banking and other services for us and such affiliates in the ordinary course of their business, for which they have received and may continue to receive customary fees and commissions. In addition, from time to time, certain of the underwriters and their affiliates may effect transactions for their own account or the account of customers, and hold on behalf of themselves or their customers, long or short positions in our debt or equity securities or loans, and may do so in the future. The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include sales and trading, commercial and investment banking, advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, market making, brokerage and other financial and non-financial activities and services. Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have provided, and may in the future provide, a variety of these services to the issuer and to persons and entities with relationships with the issuer, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses. For example, affiliates of certain of the underwriters expect to serve as lenders under the New Senior Secured Credit Facility.

Selling Restrictions

EEA and United Kingdom

If the final terms of the offer to the public of our shares of common stock specifies “Prohibition of Sales to EEA and UK Retail Investors” as “Not Applicable,” in relation to each Member State of the EEA and the United Kingdom (each, a “Relevant State”), each underwriter has represented and agreed, and each further underwriter appointed under the offering will be required to represent and agree, that it has not made and will not make an offer of our shares of common stock which are the subject of the offering contemplated by this offering as completed by the final terms in relation thereto to the public in that Relevant State except that it may make an offer of such shares of common stock to the public in that Relevant State:

 

(A)

at any time to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Regulation;

 

(B)

at any time to fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Regulation) subject to obtaining the prior consent of the relevant underwriter or underwriters nominated by us for any such offer; or

 

(C)

at any time in any other circumstances falling within Article 1(4) of the Prospectus Regulation;

provided that no such offer of the shares of common stock referred to in (A) to (C) above shall require us or any underwriter to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Regulation or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 23 of the Prospectus Regulation.

 

128


Table of Contents

For the purposes of this provision the expression an offer of shares of common stock to the public in relation to the common stock in any Relevant State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the shares of common stock to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for the shares of common stock and the expression “Prospectus Regulation” means Regulation (EU) 2017/1129.

United Kingdom

Each underwriter has represented and agreed, and each further underwriter appointed under the offering will be required to represent and agree, that:

 

(a)

it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (“FSMA”)) received by it in connection with the issue or sale of shares of common stock in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply to us; and

 

(b)

it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to any shares of common stock in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

Canada

The shares of common stock may be sold in Canada only to purchasers purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principal that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions or subsection 73.3(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario), and are permitted clients, as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions, and Ongoing Registrant Obligations. Any resale of the shares of common stock must be made in accordance with an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws.

Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this offering contains a misrepresentation; provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.

Pursuant to section 3A.3 of National Instrument 33-105 Underwriting Conflicts (NI 33-105), the underwriters are not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI 33-105 regarding underwriter conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.

Hong Kong

The shares may not be offered or sold in Hong Kong by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance (Cap. 32 of the Laws of Hong Kong) (“Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance”) or which do not constitute an invitation to the public within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571 of the Laws of Hong Kong) (“Securities and Futures Ordinance”), or (ii) to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance and any rules made thereunder, or (iii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” as defined in the Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance, and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” in Hong Kong as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance and any rules made thereunder.

 

129


Table of Contents

Singapore

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor (as defined under Section 4A of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the “SFA”)) under Section 274 of the SFA, (ii) to a relevant person (as defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA) pursuant to Section 275(1) of the SFA, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A) of the SFA, and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA, in each case subject to conditions set forth in the SFA.

Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is a corporation (which is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor, the securities (as defined in Section 239(1) of the SFA) of that corporation shall not be transferable for 6 months after that corporation has acquired the shares under Section 275 of the SFA except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person (as defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA), (2) where such transfer arises from an offer in that corporation’s securities pursuant to Section 275(1A) of the SFA, (3) where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer, (4) where the transfer is by operation of law, (5) as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA, or (6) as specified in Regulation 32 of the Securities and Futures (Offers of Investments) (Shares and Debentures) Regulations 2005 of Singapore (“Regulation 32”).

Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary of the trust is an accredited investor, the beneficiaries’ rights and interest (howsoever described) in that trust shall not be transferable for 6 months after that trust has acquired the shares under Section 275 of the SFA except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person (as defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA), (2) where such transfer arises from an offer that is made on terms that such rights or interest are acquired at a consideration of not less than S$200,000 (or its equivalent in a foreign currency) for each transaction (whether such amount is to be paid for in cash or by exchange of securities or other assets), (3) where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer, (4) where the transfer is by operation of law, (5) as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA, or (6) as specified in Regulation 32.

Japan

The shares have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Act of Japan (Act No. 25 of 1948, as amended), or the FIEA. The shares may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to or for the benefit of any resident of Japan (including any person resident in Japan or any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan) or to others for reoffering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to or for the benefit of any resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the FIEA and otherwise in compliance with any relevant laws and regulations of Japan.

Australia

This prospectus:

 

   

does not constitute a disclosure document or a prospectus under Chapter 6D.2 of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) (the “Corporations Act”);

 

130


Table of Contents
   

has not been, and will not be, lodged with the Australian Securities and Investments Commission (“ASIC”), as a disclosure document for the purposes of the Corporations Act and does not purport to include the information required of a disclosure document for the purposes of the Corporations Act; and

 

   

may only be provided in Australia to select investors who are able to demonstrate that they fall within one or more of the categories of investors, available under section 708 of the Corporations Act (“Exempt Investors”).

The shares may not be directly or indirectly offered for subscription or purchased or sold, and no invitations to subscribe for or buy the shares may be issued, and no draft or definitive offering memorandum, advertisement or other offering material relating to any shares may be distributed in Australia, except where disclosure to investors is not required under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act or is otherwise in compliance with all applicable Australian laws and regulations. By submitting an application for the shares, you represent and warrant to us that you are an Exempt Investor.

As any offer of shares under this document will be made without disclosure in Australia under Chapter 6D.2 of the Corporations Act, the offer of those securities for resale in Australia within 12 months may, under section 707 of the Corporations Act, require disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D.2 if none of the exemptions in section 708 applies to that resale. By applying for the shares you undertake to us that you will not, for a period of 12 months from the date of issuance and sale of the shares, offer, transfer, assign or otherwise alienate those shares to investors in Australia except in circumstances where disclosure to investors is not required under Chapter 6D.2 of the Corporations Act or where a compliant disclosure document is prepared and lodged with ASIC.

Dubai International Financial Centre (“DIFC”)

This document relates to an Exempt Offer in accordance with the Markets Rules 2012 of the Dubai Financial Services Authority (“DFSA”). This document is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in the Markets Rules 2012 of the DFSA. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The DFSA has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with Exempt Offers. The DFSA has not approved this prospectus supplement nor taken steps to verify the information set forth herein and has no responsibility for this document. The securities to which this document relates may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the securities offered should conduct their own due diligence on the securities. If you do not understand the contents of this document you should consult an authorized financial advisor.

In relation to its use in the DIFC, this document is strictly private and confidential and is being distributed to a limited number of investors and must not be provided to any person other than the original recipient, and may not be reproduced or used for any other purpose. The interests in the securities may not be offered or sold directly or indirectly to the public in the DIFC.

Switzerland

The shares may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange (“SIX”) or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This document does not constitute a prospectus within the meaning of, and has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the shares or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.

 

131


Table of Contents

Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the offering, the Company, the shares have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this document will not be filed with, and the offer of shares will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority FINMA (“FINMA”), and the offer of shares has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes (“CISA”). The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of shares.

 

132


Table of Contents

Legal Matters

The validity of the shares of common stock offered hereby will be passed upon for us by Kirkland & Ellis LLP, New York, New York. Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP, New York, New York is acting as counsel to the underwriters.

Experts

The financial statements as of December 31, 2018 and 2019 and for each of the years then ended included in this prospectus and in the registration statement have been so included in reliance on the report of BDO USA, LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, appearing elsewhere herein and in the registration statement, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

Where You Can Find Additional Information

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of our common stock offered by this prospectus. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement, some items of which are contained in exhibits to the registration statement as permitted by the rules and regulations of the SEC. For further information with respect to us and our common stock, we refer you to the registration statement, including the exhibits filed as a part of the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus concerning the contents of any contract or document referred to are not necessarily complete. If a contract or document has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, please see the copy of the contract or document that has been filed. Each statement in this prospectus relating to a contract or document filed as an exhibit is qualified in all respects by the filed exhibit.

The SEC maintains an Internet website that contains reports, proxy statements and other information about issuers, like us, that file electronically with the SEC. The address of that website is www.sec.gov. As a result of this offering, we will become subject to the information and reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and, in accordance with this law, will file periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. These periodic reports, proxy statements and other information will be available at website of the SEC referred to above. We also maintain a website at https://arraytechinc.com. Upon completion of this offering, you may access these materials free of charge as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. Information contained on our website is not a part of this prospectus and the inclusion of our website address in this prospectus is an inactive textual reference only.

 

133


Table of Contents

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

ATI Intermediate Holdings, LLC and Subsidiaries

(a wholly-owned Subsidiary of ATI Investment Parent, LLC)

 

     Page  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2  

Audited Financial Statements

  

Consolidated Balance Sheets

     F-3  

Consolidated Statements of Operations

     F-4  

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Member’s Equity

     F-5  

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

     F-6  

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-7  

Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

  

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets

     F-27  

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations

     F-28  

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Changes in Member’s Equity

     F-29  

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

     F-30  

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-31  

 

F-1


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Members and Board of Directors

ATI Intermediate Holdings, LLC and Subsidiaries

Albuquerque, New Mexico

Opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of ATI Intermediate Holdings, LLC and Subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2018 and 2019, the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in member’s equity, and cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2019, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company at December 31, 2018 and 2019, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2019, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Basis for Opinion

These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB and in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ BDO USA, LLP                

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2016.

Austin, Texas

August 11, 2020

 

F-2


Table of Contents

ATI Intermediate Holdings, LLC and Subsidiaries

(a wholly-owned Subsidiary of ATI Investment Parent, LLC)

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(in thousands)

 

     December 31,  
     2018      2019  

Assets

     

Current Assets

     

Cash

   $ 40,826      $ 310,262  

Restricted cash

     —          50,995  

Accounts receivable, net

     51,557        96,251  

Inventories, net

     55,172        148,024  

Income tax receivables

     10,569        628  

Prepaid expenses and other

     15,752        13,524  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Current Assets

     173,876        619,684  

Property, Plant and Equipment, net

     11,029        10,660  

Goodwill

     69,727        69,727  

Other Intangible Assets, net

     248,760        223,510  

Deferred Tax Asset

     6,469        —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Assets

   $ 509,861      $ 923,581  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities and Member’s Equity

     

Current Liabilities

     

Accounts payable

   $ 22,803      $ 129,584  

Accounts payable - related party

     7,222        5,922  

Accrued expenses and other

     19,003        17,755  

Accrued warranty reserve

     1,935        2,592  

Income tax payable

     —          1,944  

Deferred revenue

     21,787        328,781  

Current portion of contingent consideration

     2,673        6,293  

Revolving loan

     39,148        70  

Current portion of term loan

     20,000        55,879  

Current portion of related party loans

     —          41,800  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Current Liabilities

     134,571        590,620  

Long-Term Liabilities

     

Deferred tax liability

     —          15,853  

Contingent consideration, net of current portion

     14,937        11,957  

Term loan, net of current portion

     59,321        —    

Related party loans, net of current portion

     36,558        —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Long-Term Liabilities

     110,816        27,810  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Liabilities

     245,387        618,430  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Commitments and Contingencies (Note 12)

     

Member’s Equity

     264,474        305,151  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Liabilities and Member’s Equity

   $ 509,861      $ 923,581  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

ATI Intermediate Holdings, LLC and Subsidiaries

(a wholly-owned Subsidiary of ATI Investment Parent, LLC)

Consolidated Statements of Operations

(in thousands, except per unit amounts)

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2018     2019  

Revenue

   $ 290,783     $ 647,899  

Cost of Revenue

     279,228       497,138  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross Profit

     11,555       150,761  

Operating Expenses

    

General and administrative

     46,053       41,852  

Depreciation and amortization

     26,708       25,500  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Operating Expenses

     72,761       67,352  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (Loss) from Operations

     (61,206     83,409  

Other Expense

    

Other expense, net

     (447     (33

Interest expense

     (19,043     (18,797
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Other Expense

     (19,490     (18,830
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income Before Income Tax Expense (Benefit)

     (80,696     64,579  

Income Tax Expense (Benefit)

     (19,932     24,834  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Income (Loss)

   $ (60,764   $ 39,745  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings (Loss) per Unit

    

Basic and Diluted

   $ (60,764   $ 39,745  

Weighted Average Number of Units

    

Basic and Diluted

     1       1  

Pro forma net income

     $ 23,488  
    

 

 

 

Pro forma earnings per share information (unaudited)

    

Pro forma basic and diluted earnings per share

     $ 0.18  
    

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted average shares outstanding—basic and diluted

       126,994  
    

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

ATI Intermediate Holdings, LLC and Subsidiaries

(a wholly-owned Subsidiary of ATI Investment Parent, LLC)

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Member’s Equity

(in thousands)

 

     Units      Amount  

Balance, December 31, 2017

     1      $ 275,238  

Capital contributions

     —          50,000  

Net loss

     —          (60,764
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2018

     1        264,474  

Capital contributions

     —          133  

Equity based compensation

     —          799  

Net income

     —          39,745  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2019

     1      $ 305,151  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

ATI Intermediate Holdings, LLC and Subsidiaries

(a wholly-owned Subsidiary of ATI Investment Parent, LLC)

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(in thousands)

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2018     2019  

Cash Flows from Operating Activities

    

Net income (loss)

   $ (60,764   $ 39,745  

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

    

Provision for (recovery of) bad debts

     3,720       (3,986

Deferred tax (benefit) expense

     (20,062     22,322  

Depreciation and amortization

     28,450       27,316  

Amortization of debt discount and issuance costs

     2,991       3,968  

Interest paid-in-kind

     705       2,832  

Equity based compensation

     —         799  

Change in fair value of contingent consideration

     (825     640  

Warranty provision (expense) benefit

     (95     1,387  

Provision for inventory obsolescence

     3,098       1,742  

Changes in operating assets and liabilities

    

Accounts receivable

     19,399       (40,708

Inventories

     (10,261     (94,594

Income tax receivables

     (11     9,941  

Prepaid expenses and other

     (3,010     2,228  

Accounts payable

     6,497       105,481  

Accrued expenses and other

     11,058       (1,978

Income tax payable

     —         1,944  

Deferred revenue

     7,383       306,994  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Cash Provided by (Used in) Operating Activities

     (11,727     386,073  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash Flows from Investing Activities

    

Purchase of property, plant and equipment

     (2,073     (1,697

Internal-use software modification costs

     (4,357     —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Cash Used in Investing Activities

     (6,430     (1,697
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash Flows from Financing Activities

    

Proceeds from (payments on) revolving loan

     30,465       (39,078

Principal payments on term loan

     (64,587     (25,000

Proceeds from related party loans

     50,600       —    

Payments on related party loans

     (12,000     —    

Payments for debt issuance costs

     (3,615     —    

Capital contributions

     50,000       133  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Cash Provided by (Used in) Financing Activities

     50,863       (63,945
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Increase in Cash and Restricted Cash

     32,706       320,431  

Cash and Restricted Cash, beginning of year

     8,120       40,826  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and Restricted Cash, end of year

   $ 40,826     $ 361,257  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental Cash Flow Information

    

Cash paid for interest

   $ 14,257     $ 11,343  

Cash paid for income taxes

   $ 176     $ 443  

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

ATI Intermediate Holdings, LLC and Subsidiaries

(a wholly-owned Subsidiary of ATI Investment Parent, LLC)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

1.

Organization and Business

ATI Intermediate Holdings, LLC (the “Company”) is a Delaware limited liability company formed in December 2018 as a wholly owned subsidiary of ATI Investment Parent, LLC (the “Parent”). The Company is headquartered in Albuquerque, New Mexico, and manufactures and supplies solar tracking systems and related products for customers across the United States and internationally. The Company, through its wholly-owned subsidiaries, High Desert Finance, LLC (“HDF”) and ATI Investment Holdings, Inc. (“ATI Investment”) owns two other subsidiaries through which its conducts substantially all operations: Array Technologies, Inc. and Array Technologies Patent Holdings Co., LLC (“Array”). Parent acquired Array on July 8, 2016.

 

2.

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Accounting and Presentation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements were prepared on the accrual basis of accounting in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”).

Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of ATI Intermediate Holdings, LLC and its Subsidiaries, which include HDF, ATI Investment and Array. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated upon consolidation.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ materially from those estimates. Significant estimates include impairment of goodwill, impairment of long-lived assets, fair value of contingent consideration, allowance for doubtful accounts, reserve for excess or obsolete inventories, valuation of deferred tax assets and warranty reserve. Management believes that these estimates and assumptions provide a reasonable basis for the fair presentation of the consolidated financial statements.

Restricted Cash

At December 31, 2019, the Company had $51.0 million in restricted cash. The restricted cash secures its standby letter of credit facility which expires August 31, 2020 (see Note 8). As such, the restricted cash is considered a current asset in the accompanying balance sheets.

The following table provides a reconciliation of cash and restricted cash at December 31, 2018 and 2019 as reported within the consolidated balance sheets to the same such amounts shown in the consolidated statements of cash flows (in thousands):

 

     2018      2019  

Cash

   $ 40,826      $ 310,262  

Restricted cash

     —          50,995  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cash and restricted cash

   $ 40,826      $ 361,257  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-7


Table of Contents

ATI Intermediate Holdings, LLC and Subsidiaries

(a wholly-owned Subsidiary of ATI Investment Parent, LLC)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Accounts Receivable

The Company’s accounts receivable are due primarily from solar contractors across the United States and internationally. Credit is extended in the normal course of business based on evaluation of a customer’s financial condition and, generally, collateral is not required. Trade receivables consist of uncollateralized customer obligations due under normal trade terms requiring payment within 30-60 days of the invoice date. Management regularly reviews outstanding accounts receivable and provides for estimated losses through an allowance for doubtful accounts or direct write-off. In evaluating the level of established reserves, management makes judgments regarding the customers’ ability to make required payments, economic events, and other factors. As the financial conditions of these customers change, circumstances develop, or additional information becomes available, adjustments to the allowance for doubtful accounts may be required. When deemed uncollectible, the receivable is charged against the allowance or directly written off. At December 31, 2018 and 2019, the allowance for doubtful accounts was $7.9 million and $0.2 million, respectively.

Amounts retained by project owners under contracts and included in accounts receivable at December 31, 2018 and 2019 were $5.7 million and $6.1 million, respectively. Such retention amounts represent funds withheld by our customers until the products are installed by a third party, arranged by the customer, and the project is declared operational. Retention amounts and length of retention periods may vary. All retention amounts outstanding as of December 31, 2019 are collectible within the next 12 months.

Inventories

Inventories consist of raw materials and finished goods. Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or estimated net realizable value using the weighted average method. Provisions are made to reduce excess or obsolete inventories to their estimated net realizable values. See Note 3 for a detail of the components that comprise the inventory balance presented on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

Property, Plant and Equipment

Property, plant and equipment acquired in the acquisition of Array are recorded at fair value at the date of acquisition net of accumulated depreciation and amortization; all other property, plant and equipment are recorded at cost, net of accumulated depreciation and amortization. Improvements, betterments and replacements which significantly extend the life of an asset are capitalized. Depreciation and amortization is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the respective assets. Repair and maintenance costs are expensed as incurred.

A gain or loss on the sale of property, plant and equipment is calculated as the difference between the cost of the asset disposed of, net of depreciation, and the sales proceeds received. A gain or loss on an asset disposal is recognized in the period that the sale occurs.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

When events, circumstances or operating results indicate that the carrying values of long-lived assets might not be recoverable through future operations, the Company prepares projections of the undiscounted future cash flows expected to result from the use of the assets and their eventual disposition. If the projections indicate that the recorded amounts are not expected to be recoverable, such amounts are reduced to estimated fair value. Fair value is estimated based upon internal evaluation of each asset that includes quantitative analyses of net revenue and cash flows, review of recent sales of similar assets and market responses based upon discussions in connection with offers received from potential buyers. Management determined there was no impairment for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

ATI Intermediate Holdings, LLC and Subsidiaries

(a wholly-owned Subsidiary of ATI Investment Parent, LLC)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Goodwill

Goodwill is evaluated for impairment annually or when events or circumstances occur indicating goodwill might be impaired. Guidance related to goodwill impairment testing provides an option to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. The Company determines reporting units based on component parts of its business for which discrete financial information is available and reviewed regularly by management. The Company considers various events and circumstances when evaluating whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount and whether an impairment analysis is necessary.

Amortizable and Other Intangible Assets

The Company amortizes identifiable intangible assets consisting of developed technology, customer relationships, contractual backlog and internal-use software modifications because these assets have finite lives. The Company’s intangible assets with finite lives are amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives. The basis of amortization approximates the pattern in which the assets are utilized, over their estimated useful lives. The Array Technologies trade name has been determined to have an indefinite life and, therefore, is not amortized but is subject to an annual impairment test or at any other time when impairment indicators exist.

Debt Discount/Deferred Financing Costs

Debt discount and financing costs incurred to issue debt are deferred and amortized using the effective interest method as a component of interest expense over the life of the related debt agreement. Amortization expense of debt discount and deferred financing costs was $3.0 million and $4.0 million, respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019.

Revenue Recognition - 2019

The Company recognized revenue from the sale of solar tracking systems and parts and determines its revenue recognition through the following steps (i) identification of the contract or contracts with a customer, (ii) identification of the performance obligations within the contract, (iii) determination of the transaction price, (iv) allocation of the transaction price to the performance obligations within the contract, and (v) recognition of revenue when, or as the performance obligation has been satisfied.

Performance Obligations

The Company’s contracts with customers are predominately accounted for as one performance obligation, as the majority of tasks and services is part of a single project or capability. As these contracts are typically a customized assembly for a customer-specific solution, the Company uses the expected cost-plus margin approach to estimate the standalone selling price of each performance obligation. For contracts with multiple performance obligations, the Company allocates the contract’s transaction price to each performance obligation using its best estimate of the standalone selling price of each distinct good or service in the contract. In assessing the recognition of revenue, the Company also evaluates whether two or more contracts should be combined and accounted for as one contract and if the combined or single contract should be accounted for as multiple performance obligations which could change the amount of revenue and profit (loss) recorded in a period. Change orders may include changes in specifications or design, manner of performance, equipment, materials, scope of work, and/or the period of completion of the project. The Company analyzes its change orders to determine if they should be accounted for as a modification to an existing contract or a new stand-alone contract.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

ATI Intermediate Holdings, LLC and Subsidiaries

(a wholly-owned Subsidiary of ATI Investment Parent, LLC)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The Company’s change orders are generally modifications to existing contracts and are included in the total estimated contract revenue when it is probable that the change order will result in additional value that can be reliably estimated and realized. The majority of the Company’s contracts do not contain variable consideration provisions as a continuation of the original contract.

The Company’s performance obligations are satisfied predominately over-time as work progresses for its custom assembled solar systems, utilizing an output measure of completed products and based on the timing of the product’s shipments considering the shipping terms described in the contract.

Revenue recognized for the Company’s part sales are recorded at a point in time and recognized when obligations under the terms of the contract with our customer are satisfied. Generally, this occurs with the transfer of control of the asset, which is in line with shipping terms.

Contract Estimates

Accounting for contracts utilizing the over-time method and their expected cost-plus margins is based on various assumptions to project the outcome of future events that can exceed a year. These assumptions include labor productivity and availability; the complexity of the work to be performed; the cost and availability of materials; and the availability and timing of funding from the customer. The Company reviews and updates its contract-related estimates each reporting period. The Company recognizes adjustments in estimated expected cost-plus on contracts under the cumulative catch-up method. Under this method, the impact of the adjustment on profit recorded to date is recognized in the period the adjustment is identified. Revenue and profit in future periods of contract performance is recognized using the adjusted estimate. If at any time the estimate of contract profitability indicates an anticipated loss on the contract, the Company recognizes the total loss in the period it is identified.

Contract Balances

The timing of revenue recognition, billings and cash collections results in billed accounts receivable, unbilled receivables (contract assets), and deferred revenue (contract liabilities) on the consolidated balance sheets. The majority of the Company’s contract amounts are billed as work progresses in accordance with agreed-upon contractual terms, which generally coincide with the shipment of one or more phases of the project. Billing sometimes occurs subsequent to revenue recognition, resulting in contract assets. The changes in contract assets (i.e. unbilled receivables) and the corresponding amounts recorded in revenue relate to fluctuations in the timing and volume of billings for the Company’s revenue recognized over-time. As of December 31, 2018 and 2019, contract assets consisting of unbilled receivables totaling $1.9 million and $16.1 million, respectively, are recorded within accounts receivable on the consolidated balance sheets on a contract-by-contract basis at the end of the reporting period. The Company also receives advances or deposits from its customers, before revenue is recognized, resulting in contract liabilities. The changes in contract liabilities (i.e. deferred revenue) relate to advanced orders and payments received by the Company and are the result of customers looking to take advantage of certain U.S. federal tax incentives set to decrease at the end of 2019. Based on the terms of the tax incentives the customer must pay for the goods prior to December 31, 2019 which accounts for the increase in the advanced orders and payments and the resulting deferred revenue. As of December 31, 2018 and 2019, contract liabilities consisting of deferred revenue were $21.8 million and $328.8 million, respectively, and were recorded on a contract-by-contract basis at the end of each reporting period. During the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, the Company converted $14.4 million and $21.8 million of deferred revenue to revenue, respectively, which represented 100% of the prior years deferred revenue balance.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

ATI Intermediate Holdings, LLC and Subsidiaries

(a wholly-owned Subsidiary of ATI Investment Parent, LLC)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Remaining Performance Obligations

As of December 31, 2019, the Company had $434.9 million of remaining performance obligations. The Company expects to recognize revenue on 100% of these performance obligations in 2020.

Practical Expedients and Exemptions

The Company has elected to adopt certain practical expedients and exemptions as allowed under the new revenue guidance such as, (i) recording sales commissions as incurred because the amortization period is less than one year, (ii) there is no adjustment related to the effects of significant financing components as the contract term is less than one year, (iii) excludes the collected sales tax amounts from the calculation of revenue, and (iv) the election to account for shipping and handling activities that are incurred after the customer obtained control of the product as fulfillment costs rather than a separate service provided to the customer for which consideration would need to be allocated. As such, reimbursement by the Company’s customers for shipping and handling costs for delivery of the Company’s products are recorded as revenue in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations and totaled $16.4 million and $22.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively. Shipping and handling expenses are included as a component of cost of revenue as incurred and totaled $20.1 million and $17.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively.

Revenue Recognition - 2018

Products are sold by the Company for cash-in-advance and on credit. Revenue is recognized when persuasive evidence of an agreement exists and upon delivery and acceptance, or earlier if required by shipping terms, provided title is transferred, prices are fixed or determinable, and collection is deemed probable. Revenues are presented net of sales, use, value-added and other excise taxes collected by the Company that are remitted to various governmental authorities.

Warranty Obligations

The Company offers an assurance type warranty for its products against defects in design, materials and workmanship for a period ranging from two to twenty years from customer acceptance. For these assurance type warranties, a provision for estimated future costs related to warranty expense is recorded when they are probable and reasonably estimable, which is typically when products are delivered. This provision is based on historical information on the nature, frequency and average cost of claims for each product line. When little or no experience exists for an immature product line, the estimate is based on comparable product lines. These estimates are re-evaluated on an ongoing basis using best-available information and revisions to estimates are made as necessary.

Income Taxes

The Company provides for income taxes based on the provisions of FASB ASC Topic 740, Income Taxes, which, among other things, requires that recognition of deferred income taxes be measured by the provisions of enacted tax rates in effect at the date of the consolidated financial statements. A valuation allowance is provided to reduce deferred income tax assets if it is more likely than not that all, or some portion, of such deferred tax assets will not be recognized. Provision for estimated income taxes is based upon elements of income and expense reported in the consolidated statements of operations. The Company also files certain corporate state income tax returns. Generally, the Company is subject to examination by U.S. federal (or state or local) income tax authorities for three years from the filing of a tax return. The current provision for income taxes represents actual

 

F-11


Table of Contents

ATI Intermediate Holdings, LLC and Subsidiaries

(a wholly-owned Subsidiary of ATI Investment Parent, LLC)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

or estimated amounts payable on tax return filings each year. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recorded for the estimated future tax effects of temporary differences between the tax basis of assets and liabilities and amounts reported in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets, and for operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. The change in deferred tax assets and liabilities for the period measures the deferred tax provision or benefit for the period. Effects of changes in enacted tax laws on deferred tax assets and liabilities are reflected as adjustments to the tax provision or benefit in the period of enactment. Adjustments for penalties and interest, if any, are also reflected in the current year tax provision or benefit.

The Company determines whether uncertain tax positions are more likely than not to be sustained upon examination, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation processes, based on the technical merits of the position.

The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits within the interest expense line and other expense line, respectively, in the consolidated statements of operations. Accrued interest and penalties are included within the related liability lines in the consolidated balance sheets.

Equity-Based Compensation

The Company recognizes equity-based compensation expense based on the equity award’s grant date fair value. The determination of the fair value of equity awards issued to employees of the Company is based upon the underlying unit price and a number of assumptions, including volatility, performance period, risk-free interest rate and expected dividends. The Company accounts for forfeitures as they occur. The grant date fair value of each unit is amortized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period.

Earnings per Unit (“EPU”)

Basic earnings (loss) per unit, or EPU, is computed by dividing net income (loss) available to unit holders by the weighted average units outstanding during the period. Diluted EPU takes into account the potential dilution that could occur if securities or other contracts to issue units, such as stock options and unvested restricted stock units, were exercised and converted into units. Diluted EPU is computed by dividing net income (loss) available to unit holders by the weighted average units outstanding during the period, increased by the number of additional units that would have been outstanding if the potential units had been issued and were dilutive.

Unaudited Pro Forma Information

Prior to the issuance of any shares of common stock in an initial public offering, we will convert from a Delaware limited liability company to a Delaware corporation (the “Corporate Conversion”), complete a stock split which gives effect to a 1-for-1.2 stock split (the “Stock Split”) of our common stock issued in the Corporate Conversion, pay a special distribution to our Parent and change our name from ATI Intermediate Holdings, LLC to Array Technologies, Inc. In connection with the Corporate Conversion, our outstanding member units will be converted into shares of common stock. The unaudited pro forma earnings per common share is computed using the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding after giving effect to the conversion of all the outstanding member’s units into shares of common stock, the Stock Split and special distribution as if such conversion and special distribution had occurred at the beginning of the period presented, or the date of original issuance, if later.

Pro forma basic earnings per share is computed using pro forma net income divided by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Pro forma net income reflects additional interest

 

F-12


Table of Contents

ATI Intermediate Holdings, LLC and Subsidiaries

(a wholly-owned Subsidiary of ATI Investment Parent, LLC)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

expense (net of tax) of $16.3 million assumed incurred to finance the portion of the special distribution that exceeds both the gross proceeds from the equity offering and the previous twelve months earnings. Weighted average number of common shares outstanding includes shares related to the Corporate Conversion and Stock Split and shares to give effect to the number of shares whose proceeds would be necessary to pay the special distribution. Pro forma diluted earnings per share is computed using the weighted-average number of common shares and the effect of potentially dilutive equity awards outstanding during the period. There were no potentially dilutive equity awards in the period presented.

Credit Concentration

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to significant concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash, restricted cash and accounts receivable. The Company has no significant off balance sheet concentrations of credit risk. The Company maintains its cash with financial institutions that are believed to be of high credit quality and has not experienced any material losses relating to any cash and restricted cash. As of December 31, 2018 and 2019, $40.1 million and $360.9 million, respectively, of the Company’s bank balances were uninsured and uncollateralized and exposed to custodial credit risk.

The Company’s customer base consists primarily of solar contractors. The Company does not require collateral on its trade receivables. For the year ended December 31, 2018, the Company’s largest customer and five largest customers constituted 17.5% and 50.9% of total revenues, respectively. Two customers make up 28.3% of revenue and are the only customers constituting greater than 10% of total revenue. For the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company’s largest customer and five largest customers constituted 17.2% and 50.1% of total revenues, respectively. Two customers make up 28.7% of revenue and are the only customers constituting greater than 10% of total revenue. The loss of any one of the Company’s top five customers could have a materially adverse effect on the revenues and profits of the Company. Further, the Company’s trade accounts receivable are from companies within the solar industry and, as such, the Company is exposed to normal industry credit risks. As of December 31, 2018, the Company’s largest customer and five largest customers constituted 11.6% and 26.5% of trade accounts receivable, respectively. As of December 31, 2019, the Company’s largest customer and five largest customers constituted 29.5% and 69.0% of trade accounts receivable, respectively. The Company continually evaluates its reserves for potential credit losses and establishes reserves for such losses.

Fair Value

Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The Company follows a fair value hierarchy which requires the Company to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. Three levels of inputs may be used to measure fair value, as follows:

Level 1 - Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2 - Observable inputs other than Level 1 prices, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.

Level 3 - Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities.

Assets valued using Level 1 inputs are determined by quoted market prices derived from an active market and Level 2 inputs are based primarily on quoted prices for similar assets in active or inactive markets. Level 3 inputs are valued by management’s assumptions about the assumptions the market participants would utilize in pricing the asset.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

ATI Intermediate Holdings, LLC and Subsidiaries

(a wholly-owned Subsidiary of ATI Investment Parent, LLC)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The fair values of the Company’s cash, restricted cash, accounts receivable, and accounts payable approximate their carrying values due to their short maturities. The carrying value of the Company’s notes payable and related party loans approximates their fair values, as they are based on current market rates at which the Company could borrow funds with similar terms.

The Company follows the provisions of FASB ASC Topic 820-10 for nonfinancial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis. As it relates to the Company, this applies to certain nonfinancial assets and liabilities acquired in business combinations and measurement of goodwill impairment and non-amortizable intangibles and is thereby measured at fair value. The Company has determined such fair value primarily by third-party valuations.

New Accounting Standards

Adopted in 2019

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-09, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606),” with the intent of significantly enhancing consistency and comparability of revenue recognition practices across entities and industries. ASU No. 2014-09 supersedes the revenue recognition guidance in Topic 605, Revenue Recognition. The new standard establishes a single, principle-based five-step model to be applied to all contracts with customers and introduces new and enhanced disclosure requirements. It also requires the use of more estimates and judgments than the present standards in addition to additional disclosures. The Company has reviewed its various customer arrangements in order to determine the impact the new accounting guidance for revenue recognition will have on its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures. The Company adopted this, on January 1, 2019, using a modified retrospective approach for those contracts not completed at the date of initial adoption. There was no significant impact to its consolidated financial statements, due to the value and satisfaction of performance obligations occurred at a materially similar value and timing as recorded utilizing previous accounting treatment, other than additional disclosures contained herein.

To be Adopted

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02 (Topic 842) “Leases” which supersedes the lease recognition requirements in ASC Topic 840, “Leases.” Under ASU No. 2016-02, lessees are required to recognize assets and liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets for most leases and provide enhanced disclosures. Leases will continue to be classified as either finance or operating. For companies that are not emerging growth companies (“EGCs”), the ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018. For EGCs, the ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2021. The Company will adopt the new standard using the modified retrospective method, under which the Company will apply Topic 842 to existing and new leases as of January 1, 2022, but prior periods will not be restated and will continue to be reported under Topic 840 guidance in effect during those periods. The Company anticipates that the adoption will not have a material impact on its consolidated statements of operations or its consolidated statements of cash flows but expects to recognize right-of-use assets and liabilities for lease obligations associated with its operating leases. The Company’s operating lease arrangements are discussed in Note 12.

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-13, Financial Instruments - Credit Losses, which was subsequently amended by ASU No. 2018-19 and ASU No. 2019-10, requires the measurement of expected credit losses for financial instruments carried at amortized cost held at the reporting date based on historical experience, current conditions and reasonable forecasts. The updated guidance also amends the current other-than-temporary impairment model for available-for-sale debt securities by requiring the recognition of impairments relating to

 

F-14


Table of Contents

ATI Intermediate Holdings, LLC and Subsidiaries

(a wholly-owned Subsidiary of ATI Investment Parent, LLC)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

credit losses through an allowance account and limits the amount of credit loss to the difference between a security’s amortized cost basis and its fair value. In addition, the length of time a security has been in an unrealized loss position will no longer impact the determination of whether a credit loss exists. The main objective of this ASU is to provide financial statement users with more decision-useful information about the expected credit losses on financial instruments and other commitments to extend credit held by a reporting entity at each reporting date. The Company will continue to assess the possible impact of this standard, but currently does not expect the adoption of this standard will have a significant impact on its consolidated financial statements and its limited history of bad debt expense relating to trade accounts receivable.

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-13, Fair Value Measurement - Disclosure Framework - Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Fair Value Measurement, which makes a number of changes meant to add, modify or remove certain disclosure requirements associated with the movement against or hierarchy associated with Level 1, Level 2 and Level 3 fair value measurements. The standard is effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019. Early adoption is permitted upon issuance of the update. The Company does not expect the adoption of this guidance to have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU No. 2019-12, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes (“ASU No. 2019-12”), which is intended to simplify various aspects of the accounting for income taxes. ASU No. 2019-12 removes certain exceptions to the general principles in Topic 740 and also clarifies and amends existing guidance to improve consistent application. This standard is effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2020. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of this standard on its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

 

3.

Inventories

Inventories consist of the following at December 31, (in thousands):

 

     2018     2019  

Raw materials

   $ 6,512     $ 62,923  

Finished goods

     52,118       90,301  

Reserve for excess or obsolete inventory

     (3,458     (5,200
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 55,172     $ 148,024  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-15


Table of Contents

ATI Intermediate Holdings, LLC and Subsidiaries

(a wholly-owned Subsidiary of ATI Investment Parent, LLC)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

4.

Property, Plant and Equipment

Property, plant and equipment consisted of the following at December 31, (in thousands):

 

     Estimated Useful
Lives (Years)
     2018     2019  

Land

     N/A      $ 1,340     $ 1,340  

Buildings and land improvements

     15-39        2,448       2,464  

Manufacturing equipment

     7        10,954       12,631  

Furniture, fixtures and equipment

     5-7        332       277  

Vehicles

     5        123       140  

Hardware and software

     3-5        358       398  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 
        15,555       17,250  

Less: accumulated depreciation

        (4,526     (6,590
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

      $ 11,029     $ 10,660  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Depreciation expense was $1.9 million and $2.1 million, respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, of which $1.7 million and $1.8 million, respectively, has been allocated to cost of revenue and $0.2 thousand and $0.3 thousand, respectively, is included in depreciation and amortization in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019.

 

5.

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

Goodwill

Goodwill relates to the acquisition of Array. At the acquisition date, July 8, 2016, goodwill was $121.6 million. At December 31, 2018 and 2019 goodwill totaled $69.7 million, net of accumulated impairment of $51.9 million and is not deductible for tax purposes.

During 2018, the Company early adopted the guidance contained in ASU No. 2017-04, “Intangibles-Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment,” which removes the step 2 requirement to perform a hypothetical purchase price allocation to measure goodwill impairment. Goodwill impairment is the amount by which the Company’s single reporting unit carrying value exceeds its fair value, not to exceed the recorded amount of goodwill. To estimate the fair value of the Company’s equity, the Company used both a market approach based on the guideline companies’ method (“Market Comparable Approach”), and an income approach based on a discounted cash flow analysis.

The Market Comparable Approach estimates fair value using market multiples of various financial measures compared to a set of comparable public companies. In performing the valuations, significant assumptions utilized include unobservable Level 3 inputs including cash flows and long-term growth rates reflective of management’s forecasted outlook, and discount rates inclusive of risk adjustments consistent with current market conditions. Discount rates are based on the development of a weighted average cost of capital using guideline public company data, factoring in current market data and any company specific risk factors. The value indicated by both methods was weighted to arrive at a concluded value.

The Company completes its annual goodwill impairment test as of year-end. At December 31, 2018 and 2019, the fair value of the reporting unit was in excess of the carrying value; therefore, there was no impairment.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

ATI Intermediate Holdings, LLC and Subsidiaries

(a wholly-owned Subsidiary of ATI Investment Parent, LLC)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Non-Amortizable Intangible Asset

The Company also completed its annual impairment test for its other non-amortizable asset (Trade Name) by comparing the estimated fair value to the carrying value of such asset. Based on the results of the Company’s tests, it recorded no impairment charges for the years ended December 31, 2018 or 2019.

Other Intangible Assets

Other intangible assets consisted of the following at December 31, (in thousands):

 

     Estimated Useful
Lives (Years)
     2018      2019  

Amortizable:

        

Costs:

        

Developed technology

     14      $ 203,800      $ 203,800  

Customer relationship

     10        89,500        89,500  

Internal-use software modification costs

     2.5        4,356        4,356  
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Amortizable Intangibles

        297,656        297,656  
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Accumulated amortization:

        

Developed technology

        36,119        50,676  

Customer relationship

        22,206        31,157  

Internal-use software modification costs

        871        2,613  
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Accumulated Amortization

        59,196        84,446  
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Amortizable Intangibles, Net

        238,460        213,210  
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-amortizable costs:

        

Trade name

        10,300        10,300  
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Other Intangible Assets, Net

      $ 248,760      $ 223,510  
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Amortization expense related to intangible assets amounted to $26.5 million and $25.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively. Estimated future annual amortization expense for the above amortizable intangible assets are as follows (in thousands):

 

For the Year Ended December 31,

   Amortization
Expense
 

2020

   $ 25,250  

2021

     23,507  

2022

     23,507  

2023

     23,507  

2024

     23,507  

Thereafter

     93,932  
  

 

 

 
   $ 213,210  
  

 

 

 

 

F-17


Table of Contents

ATI Intermediate Holdings, LLC and Subsidiaries

(a wholly-owned Subsidiary of ATI Investment Parent, LLC)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

6.

Income Taxes

The provision for income taxes charged to operations consists of the following for the years ended December 31, (in thousands):

 

     2018     2019  

Current Expense:

    

Federal

   $ 31     $ 1,709  

State

     99       803  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     130       2,512  

Deferred Expense (Benefit):

    

Federal

     (15,955     20,576  

State

     (4,107     1,746  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     (20,062     22,322  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Income Tax Expense (Benefit)

   $ (19,932   $ 24,834  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows as of December 31, (in thousands):

 

     2018     2019  

Deferred Tax Assets:

    

Bad debts

   $ 1,817     $ 37  

Inventories

     1,116       1,632  

Accrued warranties

     447       599  

Accrued compensation

     613       843  

Contingent Consideration - TRA

     4,654       —    

Net operating loss

     11,169       795  

Disallowed interest

     4,345       —    

Other

     589       124  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred Tax Assets

     24,750       4,030  

Valuation allowance

     (253     (208
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred Tax Assets, net

     24,497       3,822  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred Tax Liabilities:

    

Property, plant, and equipment

     (1,217     (1,093

Intangible assets

     (16,811     (18,582
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred Tax Liabilities

     (18,028     (19,675
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred Tax Asset (Liability), net

   $ 6,469     $ (15,853
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-18


Table of Contents

ATI Intermediate Holdings, LLC and Subsidiaries

(a wholly-owned Subsidiary of ATI Investment Parent, LLC)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

A reconciliation of income tax expense (benefit) computed at the federal statutory rate of 21% for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019 to actual income tax expense at the Company’s effective rate is as follows (in thousands):

 

     2018     2019  

Income tax expense (benefit) at federal statutory rate

   $ (16,947   $ 13,562  

State income taxes

     (3,365     2,049  

Permanent differences:

    

Derecognition of tax assets from IRS examination

     —         9,284  

Equity based compensation

     —         168  

Contingent consideration

     49       134  

Credits

     —         (284

Other nondeductible expenses

     48       40  

Foreign income benefit

     —         (155

Change in valuation allowance

     253       (45

Other

     30       81  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Income Tax Expense (Benefit)

   $ (19,932   $ 24,834  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Company files income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction and in multiple states. The Company is no longer subject to U.S. federal and state income tax examinations by tax authorities for years before 2014.

As of December 31, 2019, the Company has no federal income tax net operating loss (“NOL”) carryforwards. The Company has state income tax NOL carryforwards of approximately $14.7 million that will expire in future years beginning in 2036.

The Company’s 2017 federal income tax return was selected for examination by the IRS in 2018. As a result of the examination, an adjustment related to the value allocated to the developed technology for tax purposes was potentially required. During 2019, the Company settled the 2017 examination and agreed to a reduction in the developed technology value from $210 million to $188 million for federal income tax purposes. As a result of this change in the value of the acquired developed technology, the Company has reduced its NOL carryforwards by approximately $2.8 million for previously taken amortization and increased the deferred tax liability related to the revised patent tax basis by approximately $4.6 million. In addition, the Company will no longer receive the tax basis upon payment of the Tax Receivable Agreement (“TRA”) liability, as the related deferred tax asset of $4.7 million for the TRA was also written off during 2019. The adjustments resulting from the change in patent value have been recorded as an income tax expense in the above rate reconciliation for the year ended December 31, 2019.

TRA - Refer to Note 12, Commitments and Contingencies, for detail on the TRA, which was contingent consideration at the time of the Array acquisition.

Realization of deferred tax assets associated with net operating loss carryforwards is dependent upon generating sufficient taxable income in the appropriate jurisdictions prior to their expirations, if any expiration. The existence of reversing temporary differences supports the recognition by the Company of certain deferred tax assets. It is not more likely than not that those deferred tax assets from certain state net operating loss carryforwards would be realized due to the Company’s lack of earnings history and as such the Company has established a valuation allowance of $253 thousand and $208 thousand for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively.

 

F-19


Table of Contents

ATI Intermediate Holdings, LLC and Subsidiaries

(a wholly-owned Subsidiary of ATI Investment Parent, LLC)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

ASC 740, Income Taxes, addresses the determination of how tax benefits claimed or expected to be claimed on a tax return should be recorded in the financial statements. In accordance with ASC 740, the Company must recognize the tax benefit from an uncertain tax position only if it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by taxing authorities, based on the technical merits of the position. The Company’s assessments of its tax positions in accordance with ASC 740 did not result in changes that had a material impact on results of operations, financial condition or liquidity. The Company has no unrecognized income tax benefits at either December 31, 2018 or 2019.

 

7.

Accrued Warranty Reserve

The following table summarizes the activity related to the estimated accrued warranty reserve during the years ended December 31, (in thousands):

 

     2018     2019  

Beginning balance

   $ 2,916     $ 1,935  

Provision for warranties issued

     759       2,473  

Payments

     (886     (730

Warranty expirations

     (854     (1,086
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance

   $ 1,935     $ 2,592  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

8.

Term Loan, Revolving Loan and Letter of Credit Facility

The Company had a Term Loan Credit and Guarantee Agreement (Term Loan) as amended. The Term Loan was secured by assets of ATI Investment. The Term Loan was payable in quarterly installments of $5 million. As of December 31, 2018 and 2019, the Term Loan had a balance of $82.7 million and $57.7 million, respectively. The Term Loan accrues interest equal to applicable margin of 6.25% plus base rate (Base Rate Loan) (8.96% at December 31, 2019). The balance of the Term Loan is presented in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets net of debt discount and issuance costs of $3.4 million and $1.8 million at December 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively. The Term Loan has an annual excess cash flow calculation which could require the Company to make advance principal payments. At December 31, 2019, the excess cash flow calculation resulted in the Term Loan be classified as current on the accompanying consolidated balance sheet. The Company paid the outstanding amount due on the Term Loan on February 2, 2020 and settled all obligations with respect to the Term Loan.

The Company also has a credit facility (Revolving Loan) as amended which has a commitment of $47.5 million and matures on June 23, 2021. As of December 31, 2018 and 2019, the Revolving Loan had an outstanding balance of $39.1 million and $70 thousand, respectively. The Revolving Loan had $28.7 million in letters of credit outstanding and availability of $18.7 million at December 31, 2019. The Revolving Loan accrues interest at base rate plus applicable margin (5.75% at December 31, 2019). The borrowings under the Revolving Loan requires the borrower to maintain a lockbox with the lender and are considered short term obligations. As a result, the Revolving Loan is classified as a current liability in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

The Revolving Loan and Term Loan subject the Company to a number of restrictive covenants, including financial covenants. These financial covenants include a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio, net leverage ratio, EBITDA, and excess cash flow percentage, as defined in the Revolving Loan and Term Loan Credit Facility. As of December 31, 2019, the Company was in compliance with all the required covenants.

 

F-20


Table of Contents

ATI Intermediate Holdings, LLC and Subsidiaries

(a wholly-owned Subsidiary of ATI Investment Parent, LLC)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Letter of Credit Facility

On December 16, 2019, the Company entered into a letter of credit facility (“LC Facility”) to provide customers with additional credit support in the form of a standby letter of credit to secure the Company’s performance obligations under contracts for which certain customers elected to prepay for the design and manufacture of solar projects. The LC Facility has a commitment of $100.0 million in standby letters of credit and expires August 31, 2020. At December 31, 2019, the Company had $51.0 million in outstanding standby letters of credit outstanding, secured by cash collateral.

 

9.

Related Party Loans

On December 7, 2018, the Company received proceeds under a $12 million uncollateralized demand promissory note with a company controlled by a unit holder of Parent. The note bore interest based on the Company’s internal cost of capital plus 1.35% and was fully repaid by the Company, including accrued interest expense of $27 thousand on December 21, 2018.

On August 22, 2018, the Company entered into a $38.6 million senior secured promissory note (the “Senior Secured Loan”) with a unit holder of Parent that bears interest at a stated rate of 12% per year, is collateralized by 100% of the common stock in ATI Investment and was originally due on February 22, 2020 but extended as described in Note 18 - Subsequent Events. Interest payments on the Senior Secured Loan are due quarterly and are based on the division of the Senior Secured Loan into two tranches: a $22.5 million tranche (“Tranche A”) that requires cash interest payments and; a $16.1 million tranche (“Tranche B”) that provides for payments in kind (“PIK”) through the addition of accrued interest to the principal balance.

The Senior Secured Loan included an up-front fee to the lender of $3.5 million, treated as an original issue discount, payment of $0.1 million in legal fees and the deposit of $1.9 million for future payments of Tranche A interest. The effective interest rate on the Senior Secured Loan, after consideration of up-front and legal fees, is approximately 19%. The balance of the Senior Secured Loan, presented in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets net of debt discount and issuance costs, is $36.6 million and $41.8 million at December 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively.

The Senior Secured Loan is subject to the restrictive covenants included in the Revolving Loan and Term Loan (see Note 8) and includes prohibitions on incurring additional indebtedness, making equity distributions and receiving equity contributions as described in the senior secured loan agreement.

For the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, interest expense totaled $2.6 million and $7.3 million, respectively, which consisted of cash interest, PIK interest and amortization of the debt discount.

 

10.

Revenues

Based on Topic 606 provisions, the Company disaggregates its revenue from contracts with customers by those sales recorded over-time and sales recorded at a point in time. The following table presents the Company’s revenue disaggregated by sales recorded over-time and sales recorded at a point in time for the year ended December 31, 2019 as follows (in thousands):

 

     2019  

Over-time Revenues

   $ 599,863  

Point in time Revenues

     48,036  
  

 

 

 

Total Revenue

   $ 647,899  
  

 

 

 

 

F-21


Table of Contents

ATI Intermediate Holdings, LLC and Subsidiaries

(a wholly-owned Subsidiary of ATI Investment Parent, LLC)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

11.

Earnings (Loss) per Unit

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted earnings (loss) per unit for the years ended December 31, (in thousands, except per unit amounts):

 

     2018     2019  

Basic and Diluted:

    

Net income (loss)

   $ (60,764   $ 39,745  

Weighted-average units

     1       1  

Basic and diluted earnings (loss) per unit

   $ (60,764   $ 39,745  

There are 22,326,253 shares of Class B units of Parent issued to certain employees of the Company which were not included in the calculation of basic or diluted EPU for the year ended December 31, 2019 as the Class B units do not represent potential units of the Company.

 

12.

Commitments and Contingencies

Leases

 

For the Year Ended December 31,

      

2020

   $ 6,337  

2021

     5,990  

2022

     5,378  

2023

     28  
  

 

 

 
   $ 17,733  
  

 

 

 

For the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company recorded lease expenses associated with its operating leases in cost of revenue and general and administrative within its consolidated statements of operations totaling $1.5 million and $0.3 million, respectively.

Litigation

The Company, in the normal course of business, is subject to claims and litigation. Management believes that there are no outstanding claims or assessments against the Company that would result in a material unfavorable outcome.

Contingent Consideration

TRA

Concurrent with the acquisition of Array, the Company entered into a TRA with the former majority shareholder of Array. The TRA is valued based on the future expected payments under the agreement. The TRA provides for the payment by the Company to the former owners for certain federal, state, local and non-U.S. tax benefits deemed realized in post-closing taxable periods by Array, from the use of certain deductions generated by the increase in the tax value of the developed technology. The TRA is accounted for as contingent consideration and subsequent changes in fair value of the contingent liability are recognized in general and administrative in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. At December 31, 2018 and 2019, the fair value of the TRA was $17.2 million and $17.8 million, respectively.

 

F-22


Table of Contents

ATI Intermediate Holdings, LLC and Subsidiaries

(a wholly-owned Subsidiary of ATI Investment Parent, LLC)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Estimating the amount of payments that may be made under the TRA is by nature imprecise. The significant fair value inputs used to estimate the future expected TRA payments to the former owners include the timing of tax payments, a discount rate, book income projections, timing of expected adjustments to calculate taxable income and the projected rate of use for attributes defined in the TRA.

The Company re-measured the TRA as part of an IRS settlement in 2019 in which the recognized value of developed technology was reduced. See Note 6 - Income Taxes. The Company recognized a gain of $2.7 million resulting from the reduction in the fair value of the TRA.

Payments made under the TRA consider tax positions taken by the Company and are due within 125 days following the filing of the Company’s U.S. federal and state income tax returns under procedures described in the agreement. The current portion of the TRA liability is based on tax returns. The TRA will continue until all tax benefit payments have been made or the Company elects early termination under the terms described in the TRA.

As of December 31, 2019, the undiscounted future expected payments under the TRA are as follows (in thousands):

 

For the Year Ended December 31,

      

2020

   $ 6,293  

2021

     1,746  

2022

     1,746  

2023

     1,746  

2024

     1,746  

2025 and thereafter

     9,033  
  

 

 

 
   $ 22,310  
  

 

 

 

Earn-Out Liability

The Company is required to pay the selling shareholders of Array future contingent consideration consisting of earn-out payments in the form of cash upon the occurrence of certain events, including the sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, distribution or disposition of shares held by the acquirer to a third party; initial public offering of the equity securities of Parent, acquirer or the Company; the sale of equity securities or assets of Parent, acquirer or the Company to a third-party; or a merger, consolidation, recapitalization or reorganization of Parent, acquirer or the Company. The maximum aggregate earn-out consideration is $25.0 million.

The earn-out liability is included in contingent consideration in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets in the amount of $0.4 million at December 31, 2018 and 2019.

The fair value of the earn-out liability was initially determined as of the acquisition date using unobservable inputs. These inputs include the estimated amount and timing of future cash flows, the probability of a qualifying event occurring, and a risk-free rate used to adjust the probability-weighted cash flows to their present value. Subsequent to the acquisition date, at each reporting period, the earn-out liability is re-measured to fair value with changes in fair value recorded in general and administrative in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. Re-measurement of the earn-out liability at December 31, 2018 and 2019 resulted in no change in the fair value for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019.

 

F-23


Table of Contents

ATI Intermediate Holdings, LLC and Subsidiaries

(a wholly-owned Subsidiary of ATI Investment Parent, LLC)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The following table summarizes the liability related to the estimated contingent consideration during the years ended December 31, (in thousands):

 

     TRA     Earn-Out
Liability
     Contingent
Consideration
 

Balance, December 31, 2017

   $ 17,993     $ 442      $ 18,435  

Fair value adjustment

     (825     —          (825
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2018

     17,168       442        17,610  

IRS settlement

     (2,727     —          (2,727

Fair value adjustment

     3,367       —          3,367  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2019

   $ 17,808     $ 442      $ 18,250  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

The TRA and earn-out liabilities require significant judgment and are classified as Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy.

 

13.

Equity Based Compensation

The Company accounts for equity grants to employees (Class B units of Parent) as equity based compensation under ASC 718, Compensation-Stock Compensation. The Class B units contain vesting provisions as defined in the agreement. Vested units do not forfeit upon termination and represent a residual interest in Parent. Equity based compensation cost is measured at the grant date fair value and is recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period, including those units with graded vesting with a corresponding credit to additional paid-in capital as a capital contribution from Parent. However, the amount of equity based compensation at any date is equal to the portion of the grant date value of the award that is vested.

The Class B units issued to employees are measured at fair value on the grant date using an option pricing model. The Company utilizes the estimated weighted average of the Company’s expected fund life dependent on various exit scenarios to estimate the expected term of the awards. Expected volatility is based on the average of historical and implied volatility of a set of comparable companies, adjusted for size and leverage. The risk-free rates are based on the yields of U.S. Treasury instruments with comparable terms. Actual results may vary depending on the assumptions applied within the model.

On November 19, 2019, Parent issued 22,326,653 Class B units to certain employees of the Company. For the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company recognized $0.8 million in equity based compensation. At December 31, 2019, the Company had $8.2 million of unrecognized compensation costs related to Class B units which is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 3.25 years. There were no forfeitures during 2019.

 

14.

Employee Benefit Plan

The Company sponsors a qualified defined contribution 401(k) plan (the “Plan”). The Plan covers employees who have completed ninety days of service and who have attained the age of 18. The Plan allows eligible employees to contribute their compensation to the Plan on either a pre-tax basis or Roth basis up to the annual limit allowed by law. Annually, the Company, at its discretion, may elect to contribute matching contributions or profit-sharing contributions to the Plan. During the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, the Company made matching contributions of $0.3 million and $0.6 million, respectively.

 

F-24


Table of Contents

ATI Intermediate Holdings, LLC and Subsidiaries

(a wholly-owned Subsidiary of ATI Investment Parent, LLC)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

15.

Sales/Use Tax Examination

The Company is currently under audit by the State of California regarding sales/use tax for the period from December 1, 2011 to September 30, 2015. At December 31, 2018 and 2019, the Company recorded a sales tax payable of $0.7 million and $1.4 million, respectively, which includes estimated penalties and interest. As the period under examination relates to the pre-acquisition period and the Company has indemnification from the selling shareholders, the Company has also recorded a receivable totaling $0.7 million and $1.4 million at December 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively.

 

16.

Related Party Transactions

Accounts Payable - Related Party

The Company had $7.2 million and $5.9 million at December 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively, of accounts payable-related party with the former shareholders of Array and current unit holder of Parent. The payables relate to a Federal tax refund related to the pre-acquisition periods, restricted cash at acquisition date which were due to the sellers of Array upon release of the restriction offset by a receivable related to a sales/use tax audit from the pre-acquisition period for which the seller provided the Company with indemnification. The Company paid the $5.9 million outstanding at December 31, 2019 subsequent to year end.

Related Party Loans - see Note 9

Contingent Consideration - see Note 12

 

17.

Geographic Information

Summary information about geographic areas:

ASC 280 (“Segment Reporting”) establishes standards for reporting information about operating segments. Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise about which separate financial information is available that is evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision maker in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance. The Company manages its business on the basis of one reportable segment and derives revenues from selling its product. The Company’s long-lived assets are located in the United States.

Revenues within geographic areas based upon Customers’ project location for the years ended December 31, (in thousands):

 

     2018      2019  

United States

   $ 218,380      $ 563,157  

Australia

     51,450        51,531  

Rest of the world

     20,953        33,211  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Revenues

   $ 290,783      $ 647,899  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

18.

Subsequent Events

Amendment to Revolving Loan

On March 23, 2020, the Company amended its Revolving Loan to increase the commitment from $47.5 million to $100.0 million and extend the maturity date March 23, 2025 on similar terms.

 

F-25


Table of Contents

ATI Intermediate Holdings, LLC and Subsidiaries

(a wholly-owned Subsidiary of ATI Investment Parent, LLC)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Related Party Loan

On February 23, 2020, the Senior Secured Loan was amended to extend the due date to March 22, 2020. On March 20, 2020, the loan was again amended (“Fourth Amendment”) to extend the due date to require 50% of the principal to be paid on June 22, 2020 and the remaining unpaid balance to be paid September 22, 2020. The Fourth Amendment increased the interest rate on the Senior Secured Loan to 18% from its effective date to provide for PIK payment of the April 1, 2020 Tranche A interest of $0.6 million. The Company made a $21.7 million principal payment per the amendment on June 22, 2020 and paid the related party loan in full on July 31, 2020.

Class B Units in Parent

In May 2020, certain employees of the Company received 4,344,941 Class B Units in Parent.

Economic Developments

The Company is monitoring the recent global health emergency driven by the potential impact of the COVID-19 virus, along with global supply and demand dynamics. The extent to which these events may impact the Company’s business will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain and cannot be predicted at this time. Though the Company has thus far avoided significant impact to performance of operations as the global crisis enters its fourth month, the Company could encounter project delays due to impacts on suppliers, customers, or others. The duration and intensity of these impacts and resulting disruption to the Company’s operations is uncertain and continues to evolve as of the date of this report. Accordingly, management will continue to monitor the impact of the global situation on its financial condition, liquidity, operations, suppliers, industry, and workforce.

Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security (CARES) Act

On March 27, 2020, the President of the United States signed into law the CARES Act. The CARES Act among other things, includes provisions relating to refundable payroll tax credits, deferment of employer side social security payments, net operating loss carryback periods, alternative minimum tax credit refunds, modifications to net interest deduction limitations, increased limitations on qualified charitable contributions, and technical corrections to tax depreciation methods for qualified improved property.

The Company continues to examine the impact that the CARES Act may have on our business. The Company began deferring the employer portion of social security payments in April 2020. In June 2020, the Company filed a carryback claim for a tentative refund of $13.0 million pursuant to the CARES Act that extended NOL carryback provisions.

The Company has reviewed subsequent events through August 11, 2020, the date these consolidated financial statements were available to be issued and has identified no other events that would require recognition or disclosure in these consolidated financial statements other than those disclosed herein.

 

F-26


Table of Contents

ATI Intermediate Holdings, LLC and Subsidiaries

(a wholly-owned Subsidiary of ATI Investment Parent, LLC)

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets

(in thousands)

 

     December 31,
2019
     June 30,
2020

(unaudited)
     Pro forma
June 30,
2020

(unaudited)
 

Assets

        

Current Assets

        

Cash

   $ 310,262      $ 18,425      $ 300  

Restricted cash

     50,995        19,559        19,559  

Accounts receivable, net

     96,251        98,618        98,618  

Inventories, net

     148,024        105,280        105,280  

Income tax receivables

     628        19,317        19,317  

Prepaid expenses and other

     13,524        6,341        9,341  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Current Assets

     619,684        267,540        252,415  

Property, Plant and Equipment, net

     10,660        9,826        9,826  

Goodwill

     69,727        69,727        69,727  

Other Intangible Assets, net

     223,510        210,885        210,885  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Assets

   $ 923,581      $ 557,978      $ 542,853  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities and Member’s Equity

        

Current Liabilities

        

Accounts payable

   $ 129,584      $ 29,538      $ 29,538  

Accounts payable - related party

     5,922        6,572        6,572  

Accrued expenses and other

     17,755        13,553        13,553  

Accrued warranty reserve

     2,592        3,026        3,026  

Income tax payable

     1,944        37,768        37,768  

Deferred revenue

     328,781        20,864        20,864  

Current portion of contingent consideration

     6,293        8,992        8,992  

Revolving loan

     70        —          —    

Current portion of term loan

     55,879        —          —    

Current portion of related party loans

     41,800        23,474        23,474  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Current Liabilities

     590,620        143,787        143,787  

Long-Term Liabilities

        

Deferred tax liability

     15,853        14,477        14,477  

Contingent consideration, net of current portion

     11,957        11,675        11,675  

Revolving loan and term loan

     —          4,400        579,275  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Long-Term Liabilities

     27,810        30,552        605,427  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Liabilities

     618,430        174,339        749,214  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Commitments and Contingencies (Note 11)

        

Member’s Equity

     305,151        383,639        (206,361
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Liabilities and Member’s Equity

   $ 923,581      $ 557,978      $ 542,853  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-27


Table of Contents

ATI Intermediate Holdings, LLC and Subsidiaries

(a wholly-owned Subsidiary of ATI Investment Parent, LLC)

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations

(in thousands, except per unit amounts)

 

     Six Months Ended
June 30
 
     2019     2020  

Revenue

   $ 225,417     $ 552,634  

Cost of Revenue

     182,179       412,016  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross Profit

     43,238       140,618  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating Expenses

    

General and administrative

     15,910       25,316  

Depreciation and amortization

     12,762       12,743  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Operating Expenses

     28,672       38,059  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from Operations

     14,566       102,559  

Other Expense

    

Other income (expense), net

     116       (2,134

Interest expense

     (9,387     (7,640
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Other Expense

     (9,271     (9,774
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income Before Income Tax Expense

     5,295       92,785  

Income Tax Expense

     10,519       16,708  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Income (Loss)

   $ (5,224   $ 76,077  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings (Loss) per Unit

    

Basic and Diluted

   $ (5,224   $ 76,077  

Weighted Average Number of Units

    

Basic and Diluted

     1       1  

Pro forma earnings per share information (unaudited)

    

Pro forma net income

     $ 69,559  
    

 

 

 

Pro forma basic and diluted earnings per share

     $ 0.55  
    

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted average shares outstanding—basic and diluted

       126,994  
    

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-28


Table of Contents

ATI Intermediate Holdings, LLC and Subsidiaries

(a wholly-owned Subsidiary of ATI Investment Parent, LLC)

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Changes in Member’s Equity

(in thousands)

 

For the Six Months Ended June 30, 2019    Units      Amount  

Balance, December 31, 2018

     1      $ 264,474  

Capital contributions

     —          133  

Net loss

     —          (5,224
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance, June 30, 2019

     1      $ 259,383  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

For the Six Months Ended June 30, 2020

     

Balance, December 31, 2019

     1      $ 305,151  

Equity based compensation

     —          2,411  

Net income

     —          76,077  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance, June 30, 2020

     1      $ 383,639  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-29


Table of Contents

ATI Intermediate Holdings, LLC and Subsidiaries

(a wholly-owned Subsidiary of ATI Investment Parent, LLC)

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(in thousands)

 

     Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
     2019     2020  

Cash Flows from Operating Activities

    

Net income (loss)

   $ (5,224   $ 76,077  

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash used in operating activities:

    

Provision for (recovery of) bad debts

     (3,901     223  

Deferred tax (benefit) expense

     10,835       (1,376

Depreciation and amortization

     13,657       13,724  

Amortization of debt discount and issuance costs

     2,030       2,160  

Interest paid-in-kind

     1,696       3,073  

Equity based compensation

     —         2,411  

Change in fair value of contingent consideration

     (1,790     2,417  

Warranty provision

     193       597  

Provision for inventory obsolescence

     (24     221  

Changes in operating assets and liabilities

    

Accounts receivable

     (30,452     (2,590

Inventories

     (28,632     42,523  

Income tax receivables

     4,865       (18,689

Prepaid expenses and other

     366       7,183  

Accounts payable

     27,811       (99,396

Accrued expenses and other

     660       (4,365

Income tax payable

     842       35,824  

Deferred revenue

     4,225       (307,917
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Cash Used in Operating Activities

     (2,843     (247,900
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash Flows Used in Investing Activities

    

Purchase of property, plant and equipment

     (434     (265
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash Flows from Financing Activities

    

Proceeds from (payments on) revolving loan

     (9,625     4,330  

Principal payments on term loan

     (15,000     (57,702

Payments on related party loans

     —         (21,736

Capital contributions

     133       —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Cash Used in Financing Activities

     (24,492     (75,108
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Decrease in Cash and Restricted Cash

     (27,769     (323,273

Cash and Restricted Cash, beginning of year

     40,826       361,257  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and Restricted Cash, end of year

   $ 13,057     $ 37,984  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental Cash Flow Information

    

Cash paid for interest

   $ 5,734     $ 2,925  

Cash paid for income taxes

   $ 7     $ 950  

See accompanying notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-30


Table of Contents

ATI Intermediate Holdings, LLC and Subsidiaries

(a wholly-owned Subsidiary of ATI Investment Parent, LLC)

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

 

1.

Organization and Business

ATI Intermediate Holdings, LLC (the “Company”) is a Delaware corporation formed in December 2018 as a wholly owned subsidiary of ATI Investment Parent, LLC (the “Parent”). The Company is headquartered in Albuquerque, New Mexico, and manufactures and supplies solar tracking systems and related products for customers across the United States and internationally. The Company, through its wholly-owned subsidiaries, High Desert Finance, LLC (“HDF”) and ATI Investment Holdings, Inc. (“ATI Investment”) owns two other subsidiaries through which its conducts substantially all operations; Array Technologies, Inc. and Array Technologies Patent Holdings Co., LLC (“Array”). Parent acquired Array on July 8, 2016.

 

2.

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Accounting and Presentation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements were prepared on the accrual basis of accounting in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”).

Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of ATI Intermediate Holdings, LLC and its Subsidiaries, which include HDF, ATI Investment and Array. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated upon consolidation.

Unaudited Interim Financial Information

The accompanying balance sheet as of June 30, 2020, the statements of operations, the statements of member’s equity and statements of cash flows for the six months ended June 30, 2019 and 2020 are unaudited. The unaudited interim financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the audited annual financial statements and, in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments, which include only normal recurring adjustments, necessary for the fair statement of the Company’s financial position as of June 30, 2020 and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the six months ended June 30, 2019 and 2020. The financial data and other information disclosed in these notes related to the six months ended June 30, 2019 and 2020 are also unaudited. The results for the six months ended June 30, 2020 are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for the year ending December 31, 2020, any other interim periods, or any future year or period. The balance sheet as of December 31, 2019 included herein was derived from the audited financial statements as of that date. Certain disclosures have been condensed or omitted from the interim financial statements. These financial statements should be read in conjunction with the Company’s audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ materially from those estimates. Significant estimates include impairment of goodwill, impairment of long-lived assets, fair value of contingent consideration, allowance for doubtful accounts, reserve for excess or obsolete inventories, valuation of deferred tax assets and warranty reserve. Management believes that these estimates and assumptions provide a reasonable basis for the fair presentation of the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-31


Table of Contents

ATI Intermediate Holdings, LLC and Subsidiaries

(a wholly-owned Subsidiary of ATI Investment Parent, LLC)

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

 

Impact of COVID-19 Pandemic

In December 2019, a novel strain of coronavirus, SARS-CoV-2, which causes coronavirus disease 2019, or COVID-19, surfaced in Wuhan, China. Since then, COVID-19 has spread to multiple countries, including the United States. On March 11, 2020, the World Health Organization declared COVID-19 a pandemic. To date, the Company has maintained uninterrupted business operations with normal turnaround times for its delivery of solar tracking systems. The Company has implemented adjustments to its operations designed to keep employees safe and comply with federal, state and local guidelines, including those regarding social distancing. The extent to which COVID19 may further impact the Company’s business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain and cannot be predicted with confidence. In response to COVID-19, the United States government has passed legislation and taken other actions to provide financial relief to companies and other organizations affected by the pandemic.

Revenue Recognition

The Company recognized revenues from the sale of solar tracking systems and parts and determines its revenue recognition through the following steps (i) identification of the contract or contracts with a customer, (ii) identification of the performance obligations within the contract, (iii) determination of the transaction price, (iv) allocation of the transaction price to the performance obligations within the contract, and (v) recognition of revenue when, or as the performance obligation has been satisfied.

Performance Obligations

The Company’s contracts with customers are predominately accounted for as one performance obligation, as the majority of tasks and services is part of a single project or capability. As these contracts are typically a customized assembly for a customer-specific solution, the Company uses the expected cost-plus margin approach to estimate the standalone selling price of each performance obligation. For contracts with multiple performance obligations, the Company allocates the contract’s transaction price to each performance obligation using its best estimate of the standalone selling price of each distinct good or service in the contract. In assessing the recognition of revenue, the Company also evaluates whether two or more contracts should be combined and accounted for as one contract and if the combined or single contract should be accounted for as multiple performance obligations which could change the amount of revenue and profit (loss) recorded in a period. Change orders may include changes in specifications or design, manner of performance, equipment, materials, scope of work, and/or the period of completion of the project. The Company analyzes its change orders to determine if they should be accounted for as a modification to an existing contract or a new stand-alone contract. The Company’s change orders are generally modifications to existing contracts and are included in the total estimated contract revenue when it is probable that the change order will result in additional value that can be reliably estimated and realized. The majority of the Company’s contracts do not contain variable consideration provisions as a continuation of the original contract.

The Company’s performance obligations are satisfied predominately over-time as work progresses for its custom assembled solar systems, utilizing an output measure of completed products and based on the timing of the product’s shipments considering the shipping terms described in the contract.

Revenue recognized for the Company’s part sales are recorded at a point in time and recognized when obligations under the terms of the contract with our customer are satisfied. Generally, this occurs with the transfer of control of the asset, which is in line with shipping terms.

 

F-32


Table of Contents

ATI Intermediate Holdings, LLC and Subsidiaries

(a wholly-owned Subsidiary of ATI Investment Parent, LLC)

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

 

Contract Estimates

Accounting for contracts utilizing the over-time method and their expected cost-plus margins is based on various assumptions to project the outcome of future events that can exceed a year. These assumptions include labor productivity and availability; the complexity of the work to be performed; the cost and availability of materials; and the availability and timing of funding from the customer. The Company reviews and updates its contract-related estimates each reporting period. The Company recognizes adjustments in estimated expected cost-plus on contracts under the cumulative catch-up method. Under this method, the impact of the adjustment on profit recorded to date is recognized in the period the adjustment is identified. Revenue and profit in future periods of contract performance is recognized using the adjusted estimate. If at any time the estimate of contract profitability indicates an anticipated loss on the contract, the Company recognizes the total loss in the period it is identified.

Contract Balances

The timing of revenue recognition, billings and cash collections results in billed accounts receivable, unbilled receivables (contract assets), and deferred revenue (contract liabilities) on the consolidated balance sheets. The majority of the Company’s contract amounts are billed as work progresses in accordance with agreed-upon contractual terms, which generally coincide with the shipment of one or more phases of the project. Billing sometimes occurs subsequent to revenue recognition, resulting in contract assets. The changes in contract assets (i.e. unbilled receivables) and the corresponding amounts recorded in revenue relate to fluctuations in the timing and volume of billings for the Company’s revenue recognized over-time. As of December 31, 2019 and June 30, 2020, contract assets consisting of unbilled receivables totaling $16.1 million and $13.7 million, respectively, are recorded within accounts receivable on the consolidated balance sheets on a contract-by-contract basis at the end of the reporting period. The Company also receives advances or deposits from its customers, before revenue is recognized, resulting in contract liabilities. The changes in contract liabilities (i.e. deferred revenue) relate to advanced orders and payments received by the Company and are the result of customers looking to take advantage of certain U.S. federal tax incentives set to decrease at the end of 2019. Based on the terms of the tax incentives the customer must pay for the goods prior to December 31, 2019 which accounts for the increase in the advanced orders and payments and the resulting deferred revenue at December 31, 2019 and subsequent reduction for deliveries which occurred during the six months ended June 30, 2020. As of December 31, 2019 and June 30, 2020, contract liabilities consisting of deferred revenue were $328.8 million and $20.9 million, respectively and were recorded on a contract-by-contract basis at the end of each reporting period. During the six months ended June 30, 2019 and 2020, the Company converted $20.1 million and $327.5 million deferred revenue to revenue, respectively, which represented 97.2% and 99.8% of the prior years deferred revenue balance.

Remaining Performance Obligations

As of June 30, 2020, the Company had $142.4 million of remaining performance obligations. The Company expects to recognize revenue on 100% of these performance obligations in the next twelve months.

Equity-Based Compensation

The Company recognizes equity-based compensation expense based on the equity award’s grant date fair value. The determination of the fair value of equity awards issued to employees of the Company is based upon the underlying unit price and a number of assumptions, including volatility, performance period, risk-free interest rate and expected dividends. The Company accounts for forfeitures as they occur. The grant date fair value of each unit is amortized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period.

 

F-33


Table of Contents

ATI Intermediate Holdings, LLC and Subsidiaries

(a wholly-owned Subsidiary of ATI Investment Parent, LLC)

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

 

Earnings per Unit (“EPU”)

Basic earnings (loss) per unit, or EPU, is computed by dividing net income (loss) available to unit holders by the weighted average units outstanding during the period. Diluted EPU takes into account the potential dilution that could occur if securities or other contracts to issue units, such as stock options and unvested restricted stock units, were exercised and converted into units. Diluted EPU is computed by dividing net income (loss) available to unit holders by the weighted average units outstanding during the period, increased by the number of additional units that would have been outstanding if the potential units had been issued and were dilutive.

Unaudited Pro Forma Information

The accompanying unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated balance sheet as of June 30, 2020 has been prepared to give effect to the payment of a special distribution of $590 million to be declared by the Company’s board of directors and the funding of such special distribution with borrowings under a new $575 million first lien term loan and cash on hand.

Prior to the issuance of any shares of common stock in an initial public offering, we will convert from a Delaware limited liability company to a Delaware corporation (the “Corporate Conversion”), complete a stock split which gives effect to a 1-for-1.2 stock split (the “Stock Split”) of our common stock issued in the Corporate Conversion, pay a special distribution to our Parent and change our name from ATI Intermediate Holdings, LLC to Array Technologies, Inc. In connection with the Corporate Conversion, our outstanding member units will be converted into shares of common stock. The unaudited pro forma earnings per common share is computed using the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding after giving effect to the conversion of all the outstanding member’s units into shares of common stock, the Stock Split and special distribution as if such conversion and special distribution had occurred at the beginning of the period presented, or the date of original issuance, if later.

Pro forma basic earnings per share is computed using pro forma net income divided by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Pro forma net income reflects additional interest expense (net of tax) of $6.5 million assumed incurred to finance the portion of the special distribution that exceeds both the gross proceeds from the equity offering and the previous twelve months earnings. Weighted average number of common shares outstanding includes shares related to the Corporate Conversion and Stock Split and shares to give effect to the number of shares whose proceeds would be necessary to pay the special distribution. Pro forma diluted earnings per share is computed using the weighted-average number of common shares and the effect of potentially dilutive equity awards outstanding during the period. There were no potentially dilutive equity awards in the period presented.

CARES Act Payroll Tax Deferral

The CARES Act permits employers to defer the payment of the employer share of social security taxes due for the period beginning March 27, 2020 and ending December 31, 2020. Of the amounts deferred, 50% are required to be paid by December 31, 2021 and the remaining 50% are required to be paid by December 31, 2022. The Company began deferring payment of the employer share of social security taxes in April 2020. As of June 30, 2020, the Company had deferred payment of $0.4 million of such taxes.

Credit Concentration

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to significant concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash, restricted cash and accounts receivable. The Company has no significant off balance sheet

 

F-34


Table of Contents

ATI Intermediate Holdings, LLC and Subsidiaries

(a wholly-owned Subsidiary of ATI Investment Parent, LLC)

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

 

concentrations of credit risk. The Company maintains its cash and restricted cash with financial institutions that are believed to be of high credit quality and has not experienced any material losses relating to any cash and restricted cash. As of December 31, 2019 and June 30, 2020, $360.9 million and $37.6 million, respectively, of the Company’s bank balances were uninsured and uncollateralized and exposed to custodial credit risk.

The Company’s customer base consists primarily of solar contractors. The Company does not require collateral on its trade receivables. For the six months ended June 30, 2019, the Company’s largest customer and five largest customers constituted 33.9% and 64.7% of total revenues, respectively. Two customers make up 44.7% of revenue and are the only customers constituting greater than 10% of total revenue. For the six months ended June 30, 2020, the Company’s largest customer and five largest customers constituted 17.7% and 51.6% of total revenues, respectively. Two customers make up 28.4% of revenue and are the only customers greater than 10% of total revenue. The loss of any one of the Company’s top five customers could have a materially adverse effect on the revenues and profits of the Company. Further, the Company’s trade accounts receivable are from companies within the solar industry and, as such, the Company is exposed to normal industry credit risks. As of December 31, 2019, the Company’s largest customer and five largest customers constituted 29.5% and 69.0% of trade accounts receivable, respectively. As of June 30, 2020, the Company’s largest customer and five largest customers constituted 8.4% and 9.0% of trade accounts receivable, respectively. The Company continually evaluates its reserves for potential credit losses and establishes reserves for such losses.

Fair Value

Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The Company follows a fair value hierarchy which requires the Company to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. Three levels of inputs may be used to measure fair value, as follows:

Level 1 - Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2 - Observable inputs other than Level 1 prices, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.

Level 3 - Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities.

Assets valued using Level 1 inputs are determined by quoted market prices derived from an active market and Level 2 inputs are based primarily on quoted prices for similar assets in active or inactive markets. Level 3 inputs are valued by management’s assumptions about the assumptions the market participants would utilize in pricing the asset.

The fair values of the Company’s cash, restricted cash, accounts receivable, and accounts payable approximate their carrying values due to their short maturities. The carrying value of the Company’s notes payable and related party loans approximates their fair values, as they are based on current market rates at which the Company could borrow funds with similar terms.

The Company follows the provisions of FASB ASC Topic 820-10 for nonfinancial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis. As it relates to the Company, this applies to certain nonfinancial assets and liabilities acquired in business combinations and measurement of goodwill impairment and non-amortizable intangibles and is thereby measured at fair value. The Company has determined such fair value primarily by third-party valuations.

 

F-35


Table of Contents

ATI Intermediate Holdings, LLC and Subsidiaries

(a wholly-owned Subsidiary of ATI Investment Parent, LLC)

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

 

New Accounting Standards

To be adopted

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02 (Topic 842) “Leases” which supersedes the lease recognition requirements in ASC Topic 840, “Leases”. Under ASU No. 2016-02, lessees are required to recognize assets and liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets for most leases and provide enhanced disclosures. Leases will continue to be classified as either finance or operating. For companies that are not emerging growth companies (“EGCs”), the ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018. For EGCs, the ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2021. The Company will adopt the new standard using the modified retrospective method, under which the Company will apply Topic 842 to existing and new leases as of January 1, 2022, but prior periods will not be restated and will continue to be reported under Topic 840 guidance in effect during those periods. The Company anticipates that the adoption will not have a material impact on its consolidated statements of operations or its consolidated statements of cash flows but expects to recognize right-of-use assets and liabilities for lease obligations associated with its operating leases.

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-13, Financial Instruments - Credit Losses, which was subsequently amended by ASU No. 2018-19 and ASU No. 2019-10, requires the measurement of expected credit losses for financial instruments carried at amortized cost held at the reporting date based on historical experience, current conditions and reasonable forecasts. The updated guidance also amends the current other-than-temporary impairment model for available-for-sale debt securities by requiring the recognition of impairments relating to credit losses through an allowance account and limits the amount of credit loss to the difference between a security’s amortized cost basis and its fair value. In addition, the length of time a security has been in an unrealized loss position will no longer impact the determination of whether a credit loss exists. The main objective of this ASU is to provide financial statement users with more decision-useful information about the expected credit losses on financial instruments and other commitments to extend credit held by a reporting entity at each reporting date. The Company will continue to assess the possible impact of this standard, but currently does not expect the adoption of this standard will have a significant impact on its consolidated financial statements and its limited history of bad debt expense relating to trade accounts receivable.

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-13, Fair Value Measurement - Disclosure Framework - Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Fair Value Measurement, which makes a number of changes meant to add, modify or remove certain disclosure requirements associated with the movement against or hierarchy associated with Level 1, Level 2 and Level 3 fair value measurements. The standard is effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019. Early adoption is permitted upon issuance of the update. The Company does not expect the adoption of this guidance to have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU No. 2019-12, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes (“ASU No. 2019-12”), which is intended to simplify various aspects of the accounting for income taxes. ASU No. 2019-12 removes certain exceptions to the general principles in Topic 740 and also clarifies and amends existing guidance to improve consistent application. This standard is effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2020. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of this standard on its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

 

F-36


Table of Contents

ATI Intermediate Holdings, LLC and Subsidiaries

(a wholly-owned Subsidiary of ATI Investment Parent, LLC)

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

 

3.

Inventories

Inventories consist of the following at (in thousands):

 

     December 31,
2019
     June 30,
2020

(unaudited)
 

Raw materials

   $ 62,923      $ 42,109  

Finished goods

     90,301        68,592  

Reserve for excess or obsolete inventory

     (5,200      (5,421
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 148,024      $ 105,280  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

4.

Property, Plant and Equipment

Property, plant and equipment consisted of the following at (in thousands):

 

     Estimated Useful
Lives (Years)
     December 31,
2019
     June 30,
2020

(unaudited)
 

Land

     N/A      $ 1,340      $ 1,340  

Buildings and land improvements

     15-39        2,464        2,487  

Manufacturing equipment

     7        12,631        12,731  

Furniture, fixtures and equipment

     5-7        277        287  

Vehicles

     5        140        140  

Hardware and software

     3-5        398        515  
     

 

 

    

 

 

 
        17,250        17,500  

Less: accumulated depreciation

        (6,590      (7,674
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

      $ 10,660      $ 9,826  
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Depreciation expense was $1.0 million and $1.1 million, respectively, for the six months ended June 30, 2019 and 2020, of which $0.9 million and $1.0 million, respectively, has been allocated to cost of revenue and $0.1 million and $0.1 million, respectively, is included in depreciation and amortization in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations for the six months ended June 30, 2019 and 2020.

 

5.

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

Goodwill

Goodwill relates to the acquisition of Array. At the acquisition date, July 8, 2016, goodwill was $121.6 million. At December 31, 2019 and June 30, 2020 goodwill totaled $69.7 million, net of accumulated impairment of $51.9 million and is not deductible for tax purposes.

 

F-37


Table of Contents

ATI Intermediate Holdings, LLC and Subsidiaries

(a wholly-owned Subsidiary of ATI Investment Parent, LLC)

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

 

Other Intangible Assets

Other intangible assets consisted of the following at (in thousands):

 

    Estimated Useful
Lives (Years)
    December 31,
2019
    June 30,
2020

(unaudited)
 

Amortizable:

     

Costs:

     

Developed technology

    14     $ 203,800     $ 203,800  

Customer relationship

    10       89,500       89,500  

Internal-use software modification costs

    2.5       4,356       4,356  
   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Amortizable Intangibles

      297,656       297,656  
   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accumulated amortization:

     

Developed technology

      50,676       57,954  

Customer relationship

      31,157       35,632  

Internal-use software modification costs

      2,613       3,485  
   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Accumulated Amortization

      84,446       97,071  
   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Amortizable Intangibles, Net

      213,210       200,585  
   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-amortizable costs:

     

Trade name

      10,300       10,300  
   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Other Intangible Assets, Net

    $ 223,510     $ 210,885  
   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Amortization expense related to intangible assets amounted to $12.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2019 and 2020. Estimated future annual amortization expense for the above amortizable intangible assets for the remaining periods through December 31, as follows (in thousands):    

 

     Amortization
Expense
 

2020

   $ 12,625  

2021

     23,507  

2022

     23,507  

2023

     23,507  

2024

     23,507  

Thereafter

     93,932  
  

 

 

 
   $ 200,585  
  

 

 

 

 

6.

Income Taxes

On March 27, 2020, the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act (“CARES Act”) was enacted in response to the COVID-19 pandemic. Among other things, the CARES Act provided the ability for taxpayers to carryback a net operating loss (“NOL”) arising in a taxable year beginning after December 31, 2017 and before January 1, 2021 to each of the five years preceding the year of the loss. The Company generated a significant NOL during its tax year ended March 31, 2019 and filed a carryback claim in June 2020 for this NOL. As a result of the carryback claim, the Company recorded an income tax benefit of $6.6 million on its condensed consolidated statement of operations for the six months ended June 30, 2020, resulting from the difference in the current U.S. federal tax rate of 21% and the tax rate of 35% applicable in the carryback year.

 

F-38


Table of Contents

ATI Intermediate Holdings, LLC and Subsidiaries

(a wholly-owned Subsidiary of ATI Investment Parent, LLC)

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

 

The Company’s 2017 federal income tax return was selected for examination by the IRS in 2018. As a result of the examination, an adjustment related to the value allocated to the developed technology for tax purposes was potentially required. During 2019, the Company settled the 2017 examination and agreed to a reduction in the developed technology value from $210 million to $188 million for federal income tax purposes. As a result of this change in the value of the acquired developed technology, the Company has reduced its NOL carryforwards by approximately $2.8 million for previously taken amortization and increased the deferred tax liability related to the revised developed technology tax basis by approximately $4.6 million. In addition, the Company will no longer receive the tax basis upon payment of the Tax Receivable Agreement (“TRA”) liability, as the related deferred tax asset of $4.7 million for the TRA was also written off during 2019. The adjustments resulting from the change in developed technology value have been recorded as an income tax expense for the six months ended June 30, 2019.

 

7.

Term Loan, Revolving Loan and Letter of Credit Facility

The Company had a Term Loan Credit and Guarantee Agreement (Term Loan) as amended. The Term Loan was secured by assets of ATI Investment. The Term Loan was payable in quarterly installments of $5 million. As of December 31, 2019, the Term Loan had a balance of $57.7 million. The Term Loan accrued interest equal to applicable margin of 6.25% plus base rate (Base Rate Loan) (8.96% at December 31, 2019). The balance of the Term loan is presented in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets net of debt discount and issuance costs of $1.8 million at December 31, 2019. The Term Loan had an annual excess cash flow calculation which could require the Company to make advance principal payments. At December 31, 2019, the excess cash flow calculation resulted in the Term Loan be classified as current on the accompanying consolidated balance sheet. The Company paid the outstanding amount due on the Term Loan on February 2, 2020 and settled all obligations with respect to the Term Loan.

The Company has a credit facility (Revolving Loan) as amended which has a commitment of $100.0 million and matures on March 23, 2025. As of December 31, 2019 and June 30, 2020, the Revolving Loan had an outstanding balance of $70 thousand and $4.4 million, respectively. The Revolving Loan had $18.6 million in letters of credit outstanding and availability of $59.0 million at June 30, 2020. The Revolving Loan accrues interest at base rate plus applicable margin (4.25% at June 30, 2020).

The Revolving Loan and Term Loan subject the Company to a number of restrictive covenants, including financial covenants. These financial covenants include a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio, net leverage ratio, EBITDA, and excess cash flow percentage, as defined in the Revolving Loan and Term Loan Credit Facility. As of June 30, 2020, the Company was in compliance with all the required covenants.

Letter of Credit Facility

On December 16, 2019, the Company entered into a letter of credit facility (“LC Facility”) to provide customers with additional credit support in the form of a standby letter of credit to secure the Company’s performance obligations under contracts for which certain customers elected to prepay for the design and manufacture of solar projects. The LC Facility has a commitment of $100.0 million in standby letters of credit which expired August 31, 2020. At December 31, 2019 and June 30, 2020, the Company had $51.0 million and $19.6 million, respectively, in outstanding standby letters of credit outstanding, secured by cash collateral.

 

8.

Related Party Loan

On August 22, 2018, the Company entered into a $38.6 million senior secured promissory note, as amended (the “Senior Secured Loan”) with a unit holder of Parent that bears interest at a stated rate of 12% per year. Interest

 

F-39


Table of Contents

ATI Intermediate Holdings, LLC and Subsidiaries

(a wholly-owned Subsidiary of ATI Investment Parent, LLC)

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

 

payments on the Senior Secured Loan are due quarterly and were based on the division of the Senior Secured Loan into two tranches: a $22.5 million tranche (“Tranche A”) that requires cash interest payments and; a $16.1 million tranche (“Tranche B”) that provides for payments in kind (“PIK”) through the addition of accrued interest to the principal balance.

The Senior Secured Loan included an up-front fee to the lender of $3.5 million, treated as an original issue discount, payment of $0.1 million in legal fees and the deposit of $1.9 million for future payments of Tranche A interest. The effective interest rate on the Senior Secured Loan, after consideration of up-front and legal fees, is approximately 19%. The balance of the Senior Secured Loan, presented in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets net of debt discount and issuance costs, is $41.8 million and $23.5 million at December 31, 2019 and June 30, 2020, respectively. The Company paid the remaining outstanding balance and accrued interest on July 31, 2020 to settle the obligation with respect to the Senior Secured Loan.

The Senior Secured Loan is subject to the restrictive covenants included in the Revolving Loan and Term Loan and includes prohibitions on incurring additional indebtedness, making equity distributions and receiving equity contributions as described in the Senior secured Loan Agreement.

For the six months ended June 30, 2019 and 2020, interest expense totaled $3.6 million and $3.5 million, respectively, which consisted of cash interest, PIK interest and amortization of the debt discount.

 

9.

Revenues

Based on Topic 606 provisions, the Company disaggregates its revenue from contracts with customers by those sales recorded over-time and sales recorded at a point in time. The following table presents the Company’s revenue disaggregated by sales recorded over-time and sales recorded at a point in time for the six months ended June 30, as follows (in thousands):

 

     2019      2020  

Over-time Revenues

   $ 212,363      $ 516,598  

Point in time Revenues

     13,054        36,036  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Revenue

   $ 225,417      $ 552,634  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

10.

Earnings (Loss) per Unit

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted earnings (loss) per unit for the six months ended June 30, (in thousands, except per unit amounts):

 

     2019      2020  

Basic and Diluted:

     

Net income (loss)

   $ (5,224    $ 76,077  

Weighted-average units

     1        1  

Basic and diluted net earnings (loss) per unit

   $ (5,224    $ 76,077  

There are 26,671,594 Class B units and 1,000 Class C units of Parent issued to certain employees or directors of the Company which were not included in the calculation of basic or diluted EPU for the six months ended June 30, 2020 as the Class B and Class C units do not represent potential units of the Company.

 

F-40


Table of Contents

ATI Intermediate Holdings, LLC and Subsidiaries

(a wholly-owned Subsidiary of ATI Investment Parent, LLC)

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

 

11.

Commitments and Contingencies

Litigation

The Company, in the normal course of business, is subject to claims and litigation. Management believes that there are no outstanding claims or assessments against the Company that would result in a material unfavorable outcome.

Contingent Consideration

TRA

Concurrent with the acquisition of Array, the Company entered into a TRA with the former majority shareholder of Array. The TRA is valued based on the future expected payments under the agreement. The TRA provides for the payment by the Company to the former owners for certain federal, state, local and non-U.S. tax benefits deemed realized in post-closing taxable periods by Array, from the use of certain deductions generated by the increase in the tax value of the developed technology. The TRA is accounted for as contingent consideration and subsequent changes in fair value of the contingent liability are recognized in general and administrative in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. At December 31, 2019 and June 30, 2020, the fair value of the TRA was $17.8 million and $18.8 million, respectively.

Estimating the amount of payments that may be made under the TRA is by nature imprecise. The significant fair value inputs used to estimate the future expected TRA payments to the former owners include the timing of tax payments, a discount rate, book income projections, timing of expected adjustments to calculate taxable income and the projected rate of use for attributes defined in the TRA.

Payments made under the TRA consider tax positions taken by the Company and are due within 125 days following the filing of the Company’s U.S. federal and state income tax returns under procedures described in the agreement. The current portion of the TRA liability is based on tax returns. The TRA will continue until all tax benefit payments have been made or the Company elects early termination under the terms described in the TRA.

As of June 30, 2020, the undiscounted future expected payments through December 31, under the TRA are as follows (in thousands):

 

2020

   $ 7,430  

2021

     1,711  

2022

     1,748  

2023

     1,748  

2024

     1,748  

2025 and thereafter

     10,929  
  

 

 

 
   $ 25,314  
  

 

 

 

Earn-Out Liability

The Company is required to pay the selling shareholders of Array future contingent consideration consisting of earn-out payments in the form of cash upon the occurrence of certain events, including the sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, distribution or disposition of shares held by the acquirer to a third party; initial public offering of the equity securities of Parent, acquirer or the Company; the sale of equity securities or assets of Parent, acquirer or the Company to a third-party; or a merger, consolidation, recapitalization or reorganization of Parent, acquirer or the Company. The maximum aggregate earn-out consideration is $25.0 million.

 

F-41


Table of Contents

ATI Intermediate Holdings, LLC and Subsidiaries

(a wholly-owned Subsidiary of ATI Investment Parent, LLC)

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

 

The earn-out liability is included in contingent consideration in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets in the amount of $0.4 million and $1.8 million at December 31, 2019 and June 30, 2020, respectively.

The fair value of the earn-out liability was initially determined as of the acquisition date using unobservable inputs. These inputs include the estimated amount and timing of future cash flows, the probability of a qualifying event occurring, and a risk-free rate used to adjust the probability-weighted cash flows to their present value. Subsequent to the acquisition date, at each reporting period, the earn-out liability is re-measured to fair value with changes in fair value recorded in general and administrative in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

The following table summarizes the liability related to the estimated contingent consideration during the six months ended June 30, (in thousands):

 

     TRA      Earn-Out
Liability
     Contingent
Consideration
 

Balance, December 31, 2018

   $ 17,168      $ 442      $ 17,610  

Fair value adjustment

     (1,790      —          (1,790
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance, June 30, 2019

   $ 15,378      $ 442      $ 15,820  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2019

   $ 17,808      $ 442      $ 18,250  

Fair value adjustment

     1,037        1,380        2,417  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance, June 30, 2020

   $ 18,845      $ 1,822      $ 20,667  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The TRA and earn-out liabilities require significant judgment and are classified as Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy.

 

12.

Equity Based Compensation

The Company accounts for equity grants to employees (Class B units and Class C units, “the Units”, of Parent) as equity based compensation under ASC 718, Compensation-Stock Compensation. The Units contain vesting provisions as defined in the agreement. Vested units do not forfeit upon termination and represent a residual interest in Parent. Equity based compensation cost is measured at the grant date fair value and is recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period, including those units with graded vesting with a corresponding credit to additional paid-in capital as a capital contribution from Parent. However, the amount of equity based compensation at any date is equal to the portion of the grant date value of the award that is vested.

The Units issued to employees are measured at fair value on the grant date using an option pricing model. The Company utilizes the estimated weighted average of the Company’s expected fund life dependent on various exit scenarios to estimate the expected term of the awards. Expected volatility is based on the average of historical and implied volatility of a set of comparable companies, adjusted for size and leverage. The risk-free rates are based on the yields of U.S. Treasury instruments with comparable terms. Actual results may vary depending on the assumptions applied within the model.

On November 19, 2019 and May 19, 2020, Parent issued 22,326,653 and 4,344,941, respectively, Class B units to certain employees of the Company. On March 28, 2020, Parent issued 1,000 Class C units to a member of the board of directors of Array Technologies, Inc.

For the six months ended June 30, 2020, the Company recognized $2.4 million in equity based compensation. At June 30, 2020, the Company had $8.4 million of unrecognized compensation costs related to Class B units which is expected to be recognized over a period of 3.5 years. There were no forfeitures during 2020.

 

F-42


Table of Contents

ATI Intermediate Holdings, LLC and Subsidiaries

(a wholly-owned Subsidiary of ATI Investment Parent, LLC)

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

 

13.

Related Party Transactions

Accounts Payable-Related Party

The Company had $5.9 million and $6.6 million at December 31, 2019 and June 30, 2020, respectively, of accounts payable - related party with the former shareholders of Array and current unit holder of Parent. The payables relate to a Federal tax refund related to the pre-acquisition periods, restricted cash at acquisition date which were due to the sellers of Array upon release of the restriction offset by a receivable related to a sales/use tax audit from the pre-acquisition period for which the seller provided the Company with indemnification.

Consent Fees-Related Party

The Company incurred $2.2 million in consent fees with the former majority shareholder of Array to allow a carryback of post-acquisition net operating losses to pre-acquisition periods under the CARES Act. The consent fee is included in accounts payable – related party and other income (expense), net in the accompanying condensed consolidated financial statements at June 30, 2020 and for the six months ended June 30, 2020, respectively.

Related Party Loans - see Note 8

Contingent Consideration - see Note 11

 

14.

Subsequent Events

The Company has reviewed subsequent events through September 11, 2020, the date these condensed consolidated financial statements were available to be issued and has identified no other events that would require recognition or disclosure in these condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-43


Table of Contents

 

 

             Shares

ARRAY TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

Common Stock

 

 

 

 

LOGO

 

 

 

Joint Book-Running Managers

 

Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC  

J.P. Morgan

 

Guggenheim Securities

  Morgan Stanley
Credit Suisse    Barclays   UBS Investment Bank

Co-Managers

 

Cowen

  Oppenheimer & Co.   MUFG   Nomura

 

 

Through and including                 , 2020 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

 

Item 13.

Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution

The following table sets forth all expenses to be paid by the registrant, other than estimated underwriting discounts and commissions, in connection with this offering. All expenses will be borne by the registrant. All amounts shown are estimates except for the SEC registration fee, the FINRA filing fee and the Nasdaq listing fee.

 

     Amount to be Paid  

SEC Registration Fee

   $ 88,924  

FINRA filing fee

     122,760  

Nasdaq listing fee

     295,000  

Printing

     540,000  

Legal fees and expenses

     2,100,000  

Accounting fees and expenses

     875,000  

Transfer agent and registrar fees

     20,850  

Miscellaneous expenses

     —    
  

 

 

 

Total:

   $ 4,042,534  
  

 

 

 

 

Item 14.

Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

We are currently a Delaware limited liability company. Immediately before our registration statement for this offering is declared effective, we will convert into a Delaware corporation and change our name from ATI Intermediate Holdings, LLC to Array Technologies, Inc. Upon completion of this conversion, we will be subject to the DGCL.

Section 145 of the DGCL authorizes a corporation’s Board of Directors to grant, and authorizes a court to award, indemnity to officers, directors and other corporate agents. As permitted by Section 102(b)(7) of the DGCL, the registrant’s certificate of incorporation to be in effect upon the closing of this offering includes provisions that eliminate the personal liability of its directors and officers for monetary damages for breach of their fiduciary duty as directors and officers, except for liability (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) for unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases, redemptions or other distributions or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

In addition, as permitted by Section 145 of the DGCL, the bylaws of the registrant provide that:

 

   

The registrant shall indemnify its directors and officers for serving the registrant in those capacities or for serving other business enterprises at the registrant’s request, to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Delaware law provides that a corporation may indemnify such person if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the registrant and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such person’s conduct was unlawful.

 

   

The registrant may, in its discretion, indemnify employees and agents in those circumstances where indemnification is permitted by applicable law.

 

II-1


Table of Contents
   

The registrant is required to advance expenses, as incurred, to its directors and officers in connection with defending a proceeding, except that such director or officer shall undertake to repay such advances if it is ultimately determined that such person is not entitled to indemnification.

 

   

The registrant is not obligated pursuant to the bylaws to indemnify a person with respect to proceedings initiated by that person, except with respect to proceedings authorized by the registrant’s Board of Directors or brought to enforce a right to indemnification.

 

   

The rights conferred in the bylaws are not exclusive, and the registrant is authorized to enter into indemnification agreements with its directors, officers, employees and agents and to obtain insurance to indemnify such persons.

 

   

The registrant may not retroactively amend the bylaw provisions to reduce its indemnification obligations to directors, officers, employees and agents.

The registrant also maintains directors’ and officers’ insurance to insure such persons against certain liabilities.

We intend to enter into separate indemnification agreements with our directors and officers. Each indemnification agreement will provide, among other things, for indemnification to the fullest extent permitted by law and our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws against any and all expenses, judgments, fines, penalties and amounts paid in settlement of any claim. The indemnification agreements will provide for the advancement or payment of all expenses to the indemnitee and for reimbursement to us if it is found that such indemnitee is not entitled to such indemnification under applicable law and our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws.

These indemnification provisions may be sufficiently broad to permit indemnification of the registrant’s officers and directors for liabilities (including reimbursement of expenses incurred) arising under the Securities Act.

The underwriting agreement filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this registration statement provides for indemnification by the underwriters of the registrant and its officers and directors for certain liabilities arising under the Securities Act and otherwise.

 

Item 15.

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

During the last three years, the registrant has issued securities in the following transactions, each of which was exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. No underwriters were involved in any of the below-referenced sales of securities. The historical share data set forth in this section has not been adjusted to reflect the Stock Split that is expected to be effected prior to the completion of this offering:

 

  (1)

The registrant was formed under the laws of the State of Delaware on December 6, 2018, and in connection therewith issued 1,000 units to ATI Investment Parent, LLC. This issuance was made without registration under the Securities Act in reliance upon Section 4(a)(2) thereof.

 

  (2)

Prior to the effectiveness of this registration statement, the registrant will complete the Corporate Conversion and the issuance of shares of the registrant’s common stock to ATI Investment Parent, LLC pursuant to the Corporate Conversion will not be registered under the Securities Act, and such shares will be issued in reliance upon the exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act set forth in Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act. The conversion of the registrant’s units held by ATI Investment Parent, LLC after the Corporate Conversion into shares of the registrant’s common stock will not be registered under the Securities Act, and the shares will be issued to ATI Investment Parent, LLC in reliance upon the exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act set forth in Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act.

 

II-2


Table of Contents
Item 16.

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

See the Exhibit Index immediately following the signature page hereto, which is incorporated by reference as if fully set forth herein.

 

Item 17.

Undertakings.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

 

  1.

For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

  2.

For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-3


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Item 16.

Exhibits

 

Exhibit
Number

  

Document

  1.1    Form of Underwriting Agreement
  3.1    Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, to be effective upon completion of this offering
  3.2    Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws, to be effective upon completion of this offering
  5.1    Opinion of Kirkland & Ellis LLP
10.1*    Amended and Restated ABL Credit and Guarantee Agreement, dated as of March  23, 2020, by and among ATI Investment Holdings, Inc., Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as administrative agent, and the lenders from time to time party thereto
10.2    Form of Registration Rights Agreement
10.3*    Tax Receivable Agreement, dated as of July 8, 2016, between Array Technologies, Inc. and Ron P. Corio
10.4*    Form of Array Technologies, Inc. 2020 Long-Term Incentive Plan
10.5*    Earnout Agreement, dated June  23, 2016, by and among ATI Investment Parent, LLC, ATI Investment Sub, Inc., Array Technologies, Inc., and the seller parties thereto
10.6*    Employment Offer Letter, dated August 7, 2018, between Array Technologies, Inc. and Stuart Bolland
10.7*    Amendment to Employment Offer Letter, dated May 25, 2019, between Array Technologies, Inc. and Stuart Bolland
10.8*    Employment Offer Letter, dated April 25, 2018, between Array Technologies, Inc. and Jim Fusaro
10.9*    Employment Offer Letter, dated December 19, 2016, between Array Technologies, Inc. and Jeff Krantz
10.10*    Amendment to Employment Offer Letter, dated May 23, 2019, between Array Technologies, Inc. and Jeff Krantz
10.11    Form of Director and Officer Indemnification Agreement
21.1*    List of Subsidiaries of the Registrant
23.1    Consent of BDO USA, LLP, independent registered public accounting firm
23.2    Consent of Kirkland & Ellis LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)
23.3*    Consent of IHS Global Inc.
24.1*    Power of Attorney (included in signature page)
99.1*    Consent of Jim Fusaro to be named as a director nominee
99.2*    Consent of Troy Alstead to be named as a director nominee
99.3*    Consent of Frank Cannova to be named as a director nominee
99.4*    Consent of Ron P. Corio to be named as a director nominee
99.5*    Consent of Brad Forth to be named as a director nominee
99.6*    Consent of Peter Jonna to be named as a director nominee
99.7*    Consent of Jason Lee to be named as a director nominee
99.8*    Consent of Orlando D. Ashford to be named as a director nominee

 

*

Previously filed.

 

II-4


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, ATI Intermediate Holdings, LLC has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Albuquerque, State of New Mexico on October 8, 2020.

 

ATI Intermediate Holdings, LLC

By:  

/s/ Jim Fusaro

  Name:  

Jim Fusaro

  Title:  

Chief Executive Officer

* * * *

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated below.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Jim Fusaro

Jim Fusaro

  

Chief Executive Officer and Manager

(principal executive officer)

 

October 8, 2020

/s/ Nipul Patel

Nipul Patel

  

Chief Financial Officer

(principal financial officer and principal accounting officer)

 

October 8, 2020

*

Troy Alstead

  

Manager

 

October 8, 2020

*

Orlando D. Ashford

  

Manager

 

October 8, 2020

*

Frank Cannova

  

Manager

 

October 8, 2020

*

Ron P. Corio

  

Manager

 

October 8, 2020

*

Brad Forth

  

Chairman of the Board of Managers

 

October 8, 2020

*

Peter Jonna

  

Manager

 

October 8, 2020

*

Jason Lee

  

Manager

 

October 8, 2020

 

*

 

 

/s/ Nipul Patel

Nipul Patel

Attorney-in-Fact

 

II-5

Exhibit 1.1

Array Technologies, Inc.

[] Shares of Common Stock

 

 

Underwriting Agreement

[●], 2020

Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

As representatives (the “Representatives”) of the several Underwriters named in Schedule I hereto,

c/o Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC

200 West Street

New York, New York 10282

c/o J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

383 Madison Avenue

New York, New York 10179

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Array Technologies, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), proposes, subject to the terms and conditions stated in this agreement (this “Agreement”), to issue and sell to the Underwriters named in Schedule I hereto (the “Underwriters”) an aggregate of [●] shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share (“Stock”), of the Company and the selling stockholder of the Company named in Schedule II hereto (the “Selling Stockholder”) proposes, subject to the terms and conditions stated in this Agreement, to sell to the Underwriters an aggregate of [●] shares and, at the election of the Underwriters, up to [●] additional shares of Stock. The aggregate of [●] shares to be sold by the Company and the Selling Stockholder is herein called the “Firm Shares” and the aggregate of [●] additional shares to be sold by the Selling Stockholder is herein called the “Optional Shares”. The Firm Shares and the Optional Shares that the Underwriters elect to purchase pursuant to Section 2 hereof are herein collectively called the “Shares”.

1. (a) The Company represents and warrants to, and agrees with, each of the Underwriters that:

(i) A registration statement on Form S–1 (File No. 333-248969) (the “Initial Registration Statement”) in respect of the Shares has been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”); the Initial Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, each in the form heretofore delivered to the Representatives, have been declared effective by the Commission in such form; other than a registration statement, if any, increasing the size of the offering (a “Rule 462(b) Registration Statement”), filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”), which became effective upon filing, no other document with respect to the Initial Registration Statement has been filed with the Commission; and no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Initial Registration Statement, any post-effective amendment thereto or the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, if


any, has been issued and, to the Company’s knowledge, no proceeding for that purpose has been initiated or threatened by the Commission (any preliminary prospectus included in the Initial Registration Statement or filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(a) under the Act is hereinafter called a “Preliminary Prospectus”; the various parts of the Initial Registration Statement and the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, if any, including all exhibits thereto and including the information contained in the form of final prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Act in accordance with Section 5(a) hereof and deemed by virtue of Rule 430A under the Act to be part of the Initial Registration Statement at the time it was declared effective, each as amended at the time such part of the Initial Registration Statement became effective or such part of the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, if any, became or hereafter becomes effective, are hereinafter collectively called the “Registration Statement”; the Preliminary Prospectus relating to the Shares that was included in the Registration Statement immediately prior to the Applicable Time (as defined in Section 1(a)(iii) hereof) is hereinafter called the “Pricing Prospectus”; such final prospectus, in the form first filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Act, is hereinafter called the “Prospectus”; any oral or written communication with potential investors undertaken in reliance on Section 5(d) of the Act or Rule 163B under the Act is hereinafter called a “Testing-the-Waters Communication”; any Testing-the-Waters Communication that is a written communication within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Act is hereinafter called a “Written Testing-the-Waters Communication”; and any “issuer free writing prospectus” as defined in Rule 433 under the Act relating to the Shares is hereinafter called an “Issuer Free Writing Prospectus”);

(ii) (A) No order preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus has been issued by the Commission, and (B) each Preliminary Prospectus, at the time of filing thereof, conformed in all material respects to the requirements of the Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, and did not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided, however, that this representation and warranty shall not apply to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with the Underwriter Information (as defined in Section 9(c) of this Agreement);

(iii) For the purposes of this Agreement, the “Applicable Time” is [___:___ __]m (Eastern time) on the date of this Agreement; the Pricing Prospectus, as supplemented by the information listed on Schedule III(c) hereto, taken together (collectively, the “Pricing Disclosure Package”), as of the Applicable Time, did not, and as of each the Time of Delivery (as defined in Section 4(a) of this Agreement) will not, include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; and each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus and each Written Testing-the-Waters Communication does not conflict with the information contained in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus, and each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus and each Written Testing-the-Waters Communication, as supplemented by and taken together with the Pricing Disclosure Package, as of the Applicable Time, did not, and as of each Time of Delivery, will not, include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided, however, that this representation and warranty shall not apply to statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with the Underwriter Information;

 

2


(iv) No documents were filed with the Commission since the Commission’s close of business on the business day immediately prior to the date of this Agreement and prior to the execution of this Agreement, except as set forth in Schedule III(b) hereto;

(v) The Registration Statement conforms, and the Prospectus and any further amendments or supplements to the Registration Statement and the Prospectus will conform in all material respects to the requirements of the Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder and do not and will not, as of the applicable effective date as to each part of the Registration Statement, as of the applicable filing date as to the Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto, and as of each Time of Delivery, contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; provided, however, that this representation and warranty shall not apply to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with the Underwriter Information;

(vi) Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has, since the date of the latest audited financial statements included in the Pricing Prospectus, (i) sustained any material loss or interference with its business, taken as a whole, from fire, explosion, flood or other calamity, whether or not covered by insurance, or from any labor dispute or court or governmental action, order or decree or (ii) entered into any transaction or agreement (whether or not in the ordinary course of business) that is material to the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole or incurred any liability or obligation, direct or contingent, that is material to the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole, in each case otherwise than as set forth or contemplated in the Pricing Prospectus; and, since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement and the Pricing Prospectus, there has not been (x) any change in the capital stock (other than as a result of (i) the exercise or settlement (including any “net” or “cashless” exercises or settlements), if any, of stock options, restricted stock units, incentive units or other equity awards or the award, if any, of stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units, incentive units or other equity awards in the ordinary course of business pursuant to the Company’s equity plans that are described in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus or (ii) the issuance, if any, of stock upon the exercise or conversion of Company securities as described in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus) or, except as disclosed in or contemplated by the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus, long-term debt of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or (y) any Material Adverse Effect (as defined below); as used in this Agreement, “Material Adverse Effect” shall mean any material adverse change or effect, or any development involving a prospective material adverse change or effect, in or affecting (i) the business, properties, general affairs, management, financial position, stockholders’ equity or results of operations of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, except as set forth or contemplated in the Pricing Prospectus, or (ii) the ability of the Company to perform its obligations under this Agreement, including the issuance and sale of the Shares, or to consummate the transactions contemplated in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus;

(vii) The Company and its subsidiaries have good and marketable title in fee simple to all real property and good and marketable title to all material personal property owned by them, in each case free and clear of all liens, encumbrances and defects except such as are described in the Pricing Prospectus or such as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and any real property and buildings held under lease by the Company and its subsidiaries are held by them under, to the Company’s knowledge, valid, subsisting and enforceable leases (subject to the effects of (A) bankruptcy,

 

3


insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, fraudulent transfer, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws relating to or affecting the rights or remedies of creditors generally; (B) the application of general principles of equity (including without limitation, concepts of materiality, reasonableness, good faith and fair dealing, regardless of whether enforcement is considered in proceedings at law or in equity); and (C) applicable law and public policy with respect to rights to indemnity and contribution) with such exceptions as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(viii) Each of the Company and each of its subsidiaries has been (i) duly organized and is validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization, with power and authority (corporate and other) to own its properties and conduct its business as described in the Pricing Prospectus, and (ii) duly qualified as a foreign corporation for the transaction of business and is in good standing under the laws of each other jurisdiction in which it owns or leases properties or conducts any business so as to require such qualification, except, in the case of this clause (ii), where the failure to be so qualified, validly existing or in good standing would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and each subsidiary of the Company that is a “significant subsidiary” as defined in Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X under the Act has been listed in the Registration Statement;

(ix) The Company has an authorized capitalization as set forth in the Pricing Prospectus and all of the issued shares of capital stock of the Company, including the Shares to be sold by the Selling Stockholder, have been duly and validly authorized and issued and are fully paid and non-assessable and conform, in all material respects, to the description of the Stock contained in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus; and all of the issued shares of capital stock of each subsidiary of the Company have been duly and validly authorized and issued, are fully paid and non-assessable and (except, in the case of any foreign subsidiary, for directors’ qualifying shares) are owned directly or indirectly by the Company, free and clear of all material liens, encumbrances, equities or claims, except for such liens or encumbrances described in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus;

(x) The Shares to be issued and sold by the Company have been duly and validly authorized and, when issued and delivered against payment therefor as provided herein, will be duly and validly issued and fully paid and non-assessable and will conform, in all material respects, to the description of the Stock contained in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus; and the issuance of the Shares is not subject to any preemptive or similar rights;

(xi) The issue and sale of the Shares to be sold by the Company and the compliance by the Company with this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated in this Agreement and the Pricing Prospectus will not conflict with or result in a breach or violation of any of the terms or provisions of, or constitute a default under, (A) any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement, lease or other agreement or instrument to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is bound or to which any of the property or assets of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is subject, (B) the certificate of incorporation or bylaws (or other applicable organizational document) of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or (C) any statute or any judgment, order, rule or regulation of any court or governmental agency or body having jurisdiction over the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any of their properties, except, in the case of clauses (A) and (C) for such conflicts, defaults, breaches, or violations that would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and no consent, approval, authorization, order, registration or qualification of or with any such court or governmental

 

4


agency or body is required for the issue of the Shares to be sold by the Company and the sale of the Shares or the consummation by the Company of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, except such as have been obtained under the Act, the approval by the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”) of the underwriting terms and arrangements, the approval for listing of the Shares on the Exchange (as defined below) and such consents, approvals, authorizations, orders, registrations or qualifications as may be required under state securities or Blue Sky laws in connection with the purchase and distribution of the Shares by the Underwriters;

(xii) Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is (i) in violation of its certificate of incorporation or bylaws (or other applicable organizational document), (ii) in violation of any statute or any judgment, order, rule or regulation of any court or governmental agency or body having jurisdiction over the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any of their properties, or (iii) in default in the performance or observance of any obligation, agreement, covenant or condition contained in any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement, lease or other agreement or instrument to which it is a party or by which it or any of its properties may be bound, except, in the case of the foregoing clauses (ii) and (iii), for such defaults as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(xiii) The statements set forth in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus under the caption “Description of Capital Stock”, insofar as they purport to constitute a summary of the terms of the Stock, under the caption “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations for Non-U.S. Holders of Common Stock”, and under the caption “Underwriting”, insofar as they purport to describe the provisions of the laws and documents referred to therein, are accurate, complete and fair in all material respects;

(xiv) Other than as set forth in the Pricing Prospectus, there are no legal or governmental proceedings pending to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries or, to the Company’s knowledge, any officer or director of the Company is a party or of which any property or assets of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or, to the Company’s knowledge, any officer or director of the Company is the subject which, if determined adversely to the Company or any of its subsidiaries (or such officer or director), would, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and, to the Company’s knowledge, no such proceedings are threatened or contemplated by governmental authorities or others;

(xv) The Company is not and, after giving effect to the offering and sale of the Shares and the application of the proceeds thereof, will not be an “investment company” required to be registered as such under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Company Act”);

(xvi) At the time of filing the Initial Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, at the earliest time thereafter that the Company or any offering participant made a bona fide offer (within the meaning of Rule 164(h)(2) under the Act) of the Shares, and at the date hereof, the Company was not and is not an “ineligible issuer,” as defined in Rule 405 under the Act;

(xvii) BDO USA, LLP, which has audited certain financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries, is an independent public accountants as required by the Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder;

 

5


(xviii) The Company maintains a system of internal control over financial reporting (as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)) that (i) complies with the requirements of the Exchange Act, (ii) has been designed by the Company’s principal executive officer and principal financial officer, or under their supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and (iii) is sufficient to provide reasonable assurance that (A) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization, (B) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles and to maintain accountability for assets, (C) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization and (D) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with the existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences; and except as disclosed in the Pricing Prospectus, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting is effective and the Company is not aware of any material weaknesses in its internal control over financial reporting;

(xix) Except as disclosed in the Pricing Prospectus, since the date of the latest audited financial statements included in the Pricing Prospectus, there has been no change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that has materially and adversely affected, or is reasonably likely to materially and adversely affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting;

(xx) Except as disclosed in the Pricing Prospectus, the Company maintains disclosure controls and procedures (as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Exchange Act) that comply with the requirements of the Exchange Act; such disclosure controls and procedures have been designed to ensure that material information relating to the Company and its subsidiaries is made known to the Company’s principal executive officer and principal financial officer by others within those entities; and such disclosure controls and procedures are effective;

(xxi) This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company;

(xxii) None of the Company or any of its subsidiaries nor, to the knowledge of the Company, any director, officer, agent, employee, affiliate or other person associated with or acting on behalf of the Company or any of its subsidiaries has in the last five years (i) made, offered, promised or authorized any unlawful contribution, gift, entertainment or other unlawful expense (or taken any act in furtherance thereof); (ii) made, offered, promised or authorized any direct or indirect unlawful payment; or (iii) violated or is in violation of any provision of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, the Bribery Act 2010 of the United Kingdom or any other applicable anti-bribery or anti-corruption law;

(xxiii) The operations of the Company and its subsidiaries are and have been conducted in the last five years in compliance with the requirements of applicable anti-money laundering laws, including, but not limited to, the Bank Secrecy Act of 1970, as amended by the USA PATRIOT ACT of 2001, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, and the anti-money laundering laws of the various jurisdictions in which the Company and its subsidiaries conduct business (collectively, the “Money Laundering Laws”) and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving the Company or any of its subsidiaries with respect to the Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened;

 

6


(xxiv) None of the Company or any of its subsidiaries nor, to the knowledge of the Company, any director, officer, agent, employee or affiliate of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is currently the subject or the target of any sanctions administered or enforced by the U.S. Government, including, without limitation, the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury (“OFAC”), or the U.S. Department of State and including, without limitation, the designation as a “specially designated national” or “blocked person,” the European Union, Her Majesty’s Treasury, the United Nations Security Council, or other relevant sanctions authority (collectively, “Sanctions”), nor is the Company or any of its subsidiaries located, organized, or resident in a country or territory that is itself the subject or target of Sanctions, and the Company will not directly or, knowingly, indirectly use the proceeds of the offering of the Shares hereunder, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any subsidiary, joint venture partner or other person or entity (i) to fund or facilitate any activities of or business with any person, or in any country or territory, that, at the time of such funding, is the subject or the target of Sanctions or (ii) in any other manner that will result in a violation by any person (including any person participating in the transaction, whether as underwriter, advisor, investor or otherwise) of Sanctions;

(xxv) The financial statements included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus, together with the related schedules and notes, present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company and its subsidiaries at the dates indicated and the statement of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows of the Company and its subsidiaries for the periods specified; said financial statements have been prepared in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods involved. The supporting schedules, if any, present fairly, in all material respects and in accordance with GAAP the information required to be stated therein. The selected financial data and the summary financial information included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus present fairly, in all material respects, the information shown therein and have been compiled on a basis consistent with that of the audited financial statements included therein. Except as included therein, no historical or pro forma financial statements or supporting schedules are required to be included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus under the Act or the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. All disclosures contained in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus regarding “non-GAAP financial measures” (as such term is defined by the rules and regulations of the Commission) comply in all material respects with Regulation G of the Exchange Act and Item 10 of Regulation S-K of the Act, to the extent applicable;

(xxvi) From the time of initial confidential submission of a registration statement relating to the Shares with the Commission through the date hereof, the Company has been and is an “emerging growth company” as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the Act (an “Emerging Growth Company”);

(xxvii) The Company and its subsidiaries own or have a valid right to use all patents, inventions, copyrights, know how (including trade secrets and other unpatented and/or unpatentable proprietary or confidential information, systems or procedures), trademarks, service marks and trade names and all other worldwide intellectual property and proprietary rights (including all registrations and applications for registration of, and all goodwill associated with, any of the foregoing) (collectively, “Intellectual Property Rights”), in each case, to the extent used in or reasonably necessary to the conduct of their respective businesses as now conducted by them, except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The material Intellectual Property Rights owned by the Company and

 

7


its subsidiaries and, to the Company’s knowledge, the material Intellectual Property Rights exclusively licensed to the Company and its subsidiaries, are subsisting and, to the Company’s knowledge, any such Intellectual Property Rights that have been registered are valid and enforceable, and there is no pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened action, suit, proceeding or written claim by others against the Company or its subsidiaries challenging the validity, scope or enforceability of, or any rights of the Company or any of its subsidiaries in, any such Intellectual Property Rights, except for office actions or similar communications in connection with the ordinary course prosecution of any such Intellectual Property Rights. Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has received any written pending claim or written pending notice alleging any infringement, misappropriation or other violation of Intellectual Property Rights of a third party by the Company or its subsidiaries. To the Company’s knowledge, no third party is infringing, misappropriating or otherwise violating, or has infringed, misappropriated or otherwise violated, any Intellectual Property Rights owned by the Company or any of its subsidiaries except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. To the Company’s knowledge, neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries infringes, misappropriates or otherwise violates, or has infringed, misappropriated or otherwise violated any Intellectual Property Rights of any third party except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. All employees or contractors engaged in the development of material Intellectual Property Rights currently used in or reasonably necessary to the conduct of the businesses of the Company and its subsidiaries, on behalf of the Company or any of its subsidiaries have executed an invention assignment agreement whereby such employees or contractors presently assign all of their right, title and interest in and to such Intellectual Property Rights to the Company or its applicable subsidiary, and to the Company’s knowledge, no such agreement has been materially breached or violated. The Company and its subsidiaries use, and have used, reasonable efforts to maintain the confidentiality of all material Intellectual Property Rights owned by the Company and its subsidiaries the value of which to the Company or any of its subsidiaries is contingent upon maintaining the confidentiality thereof, and to the Company’s knowledge, no such Intellectual Property Rights have been disclosed other than to employees, representatives and agents of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or other persons, all of whom are bound by written confidentiality agreements or legally binding professional responsibilities;

(xxviii) Except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (A) the Company and each of its subsidiaries have complied and are presently in compliance with all its internal and external privacy policies, its contractual obligations, applicable laws, statutes, judgments, orders, rules and regulations of any court or arbitrator or other governmental or regulatory authority and any other legal obligations, in each case, to the extent binding on the Company and its subsidiaries and relating to the collection, use, transfer, import, export, storage, protection, disposal and disclosure by the Company or any of its subsidiaries of, to the extent protected by applicable law or otherwise governed by a legal obligation of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, personal or personally identifiable data or information or other regulated personal information (“Data Security Obligations”, and such data and information, “Personal Data”); (B) the Company and its subsidiaries have not received any written pending claim of or written pending complaint regarding non-compliance with any Data Security Obligation by the Company or any of its subsidiaries; and (C) there is no action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened against the Company or its subsidiaries, alleging non-compliance with any Data Security Obligations by the Company or any of its subsidiaries;

 

8


(xxix) The Company and its subsidiaries’ respective information technology assets and equipment, computers, information technology systems, networks, hardware, software, websites, applications, data and databases (including Personal Data and the confidential data and information of their respective customers, employees, suppliers, vendors and any third party data maintained, processed or stored by or on behalf of the Company and its subsidiaries) used in connection with the operation of the Company’s and its subsidiaries’ respective businesses (“IT Systems and Data”) are adequate in all material respects for, and operate and perform in all material respects as required in connection with the operation of the business of the Company and its subsidiaries as currently conducted. Except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, the Company and each of its subsidiaries have taken reasonable steps to protect the IT Systems and Data, and without limiting the foregoing, the Company and its subsidiaries have used reasonable efforts to establish and maintain, and have established, maintained, implemented and complied with, reasonable information technology, information security, cyber security and data protection controls, policies and procedures designed to protect against and prevent breach, loss, misappropriation, or unauthorized distribution, use, access, disablement, destruction or modification, or other compromise or misuse of or relating to any IT Systems and Data (“Breach”). To the knowledge of the Company, there has been no such Breach and the Company and its subsidiaries have no knowledge of any event that would reasonably be expected to result in any such Breach, except for such Breach that would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and

(xxx) The Corporate Conversion as defined in the Preliminary Prospectus has been consummated on terms substantially consistent with those described in the Preliminary Prospectus.

(b) The Selling Stockholder represents and warrants to, and agrees with, each of the Underwriters and the Company that:

(i) All consents, approvals, authorizations and orders necessary for the execution and delivery by the Selling Stockholder of this Agreement, and for the sale and delivery of the Shares to be sold by the Selling Stockholder hereunder, have been obtained; except for such consents, approvals, authorizations and orders as may be required under state securities or Blue Sky laws in connection with the purchase and distribution of the Shares by the Underwriters, the approval of the underwriting terms and arrangements by FINRA or the approval for listing on Nasdaq and except where the failure to obtain any such consent, approval, authorization or order would not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a material adverse effect on the ability of such Selling Stockholder to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; and such Selling Stockholder has full right, power and authority to enter into this Agreement and to sell, assign, transfer and deliver the Shares to be sold by the Selling Stockholder hereunder;

(ii) The sale of the Shares to be sold by the Selling Stockholder hereunder and the compliance by the Selling Stockholder with this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions herein and therein contemplated will not conflict with or result in a breach or violation of any of the terms or provisions of, or constitute a default under, any statute, indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement, lease or other agreement or instrument to which the Selling Stockholder is a party or by which the Selling Stockholder is bound or to which any of

 

9


the property or assets of the Selling Stockholder is subject, nor will such action result in any violation of the provisions of the Partnership Agreement of the Selling Stockholder (or similar applicable organizational document) or any statute or any judgment, order, rule or regulation of any court or governmental agency or body having jurisdiction over the Selling Stockholder or any of its subsidiaries or any property or assets of the Selling Stockholder, except for any such conflict, breach, violation or default that would not, individually or in the aggregate, affect the validity of the Shares to be sold by the Selling Stockholder or reasonably be expected to materially impair the ability of the Selling Stockholder to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; and no consent, approval, authorization, order, registration or qualification of or with any such court or governmental body or agency is required for the performance by the Selling Stockholder of its obligations under this Agreement and the consummation by the Selling Stockholder of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement in connection with the Shares to be sold by the Selling Stockholder hereunder, except the registration under the Act of the Shares and such consents, approvals, authorizations, orders, registrations or qualifications as may be required under state securities or Blue Sky laws in connection with the purchase and distribution of the Shares by the Underwriters or such that, if not obtained, would not, individually or in the aggregate, affect the validity of the Shares to be sold by the Selling Stockholder or reasonably be expected to materially adversely affect the ability of the Selling Stockholder to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement;

(iii) The Selling Stockholder has, and immediately prior to each Time of Delivery (as defined in Section 4 hereof) the Selling Stockholder will have, good and valid title to, or a valid “security entitlement” within the meaning of Section 8-501 of the New York Uniform Commercial Code in respect of, the Shares to be sold by the Selling Stockholder hereunder at such Time of Delivery, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, equities or claims; and, upon delivery of such Shares and payment therefor pursuant hereto, good and valid title to such Shares, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, equities or claims, will pass to the several Underwriters;

(iv) On or prior to the date of the Pricing Prospectus, the Selling Stockholder has executed and delivered to the Underwriters an agreement substantially in the form of Annex II hereto;

(v) The Selling Stockholder has not taken and will not take, directly or indirectly, any action that is designed to or that has constituted or might reasonably be expected to cause or result in stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the Shares;

(vi) To the extent that any statements or omissions made in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto are made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company in writing by the Selling Stockholder pursuant to Items 7 and 11(m) of Form S–1 expressly for use therein (the “Selling Stockholder Information”), such Registration Statement and Preliminary Prospectus did, and the Prospectus and any further amendments or supplements to the Registration Statement and the Prospectus will, when they become effective or are filed with the Commission, as the case may be, conform in all material respects to the requirements of the Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder and not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading it being understood and agreed for the purposes of this Agreement, the Selling Stockholder Information for such Selling Stockholder consists only of (A)

 

10


such Selling Stockholder’s legal name, address and Stock beneficially owned by such Selling Stockholder before and after the offering contemplated hereby and (B) the other information with respect to such Selling Stockholder (excluding percentages) which appear under the caption “Principal and Selling Stockholders” in the Preliminary Prospectus;

(vii) The Selling Stockholder will deliver to the Representatives prior to or at the First Time of Delivery a properly completed and executed United States Treasury Department Form W-9 (or other applicable form or statement specified by Treasury Department regulations in lieu thereof); and

(viii) The Selling Stockholder will not directly or indirectly use the proceeds of the offering of the Shares hereunder, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any subsidiary, joint venture partner or other person or entity, (i) to fund or facilitate any activities of or business with any person, or in any country or territory, that, at the time of such funding, is the subject or the target of comprehensive Sanctions, or in any other manner that will result in a violation by any person (including any person participating in the transaction, whether as underwriter, advisor, investor or otherwise) of Sanctions, or (ii) in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay, or authorization of the payment or giving of money, or anything else of value, to any person in violation of any Money Laundering Laws or any applicable anti-bribery or anti-corruption laws.

2. Subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, the Company and the Selling Stockholder agree, severally and not jointly, to sell to each of the Underwriters, and each of the Underwriters agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase from the Company and the Selling Stockholder, at a purchase price per share of $[●], the number of Firm Shares (to be adjusted by the Representatives so as to eliminate fractional shares) determined by multiplying the aggregate number of Firm Shares to be sold by the Company and the Selling Stockholder as set forth opposite their respective names in Schedule II hereto by a fraction, the numerator of which is the aggregate number of Firm Shares to be purchased by such Underwriter as set forth opposite the name of such Underwriter in Schedule I hereto and the denominator of which is the aggregate number of Firm Shares to be purchased by all of the Underwriters from the Company and the Selling Stockholder hereunder and (b) in the event and to the extent that the Underwriters shall exercise the election to purchase Optional Shares as provided below, the Selling Stockholder, as and to the extent indicated in Schedule II hereto agrees to sell to each of the Underwriters, and each of the Underwriters agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase from the Selling Stockholder, at the purchase price per share set forth in clause (a) of this Section 2 (provided that the purchase price per Optional Share shall be reduced by an amount per share equal to any dividends or distributions declared by the Company and payable on the Firm Shares but not payable on the Optional Shares), that portion of the number of Optional Shares as to which such election shall have been exercised (to be adjusted by the Representatives so as to eliminate fractional shares) determined by multiplying such number of Optional Shares by a fraction the numerator of which is the maximum number of Optional Shares which such Underwriter is entitled to purchase as set forth opposite the name of such Underwriter in Schedule I hereto and the denominator of which is the maximum number of Optional Shares that all of the Underwriters are entitled to purchase hereunder.

The Selling Stockholder, as and to the extent indicated in Schedule II hereto, hereby grants to the Underwriters the right to purchase at their election up to [●] Optional Shares, at the purchase price per share set forth in the paragraph above, for the sole purpose of covering sales of shares in excess of the number of Firm Shares (provided that the purchase price per Optional Share shall be reduced by an amount per share equal to any dividends or distributions declared by the Company and payable on the Firm Shares but not payable on the Optional Shares). Any such election to purchase Optional

 

11


Shares shall be made in proportion to the maximum number of Optional Shares to be sold by the Selling Stockholder as set forth in Schedule II hereto. Any such election to purchase Optional Shares may be exercised only by written notice from the Representatives to the Company and the Selling Stockholder, given within a period of 30 calendar days after the date of this Agreement and setting forth the aggregate number of Optional Shares to be purchased and the date on which such Optional Shares are to be delivered, as determined by the Representatives but in no event earlier than the First Time of Delivery (as defined in Section 4 hereof) or, unless the Representatives and the Company and the Selling Stockholder otherwise agree in writing, earlier than two or later than ten business days after the date of such notice.

3. Upon the authorization by the Representatives of the release of the Firm Shares, the several Underwriters propose to offer the Firm Shares for sale upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Prospectus.

4. (a) The Shares to be purchased by each Underwriter hereunder, in definitive or book-entry form, and in such authorized denominations and registered in such names as the Representatives may request upon at least forty-eight hours’ prior notice to the Company and the Selling Stockholder shall be delivered by or on behalf of the Company and the Selling Stockholder to the Representatives, through the facilities of the Depository Trust Company (“DTC”), for the account of such Underwriter, against payment by or on behalf of such Underwriter of the purchase price therefor by wire transfer of Federal (same-day) funds to the accounts specified by the Company and [the Custodian] to the Representatives at least forty-eight hours in advance. The time and date of such delivery and payment shall be, with respect to the Firm Shares, 9:30 a.m., New York time, on [●], 2020 or such other time and date as the Representatives, the Company and the Selling Stockholder may agree upon in writing, and, with respect to the Optional Shares, 9:30 a.m., New York time, on the date specified by the Representatives in each written notice given by the Representatives of the Underwriters’ election to purchase such Optional Shares, or such other time and date as the Representatives, the Selling Stockholder may agree upon in writing. Such time and date for delivery of the Firm Shares is herein called the “First Time of Delivery”, each such time and date for delivery of the Optional Shares, if not the First Time of Delivery, is herein called the “Second Time of Delivery”, and each such time and date for delivery is herein called a “Time of Delivery”.

(b) The documents to be delivered at each Time of Delivery by or on behalf of the parties hereto pursuant to Section 8 hereof, including the cross receipt for the Shares and any additional documents requested by the Underwriters pursuant to Section 8(l) hereof will be delivered at the offices of Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP located at 450 Lexington Avenue, New York, NY 10017 (the “Closing Location”), and the Shares will be delivered at the Designated Office, all at such Time of Delivery. A meeting will be held at the Closing Location at 3:00 p.m., New York City time, on the New York Business Day next preceding such Time of Delivery, at which meeting the final drafts of the documents to be delivered pursuant to the preceding sentence will be available for review by the parties hereto. For the purposes of this Section 4, “New York Business Day” shall mean each Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday and Friday which is not a day on which banking institutions in New York are generally authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close.

(c) Each of the Company and the Selling Stockholder acknowledges and agrees that the Representatives and the other Underwriters are acting solely in the capacity of an arm’s length contractual counterparty to the Company and the Selling Stockholder with respect to the offering of Shares contemplated hereby (including in connection with determining the terms of the offering) and not as a financial advisor or a fiduciary to, or an agent of, the Company, the Selling Stockholder or any other person. Additionally, neither the Representatives nor any other Underwriter is advising the

 

12


Company, the Selling Stockholder or any other person as to any legal, tax, investment, accounting or regulatory matters in any jurisdiction. The Company and the Selling Stockholder shall consult with their own advisors concerning such matters and each shall be responsible for making its own independent investigation and appraisal of the transactions contemplated hereby, and neither the Representatives nor any other Underwriter shall have any responsibility or liability to the Company or the Selling Stockholder with respect thereto. Any review by the Representatives and the other Underwriters of the Company, the transactions contemplated hereby or other matters relating to such transactions will be performed solely for the benefit of the Representatives and the other Underwriters and shall not be on behalf of the Company or the Selling Stockholder. Moreover, the Selling Stockholder acknowledges and agrees that, although the Representatives may be required or choose to provide the Selling Stockholder with certain Regulation Best Interest and Form CRS disclosures in connection with the offering, the Representatives and the other Underwriters are not making a recommendation to any Selling Stockholder to participate in the offering, enter into a “lock-up” agreement, or sell any Shares at the price determined in the offering, and nothing set forth in such disclosures is intended to suggest that the Representatives or any Underwriter is making such a recommendation.

5. The Company agrees with each of the Underwriters:

(a) To prepare the Prospectus in a form approved by the Representatives and to file such Prospectus pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Act not later than the Commission’s close of business on the second business day following the execution and delivery of this Agreement, or, if applicable, such earlier time as may be required by Rule 430A(a)(3) under the Act; to make no further amendment or any supplement to the Registration Statement or the Prospectus prior to the last Time of Delivery which shall be disapproved by the Representatives promptly after reasonable notice thereof; to advise the Representatives, promptly after it receives notice thereof, of the time when any amendment to the Registration Statement has been filed or becomes effective or any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus has been filed and to furnish the Representatives with copies thereof; to file promptly all material required to be filed by the Company with the Commission pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Act; to advise the Representatives, promptly after it receives notice thereof, of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order or of any order preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus or other prospectus in respect of the Shares, of the suspension of the qualification of the Shares for offering or sale in any jurisdiction, of the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for any such purpose, or of any request by the Commission for the amending or supplementing of the Registration Statement or the Prospectus or for additional information; and, in the event of the issuance of any stop order or of any order preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus or other prospectus or suspending any such qualification, to promptly use its best efforts to obtain the withdrawal of such order;

(b) Promptly from time to time to take such action as the Representatives may reasonably request to qualify the Shares for offering and sale under the securities laws of such jurisdictions as the Representatives may request and to comply with such laws so as to permit the continuance of sales and dealings therein in such jurisdictions for as long as may be necessary to complete the distribution of the Shares, provided that in connection therewith the Company shall not be required to qualify as a foreign corporation (where not otherwise required) or to file a general consent to service of process in any jurisdiction (where not otherwise required);

(c) Prior to 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on the New York Business Day next succeeding the date of this Agreement and from time to time, to furnish the Underwriters with written and electronic copies of the Prospectus in New York City in such quantities as the Representatives may reasonably request, and, if the delivery of a prospectus (or in lieu thereof, the notice referred to in Rule 173(a) under

 

13


the Act) is required at any time prior to the expiration of nine months after the time of issue of the Prospectus in connection with the offering or sale of the Shares and if at such time any event shall have occurred as a result of which the Prospectus as then amended or supplemented would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made when such Prospectus (or in lieu thereof, the notice referred to in Rule 173(a) under the Act) is delivered, not misleading, or, if for any other reason it shall be necessary during such same period to amend or supplement the Prospectus in order to comply with the Act, to notify the Representatives and upon their request to prepare and furnish without charge to each Underwriter and to any dealer in securities as many written and electronic copies as the Representatives may from time to time reasonably request of an amended Prospectus or a supplement to the Prospectus which will correct such statement or omission or effect such compliance; and in case any Underwriter is required to deliver a prospectus (or in lieu thereof, the notice referred to in Rule 173(a) under the Act) in connection with sales of any of the Shares at any time nine months or more after the time of issue of the Prospectus, upon the Representatives’ request but at the expense of such Underwriter, to prepare and deliver to such Underwriter as many written and electronic copies as the Representatives may request of an amended or supplemented Prospectus complying with Section 10(a)(3) of the Act;

(d) To make generally available to its securityholders as soon as practicable (which may be satisfied by filing with the Commission’s Electronic Data Gathering Analysis and Retrieval System (“EDGAR”)), but in any event not later than sixteen months after the effective date of the Registration Statement (as defined in Rule 158(c) under the Act), an earnings statement of the Company and its subsidiaries (which need not be audited) complying with Section 11(a) of the Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder (including, at the option of the Company, Rule 158);

(e) (i) During the period beginning from the date hereof and continuing to and including the date 180 days after the date of the Prospectus (the “Company Lock-Up Period”), not to (i) offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, grant any option to purchase, make any short sale or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, or file with or confidentially submit to the Commission a registration statement under the Act relating to, any securities of the Company that are substantially similar to the Shares, including but not limited to any options or warrants to purchase shares of Stock or any securities that are convertible into or exchangeable for, or that represent the right to receive, Stock or any such substantially similar securities, or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge, disposition or filing; provided that confidential or non-public submissions to the Commission of any registration statements under the Act may be made if (w) no public announcement of such confidential or non-public submission shall be made, (x) if any demand was made for, or any right exercised with respect to, such registration of shares of Stock or securities convertible, exercisable or exchangeable into Stock, no public announcement of such demand or exercise of rights shall be made, (y) the Company shall provide written notice at least three business days prior to such confidential or non-public submission to Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and (z) no such confidential or non-public submission shall become a publicly filed registration statement during the Company Lock-Up Period, or (ii) enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Stock or any such other securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of Stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise (other than (a) the Shares to be sold hereunder or pursuant to employee stock option plans existing on, or upon the conversion or exchange of convertible or exchangeable securities outstanding as of, the date of this Agreement, (b) the issuance by the Company of shares of Stock, options to purchase shares of Stock, including nonqualified stock options and incentive stock options, and other equity incentive compensation, including restricted stock or restricted

 

14


stock units, stock appreciation rights, dividend equivalents and Stock-based awards, pursuant to equity plans described in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus, (c) any shares of Stock issued upon the exercise of options or the settlement of restricted stock units or other equity-based compensation described in clause (b) granted under such equity plans described in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus, or under equity plans or similar plans of companies acquired by the Company in effect on the date of acquisition, (d) the filing by the Company of any registration statement on Form S-8 with the Commission relating to the offering of securities pursuant to the terms of such equity plans described in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus, (e) the issuance by the Company of shares of Stock or securities convertible into shares of Stock in connection with an acquisition or business combination, provided that the aggregate number of shares of Stock issued pursuant to this clause (e) during the Lock-Up Period shall not exceed 10% of the total number of shares of Stock issued and outstanding on the closing date of the offering, and provided further that, in the case of any issuance pursuant to this clause (e), any recipient of shares of Stock shall have executed and delivered to the Representatives a lock-up letter as described in Section 8(i)), without the prior written consent of Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC;

(ii) If Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, in their sole discretion, agree to release or waive the restrictions in lock-up letters pursuant to Section 1(b)(iv) or Section 8(j) hereof, in each case for an officer or director of the Company, and provides the Company with notice of the impending release or waiver at least three business days before the effective date of the release or waiver, the Company agrees to announce the impending release or waiver by a press release substantially in the form of Annex I hereto through a major news service at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver;

(f) During a period of three years from the effective date of the Registration Statement, to furnish to its stockholders as soon as practicable after the end of each fiscal year an annual report (including a balance sheet and statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries certified by independent public accountants) and, as soon as practicable after the end of each of the first three quarters of each fiscal year (beginning with the fiscal quarter ending after the effective date of the Registration Statement), to make available to its stockholders consolidated summary financial information of the Company and its subsidiaries for such quarter in reasonable detail; provided, however, that the Company may satisfy the requirements of this Section 5(f) by filing such information through EDGAR;

(g) During a period of three years from the effective date of the Registration Statement, so long as the Company is subject to the reporting requirements of either Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act, to furnish to the Representatives copies of all reports or other communications (financial or other) furnished to stockholders, and to deliver to the Representatives as soon as they are available, copies of any reports and financial statements furnished to or filed with the Commission or any national securities exchange on which any class of securities of the Company is listed; provided, however, that the Company may satisfy the requirements of this Section 5(g) by filing such information through EDGAR;

(h) To use the net proceeds received from the sale of the Shares pursuant to this Agreement in the manner specified in the Pricing Prospectus under the caption “Use of Proceeds”;

(i) To use its reasonable best efforts to list for trading, subject to official notice of issuance, the Shares on the Nasdaq Stock Market (the “Exchange”);

(j) To file with the Commission such information on Form 10-Q or Form 10-K as may be required by Rule 463 under the Act;

 

15


(k) If the Company elects to rely upon Rule 462(b), the Company shall file a Rule 462(b) Registration Statement with the Commission in compliance with Rule 462(b) by 10:00 p.m., Washington, D.C. time, on the date of this Agreement, and the Company shall at the time of filing either pay to the Commission the filing fee for the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement or give irrevocable instructions for the payment of such fee pursuant to Rule 3a(c) of the Commission’s Informal and Other Procedures (16 CFR 202.3a);

(l) Upon request of any Underwriter, to furnish, or cause to be furnished, to such Underwriter an electronic version of the Company’s corporate logo for use on the website, if any, operated by such Underwriter for the purpose of facilitating the on-line offering of the Shares (the “Underwriter Use”); provided, however, that the Underwriter Use shall be solely for the purpose described above, is permitted without any fee and may not be assigned or transferred or extended to any person other than such Underwriter; and

(m) To promptly notify the Representatives if the Company ceases to be an Emerging Growth Company at any time prior to the later of (i) completion of the distribution of the Shares within the meaning of the Act and (ii) the last Time of Delivery.

6. (a) The Company represents and agrees that, without the prior consent of the Representatives, it has not made and will not make any offer relating to the Shares that would constitute a “free writing prospectus” as defined in Rule 405 under the Act; the Selling Stockholder represents and agrees that, without the prior consent of the Company and the Representatives, it has not made and will not make any offer relating to the Shares that would constitute a free writing prospectus; and each Underwriter represents and agrees that, without the prior consent of the Company and the Representatives, it has not made and will not make any offer relating to the Shares that would constitute a free writing prospectus required to be filed with the Commission; any such free writing prospectus the use of which has been consented to by the Company and the Representatives is listed on Schedule III(a) hereto;

(b) The Company has complied and will comply with the requirements of Rule 433 under the Act applicable to any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, including timely filing with the Commission or retention where required and legending; and the Company represents that it has satisfied and agrees that it will satisfy the conditions under Rule 433 under the Act to avoid a requirement to file with the Commission any electronic road show;

(c) The Company agrees that if at any time following issuance of an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or Written Testing-the-Waters Communication any event occurred or occurs as a result of which such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or Written Testing-the-Waters Communication would conflict with the information in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus or would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances then prevailing, not misleading, the Company will give prompt notice thereof to the Representatives and, if requested by the Representatives, will prepare and furnish without charge to each Underwriter an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, Written Testing-the-Waters Communication or other document which will correct such conflict, statement or omission;

(d) The Company represents and agrees that (i) it has not engaged in, or authorized any other person to engage in, any Testing-the-Waters Communications, other than Testing-the-Waters Communications with the prior consent of the Representatives with entities that the Company reasonably believes are qualified institutional buyers as defined in Rule 144A under the Act or institutions that are accredited investors as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (a)(2), (a)(3), (a)(7) or (a)(8) under

 

16


the Act; and (ii) it has not distributed, or authorized any other person to distribute, any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication, other than those distributed with the prior consent of the Representatives that are listed on Schedule III(d) hereto; and the Company reconfirms that the Underwriters have been authorized to act on its behalf in engaging in Testing-the-Waters Communications;

(e) Each Underwriter represents and agrees that any Testing-the-Waters Communications undertaken by it were with entities that such Underwriter reasonably believes are qualified institutional buyers as defined in Rule 144A under the Act or institutions that are accredited investors as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (a)(2), (a)(3), (a)(7) or (a)(8) under the Act.

7. The Company agrees with the several Underwriters that (a) the Company will pay or cause to be paid the following: (i) the fees, disbursements and expenses of the Company’s counsel and accountants in connection with the registration of the Shares under the Act and all other expenses in connection with the preparation, printing, reproduction and filing of the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus and the Prospectus and amendments and supplements thereto and the mailing and delivering of copies thereof to the Underwriters and dealers; (ii) the cost of printing or producing any this Agreement, the Blue Sky Memorandum, closing documents (including any compilations thereof) and any other documents in connection with the offering, purchase, sale and delivery of the Shares; (iii) reasonable and documented expenses incurred in connection with the qualification of the Shares for offering and sale under state securities laws as provided in Section 5(b) hereof, including the reasonable and documented fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters in connection with such qualification and in connection with the Blue Sky survey; (iv) all fees and expenses in connection with listing the Shares on the Exchange; and (v) reasonable and documented filing fees incident to, and the fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters in connection with, any required review by the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”) of the terms of the sale of the Shares; (b) the Company will pay or cause to be paid: (i) the cost of preparing stock certificates; if applicable (ii) the cost and charges of any transfer agent or registrar, and (iii) all other costs and expenses incident to the performance of its obligations hereunder which are not otherwise specifically provided for in this Section; and (c) the Selling Stockholder will pay or cause to be paid all costs and expenses incident to the performance of the Selling Stockholder’s obligations hereunder which are not otherwise specifically provided for in this Section, including (i) any fees and expenses of counsel for the Selling Stockholder, (ii) [reserved], and (iii) reasonable and documented expenses and taxes incident to the sale and delivery of the Shares to be sold by the Selling Stockholder to the Underwriters hereunder. In connection with clause (c)(iii) of the preceding sentence, the Representatives agree to pay New York State stock transfer tax, and the Selling Stockholder agrees to reimburse the Representatives for associated carrying costs if such tax payment is not rebated on the day of payment and for any portion of such tax payment not rebated. It is understood, however, that the Company shall bear, and the Selling Stockholder shall not be required to pay or to reimburse the Company for, the cost of any other matters not directly relating to the sale and purchase of the Shares pursuant to this Agreement, and that, except as provided in this Section, and Sections 9 and 12 hereof, the Underwriters will pay (i) all of their own costs and expenses, including the fees of their counsel, stock transfer taxes on resale of any of the Shares by them, and any advertising expenses connected with any offers they may make, and (ii) in connection with any “road show” undertaken in connection with the marketing of the offering of the Shares, the travel, lodging and meal expenses of the Underwriters; provided, however, the Representatives and the Company agree that the Underwriters shall pay or cause to be paid fifty percent (50%) of the cost of any aircraft chartered in connection with such road show.

 

17


8. The obligations of the Underwriters hereunder, as to the Shares to be delivered at each Time of Delivery, shall be subject, in their discretion, to the condition that all representations and warranties and other statements of the Company and the Selling Stockholder herein are, at and as of the Applicable Time and such Time of Delivery, true and correct, the condition that the Company and the Selling Stockholder shall have performed all of its and their obligations hereunder theretofore to be performed, and the following additional conditions:

(a) The Prospectus shall have been filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Act within the applicable time period prescribed for such filing by the rules and regulations under the Act and in accordance with Section 5(a) hereof; all material required to be filed by the Company pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Act shall have been filed with the Commission within the applicable time period prescribed for such filing by Rule 433; if the Company has elected to rely upon Rule 462(b) under the Act, the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement shall have become effective by 10:00 p.m., Washington, D.C. time, on the date of this Agreement; no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any part thereof shall have been issued and no proceeding for that purpose shall have been initiated or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened by the Commission no stop order suspending or preventing the use of the Pricing Prospectus, Prospectus or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus shall have been initiated or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened by the Commission; and all requests for additional information on the part of the Commission shall have been complied with to the Representatives’ reasonable satisfaction;

(b) Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP, counsel for the Underwriters, shall have furnished to the Representatives such written opinion or opinions, dated such Time of Delivery, in form and substance satisfactory to the Representatives, and such counsel shall have received such papers and information as they may reasonably request to enable them to pass upon such matters;

(c) Kirkland & Ellis LLP, counsel for the Company, shall have furnished to the Representatives their written opinion and negative assurance letter (substantially in form and substance of the opinion and negative assurance letter attached as Annex II(a) hereto), dated such Time of Delivery; and

(d) Counsel for the Selling Stockholder shall have furnished to the Representatives its written opinion with respect to the Selling Stockholder (substantially in form and substance of the opinion attached as Annex II(b) hereto), dated such Time of Delivery;

(e) On the date of the Prospectus at a time prior to the execution of this Agreement, at 9:30 a.m., New York City time, on the effective date of any post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement filed subsequent to the date of this Agreement and also at each Time of Delivery, BDO USA, LLP shall have furnished to you a letter or letters, dated the respective dates of delivery thereof, in form and substance satisfactory to you;

(f) [reserved];

(g) (i) The Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, shall have sustained since the date of the latest audited financial statements included in the Pricing Prospectus any loss or interference with its business from fire, explosion, flood or other calamity, whether or not covered by insurance, or from any labor dispute or court or governmental action, order or decree, otherwise than as set forth or contemplated in the Pricing Prospectus, and (ii) since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Pricing Prospectus there shall not have been any change in the capital stock or long-term debt of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any change or effect, or any development involving a prospective change or effect, in or affecting (x) the business, properties, general affairs, management, financial position, stockholders’ equity or results of operations of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, except as set forth or contemplated in the Pricing Prospectus, or (y) the ability of the

 

18


Company to perform its obligations under this Agreement, including the issuance and sale of the Shares, or to consummate the transactions contemplated in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus, the effect of which, in any such case described in clause (i) or (ii), is in your judgment so material and adverse as to make it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the public offering or the delivery of the Shares being delivered at such Time of Delivery on the terms and in the manner contemplated in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus;

(h) On or after the Applicable Time (i) no downgrading shall have occurred in the rating accorded the Company’s debt securities by any “nationally recognized statistical rating organization”, as defined in Section 3(a)(62) of the Exchange Act, and (ii) no such organization shall have publicly announced that it has under surveillance or review, with possible negative implications, its rating of any of the Company’s debt securities;

(i) On or after the Applicable Time there shall not have occurred any of the following: (i) a suspension or material limitation in trading in securities generally on the Exchange; (ii) a suspension or material limitation in trading in the Company’s securities on the Exchange; (iii) a general moratorium on commercial banking activities declared by either Federal or New York State authorities or a material disruption in commercial banking or securities settlement or clearance services in the United States; (iv) the outbreak or escalation of hostilities involving the United States or the declaration by the United States of a national emergency or war or (v) the occurrence of any other calamity or crisis or any change in financial, political or economic conditions in the United States or elsewhere, if the effect of any such event specified in clause (iv) or (v) in your judgment makes it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the public offering or the delivery of the Shares being delivered at such Time of Delivery on the terms and in the manner contemplated in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus;

(j) The Shares to be sold at such Time of Delivery shall have been duly listed, subject to official notice of issuance, on the Exchange;

(k) The Company shall have obtained and delivered to the Underwriters executed copies of an agreement from each stockholder of the Company listed on Schedule IV hereto, substantially to the effect set forth in Annex II hereto in form and substance satisfactory to you;

(l) The Company shall have complied with the provisions of Section 5(c) hereof with respect to the furnishing of prospectuses on the second New York Business Day next succeeding the date of this Agreement; and

(m) The Company and the Selling Stockholder shall have furnished or caused to be furnished to you at such Time of Delivery certificates of officers of the Company and of the Selling Stockholder, respectively, satisfactory to you as to the accuracy of the representations and warranties of the Company and the Selling Stockholder, respectively, herein at and as of such Time of Delivery, as to the performance in all material respects (except to the extent already qualified by materiality) by the Company and the Selling Stockholder of all of their respective obligations hereunder to be performed at or prior to such Time of Delivery, as to such other matters as you may reasonably request, and the Company shall have furnished or caused to be furnished certificates as to the matters set forth in subsections (a) and (e) of this Section 8.

9. (a) The Company and the Selling Stockholder, jointly and severally, will indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which such Underwriter may become subject, under the Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, any

 

19


Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, any “roadshow” as defined in Rule 433(h) under the Act (a “roadshow”), any “issuer information” filed or required to be filed pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Act or any Testing-the-Waters Communication, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and will reimburse each Underwriter for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such Underwriter in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim as such expenses are incurred; provided, however, that the Company and the Selling Stockholder shall not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or any Testing-the-Waters Communication, in reliance upon and in conformity with the Underwriter Information.

(b) The Selling Stockholder, will indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities, to which such Underwriter may become subject, under the Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, any roadshow or any Testing-the-Waters Communication, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission was made in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, or any roadshow or any Testing-the-Waters Communication, in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by the Selling Stockholder expressly for use therein; and will reimburse each Underwriter for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such Underwriter in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim as such expenses are incurred; provided, however, that the Selling Stockholder shall not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus in reliance upon and in conformity with the Underwriter Information; provided, further, that the liability of such Selling Stockholders pursuant to this subsection (b) shall not exceed the net proceeds after underwriting commissions and discounts but before deducting expenses from the sale of Shares sold by the Selling Stockholder hereunder.

(c) Each Underwriter, severally and not jointly, will indemnify and hold harmless the Company and the Selling Stockholder against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities to which the Company or the Selling Stockholder may become subject, under the Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, or any roadshow, or any Testing-the-Waters Communication, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission was made in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Pricing

 

20


Prospectus or the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, or any roadshow, or any Testing-the-Waters Communication, in reliance upon and in conformity with the Underwriter Information; and will reimburse the Company and the Selling Stockholder for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the Company or the Selling Stockholder in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim as such expenses are incurred. As used in this Agreement with respect to an Underwriter and an applicable document, “Underwriter Information” shall mean the written information furnished to the Company by such Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use therein; it being understood and agreed upon that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the following information in the Prospectus furnished on behalf of each Underwriter: the concession and reallowance figures appearing in the [●] paragraph under the caption “Underwriting”, and the information contained in the [●] paragraph under the caption “Underwriting”.

(d) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under subsection (a) (b) or (c) of this Section 9 of notice of the commencement of any action, such indemnified party shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party under such subsection, notify the indemnifying party in writing of the commencement thereof; provided that the failure to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve it from any liability that it may have under the preceding paragraphs of this Section 9 except to the extent that it has been materially prejudiced (through the forfeiture of substantive rights or defenses) by such failure; and provided further that the failure to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve it from any liability that it may have to an indemnified party otherwise than under the preceding paragraphs of this Section 9. In case any such action shall be brought against any indemnified party and it shall notify the indemnifying party of the commencement thereof, the indemnifying party shall be entitled to participate therein and, to the extent that it shall wish, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified, to assume the defense thereof, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party (who shall not, except with the consent of the indemnified party, be counsel to the indemnifying party), and, after notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of its election so to assume the defense thereof, the indemnifying party shall not be liable to such indemnified party under such subsection for any legal expenses of other counsel or any other expenses, in each case subsequently incurred and documented by such indemnified party, in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation. No indemnifying party shall, without the written consent of the indemnified party, effect the settlement or compromise of, or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to, any pending or threatened action or claim in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not the indemnified party is an actual or potential party to such action or claim) unless such settlement, compromise or judgment (i) includes an unconditional release of the indemnified party from all liability arising out of such action or claim and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act, by or on behalf of any indemnified party.

(e) If the indemnification provided for in this Section 9 is unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party under subsection (a), (b) or (c) above in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) referred to therein, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company and the Selling Stockholder on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other from the offering of the Shares. If, however, the allocation provided by the immediately preceding sentence is not permitted by applicable law, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to such amount paid or payable by such indemnified party in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only such relative benefits but also the relative fault of the Company and the Selling

 

21


Stockholder on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof), as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Company and the Selling Stockholder on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other shall be deemed to be in the same proportion as the total net proceeds from the offering (before deducting expenses) received by the Company and the Selling Stockholder bear to the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by the Underwriters, in each case as set forth in the table on the cover page of the Prospectus. The relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company or the Selling Stockholder on the one hand or the Underwriters on the other and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The Company, the Selling Stockholder and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this subsection (e) were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Underwriters were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to above in this subsection (e). The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) referred to above in this subsection (e) shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this subsection (e), no Underwriter shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which the Shares underwritten by it and distributed to the public were offered to the public exceeds the amount of any damages which such Underwriter has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The Underwriters’ obligations in this subsection (e) to contribute are several in proportion to their respective underwriting obligations and not joint.

(f) The obligations of the Company and the Selling Stockholder under this Section 9 shall be in addition to any liability which the Company and the Selling Stockholder may otherwise have and shall extend, upon the same terms and conditions, to each employee, officer and director of each Underwriter and each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of the Act and each broker-dealer or other affiliate of any Underwriter; and the obligations of the Underwriters under this Section 9 shall be in addition to any liability which the respective Underwriters may otherwise have and shall extend, upon the same terms and conditions, to each officer and director of the Company (including any person who, with his or her consent, is named in the Registration Statement as about to become a director of the Company) and to each person, if any, who controls the Company or any Selling Stockholder within the meaning of the Act.

10. (a) If any Underwriter shall default in its obligation to purchase the Shares that it has agreed to purchase hereunder at a Time of Delivery, the Representatives may in their discretion arrange for the Representatives or another party or other parties satisfactory to the Company to purchase such Shares on the terms contained herein. If within thirty-six hours after such default by any Underwriter the Representatives do not arrange for the purchase of such Shares, then the Company and the Selling Stockholder shall be entitled to a further period of thirty-six hours within which to procure another party or other parties satisfactory to the Representatives to purchase such Shares on such terms. In the event that, within the respective prescribed periods, the Representatives notify the Company and the Selling Stockholder that the Representatives have so arranged for the purchase of such Shares, or the Company or the Selling Stockholder notifies the Representatives that it has so arranged for the

 

22


purchase of such Shares, the Representatives or the Company or the Selling Stockholder shall have the right to postpone such Time of Delivery for a period of not more than seven days, in order to effect whatever changes may thereby be made necessary in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus, or in any other documents or arrangements, and the Company agrees to file promptly any amendments or supplements to the Registration Statement or the Prospectus which in the Representatives’ opinion may thereby be made necessary. The term “Underwriter” as used in this Agreement shall include any person substituted under this Section with like effect as if such person had originally been a party to this Agreement with respect to such Shares.

(b) If, after giving effect to any arrangements for the purchase of the Shares of a defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters by the Representatives, the Company and the Selling Stockholder as provided in subsection (a) above, the aggregate number of such Shares which remains unpurchased does not exceed one-eleventh of the aggregate number of all the Shares to be purchased at such Time of Delivery, then the Company and the Selling Stockholder shall have the right to require each non-defaulting Underwriter to purchase the number of Shares which such Underwriter agreed to purchase hereunder at such Time of Delivery and, in addition, to require each non-defaulting Underwriter to purchase its pro rata share (based on the number of Shares which such Underwriter agreed to purchase hereunder) of the Shares of such defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters for which such arrangements have not been made; but nothing herein shall relieve a defaulting Underwriter from liability for its default.

(c) If, after giving effect to any arrangements for the purchase of the Shares of a defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters by the Representatives, the Company and the Selling Stockholder as provided in subsection (a) above, the aggregate number of such Shares which remains unpurchased exceeds one-eleventh of the aggregate number of all of the Shares to be purchased at such Time of Delivery, or if the Company and the Selling Stockholder shall not exercise the right described in subsection (b) above to require non-defaulting Underwriters to purchase Shares of a defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters, then this Agreement(or, with respect to a Second Time of Delivery, the obligations of the Underwriters to purchase and of the Selling Stockholder to sell the Optional Shares shall thereupon terminate, without liability on the part of any non-defaulting Underwriter, the Company or the Selling Stockholder, except for the expenses to be borne by the Company, the Selling Stockholder and the Underwriters as provided in Section 7 hereof and the indemnity and contribution agreements in Section 9 hereof; but nothing herein shall relieve a defaulting Underwriter from liability for its default.

11. The respective indemnities, agreements, representations, warranties and other statements of the Company, the Selling Stockholder and the several Underwriters, as set forth in this Agreement or made by or on behalf of them, respectively, pursuant to this Agreement, shall remain in full force and effect, regardless of any investigation (or any statement as to the results thereof) made by or on behalf of any Underwriter or any controlling person of any Underwriter, or the Company, or any of the Selling Stockholder, or any officer or director or controlling person of the Company, or any controlling person of any Selling Stockholder, and shall survive delivery of and payment for the Shares.

12. If this Agreement shall be terminated pursuant to Section 10 hereof, neither the Company nor the Selling Stockholder shall then be under any liability to any Underwriter except as provided in Sections 7 and 9 hereof; but, if for any other reason any Shares are not delivered by or on behalf of the Company and the Selling Stockholder as provided herein, or the Underwriters decline to purchase the Shares for any reason permitted under this Agreement, then the Company and the Selling Stockholder pro rata (based on the number of Shares to be sold by the Company and the Selling Stockholder hereunder) will reimburse the Underwriters through the Representatives for all documented out-of-pocket expenses approved in writing by the Representatives, including reasonably incurred and

 

23


documented fees and disbursements of counsel, reasonably incurred and documented by the Underwriters in making preparations for the purchase, sale and delivery of the Shares not so delivered, but the Company and the Selling Stockholder shall then be under no further liability to any Underwriter except as provided in Sections 7 and 9 hereof.

13. The Company and the Selling Stockholder acknowledge and agree that (a) the purchase and sale of the Shares pursuant to this Agreement, including the determination of the initial public offering price of the Shares and any related discounts and commissions, is an arm’s-length commercial transaction between the Company and the Selling Stockholder, on the one hand, and the several Underwriters, on the other hand, and does not constitute a recommendation, investment advice, or solicitation of any action by the Underwriters, (b) in connection with the offering of the Shares and the process leading thereto, each Underwriter is and has been acting solely as a principal and is not the agent or fiduciary of the Company, any of its subsidiaries or any Selling Stockholder, or its respective stockholders, creditors, employees or any other party, (c) no Underwriter has assumed or will assume an advisory or fiduciary responsibility in favor of the Company or the Selling Stockholder with respect to the offering of the Shares or the process leading thereto (irrespective of whether such Underwriter has advised or is currently advising the Company, any of its subsidiaries or the Selling Stockholder on other matters) and no Underwriter has any obligation to the Company or the Selling Stockholder with respect to the offering of the Shares except the obligations expressly set forth in this Agreement, (d) the Underwriters and their respective affiliates may be engaged in a broad range of transactions that involve interests that differ from those of each of the Company and the Selling Shareholder, (e) the Underwriters have not provided any legal, accounting, regulatory, investment or tax advice with respect to the offering of the Shares and the Company and the Selling Stockholder have consulted its own respective legal, accounting, financial, regulatory and tax advisors to the extent it deemed appropriate, and (f) none of the activities of the Underwriters in connection with the transactions contemplated herein constitutes a recommendation, investment advice or solicitation of any action by the Underwriters with respect to any entity or natural person.

14. In all dealings hereunder, the Representatives shall act on behalf of each of the Underwriters, and the parties hereto shall be entitled to act and rely upon any statement, request, notice or agreement on behalf of any Underwriter made or given by the Representatives jointly or by Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC or J.P. Morgan Securities LLC on behalf of the Representatives.

In accordance with the requirements of the USA Patriot Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)), the Underwriters are required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies their respective clients, including the Company and the Selling Stockholder, which information may include the name and address of their respective clients, as well as other information that will allow the Underwriters to properly identify their respective clients.

All statements, requests, notices and agreements hereunder shall be in writing, and if to the Underwriters shall be delivered or sent by mail, telex or facsimile transmission to Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC, 200 West Street, New York, New York 10282, Attention: Registration Department; and to J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, 383 Madison Avenue, New York, New York 10179, Attention: Equity Syndicate Desk (Fax: (212) 622-8358); if to any Selling Stockholder shall be delivered or sent by mail, telex or facsimile transmission to counsel for the Selling Stockholder at its address set forth in Schedule II hereto; if to the Company shall be delivered or sent by mail, telex or facsimile transmission to the address of the Company set forth on the cover of the Registration Statement, Attention: Secretary; and if to any stockholder that has delivered a lock-up letter described in Section 8(j) hereof shall be delivered or sent by mail to his or her respective address provided in Schedule IV hereto or such other address as such stockholder provides in writing to the Company; provided, however, that any notice to an

 

24


Underwriter pursuant to Section 9(d) hereof shall be delivered or sent by mail, telex or facsimile transmission to such Underwriter at its address set forth in its Underwriters’ Questionnaire or telex constituting such Questionnaire, which address will be supplied to the Company or the Selling Stockholder by the Representatives on request; provided further that notices under subsection 5(e) shall be in writing, and if to the Underwriters shall be delivered or sent by mail, telex or facsimile transmission to the Representatives at Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC, 200 West Street, New York, New York 10282, Attention: Control Room; and at J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, 383 Madison Avenue, New York, New York 10179, Attention: Equity Syndicate Desk (Fax: (212) 622-8358). Any such statements, requests, notices or agreements shall take effect upon receipt thereof.

15. This Agreement shall be binding upon, and inure solely to the benefit of, the Underwriters, the Company and the Selling Stockholder and, to the extent provided in Sections 9 and 11 hereof, the officers and directors of the Company and each person who controls the Company, any Selling Stockholder or any Underwriter, and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, and no other person shall acquire or have any right under or by virtue of this Agreement. No purchaser of any of the Shares from any Underwriter shall be deemed a successor or assign by reason merely of such purchase.

16. Time shall be of the essence of this Agreement. As used herein, the term “business day” shall mean any day when the Commission’s office in Washington, D.C. is open for business.

17. The Company and the Selling Stockholder acknowledge and agree that (i) the purchase and sale of the Shares pursuant to this Agreement is an arm’s-length commercial transaction among the Company and the Selling Stockholder, on the one hand, and the several Underwriters, on the other, (ii) in connection therewith and with the process leading to such transaction each Underwriter is acting solely as a principal and not the agent or fiduciary of the Company or any Selling Stockholder, (iii) no Underwriter has assumed an advisory or fiduciary responsibility in favor of the Company or any Selling Stockholder with respect to the offering contemplated hereby or the process leading thereto (irrespective of whether such Underwriter has advised or is currently advising the Company or any Selling Stockholder on other matters) or any other obligation to the Company or any Selling Stockholder except the obligations expressly set forth in this Agreement and (iv) the Company and the Selling Stockholder has consulted its own legal and financial advisors to the extent it deemed appropriate. The Company and the Selling Stockholder agrees that it will not claim that the Underwriters, or any of them, has rendered advisory services of any nature or respect, or owes a fiduciary or similar duty to the Company or any Selling Stockholder, in connection with such transaction or the process leading thereto.

18. This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and understandings (whether written or oral) between the Company, the Selling Stockholder and the Underwriters, or any of them, with respect to the subject matter hereof.

19. This Agreement and any transaction contemplated by this Agreement and any claim, controversy or dispute arising under or related thereto shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York without regard to principles of conflict of laws that would result in the application of any other law than the laws of the State of New York. The parties agree that any suit or proceeding arising in respect of this Agreement or any transaction contemplated by this Agreement will be tried exclusively in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York or, if that court does not have subject matter jurisdiction, in any state court located in The City and County of New York and the Company and the Selling Stockholder agree to submit to the jurisdiction of, and to venue in, such courts.

 

25


20. The Company, the Selling Stockholder and each of the Underwriters hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any and all right to trial by jury in any legal proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.

21. This Agreement may be executed by any one or more of the parties hereto in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument.

22. Counterparts may be delivered via facsimile, electronic mail (including any electronic signature covered by the U.S. federal ESIGN Act of 2000, Uniform Electronic Transactions Act, the Electronic Signatures and Records Act or other applicable law, e.g., www.docusign.com) or other transmission method and any counterpart so delivered shall be deemed to have been duly and validly delivered and be valid and effective for all purposes.

23. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Company and the Selling Stockholder are authorized to disclose to any persons the U.S. federal and state income tax treatment and tax structure of the potential transaction and all materials of any kind (including tax opinions and other tax analyses) provided to the Company and the Selling Stockholder relating to that treatment and structure, without the Underwriters imposing any limitation of any kind. However, any information relating to the tax treatment and tax structure shall remain confidential (and the foregoing sentence shall not apply) to the extent necessary to enable any person to comply with securities laws. For this purpose, “tax structure” is limited to any facts that may be relevant to that treatment.

24. Recognition of the U.S. Special Resolution Regimes.

(a) In the event that any Underwriter that is a Covered Entity becomes subject to a proceeding under a U.S. Special Resolution Regime, the transfer from such Underwriter of this Agreement, and any interest and obligation in or under this Agreement, will be effective to the same extent as the transfer would be effective under the U.S. Special Resolution Regime if this Agreement, and any such interest and obligation, were governed by the laws of the United States or a state of the United States.

(b) In the event that any Underwriter that is a Covered Entity or a BHC Act Affiliate of such Underwriter becomes subject to a proceeding under a U.S. Special Resolution Regime, Default Rights under this Agreement that may be exercised against such Underwriter are permitted to be exercised to no greater extent than such Default Rights could be exercised under the U.S. Special Resolution Regime if this Agreement were governed by the laws of the United States or a state of the United States.

(c) As used in this section:

“BHC Act Affiliate” has the meaning assigned to the term “affiliate” in, and shall be interpreted in accordance with, 12 U.S.C. § 1841(k).

“Covered Entity” means any of the following:

(i) a “covered entity” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 252.82(b);

(ii) a “covered bank” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 47.3(b); or

 

26


(iii) a “covered FSI” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 382.2(b).

“Default Right” has the meaning assigned to that term in, and shall be interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. §§ 252.81, 47.2 or 382.1, as applicable.

“U.S. Special Resolution Regime” means each of (i) the Federal Deposit Insurance Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder and (ii) Title II of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

If the foregoing is in accordance with the Representatives’ understanding, the Representatives should please sign and return to us one for the Company and each of the Representatives plus one for each counsel and the Custodian counterparts hereof, and upon the acceptance hereof by the Representatives, on behalf of each of the Underwriters, this letter and such acceptance hereof shall constitute a binding agreement among each of the Underwriters, the Company and the Selling Stockholder. It is understood that the Representatives’ acceptance of this letter on behalf of each of the Underwriters is pursuant to the authority set forth in a form of Agreement among Underwriters, the form of which shall be submitted to the Company and the Selling Stockholder for examination, upon request, but without warranty on the Representatives’ part as to the authority of the signers thereof.

 

27


Very truly yours,
Array Technologies, Inc.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
ATI Investment Parent, LLC
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

Accepted as of the date hereof in New York, New York
Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
Accepted as of the date hereof in New York, New York
J.P. Morgan Securities LLC
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

On behalf of each of the Underwriters

 

28


SCHEDULE I

 

Underwriter

   Total Number
of
Firm Shares
to be
Purchased
     Number of
Optional
Shares to be
Purchased  if
Maximum
Option
Exercised
 

Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC

     

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

     

Guggenheim Securities, LLC

     

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

     

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

     

Barclays Capital Inc.

     

UBS Securities LLC

     

Cowen and Company, LLC

     

Oppenheimer & Co. Inc.

     

MUFG Securities Americas Inc.

     

Nomura Securities International, Inc.

     

Total

     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

29


SCHEDULE II

 

     Total Number of
Firm Shares
to be Sold
     Number of
Optional

Shares to be
Sold if
Maximum
Option

Exercised
 

ATI Investment Parent, LLC

     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

30


SCHEDULE III

 

(a)

Issuer Free Writing Prospectuses not included in the Pricing Disclosure Package

Electronic Roadshow dated [●]

 

(b)

Additional documents incorporated by reference

[None/●]

 

(c)

Information other than the Pricing Prospectus that comprise the Pricing Disclosure Package

The initial public offering price per share for the Shares is $ [●]

The number of Shares purchased by the Underwriters is [●]

[Add any other pricing disclosure.]

 

(d)

Written Testing-the-Waters Communications

[●]


SCHEDULE IV

 

Name of Stockholder

  

Address

ATI Investment Parent, LLC   

3901 Midway Place NE

 

Albuquerque, New Mexico 87109

Jim Fusaro   

3901 Midway Place NE

 

Albuquerque, New Mexico 87109

Nipul Patel   

3901 Midway Place NE

 

Albuquerque, New Mexico 87109

Jeff Krantz   

3901 Midway Place NE

 

Albuquerque, New Mexico 87109

Charlotte MacVane   

3901 Midway Place NE

 

Albuquerque, New Mexico 87109

Stuart Bolland   

3901 Midway Place NE

 

Albuquerque, New Mexico 87109

Jennifer Cheraso   

3901 Midway Place NE

 

Albuquerque, New Mexico 87109

Lucas Creasy   

3901 Midway Place NE

 

Albuquerque, New Mexico 87109

Troy Alstead   

3901 Midway Place NE

 

Albuquerque, New Mexico 87109

Orlando D. Ashford   

3901 Midway Place NE

 

Albuquerque, New Mexico 87109

Frank Cannova   

3901 Midway Place NE

 

Albuquerque, New Mexico 87109

Ron P. Corio   

3901 Midway Place NE

 

Albuquerque, New Mexico 87109

Brad Forth   

3901 Midway Place NE

 

Albuquerque, New Mexico 87109

Peter Jonna   

3901 Midway Place NE

 

Albuquerque, New Mexico 87109

Jason Lee   

3901 Midway Place NE

 

Albuquerque, New Mexico 87109


ANNEX I

Array Technologies, Inc. [●], 2020

Array Technologies, Inc. (the “Company”) announced today that Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, the lead joint book-running managers in the recent public sale of            shares of the Company’s common stock, is releasing a lock-up restriction with respect to            shares of the Company’s common stock held by certain officers or directors of the Company. The release will take effect on            , 2020, and the shares may be sold on or after such date.

This press release is not an offer for sale of the securities in the United States or in any other jurisdiction where such offer is prohibited, and such securities may not be offered or sold in the United States absent registration or an exemption from registration under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended.


ANNEX II

Array Technologies, Inc.

Lock-Up Agreement

[], 2020

Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

c/o Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC

200 West Street

New York, NY 10282-2198

c/o J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

383 Madison Avenue

New York, New York 10179

 

  Re:

Array Technologies, Inc. - Lock-Up Agreement

Ladies and Gentlemen:

The undersigned understands that you, as representatives (the “Representatives”), propose to enter into an Underwriting Agreement (the “Underwriting Agreement”) on behalf of the several Underwriters named in Schedule I to such agreement (collectively, the “Underwriters”), with Array Technologies, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”) and the selling stockholder identified therein, providing for a public offering of the common stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “Common Stock”), of the Company (the “Shares”) pursuant to a Registration Statement on Form S-1 to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”).

In consideration of the agreement by the Underwriters to offer and sell the Shares, and of other good and valuable consideration the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the undersigned agrees that, during the period beginning from the date of this Lock-Up Agreement and continuing to and including the date 180 days after the date set forth on the final prospectus used to sell the Shares (the “Lock-Up Period”), the undersigned shall not, and shall not cause or direct any of its affiliates to, (i) offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, grant any option to purchase, lend or otherwise dispose of any shares of Common Stock of the Company, or any options or warrants to purchase any shares of Common Stock of the Company, or any securities convertible into, exchangeable for or that represent the right to receive shares of Common Stock of the Company (such options, warrants or other securities, collectively, “Derivative Instruments”), including without limitation any such shares of Common Stock or Derivative Instruments now owned or hereafter acquired by the undersigned, (ii) engage in any hedging or other transaction or arrangement (including, without limitation, any short sale or the purchase or sale of, or entry into, any put or call option, or combination thereof, forward, swap or any other derivative transaction or instrument, however described or defined) which is designed to or which reasonably could be expected to lead to or result in a sale, loan, pledge or other disposition (whether by the undersigned or someone other than the undersigned), or transfer of any of the economic consequences of ownership, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, of any


shares of Common Stock of the Company or Derivative Instruments, whether any such transaction or arrangement (or instrument provided for thereunder) would be settled by delivery of Common Stock or other securities, in cash or otherwise (any such sale, loan, pledge or other disposition, or transfer of economic consequences, a “Transfer”) or (iii) otherwise publicly announce any intention to engage in or cause any action or activity described in clause (i) above or transaction or arrangement described in clause (ii) above. The undersigned represents and warrants that the undersigned is not, and has not caused or directed any of its affiliates to be or become, currently a party to any agreement or arrangement that provides for, is designed to or which reasonably could be expected to lead to or result in any Transfer during the Lock-Up Period. For the avoidance of doubt, the undersigned agrees that the foregoing provisions shall be equally applicable to any issuer-directed or other Shares the undersigned may purchase in the offering.

If the undersigned is not a natural person, the undersigned represents and warrants that no single natural person, entity or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended), other than a natural person, entity or “group” (as described above) that has executed a Lock-Up Agreement in substantially the same form as this Lock-Up Agreement, beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, 50% or more of the common equity interests, or 50% or more of the voting power, in the undersigned.

If the undersigned is an officer or director of the Company, (i) Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC agree that, at least three business days before the effective date of any release or waiver of the foregoing restrictions in connection with a transfer of shares of Common Stock, Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC will notify the Company of the impending release or waiver, and (ii) the Company has agreed in the Underwriting Agreement to announce the impending release or waiver by press release through a major news service at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver. Any release or waiver granted by Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC hereunder to any such officer or director shall only be effective two business days after the publication date of such press release. The provisions of this paragraph will not apply if (a) the release or waiver is effected solely to permit a transfer not for consideration and (b) the transferee has agreed in writing to be bound by the same terms described in this letter to the extent and for the duration that such terms remain in effect at the time of the transfer.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the undersigned may Transfer the undersigned’s shares of Common Stock of the Company or Derivative Instruments during the Lock-Up Period:

 

  (i)

the Shares to be sold by the undersigned pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement and any reclassification, conversion or exchange in connection with such sale of Shares;

 

  (ii)

as a bona fide gift or gifts, or as charitable contributions, provided that the donee or donees thereof agree to be bound in writing by the restrictions set forth herein, and provided further that no filing under Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) (other than a Form 5, which shall not be filed on or prior date that is 120 days after the date set forth on the final prospectus used to sell the Shares), reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of shares of Common Stock, shall be required or shall be voluntarily made during the Lock-Up Period;

 

2


  (iii)

to any trust, partnership, limited liability company or any other entity for the direct or indirect benefit of the undersigned or the immediate family of the undersigned, provided that the trustee of the trust agrees to be bound in writing by the restrictions set forth herein, and provided further that no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act (other than a Form 5, which shall not be filed on or prior to the date that is 120 days after the date set forth on the final prospectus used to sell the Shares), reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of shares of Common Stock, shall be required or shall be voluntarily made during the Lock-Up Period;

 

  (iv)

to any beneficiary of or estate of a beneficiary of the undersigned pursuant to a trust, will, other testamentary document or intestate succession or applicable laws of descent, provided that the beneficiary or the estate of a beneficiary thereof agrees to be bound in writing by the restrictions set forth herein, and provided further that any such transaction shall not involve a disposition for value and that no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act (other than a Form 5, which shall not be filed on or prior to the date that is 120 days after the date set forth on the final prospectus used to sell the Shares), reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of shares of Common Stock, shall be required or shall be voluntarily made during the Lock-Up Period;

 

  (v)

to a partnership, limited liability company or other entity of which the undersigned and the immediate family of the undersigned are the legal and beneficial owner of all the outstanding equity securities or similar interests, provided that such partnership, limited liability company or other entity agrees to be bound in writing by the restrictions set forth herein, and provided further that no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act (other than a Form 5, which shall not be filed on or prior to the date that is 120 days after the date set forth on the final prospectus used to sell the Shares), reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of shares of Common Stock, shall be required or shall be voluntarily made during the Lock-Up Period;

 

  (vi)

by operation of law, such as pursuant to a qualified domestic order of a court (including a divorce settlement, divorce decree or separation agreement) or regulatory agency, provided that the transferee or transferees thereof agree to be bound in writing by the restrictions set forth herein, and provided further that no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act (other than a Form 5, which shall not be filed on or prior to the date that is 120 days after the date set forth on the final prospectus used to sell the Shares), reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of shares of Common Stock, shall be required or shall be voluntarily made during the Lock-Up Period;

 

  (vii)

in transactions relating to shares of Common Stock in open market transactions after the completion of the public offering, provided that no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act (other than a Form 5, which shall not be filed on or prior to the date that is 120 days after the date set forth on the final prospectus used to sell the Shares), reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of such shares of Common Stock, shall be required or shall be voluntarily made during the Lock-Up Period;

 

  (viii)

by (A) the exercise of stock options solely with cash granted pursuant to equity incentive plans described in the Registration Statement, and the receipt by the undersigned from the Company of shares of Common Stock upon such exercise; (B) transfers of shares of Common Stock to the Company upon the “net” or

 

3


  “cashless” exercise of stock options or other equity awards granted pursuant to equity incentive plans described in the Registration Statement; (C) transfers of shares of Common Stock of the Company for the primary purpose of satisfying any tax or other governmental withholding obligation with respect to any award of equity-based compensation granted pursuant to the Company’s equity incentive plans; or (D) forfeitures of shares of Common Stock to the Company to satisfy tax withholding requirements of the undersigned or the Company upon the vesting, during the Lock-Up Period, of equity based awards granted under equity incentive plans or pursuant to other stock purchase arrangements, in each case described in the Registration Statement; provided that, in each case, the underlying shares of Common Stock shall continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth in this Lock Up Agreement, and provided further that, if required, any public report or filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act shall indicate in the footnotes thereto the nature of the transaction;

 

  (ix)

pursuant to a bona fide third-party tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction made to all holders of the Company’s capital stock after the consummation of the public offering, involving a change of control of the Company, or group of persons, shall become, after the closing of the transaction, the beneficial owner (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 of the Exchange Act) of more than 50% of total voting power of the voting securities of the Company), provided that in the event that such tender offer, merger, consolidation or other such transaction is not completed, the undersigned’s shares of Common Stock shall remain subject to the provisions of this Lock-Up Agreement;

 

  (x)

to the Company in connection with the repurchase by the Company from the undersigned of shares of Common Stock of the Company or Derivative Instruments pursuant to a repurchase right arising upon the termination of the undersigned’s employment with the Company; provided that such repurchase right is pursuant to contractual agreements with the Company; and provided further that, if required, any public report or filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act shall indicate in the footnotes thereto the nature of the transaction;

 

  (xi)

the establishment of a trading plan pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act for the transfer of shares of Common Stock; provided that (i) such plan does not provide for the transfer of Common Stock during the Lock-Up Period and (ii) no public announcement or filing under the Exchange Act shall be made by or on behalf of the undersigned or the Company regarding the establishment of such plan during the Lock-Up Period;

 

  (xii)

if the undersigned is a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other business entity, by (A) distributions of shares of Common Stock or any Derivative Instrument to limited partners, general partners, members, stockholders holders of similar interests of the undersigned (or in each case its nominee or custodian) or to any investment holding company controlled or managed by the undersigned or (B) transfers of shares of Common Stock or any Derivative Instrument to affiliates (as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended) or other entities controlled or managed by the undersigned or any of its affiliates (other than the Company and its subsidiaries); provided that each distributee and transferee agrees to be bound in writing by the restrictions set forth herein, and provided further that no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act (other than a Form 5, which shall

 

4


  not be filed on or prior to the date that is 120 days after the date set forth on the final prospectus used to sell the Shares), reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of shares of Common Stock, shall be required or shall be voluntarily made during the Lock-Up Period;

 

  (xiii)

to any third-party pledgee in a bona fide transaction as collateral to secure obligations pursuant to lending or other arrangements between such third parties (or their affiliates or designees) and the undersigned and/or its affiliates or any similar arrangement relating to a financing arrangement for the benefit of the undersigned and/or its affiliates, provided that the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock pledged as collateral pursuant to this clause (xiii) during the Lock-Up Period shall not exceed 1% of the total number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding on the closing date of the offering; or

 

  (xiv)

with the prior written consent of Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC on behalf of the Underwriters.

For purposes of this Lock-Up Agreement, “immediate family” shall mean any relationship by blood, marriage or adoption, not more remote than first cousin, and “change of control” shall mean any bona fide third-party tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction approved by the board of directors of the Company the result of which is that any “person” (as defined in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), or group of persons, other than the Company, shall become, after the closing of the transaction, the beneficial owner (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 of the Exchange Act) of more than 50% of total voting power of the voting stock of the Company. In addition, notwithstanding the foregoing, if the undersigned is a corporation, the corporation may transfer the capital stock of the Company to any wholly-owned subsidiary of such corporation; provided, however, that in any such case, it shall be a condition to the transfer that the transferee execute an agreement stating that the transferee is receiving and holding such capital stock subject to the provisions of this Agreement and there shall be no further transfer of such capital stock except in accordance with this Agreement, and provided further that any such transfer shall not involve a disposition for value.

The undersigned now has, and, except as contemplated above, for the duration of this Lock-Up Agreement will have, good and marketable title to the undersigned’s shares of Common Stock of the Company, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, and claims whatsoever. The undersigned also agrees and consents to the entry of stop transfer instructions with the Company’s transfer agent and registrar against the transfer of the undersigned’s shares of Common Stock of the Company except in compliance with the foregoing restrictions.

The undersigned understands that the Company and the Underwriters are relying upon this Lock-Up Agreement in proceeding toward consummation of the offering. The undersigned further understands that this Lock-Up Agreement is irrevocable and shall be binding upon the undersigned’s heirs, legal representatives, successors, and assigns.

This Lock-Up Agreement will automatically terminate upon the earliest to occur, if any, of (a) the date that the Company advises Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, in writing, prior to the execution of the Underwriting Agreement, that it has determined not to proceed with the public offering, (b) the date that Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC advise the Company, in writing, prior to the execution

 

5


of the Underwriting Agreement, that the Underwriters have determined not to proceed with the public offering (c) the date of termination of the Underwriting Agreement if prior to the closing of the public offering, or (d) October 31, 2020 if the public offering of the Shares has not been completed by such date.

 

Very truly yours,

 

Exact Name of Shareholder

 

Authorized Signature

 

Title

 

6

Exhibit 3.1

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

ARRAY TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

Array Technologies, Inc. (the “Company”), a corporation organized and existing under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (“DGCL”), does hereby certify as follows:

(1) The original Certificate of Incorporation of the Company was filed with the office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on October 14, 2020. (the “Certificate of Incorporation”).

(2) This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (as amended or modified from time to time, this “Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation”) was duly adopted in accordance with Sections 228, 242 and 245 of the DGCL.

(3) This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation restates and integrates and further amends the Certificate of Incorporation of the Company in its entirety.

(4) The text of the Certificate of Incorporation hereby is amended and restated in entirety as follows:

ARTICLE I

NAME

The name of the Company is Array Technologies, Inc..

ARTICLE II

REGISTERED OFFICE AND AGENT

The address of the Company’s registered office in the State of Delaware is 251 Little Falls Drive, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, Delaware 19808. The name of its registered agent at such address is Corporation Service Company.

ARTICLE III

PURPOSE

The purpose of the Company is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the DGCL.

ARTICLE IV

CAPITAL STOCK

I. Authorized Capital.

The total number of shares of all classes of capital stock which the Company shall have authority to issue is 1,005,000,000, which shall be divided into two classes as follows: 1,000,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share (“Common Stock”) and 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share (“Preferred Stock”).


The number of authorized shares of Preferred Stock or Common Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then-outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority in voting power of the stock of the Company entitled to vote thereon irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the DGCL (or any successor provision thereto), and no vote of the holders of either the Common Stock or the Preferred Stock voting separately as a class shall be required therefor, unless a vote of any such holder is required pursuant to this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designation relating to any series of Preferred Stock).

II. Common Stock.

A. Voting Rights. Except as otherwise provided in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or otherwise required by applicable law, each holder of Common Stock shall be entitled to one vote for each share of Common Stock held as of the applicable record date on any matter that is submitted to a vote or for the consent of the stockholders of the Company.

B. Dividends. Subject to the preferences applicable to any series of Preferred Stock, if any, outstanding at any time, the holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to share equally, on a per share basis, in such dividends and other distributions of cash, property or shares of stock of the Company as may be declared by the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) from time to time with respect to the Common Stock out of assets or funds of the Company legally available therefor.

C. Liquidation. Subject to the preferences applicable to any series of Preferred Stock, if any, outstanding at any time, in the event of the voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution, distribution of assets or winding up of the Company, all assets of the Company of whatever kind available for distribution to the holders of Common Stock shall be divided among and paid ratably to the holders of Common Stock.

III. Preferred Stock.

A. Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time by the Company for such consideration as may be fixed by the Board. The Board is hereby expressly authorized, by resolution or resolutions, to provide, out of the unissued shares of Preferred Stock, for one or more series of Preferred Stock and, with respect to each such series, to fix, without further stockholder approval, the designation of such series, the powers (including voting powers), preferences and relative, participating, optional and other special rights, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, of such series of Preferred Stock and the number of shares of such series, and as may be permitted by the DGCL. The powers, preferences and relative, participating, optional and other special rights of, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, of each series of Preferred Stock, if any, may differ from those of any and all other series at any time outstanding.

B. Except as otherwise required by law, holders of Common Stock shall not be entitled to vote on any amendment to this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designation relating to any series of Preferred Stock) that relates solely to the terms of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series are entitled, either separately or together with the holders of one or more other such series, to vote thereon pursuant to this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designation relating to any series of Preferred Stock) or pursuant to the DGCL.

C. Except as otherwise required by law, holders of any series of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to only such voting rights, if any, as shall expressly be granted thereto by this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designation relating to such series of Preferred Stock).

 

2


ARTICLE V

AMENDMENT OF THE CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION AND BYLAWS

A. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to the contrary, from and after the date on which Investors (as defined below) cease to beneficially own at least 50% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock (the “Trigger Event”), the following provisions in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation may be amended, altered, repealed or rescinded, in whole or in part, or any provision inconsistent therewith or herewith may be adopted, only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 6623% in voting power of all the then-outstanding shares of Common Stock entitled to vote thereon: Article V, Article VI, Article VII, Article VIII, Article IX and Article X. For the purposes of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, beneficial ownership of shares shall be determined in accordance with Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). For the purposes of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, except for Article IX, (i) “Affiliate” shall mean, with respect to any Person, any Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with such Person; (ii) “Person” shall mean any individual, corporation, limited liability company, limited or general partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization or other entity, whether domestic or foreign; (iii) “control” (including the terms “controlled by” and “under common control with”), with respect to the relationship between or among two or more Persons, shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the affairs or management of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and (iv) “Investors” shall mean any of Oaktree Power Opportunities Fund IV (Delaware) Holdings, L.P., Oaktree ATI Investors, L.P., ATI Investment Parent, LLC and each of their respective Affiliates.

B. The Board is expressly authorized to make, repeal, alter, amend and rescind, in whole or in part, the bylaws of the Company (as in effect from time to time, the “Bylaws”) without the assent or vote of the stockholders in any manner not inconsistent with the laws of the State of Delaware or this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or any provision of law which might otherwise permit a lesser vote of the stockholders, from and after the Trigger Event, in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of capital stock of the Company required herein (including any certificate of designation relating to any series of Preferred Stock), the Bylaws or applicable law, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 6623% in voting power of all the then-outstanding shares of stock of the Company entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class, shall be required in order for the stockholders of the Company to alter, amend, repeal or rescind, in whole or in part, any provision of the Bylaws or to adopt any provision inconsistent therewith.

ARTICLE VI

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

A. Except as otherwise provided in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the DGCL, the business and affairs of the Company shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board. Except as otherwise provided for or fixed pursuant to the provisions of Article IV hereof (including any certificate of designation with respect to any series of Preferred Stock) and this Article VI relating to the

 

3


rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect additional directors, the total number of directors shall be determined from time to time exclusively by resolution adopted by the Board. The directors (other than those directors elected by the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, voting separately as a series or together with one or more other such series, as the case may be) shall be divided into three classes designated Class I, Class II and Class III. Each class shall consist, as nearly as possible, of one-third of the total number of such directors. Class I directors shall initially serve for a term expiring at the first annual meeting of stockholders following the date the Common Stock is first publicly traded (the “IPO Date”), Class II directors shall initially serve for a term expiring at the second annual meeting of stockholders following the IPO Date and Class III directors shall initially serve for a term expiring at the third annual meeting of stockholders following the IPO Date. At each succeeding annual meeting, successors to the class of directors whose term expires at that annual meeting shall be elected for a term expiring at the third succeeding annual meeting of stockholders. If the number of such directors is changed, any increase or decrease shall be apportioned among the classes so as to maintain the number of directors in each class as nearly equal as possible, and any such additional director of any class elected to fill a newly created directorship resulting from an increase in such class shall hold office for a term that shall coincide with the remaining term of that class, but in no case shall a decrease in the number of directors remove or shorten the term of any incumbent director. Any such director shall hold office until the annual meeting at which his or her term expires and until his or her successor shall be elected and qualified, or his or her death, resignation, retirement, disqualification or removal from office. The Board is authorized to assign members of the Board to their respective class.

B. Subject to the rights granted to the holders of any one or more series of Preferred Stock then outstanding, any newly-created directorship on the Board that results from an increase in the number of directors and any vacancy occurring in the Board (whether by death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, removal or other cause) shall be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, even if less than a quorum, by a sole remaining director or by the stockholders; provided, however, that from and after the Trigger Event, any newly-created directorship on the Board that results from an increase in the number of directors and any vacancy occurring on the Board shall be filled only by a majority of the directors then in office, even if less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director (and not by the stockholders). Any director elected to fill a vacancy or newly created directorship shall hold office until the next election of the class for which such director shall have been chosen and until his or her successor shall be elected and qualified, or until his or her earlier death, resignation, retirement, disqualification or removal.

C. Any or all of the directors (other than the directors elected by the holders of any series of Preferred Stock of the Company, voting separately as a series or together with one or more other such series, as the case may be) may be removed at any time either with or without cause by the affirmative vote of a majority in voting power of all outstanding shares of Common Stock entitled to vote thereon; provided, however, that from and after the Trigger Event, any such director or all such directors may be removed only for cause and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 6623% in voting power of all the then-outstanding shares of stock of the Company entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class.

D. Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless the Bylaws shall so provide.

E. During any period when the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, voting separately as a series or together with one or more series, have the right to elect additional directors, then upon commencement and for the duration of the period during which such right continues: (i) the then otherwise total authorized number of directors of the Company shall automatically be increased by such specified number of directors, and the holders of such Preferred Stock shall be entitled to elect the additional directors so provided for or fixed pursuant to said provisions, and (ii) each such additional director shall

 

4


serve until such director’s successor shall have been duly elected and qualified, or until such director’s right to hold such office terminates pursuant to said provisions, whichever occurs earlier, subject to his or her earlier death, resignation, retirement, disqualification or removal. Except as otherwise provided by the Board in the resolution or resolutions establishing such series, whenever the holders of any series of Preferred Stock having such right to elect additional directors are divested of such right pursuant to the provisions of such stock, the terms of office of all such additional directors elected by the holders of such stock, or elected to fill any vacancies resulting from the death, resignation, disqualification or removal of such additional directors, shall forthwith terminate and the total authorized number of directors of the Company shall be reduced accordingly.

ARTICLE VII

LIMITATION OF DIRECTOR LIABILITY

A. To the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL as it now exists or may hereafter be amended, a director of the Company shall not be personally liable to the Company or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty owed to the Company or its stockholders.

B. Neither the amendment nor repeal of this Article VII, nor the adoption of any provision of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, nor, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, any modification of law shall eliminate, reduce or otherwise adversely affect any right or protection of a current or former director of the Company existing at the time of such amendment, repeal, adoption or modification.

ARTICLE VIII

CONSENT OF STOCKHOLDERS IN LIEU OF MEETING;

ANNUAL AND SPECIAL MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

A. Prior to the Trigger Event, any action required or permitted to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Company may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted and shall be delivered to the Company by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business, or an officer or agent of the Company having custody of the books in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to the Company’s registered office shall be made by hand, overnight courier or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. From and after the Trigger Event, any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the Company must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of such holders and may not be effected by any consent in writing by such holders; provided, however, that any action required or permitted to be taken by the holders of Preferred Stock, voting separately as a series or separately as a class with one or more other such series, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, to the extent expressly so provided by the applicable certificate of designation relating to such series of Preferred Stock.

B. Except as otherwise required by law and subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, special meetings of the stockholders of the Company for any purpose or purposes may only be called in the manner provided in the Bylaws.

C. An annual meeting of stockholders for the election of directors to succeed those whose terms expire and for the transaction of such other business as may properly come before the meeting, shall be held at such place, if any, on such date, and at such time as shall be fixed in the manner provided in the Bylaws.

 

5


ARTICLE IX

COMPETITION AND CORPORATE OPPORTUNITIES

A. In recognition and anticipation that (i) certain directors, principals, members, officers, associated funds, employees and/or other representatives of one or more of the Investors and their respective Affiliates (as defined below) may serve as directors, officers or agents of the Company, (ii) one or more of the Investors and their respective Affiliates may now engage and may continue to engage in the same or similar activities or related lines of business as those in which the Company, directly or indirectly, may engage and/or other business activities that overlap with or compete with those in which the Company, directly or indirectly, may engage, and (iii) members of the Board who are not employees of the Company (“Non-Employee Directors”) and their respective Affiliates may now engage and may continue to engage in the same or similar activities or related lines of business as those in which the Company, directly or indirectly, may engage and/or other business activities that overlap with or compete with those in which the Company, directly or indirectly, may engage, the provisions of this Article IX are set forth to regulate and define the conduct of certain affairs of the Company with respect to certain classes or categories of business opportunities as they may involve any of the Investors, the Non-Employee Directors or their respective Affiliates and the powers, rights, duties and liabilities of the Company and its directors, officers and stockholders in connection therewith.

B. None of (i) the Investors or any of their respective Affiliates or (ii) any Non-Employee Director (including any Non-Employee Director who serves as an officer of the Company in both his or her director and officer capacities) or his or her Affiliates (the Persons (as defined below) identified in (i) and (ii) above being referred to, collectively, as “Identified Persons” and, individually, as an “Identified Person”) shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, have any duty to refrain from directly or indirectly (1) engaging in the same or similar business activities or lines of business in which the Company or any of its Affiliates now engages or proposes to engage or (2) otherwise competing with the Company or any of its Affiliates, and, to the fullest extent permitted by law, no Identified Person shall be liable to the Company or its stockholders or to any Affiliate of the Company for breach of any fiduciary duty solely by reason of the fact that such Identified Person engages in any such activities. To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Company hereby renounces any interest or expectancy in, or right to be offered an opportunity to participate in, any business opportunity which may be a corporate opportunity for an Identified Person and the Company or any of its Affiliates, except as provided in Section D of this Article IX. Subject to Section D of this Article IX, in the event that any Identified Person acquires knowledge of a potential transaction or other matter or business opportunity which may be a corporate opportunity for itself, herself or himself and the Company or any of its Affiliates, such Identified Person shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, have no fiduciary duty or other duty (contractual or otherwise) to communicate, present or offer such transaction or other business opportunity to the Company or any of its Affiliates and, to the fullest extent permitted by law, shall not be liable to the Company or its stockholders or to any Affiliate of the Company for breach of any fiduciary duty or other duty (contractual or otherwise) as a stockholder, director or officer of the Company solely by reason of the fact that such Identified Person pursues or acquires such corporate opportunity for itself, herself or himself, offers or directs such corporate opportunity to another Person, or does not present such corporate opportunity to the Company or any of its Affiliates.

C. The Company and its Affiliates do not have any rights in and to the business ventures of any Identified Person, or the income or profits derived therefrom, and the Company agrees that each of the Identified Persons may do business with any potential or actual customer or supplier of the Company or may employ or otherwise engage any officer or employee of the Company.

D. The Company does not renounce its interest in any corporate opportunity offered to any Non-Employee Director (including any Non-Employee Director who serves as an officer of the Company) if such opportunity is expressly offered to such person in writing solely in his or her capacity as a director or officer of the Company, and the provisions of Section B of this Article IX shall not apply to any such corporate opportunity.

 

6


E. In addition to and notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Article IX, a corporate opportunity shall not be deemed to be a potential corporate opportunity for the Company if it is a business opportunity that (i) the Company is neither financially or legally able, nor contractually permitted to undertake, (ii) from its nature, is not in the line of the Company’s business or is of no practical advantage to the Company or (iii) is one in which the Company has no interest or reasonable expectancy.

F. For purposes of this Article IX, (i) “Affiliate” shall mean (a) in respect of any Investor, any Person that, directly or indirectly, is controlled by such Investor, controls such Investor or is under common control with such Investor and shall include any principal, member, director, partner, stockholder, officer, employee or other representative of any of the foregoing (other than the Company and any entity that is controlled by the Company), (b) in respect of a Non-Employee Director, any Person that, directly or indirectly, is controlled by such Non-Employee Director (other than the Company and any entity that is controlled by the Company) and (c) in respect of the Company, any Person that, directly or indirectly, is controlled by the Company; (ii) “Person” shall mean any individual, corporation, general or limited partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, association or any other entity; (iii) “control” (including the terms “controlled by” and “under common control with”), with respect to the relationship between or among two or more Persons, shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the affairs or management of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and (iv) “Investor” shall mean any of Oaktree Power Opportunities Fund IV (Delaware) Holdings, L.P., Oaktree ATI Investors, L.P. and each of their respective Affiliates.

G. To the fullest extent permitted by law, any Person purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in any shares of capital stock of the Company shall be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to the provisions of this Article IX. Neither the alteration, amendment, addition to or repeal of this Article IX, nor the adoption of any provision of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designation relating to any series of Preferred Stock) inconsistent with this Article IX, shall eliminate or reduce the effect of this Article IX in respect of any business opportunity first identified or any other matter occurring, or any cause of action, suit or claim that, but for this Article IX, would accrue or arise, prior to such alteration, amendment, addition, repeal or adoption.

ARTICLE X

DGCL SECTION 203

A. The Company hereby expressly elects not to be governed by Section 203 of the DGCL.

ARTICLE XI

MISCELLANEOUS

A. If any provision or provisions of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable as applied to any circumstance for any reason whatsoever: (i) the validity, legality and enforceability of such provisions in any other circumstance and of the remaining provisions of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including, without limitation, each portion of any paragraph of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable that is not itself held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and (ii) to the fullest extent possible,

 

7


the provisions of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including, without limitation, each such portion of any paragraph of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to permit the Company to protect its directors, officers, employees and agents from personal liability in respect of their good faith service or for the benefit of the Company to the fullest extent permitted by law.

B. Exclusive Forum.

(i) Unless the Company consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (or, if and only if the Court of Chancery does not have subject matter jurisdiction, another state court sitting in the State of Delaware or, if and only if neither the Court of Chancery nor any state court sitting in the State of Delaware has subject matter jurisdiction, then the federal district court for the District of Delaware) shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the sole and exclusive forum for (1) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Company, (2) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer, or other employee or stockholder of the Company to the Company or the Company’s stockholders, creditors or other constituents, or a claim of aiding and abetting any such breach of fiduciary duty, (3) any action asserting a claim against the Company or any director or officer of the Company arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL or this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws (as either may be amended and/or restated from time to time) or as to which the DGCL confers jurisdiction on the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware, (4) any action to interpret, apply, enforce or determine the validity of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws, (5) any action asserting a claim against the Company or any director or officer of the Company governed by the internal affairs doctrine or (6) any action asserting an “internal corporate claim” as that term is defined in Section 115 of the DGCL. The choice of forum provision set forth in this Section B(i) of Article XI does not apply to any actions arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), or the Exchange Act.

(ii) Unless the Company consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the federal district court for the District of Delaware shall be the sole and exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act against the Company or any director or officer of the Company.

(iii) To the fullest extent permitted by law, any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring or holding any interest in shares of capital stock of the Company shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the provisions of this Section B of Article XI and personal jurisdiction and venue in any state or federal court located in the State of Delaware for any action or proceeding set forth in above clauses 1 to 6 of Section B(i) of Article XI and any complaint set forth in Section B(ii) of Article XI.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

8


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Array Technologies, Inc. has caused this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be executed by its duly authorized officer on this                day of                , 2020.

 

Array Technologies, Inc.

 

By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

[Signature Page to Certificate of Incorporation]

Exhibit 3.2

AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS

OF

ARRAY TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

* * * * *

ARTICLE I

Offices

SECTION 1.01 Registered Office. The address of the registered office of Array Technologies, Inc. (the “Company”) in the State of Delaware is 251 Little Falls Drive, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, Delaware 19808. The name of the Company’s registered agent at such address is Corporation Service Company. The Company may also have offices in such other places in the United States or elsewhere (and may change the Company’s registered agent) as the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) may, from time to time, determine or as the business of the Company may require.

ARTICLE II

Meetings of Stockholders

SECTION 2.01 Annual Meetings. Annual meetings of stockholders of the Company may be held at such place, if any, either within or without the State of Delaware, and at such time and date as the Board shall determine and state in the notice of meeting. The Board may, in its sole discretion, determine that any meeting of stockholders of the Company shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication as described in Section 2.11 hereof and in accordance with the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”). At the annual meeting, the stockholders of the Company shall elect directors and transact such other business as may properly be brought before the annual meeting. The Board may postpone, reschedule or cancel any annual meeting of stockholders of the Company.

SECTION 2.02 Special Meetings. Except as otherwise required by law and subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock (as defined in the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation as then in effect (as the same may be amended and/or restated from time to time, the “Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation”)), special meetings of the stockholders of the Company for any purpose or purposes may be called at any time only by or at the direction of the Board or the Chairman of the Board; provided, however, that at any time before the Trigger Event (as defined in the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation), special meetings of the stockholders of the Company for any purpose or purposes shall also be called by or at the direction of the Board or the Chairman of the Board at the request of the holders of 50% or more of the voting power of all the outstanding shares of


Common Stock (as defined in the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation). Special meetings of the stockholders of the Company may be held at such place, if any, either within or without the State of Delaware, and at such time and date as determined by the Board, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer of the Company (the “CEO”) and, before the Trigger Event, by or at the direction of the Board, the Chairman of the Board or the CEO at the request of holders of 50% or more of the voting power of all the outstanding shares of Common Stock. The Board may postpone, reschedule or cancel any special meeting of stockholders of the Company; provided, however, that with respect to any special meeting of stockholders of the Company previously scheduled at the request of holders of 50% or more of the voting power of all the outstanding shares of Common Stock, the Board shall not postpone, reschedule or cancel such special meeting without the prior written consent of such holders.

SECTION 2.03 Notice of Stockholder Business and Nominations; Form and Requirements of Notice.

(A) Annual Meetings of Stockholders.

(1) Nominations of persons for election to the Board and the proposal of other business to be considered by the stockholders of the Company may be made at an annual meeting of stockholders of the Company only (a) pursuant to the Company’s notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto) delivered pursuant to Section 2.04 hereof; (b) by or at the direction of the Board or any authorized committee thereof; or (c) by any stockholder of the Company who is entitled to vote at the meeting, who, subject to Section 2.03(C)(4) hereof, complies with the notice procedures set forth in Sections 2.03(A)(2) and (A)(3) hereof and who is a stockholder of record at the time such notice is delivered to the Secretary of the Company (the “Secretary”), on the record date for the determination of stockholders of the Company entitled to vote at the annual meeting, and at the time of the annual meeting.

(2) Without qualification, for nominations or other business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder of the Company pursuant to Section 2.03(A)(1)(c) hereof, the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary, and, in the case of business other than nominations of persons for election to the Board, such other business must constitute a proper matter for stockholder action. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Company in writing not later than the Close of Business (as defined below) on the 90th day nor earlier than the Close of Business on the 120th day prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting (which anniversary date shall, for purposes of the Company’s first annual meeting of stockholders of the Company after the shares of its Common Stock, are first publicly traded (the “First Annual Meeting”), be deemed to have occurred on October 26, 2020); provided, however, that in the event that the date of the annual meeting is more than 30 days before or more than 70 days after the anniversary date of the previous year’s meeting, or if no annual meeting was held in the preceding year (other than in connection with the First Annual Meeting), notice by a stockholder of the Company to be timely must be so delivered not earlier than the Close of Business on the 120th day prior to such annual meeting and not later than the Close of Business on the later of the 90th day prior to such annual meeting or the 10th day following the day on which Public Announcement (as defined below) of the date of such meeting is first made. In no event shall the adjournment or postponement of an annual meeting (or the Public Announcement

 

2


of the adjournment or postponement thereof) commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above. For the avoidance of doubt, a stockholder shall not be entitled to make additional or substitute nominations following expiration of the time periods set forth in these Bylaws. Notwithstanding anything in this Section 2.03(A)(2) to the contrary, if the number of directors to be elected to the Board at an annual meeting is increased effective after the time period for which nominations would otherwise be due under this Section 2.03(A)(2) and there is no Public Announcement naming all of the nominees for the additional directorships or specifying the size of the increased Board at least 100 days prior to the first anniversary of the prior year’s annual meeting of stockholders of the Company, then a stockholder’s notice required by this Section 2.03(A)(2) shall also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for any new positions created by such increase, if it is received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Company in writing not later than the Close of Business on the 10th day following the day on which such Public Announcement is first made.

(3) To be in proper form, a stockholder’s notice to the Secretary (the stockholder providing such notice, the “Noticing Stockholder”) under this Section 2.03(A) must:

(a) as to each person whom the Noticing Stockholder proposes to nominate for election or re-election as a director, set forth or provide (i) the name, age, business address and residence address of such person, (ii) the principal occupation or employment of such person (present and for the past five years), (iii) the class or series and number of shares of the Company which are, directly or indirectly, owned beneficially and/or of record by such person (provided, however, that for purposes of this Section 2.03(A)(3)(a), such person shall in all events be deemed to beneficially own any shares of the Company as to which such person has a right to acquire beneficial ownership of at any time in the future), (iv) all information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for election of directors in an election contest or that is otherwise required pursuant to and in accordance with Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, (v) a complete and accurate description of any current or prior agreements, arrangements and understandings, and any other material relationships between or among the Noticing Stockholder, any beneficial owner on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made (collectively with the Noticing Stockholder, the “Holders”), any of their respective affiliates and associates within the meaning of Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act, or others acting in concert therewith, on the one hand, and each proposed nominee, and his or her respective affiliates and associates, or others acting in concert therewith, on the other hand, including all information that would be required to be disclosed pursuant to Rule 404 promulgated under Regulation S-K (or any successor provision) if any Holder, any affiliate or associate thereof or person acting in concert therewith, were the “registrant” for purposes of such rule and the nominee were a director or executive officer of such registrant, (vi) a complete and accurate description of all direct and indirect compensation and other material monetary agreements, arrangements and

 

3


understandings (whether written or oral) during the past three years, between or among any Holder, any of its affiliates or associates, or others acting in concert therewith, on the one hand, and each nominee, and his or her respective affiliates and associates, or others acting in concert therewith, on the other hand, (vii) a notarized letter signed by such person stating his or her acceptance of the nomination by the Holder, stating his or her intention to serve as a director for a full term on the Board, if elected, and consenting to being named as a nominee for director in a proxy statement relating to such election, (viii) a completed and signed questionnaire and written representation and agreement, each as may be required by Section 2.03(A)(4) hereof and (ix) all information relating to the nominee that would be required by this Section 2.03(A) to be set forth in a stockholder’s notice with respect to a director nomination if such nominee were a stockholder providing notice of a director nomination to be made at the meeting;

(b) as to any business that the Noticing Stockholder proposes to bring before the meeting, set forth or provide (i) a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the meeting, (ii) the text, if any, of the proposal (including the text of any resolutions proposed for consideration and in the event that such business includes a proposal to amend the Amended and Restated Bylaws (“Bylaws”) of the Company, the language of the proposed amendment), (iii) the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting and any material interest in such business of any Holder and (iv) a complete and accurate description of any current or prior agreements, arrangements and understandings, and any other material relationships between or among the Holders, any of their respective affiliates and associates, or others acting in concert therewith, on the one hand, and each proposed nominee, and his or her respective affiliates and associates, or others acting in concert therewith, on the other hand, in connection with the proposal of such business by such Noticing Stockholder, including all information that would be required to be disclosed pursuant to Rule 404 promulgated under Regulation S-K (or any successor provision) if any Holder, any affiliate or associate thereof or person acting in concert therewith, were the “registrant” for purposes of such rule and the nominee were a director or executive officer of such registrant; and

(c) as to the Holders, set forth (i) the name and address of the Noticing Stockholder as they appear on the Company’s books, (ii) the name and address of all other Holders, if any, (iii) the class or series and number of shares of the Company that are, directly or indirectly, owned beneficially and/or of record by each Holder (provided, however, that for purposes of this Section 2.03(A)(3)(c), any such person shall in all events be deemed to beneficially own any shares of the Company as to which such person has a right to acquire beneficial ownership of at any time in the future), any person controlling, directly or indirectly, or acting in concert with, any Holder and any person controlled by or under common control with any

 

4


Holder, (iv) the Ownership Information (as defined below) for each Holder and Stockholder Associated Person (as defined below), (v) a representation by the Noticing Stockholder that the Noticing Stockholder is a stockholder of record of the Company entitled to vote at the meeting, will continue to be a stockholder of record of the Company entitled to vote at such meeting through the date of such meeting and intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to propose such business or nomination, (vi) a representation as to whether any Holder intends or is part of a group which intends to (A) deliver a proxy statement and/or form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the outstanding shares of the Company required to approve or adopt the proposal or elect the nominee and/or (B) otherwise solicit proxies from stockholders of the Company in support of such proposal or nomination, (vii) a certification regarding whether each Holder has complied with all applicable federal, state and other legal requirements in connection with its acquisition of shares or other securities of the Company and such Holder’s acts or omissions as a stockholder of the Company and (viii) the Noticing Stockholder’s representation as to the accuracy of the information set forth in the notice.

The Company may also, as a condition to any such nomination or business being deemed properly brought before an annual meeting, request any Holder or proposed nominee to deliver to the Secretary, within five Business Days of any such request, including such other information as may be reasonably requested by the Company, including, without limitation, such other information as may be reasonably required by the Board, in its sole discretion, to determine (i) the eligibility of a proposed nominee to serve as a director of the Company, (ii) whether such nominee qualifies as an “independent director” or “audit committee financial expert” under applicable law, securities exchange rule or regulation, or any publicly disclosed corporate governance guideline or committee charter of the Company and (iii) such other information that the Board determines, in its sole discretion, could be material to a reasonable stockholder’s understanding of the independence, or lack thereof, of such nominee.

A Noticing Stockholder shall further update and supplement its notice of any nomination or other business proposed to be brought before a meeting, if necessary, so that the information provided or required to be provided in such notice pursuant to this Section 2.03 shall be true and correct (i) as of the record date for the meeting and (ii) as of the date that is 10 business days prior to the meeting or any adjournment, recess, rescheduling or postponement thereof and such update and supplement shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Company not later than five business days after the record date for the meeting (in the case of the update and supplement required to be made as of the record date) and not later than seven business days prior to the date for the meeting, if practicable (or, if not practicable, on the first practicable date prior to the meeting), or any adjournment, recess, rescheduling or postponement thereof (in the case of the update and supplement required to be made as of 10 business days prior to the meeting or any adjournment, recess, rescheduling or postponement thereof).

 

5


Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.03, unless otherwise required by law, if the Noticing Stockholder (or a qualified representative of the Noticing Stockholder) does not appear at the meeting of stockholders of the Company and present his or her proposed business or nomination(s), such proposed business will not be transacted and any such nomination will be disregarded, notwithstanding that proxies in respect of such vote may have been received by the Company. For purposes of this Section 2.03, to be considered a qualified representative of a stockholder of the Company, a person must be a duly authorized officer, manager or partner of such stockholder or must be authorized by a writing executed by such stockholder (or a reliable reproduction or electronic transmission of the writing) stating that such person is authorized to act for such stockholder as a proxy at the meeting of stockholders of the Company, and such person must produce proof that he or she is a duly authorized officer, manager or partner of such stockholder or such writing or electronic transmission, or a reliable reproduction of the writing or electronic transmission, as well as valid government-issued photo identification, at the meeting of stockholders of the Company.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in these Bylaws, if the person whom the Noticing Stockholder proposes to nominate for election or re-election as a director pursuant to the notice procedures set forth in Sections 2.03(A)(2) and (A)(3) hereof becomes ineligible or unwilling to serve on the Board, the Noticing Stockholder may not, at the annual meeting for which its notice for nomination has previously been given, propose to nominate any substitute, successor or replacement nominee for election or re-election as a director, unless it gives a new timely notice pursuant to Section 2.03(A).

(d) For purposes of this section, “Ownership Information” means: (i) any option, warrant, convertible security, stock appreciation right, or similar right with an exercise or conversion privilege or a settlement payment or mechanism at a price related to any class or series of shares of the Company or with a value derived in whole in or part from the value of any class or series of shares of the Company, whether or not the instrument or right is subject to settlement in the underlying class or series of shares of the Company or otherwise (a “Derivative Instrument”) that is directly or indirectly owned beneficially by any Holder, Stockholder Associated Person or proposed nominee and any other direct or indirect opportunity to profit or share in any profit derived from any increase or decrease in the value of any security of the Company; (ii) any agreement, arrangement or understanding (including any contract to purchase or sell, acquisition or grant of any option, right or warrant to purchase or sell, swap

 

6


or other instrument) between any Holder, Stockholder Associated Person, proposed nominee and/or any others acting in concert with any of the foregoing the intent or effect of which may be to transfer to or from any such person, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any security of the Company or to increase or decrease the voting power of any such person or any of such person’s affiliates or associates with respect to any security of the Company; (iii) any proxy, contract, arrangement, understanding or relationship pursuant to which any Holder, Stockholder Associated Person or proposed nominee has a right to vote or has granted a right to vote any shares of the Company; (iv) any short interest held by any Holder, Stockholder Associated Person or proposed nominee presently or within the last 12 months in any shares of the Company (for purposes of this Section 2.03, a Holder, Stockholder Associated Person or proposed nominee is deemed to hold a short interest in a security if such Holder, Stockholder Associated Person or proposed nominee, directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise, has the opportunity to profit or share in any profit derived from any decrease in the value of the subject security); (v) any right to dividends on shares of the Company owned beneficially by any Holder, Stockholder Associated Person or proposed nominee that is separated or separable from the underlying shares of the Company; (vi) any proportionate interest in shares of the Company; (vii) any Derivative Instrument held, directly or indirectly, by a general or limited partnership or limited liability company or similar entity in which any Holder, Stockholder Associated Person or proposed nominee is (a) a general partner or, directly or indirectly, beneficially owns any interest in a general partner, or (b) is the manager or managing member or, directly or indirectly, beneficially owns any interest in the manager or managing member of a limited liability company or similar entity; (vii) any performance-related fees (other than an asset-based fee) that any Holder, Stockholder Associated Person or proposed nominee is entitled to based on any increase or decrease in the value of shares of the Company or any Derivative Instrument; (viii) any direct or indirect legal, economic or financial interest (including short interest) of any Holder, Stockholder Associated Person or proposed nominee in the outcome of any vote to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Company or any other entity with respect to any matter that is substantially related, directly or indirectly, to any nomination or business proposed by any Holder under this Bylaw and; (ix) any arrangement, right or other interest described in the preceding clauses of this paragraph held by any member of the immediate family of any Holder, Stockholder Associated Person or proposed nominee that shares the same household with such Holder or Stockholder Associated Person. “Stockholder Associated Person” means as to any Holder (x) any person acting in concert with such Holder, (y) any person controlling, controlled by or under common control with such Holder or any of their respective affiliates and associates, or person acting

 

7


in concert therewith and (z) any member of the immediate family of such Holder or an affiliate or associate of such Holder. As used in these Bylaws, the terms “affiliate(s)” and “associate(s)” shall have the meanings attributed to such terms in Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

(4) To be eligible to be a nominee for election or reelection as a director of the Company pursuant to this Section 2.03, a proposed nominee must deliver (in the case of nominee nominated by a stockholder of the Company pursuant to this Section 2.03, in accordance with the time periods and other requirements prescribed for delivery of notice under these Bylaws and applicable law) to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Company (i) a written questionnaire with respect to the background and qualification of such person and the background of any other person or entity on whose behalf the nomination is being made (in the form to be provided by the Secretary upon written request of any stockholder of record identified by name within five Business Days of such written request) and (ii) a written representation and agreement (in the form to be provided by the Secretary upon written request of any stockholder of record identified by name within five Business Days of such written request) that such person (A) is not and will not become a party to (1) any agreement, arrangement or understanding (whether written or oral) with, and has not given any commitment or assurance to, any person or entity as to how such person, if elected as a director of the Company, will act or vote in such capacity on any issue or question (a “Voting Commitment”) that has not been disclosed to the Company or (2) any Voting Commitment that could limit or interfere with such person’s ability to comply, if elected as a director of the Company, with such person’s fiduciary duties under applicable law, (B) is not and will not become a party to any agreement, arrangement or understanding (whether written or oral) with any person or entity other than the Company with respect to any direct or indirect compensation, reimbursement or indemnification in connection with service or action as a director of the Company that has not been disclosed to the Company, (C) if elected as director of the Company, intends to serve for a full term on the Board and (D) in such person’s individual capacity and on behalf of any person or entity on whose behalf the nomination is being made, would be in compliance, if elected as a director of the Company, and will comply with all applicable laws and all applicable rules of the U.S. exchanges upon which the securities of the Company are listed and all applicable publicly disclosed corporate governance, conflict of interest, confidentiality and stock ownership and trading policies and other guidelines of the Company duly adopted by the Board.

(B) Special Meetings of Stockholders of the Company. Only such business shall be conducted at a special meeting of stockholders of the Company as shall have been brought before the meeting pursuant to the Company’s notice of meeting. Nominations of persons for election to the Board may be made at a special meeting of stockholders of the Company at which directors are to be elected pursuant to the Company’s notice of meeting (1) by or at the direction of the Board or (2) provided that the Board has determined that directors shall be elected at such meeting, by any stockholder of the Company who is entitled to vote at the meeting, who (subject

 

8


to Section 2.03(C)(4)) complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 2.03 and who is a stockholder of record at the time such notice is delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Company, on the record date for the determination of stockholders of the Company entitled to vote at the special meeting and at the time of the special meeting. In the event that the Company calls a special meeting of stockholders of the Company for the purpose of electing one or more directors to the Board, any such stockholder entitled to vote in such election of directors may nominate a person or persons (as the case may be) for election to such position(s) as specified in the Company’s notice of meeting if the stockholder’s notice as required, if such stockholder’s notice for a special meeting were for an annual meeting, by Section 2.03(A)(2) hereof shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Company not earlier than the Close of Business on the 120th day prior to such special meeting and not later than the Close of Business on the later of the 90th day prior to such special meeting or the 10th day following the day on which Public Announcement is first made of the date of such special meeting and of the nominees proposed by the Board to be elected at such meeting. In no event shall the adjournment or postponement of a special meeting (or the Public Announcement of the adjournment or postponement thereof) commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above.

(C) General. (1) Except as provided in Section 2.03(C)(4) hereof, only such persons who are nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.03 shall be eligible to serve as a director and only such business shall be conducted at an annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Company as shall have been brought before the meeting in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.03. Except as otherwise provided by law, the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the chairman of any meeting of stockholders of the Company shall, in addition to making any other determination that may be appropriate for the conduct of the meeting, have the power and duty to determine whether a nomination or any business proposed to be brought before the meeting was made or proposed, as the case may be, in accordance with the procedures set forth in these Bylaws and, if any proposed nomination or business is not in compliance with these Bylaws, to declare that such defective proposal or nomination shall be disregarded. The date and time of the opening and the closing of the polls for each matter upon which the stockholders of the Company will vote at a meeting shall be announced at the meeting by the chairman of the meeting. After the polls close, no ballots, proxies or votes or any revocations or changes thereto shall be accepted. The Board may adopt by resolution such rules, regulations and procedures for the conduct of the meeting of stockholders of the Company as it shall deem appropriate. Except to the extent inconsistent with such rules and regulations as adopted by the Board, the chairman of the meeting shall have the right and authority to convene and (for any or no reason) to recess and/or adjourn the meeting, to prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and to do all such acts as, in the judgment of such chairman, are appropriate for the proper conduct of the meeting. Such rules, regulations or procedures, whether adopted by the Board or prescribed by the chairman of the meeting, may include, without limitation, the following: (a) the establishment of an agenda or order of business for the meeting; (b) rules and procedures for maintaining order at the meeting and the safety of those present; (c) limitations on attendance at or participation in the meeting to stockholders of the Company entitled to vote at the meeting, their duly authorized and constituted proxies or such other persons as the chairman of the meeting shall determine; (d) restrictions on entry to the meeting after the time fixed for the commencement thereof; (e) limitations on the time allotted to questions or comments by participants; and (f) restricting the use of cell phones, audio or video

 

9


recording devices and similar devices at the meeting. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.03, unless otherwise required by law, if the Noticing Stockholder (or a qualified representative of the Noticing Stockholder) does not appear at the annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Company to present a nomination or business, such nomination shall be disregarded and such proposed business shall not be transacted, notwithstanding that proxies in respect of such vote may have been received by the Company. Unless and to the extent determined by the Board or the chairman of the meeting, no meeting of stockholders of the Company shall be required to be held in accordance with the rules of parliamentary procedure.

(2) Whenever used in these Bylaws, (a) “Public Announcement” shall mean disclosure (i) in a press release issued by the Company, provided such press release is issued by the Company following its customary procedures, that is reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press or comparable national news service, or is generally available on internet news sites or (ii) in a document publicly filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder; (b) the “Close of Business” means 5:00 p.m. local time at the Company’s principal executive offices, and if an applicable deadline falls on the “Close of Business” on a day that is not a Business Day, then the applicable deadline shall be deemed to be the Close of Business on the immediately preceding Business Day; and (c) “Business Day” means each Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday and Friday which is not a day on which banking institutions in New York City are authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close. Further, “delivery” of any notice or materials by a stockholder as required under this Section 2.03 shall be made by both (1) hand delivery, overnight courier service, or by certified or registered mail, return receipt required, in each case, to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Company, and (2) electronic mail to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Company or such other email address for the Secretary as may be specified in the Company’s proxy statement for the annual meeting of stockholders immediately preceding such delivery of notice or materials.

(3) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.03, the Noticing Stockholder shall also comply with all applicable requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder with respect to the matters set forth in this Section 2.03; provided, however, that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any references in these Bylaws to the Exchange Act or the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder are not intended to and shall not limit any requirements applicable to nominations or proposals as to any other business to be considered pursuant to these Bylaws (including Sections 2.03 (A)(1)(c) and (B) hereof), and compliance with this Section 2.03 shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder of the Company to make nominations or submit other business at any meeting of stockholders of the Company (other than business properly brought under and in compliance with Rule 14a-8 of the Exchange Act (or any successor provision)). Nothing in these Bylaws shall be deemed to affect any rights of stockholders to request inclusion of proposals in the Company’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act or the rights of the holders of any class or series of stock having a preference over the common stock of the Company as to dividends or upon liquidation to elect directors under specified circumstances (including any certificate of designation relating to any series of Preferred Stock (as defined in the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation)).

 

10


(4) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 2.03, prior to the Trigger Event, Sponsors (as defined in the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation) shall not be subject to the notice procedures set forth in Sections 2.03(A)(2), (A)(3) or (B) hereof with respect to any annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Company.

SECTION 2.04 Notice of Meetings. Whenever stockholders of the Company are required or permitted to take any action at a meeting, a timely notice in writing or by electronic transmission, in the manner provided in Section 232 of the DGCL, of the meeting, which shall state the place, if any, date and time of the meeting, the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders of the Company and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, the record date for determining the stockholders of the Company entitled to vote at the meeting, if such date is different from the record date for determining stockholders of the Company entitled to notice of the meeting, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purposes for which the meeting is called, shall be mailed to or transmitted electronically by the Secretary to each stockholder of record entitled to vote thereat as of the record date for determining the stockholders of the Company entitled to notice of the meeting. Unless otherwise provided by law, the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the notice of any meeting shall be given not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder of the Company entitled to vote at such meeting as of the record date for determining the stockholders of the Company entitled to notice of the meeting.

SECTION 2.05 Quorum. Unless otherwise required by law, the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the rules of any stock exchange upon which the Company’s securities are listed, the holders of record of a majority of the voting power of the issued and outstanding shares of the Company entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at all meetings of stockholders of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, where a separate vote by a class or series or classes or series is required, a majority in voting power of the outstanding shares of such class or series or classes or series, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to the vote on that matter. Once a quorum is present at any meeting, it shall not be broken by the subsequent withdrawal of any stockholder of the Company.

SECTION 2.06 Voting. Except as otherwise provided by or pursuant to the provisions of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, each stockholder entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders of the Company shall be entitled to one vote for each share of Common Stock held by such stockholder that has voting power upon the matter in question. Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders of the Company or to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder by proxy in any manner provided by applicable law, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. A proxy shall be irrevocable if it states that it is irrevocable and if, and only as long as, it is coupled with an interest sufficient in law to support an irrevocable power. A stockholder of the Company may revoke any proxy that is not irrevocable by attending the meeting and voting in person or by delivering to the Secretary a written revocation of the proxy or a new proxy bearing a later date. Unless required by the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or applicable law, or determined by the chairman of the meeting to be advisable, the vote on any question need not be by ballot. On a vote by ballot, each ballot shall be signed by the stockholder voting, or by such

 

11


stockholder’s proxy, if there be such proxy. When a quorum is present or represented at any meeting, the vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the shares of the Company present in person or represented by proxy and entitled to vote on the subject matter shall decide any question brought before such meeting, unless the question is one upon which, by express provision of applicable law, of the rules or regulations of any stock exchange applicable to the Company, of any regulation applicable to the Company or its securities, of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or of these Bylaws, a different vote is required, in which case such express provision shall govern and control the decision of such question. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in these Bylaws and subject to the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, all elections of directors shall be determined by a plurality of the votes cast in respect of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the election of directors.

SECTION 2.07 Chairman of Meetings. The Chairman of the Board, if one is elected, or, in his or her absence or disability, the CEO, or in the absence of the Chairman of the Board and the CEO, a person designated by the majority of the directors shall be the chairman of the meeting and, as such, shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders of the Company.

SECTION 2.08 Secretary of Meetings. The Secretary shall act as secretary at all meetings of the stockholders of the Company. In the absence or disability of the Secretary, the chairman of the meeting shall appoint a person to act as secretary at such meetings.

SECTION 2.09 Consent of Stockholders in Lieu of Meeting. Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of stockholders of the Company may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote only in the manner provided in the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and in accordance with applicable law.

SECTION 2.10 Adjournment. The chairman of any meeting of stockholders of the Company shall have the power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, whether or not a quorum is present. At any meeting of stockholders of the Company, if less than a quorum be present, the chairman of the meeting or stockholders of the Company holding a majority in voting power of the shares of stock of the Company, present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote thereat, shall have the power to adjourn the meeting from time to time without notice other than announcement at the meeting until a quorum shall be present. Any business may be transacted at the adjourned meeting that might have been transacted at the meeting originally noticed. If the adjournment is for more than 30 days, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting. If after the adjournment a new record date for determination of stockholders of the Company entitled to vote is fixed for the adjourned meeting, the Board shall fix as the record date for determining stockholders of the Company entitled to notice of such adjourned meeting the same or an earlier date as that fixed for determination of stockholders of the Company entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting, and shall give notice of the adjourned meeting to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such adjourned meeting as of the record date so fixed for notice of such adjourned meeting.

 

12


SECTION 2.11 Remote Communication. If authorized by the Board in its sole discretion, and subject to such rules, regulations and procedures as the Board may adopt, stockholders of the Company and proxyholders not physically present at a meeting of stockholders of the Company may, by means of remote communication:

(A) participate in a meeting of stockholders of the Company; and

(B) be deemed present in person and vote at a meeting of stockholders of the Company whether such meeting is to be held at a designated place or solely by means of remote communication; provided, however, that:

(1) the Company shall implement reasonable measures to verify that each person deemed present and permitted to vote at the meeting by means of remote communication is a stockholder of the Company or proxyholder;

(2) the Company shall implement reasonable measures to provide such stockholders of the Company and proxyholders a reasonable opportunity to participate in the meeting and to vote on matters submitted to the stockholders of the Company, including an opportunity to read or hear the proceedings of the meeting substantially concurrently with such proceedings; and

(3) if any stockholder of the Company or proxyholder votes or takes other action at the meeting by means of remote communication, a record of such vote or other action shall be maintained by the Company.

SECTION 2.12 Inspectors of Election. The Company may, and shall if required by law, in advance of any meeting of stockholders of the Company, appoint one or more inspectors of election, who may be employees of the Company, to act at the meeting or any adjournment thereof and to make a written report thereof. The Company may designate one or more persons as alternate inspectors to replace any inspector who fails to act. In the event that no inspector so appointed or designated is able to act at a meeting of stockholders of the Company, the chairman of the meeting shall appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting. Each inspector, before entering upon the discharge of his or her duties, shall take and sign an oath to execute faithfully the duties of inspector with strict impartiality and according to the best of his or her ability. The inspector or inspectors so appointed or designated shall (a) ascertain the number of shares of the Company outstanding and the voting power of each such share, (b) determine the shares of the Company represented at the meeting and the validity of proxies and ballots, (c) count all votes and ballots, (d) determine and retain for a reasonable period a record of the disposition of any challenges made to any determination by the inspectors and (e) certify their determination of the number of shares of the Company represented at the meeting and such inspectors’ count of all votes and ballots. Such certification and report shall specify such other information as may be required by law. In determining the validity and counting of proxies and ballots cast at any meeting of stockholders of the Company, the inspectors may consider such information as is permitted by applicable law. No person who is a candidate for an office at an election may serve as an inspector at such election.

 

13


ARTICLE III

Board of Directors

SECTION 3.01 Powers. Except as otherwise provided in the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the DGCL, the business and affairs of the Company shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board. The Board may exercise all such authority and powers of the Company and do all such lawful acts and things as are not, by the DGCL or the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, directed or required to be exercised or done by the stockholders of the Company.

SECTION 3.02 Number and Term; Chairman. Subject to the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the number of directors shall be fixed exclusively by resolution of the Board. The term of each director elected to the Board shall be as set forth in the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation. Directors need not be stockholders of the Company. The Board shall elect a Chairman of the Board, who shall have the powers and perform such duties as provided in these Bylaws and as the Board may from time to time prescribe. The Chairman of the Board shall preside at all meetings of the Board at which he or she is present. If the Chairman of the Board is not present at a meeting of the Board, the CEO (if the CEO is a director and is not also the Chairman of the Board) shall preside at such meeting, and, if the CEO is not present at such meeting or is not a director, a majority of the directors present at such meeting shall elect one of their members to preside.

SECTION 3.03 Resignations. Any director may resign at any time upon notice given in writing or by electronic transmission to the Board, the Chairman of the Board, the CEO or the Secretary. The resignation shall take effect at the time specified therein, and if no time is specified, at the time of its receipt. The acceptance of a resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective unless otherwise expressly provided in the resignation.

SECTION 3.04 Removal. Directors of the Company may be removed in the manner provided in the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and applicable law.

SECTION 3.05 Vacancies and Newly-Created Directorships. Except as otherwise provided by applicable law, vacancies occurring in any directorship (whether by death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, removal or other cause) and newly-created directorships resulting from any increase in the number of directors shall be filled in accordance with the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation. Any director elected to fill a vacancy or newly-created directorship shall hold office until the next election of the class for which such director shall have been chosen and until his or her successor shall be elected and qualified, or until his or her earlier death, resignation, retirement, disqualification or removal.

SECTION 3.06 Meetings. Regular meetings of the Board may be held at such places and times as shall be determined from time to time by the Board, either within or without the State of Delaware. Special meetings of the Board may be called by the CEO of the Company or the Chairman of the Board or as provided by the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, and shall be called by the CEO or the Secretary if directed by the Board and shall be at such places and times as they or he or she shall fix. Before the Trigger Event, special meetings of the Board may also be called by holders of 50% or more of the voting power of all the outstanding shares of Common Stock, and shall be at such places and times as such holders shall fix. Notice need not be given of regular meetings of the Board. At least 24 hours before each special meeting of the Board, written notice, notice by electronic transmission or oral notice (either in person or by telephone) of the time, date and place of the meeting shall be given to each director.

 

14


Unless otherwise indicated in the notice thereof, any and all business may be transacted at a special meeting of the Board.

SECTION 3.07 Quorum, Voting and Adjournment. A majority of the total number of directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at a meeting of the Board. Except as otherwise provided by law, the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the act of a majority of the directors present at a meeting of the Board at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board. In the absence of a quorum, a majority of the directors present thereat may adjourn such meeting to another time and place. Notice of such adjourned meeting need not be given if the time and place of such adjourned meeting are announced at the meeting so adjourned.

SECTION 3.08 Committees; Committee Rules. The Board may, by resolution passed by a majority of the directors, designate one or more committees, each such committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Company. The meetings of any such committee shall be held in compliance with these Bylaws. The Board may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee to replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board establishing such committee, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board in the management of the business and affairs of the Company, and may authorize the seal of the Company to be affixed to all papers that may require it. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no committee shall have the power or authority of the Board in reference to the following matters: (a) approving or adopting, or recommending to the stockholders of the Company, any action or matter (other than the election or removal of directors) expressly required by the DGCL to be submitted to stockholders of the Company for approval or (b) adopting, amending or repealing any Bylaw of the Company. All committees of the Board shall keep minutes of their meetings and shall report their proceedings to the Board when requested or required by the Board. Each committee of the Board may fix its own rules of procedure and shall hold its meetings as provided by such rules, except as may otherwise be provided by a resolution of the Board designating such committee. Unless otherwise provided in such a resolution, (i) the presence of at least a majority of the members of the committee shall be necessary to constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at a meeting of the committee unless the committee shall consist of one or two members, in which event one member shall constitute a quorum and (ii) all matters shall be determined by a majority vote of the members present at a meeting of the committee at which a quorum is present. In the absence of a quorum, a majority of the directors present may adjourn the meeting of the committee to another time and place. Notice of such adjourned meeting need not be given if the time and place of such adjourned meeting are announced at the meeting so adjourned. Unless otherwise provided in such a resolution, in the event that a member and that member’s alternate, if alternates are designated by the Board, of such committee is or are absent or disqualified, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board to act at the meeting in place of any such absent or disqualified member, to the extent permitted by applicable law.

 

15


SECTION 3.09 Action Without a Meeting. Unless otherwise restricted by the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board or any committee thereof, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission, and the writing or writings or electronic transmission or transmissions are filed in the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form or shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

SECTION 3.10 Remote Meeting. Unless otherwise restricted by the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, members of the Board, or any committee designated by the Board, may participate in a meeting by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment in which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other. Participation in a meeting by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

SECTION 3.11 Compensation. The Board shall have the authority to fix the compensation, including fees and reimbursement of expenses, of directors for services to the Company in any capacity.

SECTION 3.12 Reliance on Books and Records. A member of the Board, or a member of any committee designated by the Board shall, in the performance of such person’s duties, be fully protected in relying in good faith upon records of the Company and upon such information, opinions, reports or statements presented to the Company by any of the Company’s officers or employees, or committees of the Board, or by any other person as to matters the member reasonably believes are within such other person’s professional or expert competence and who has been selected with reasonable care by or on behalf of the Company or the Board.

ARTICLE IV

Officers

SECTION 4.01 Number. The officers of the Company shall include a CEO, a President and a Secretary, each of whom shall be elected by the Board and who shall hold office for such terms as shall be determined by the Board and until their successors are elected and qualify or until their earlier resignation or removal. In addition, the Board may elect one or more Vice Presidents, including one or more Executive Vice Presidents, Senior Vice Presidents, a Treasurer and one or more Assistant Treasurers and one or more Assistant Secretaries, who shall hold their office for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the Board. Any number of offices may be held by the same person.

SECTION 4.02 Other Officers and Agents. The Board may appoint such other officers and agents as it deems advisable, who shall hold their office for such terms and shall exercise and perform such powers and duties as shall be determined from time to time by the Board. The Board may appoint one or more officers called a Vice Chairman, each of whom does not need to be a member of the Board.

 

16


SECTION 4.03 Chief Executive Officer. The CEO, who may also be the President, subject to the determination of the Board, shall have general executive charge, management, and control of the properties and operations of the Company in the ordinary course of its business, with all such powers with respect to such properties and operations as may be reasonably incident to such responsibilities. If the Board has not elected a Chairman of the Board or in the absence or inability to act as the Chairman of the Board, the CEO shall exercise all of the powers and discharge all of the duties of the Chairman of the Board, but only if the CEO is a director of the Company.

SECTION 4.04 President. The President of the Company shall, subject to the powers of the Board, the Chairman of the Board and the CEO, have general charge of the business, affairs and property of the Company, and control over its officers, agents and employees. The President shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Board are carried into effect. The President is authorized to execute bonds, mortgages and other contracts requiring a seal, under the seal of the Company, except where required or permitted by law to be otherwise signed and executed and except where the signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Board to some other officer or agent of the Company. The President shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Chairman of the Board, the CEO, the Board or as may be provided in these Bylaws. Unless otherwise determined by the Board, the CEO shall be the President of the Company.

SECTION 4.05 Vice Presidents. Each Vice President, if any are appointed, of whom one or more may be designated an Executive Vice President or Senior Vice President, shall have such powers and shall perform such duties as shall be assigned to him or her by the CEO or the Board.

SECTION 4.06 Treasurer. The Treasurer shall have custody of the corporate funds, securities, evidences of indebtedness and other valuables of the Company and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Company. The Treasurer shall deposit all moneys and other valuables in the name and to the credit of the Company in such depositories as may be designated by the Board or its designees selected for such purposes. The Treasurer shall disburse the funds of the Company, taking proper vouchers therefor. The Treasurer shall render to the CEO and the Board, upon their request, a report of the financial condition of the Company. If required by the Board, the Treasurer shall give the Company a bond for the faithful discharge of his or her duties in such amount and with such surety as the Board shall prescribe.

In addition, the Treasurer shall have such further powers and perform such other duties incident to the office of Treasurer as from time to time are assigned to him or her by the CEO or the Board.

SECTION 4.07 Secretary. The Secretary shall: (a) cause minutes of all meetings of the stockholders of the Company and directors to be recorded and kept properly; (b) cause all notices required by these Bylaws or otherwise to be given properly; (c) see that the minute books, stock books and other nonfinancial books, records and papers of the Company are kept properly; and (d) cause all reports, statements, returns, certificates and other documents to be prepared and filed when and as required. The Secretary shall have such further powers and perform such other duties as prescribed from time to time by the CEO or the Board.

 

17


SECTION 4.08 Assistant Treasurers and Assistant Secretaries. Each Assistant Treasurer and each Assistant Secretary, if any are appointed, shall be vested with all the powers and shall perform all the duties of the Treasurer and Secretary, respectively, in the absence or disability of such officer, unless or until the CEO or the Board shall otherwise determine. In addition, Assistant Treasurers and Assistant Secretaries shall have such powers and shall perform such duties as shall be assigned to them by the CEO or the Board.

SECTION 4.09 Corporate Funds and Checks. The funds of the Company shall be kept in such depositories as shall from time to time be prescribed by the Board or its designees selected for such purposes. All checks or other orders for the payment of money shall be signed by the CEO, a Vice President, the Treasurer or the Secretary or such other person or agent as may from time to time be authorized and with such countersignature, if any, as may be required by the Board.

SECTION 4.10 Contracts and Other Documents. The CEO and the Secretary, or such other officer or officers as may from time to time be authorized by the Board or any other committee given specific authority in the premises by the Board during the intervals between the meetings of the Board, shall have power to sign and execute on behalf of the Company deeds, conveyances and contracts and any and all other documents requiring execution by the Company.

SECTION 4.11 Ownership of Stock of Another Corporation. Unless otherwise directed by the Board, the CEO, a Vice President, the Treasurer or the Secretary, or such other officer or agent as shall be authorized by the Board, shall have the power and authority, on behalf of the Company, to attend and to vote at any meeting of securityholders of any entity in which the Company holds securities or equity interests and may exercise, on behalf of the Company, any and all of the rights and powers incident to the ownership of such securities or equity interests at any such meeting, including the authority to execute and deliver proxies and consents on behalf of the Company.

SECTION 4.12 Delegation of Duties. In the absence, disability or refusal of any officer to exercise and perform his or her duties, the Board may delegate to another officer such powers or duties.

SECTION 4.13 Resignation and Removal. Any officer of the Company may be removed from office for or without cause at any time by the Board. Any officer may resign at any time in the same manner prescribed under Section 3.03 hereof.

SECTION 4.14 Vacancies. The Board shall have the power to fill vacancies occurring in any office.

SECTION 4.15 CompensationSECTION 4.16 . Compensation of all executive officers shall be approved by the Board, and no officer shall be prevented from receiving such compensation by virtue of his or her also being a director of the Company; provided, however, that compensation of all executive officers may be determined by a committee established for that purpose if so authorized by the unanimous vote of the Board.

 

18


ARTICLE V

Stock

SECTION 5.01 Shares With Certificates. The shares of stock of the Company shall be represented by certificates; provided, however, that the Board may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of the Company’s stock shall be uncertificated shares. Any such resolution shall not apply to shares represented by a certificate until such certificate is surrendered to the Company. Every holder of stock in the Company represented by certificates shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of the Company by, (a) the Chairman of the Board or the Vice Chairman of the Board or, the President or a Vice President and (b) the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, certifying the number and class of shares of the Company owned by such holder. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile. The Board shall have the power to appoint one or more transfer agents and/or registrars for the transfer or registration of certificates of stock of any class, and may require stock certificates to be countersigned or registered by one or more of such transfer agents and/or registrars.

SECTION 5.02 Shares Without Certificates. If the Board chooses to issue shares of stock without certificates, the Company, if required by the DGCL, shall, within a reasonable time after the issuance or transfer of shares without certificates, send the stockholder of the Company a written statement of the information required by the DGCL. The Company may adopt a system of issuance, recordation and transfer of its shares of stock by electronic or other means not involving the issuance of certificates; provided, however, that the use of such system by the Company is permitted by applicable law.

SECTION 5.03 Transfer of Shares. Shares of stock of the Company shall be transferable upon its books by the holders thereof, in person or by their duly authorized attorneys or legal representatives, in the manner prescribed by law, the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and in these Bylaws, upon surrender to the Company by delivery thereof (to the extent evidenced by a physical stock certificate) to the person in charge of the stock and transfer books and ledgers. Certificates representing such shares, if any, shall be cancelled and new certificates, if the shares are to be certificated, shall thereupon be issued. Shares of the Company that are not represented by a certificate shall be transferred in accordance with applicable law. A record shall be made of each transfer. Whenever any transfer of shares shall be made for collateral security, and not absolutely, it shall be so expressed in the entry of the transfer if, when the certificates are presented, both the transferor and transferee request the Company to do so. The Board shall have power and authority to make such rules and regulations as it may deem necessary or proper concerning the issuance, transfer and registration of certificates for shares of stock of the Company.

SECTION 5.04 Lost, Stolen, Destroyed or Mutilated Certificates. A new certificate of stock or uncertificated shares may be issued in the place of any certificate previously issued by the Company alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, and the Company may, in its discretion, require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or his or her legal

 

19


representative, to give the Company a bond, in such sum as the Company may direct, in order to indemnify the Company against any claims that may be made against it in connection therewith. A new certificate or uncertificated shares of stock may be issued in the place of any certificate previously issued by the Company that has become mutilated upon the surrender by such owner of such mutilated certificate and, if required by the Company, the posting of a bond by such owner in an amount sufficient to indemnify the Company against any claim that may be made against it in connection therewith.

SECTION 5.05 List of Stockholders Entitled To Vote. The Company shall prepare and make, at least 10 days before every meeting of stockholders of the Company, a complete list of the stockholders of the Company entitled to vote at the meeting (provided, however, that if the record date for determining the stockholders of the Company entitled to vote is less than 10 days before the date of the meeting, the list shall reflect the stockholders of the Company entitled to vote as of the 10th day before the meeting date), arranged in alphabetical order and showing the address of each stockholder of the Company and the number of shares registered in the name of each such stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder of the Company, for any purpose germane to the meeting at least 10 days prior to the meeting (a) on a reasonably accessible electronic network (provided, however, that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of meeting) or (b) during ordinary business hours at the principal place of business of the Company. In the event that the Company determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the Company may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the Company of the Company. If the meeting is to be held at a place, then a list of stockholders of the Company entitled to vote at the meeting shall be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof and may be examined by any stockholder of the Company who is present. If the meeting is to be held solely by means of remote communication, then the list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder of the Company during the whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network and the information required to access such list shall be provided with the notice of the meeting. Except as otherwise provided by law, the stock ledger shall be the only evidence as to who are the stockholders of the Company entitled to examine the list of stockholders of the Company required by this Section 5.05 or to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of stockholders of the Company.

SECTION 5.06 Fixing Date for Determination of Stockholders of Record.

(A) In order that the Company may determine the stockholders of the Company entitled to notice of any meeting of stockholders of the Company or any adjournment thereof, the Board may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board, and which record date shall, unless otherwise required by law, not be more than 60 nor less than 10 days before the date of such meeting. If the Board so fixes a date, such date shall also be the record date for determining the stockholders of the Company entitled to vote at such meeting unless the Board determines, at the time it fixes such record date, that a later date on or before the date of the meeting shall be the date for making such determination. If no record date is fixed by the Board, the record date for determining stockholders of the Company entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders of the Company shall be at the Close of Business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the Close of Business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held.

 

20


A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders of the Company shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board may fix a new record date for determination of stockholders of the Company entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting and in such case shall also fix as the record date for stockholders of the Company entitled to notice of such adjourned meeting the same or an earlier date as that fixed for determination of stockholders of the Company entitled to vote in accordance herewith at the adjourned meeting.

(B) In order that the Company may determine the stockholders of the Company entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall not be more than 60 days prior to such action. If no such record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders of the Company for any such purpose shall be at the Close of Business on the day on which the Board adopts the resolution relating thereto.

(C) Unless otherwise restricted by the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, in order that the Company may determine the stockholders of the Company entitled to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, the Board may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board and which record date shall not be more than 10 days after the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board. Subject to the provisions of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, any stockholder of record seeking to have the stockholders of the Company authorize or take corporate action by written consent shall, by written notice to the Secretary, request that the Board fix a record date, which notice shall include the text of any proposed resolution. If no record date for determining stockholders of the Company entitled to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting is fixed by the Board, (a) when no prior action of the Board is required by law, the record date for such purpose shall be the first date on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the Company in accordance with applicable law and (b) if prior action by the Board is required by law, the record date for such purpose shall be at the Close of Business on the day on which the Board adopts the resolution taking such prior action.

SECTION 5.07 Registered Stockholders. Prior to the surrender to the Company of the certificate or certificates for a share or shares of stock or notification to the Company of the transfer of uncertificated shares with a request to record the transfer of such share or shares, the Company may treat the registered owner of such share or shares as the person entitled to receive dividends, to vote, to receive notifications and otherwise to exercise all the rights and powers of an owner of such share or shares. To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Company shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof.

 

21


ARTICLE VI

Notice and Waiver of Notice

SECTION 6.01 Notice. If mailed, notice to stockholders of the Company shall be deemed given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder of the Company at such stockholder’s address as it appears on the records of the Company. Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders of the Company, any notice to stockholders of the Company may be given by electronic transmission in the manner provided in Section 232 of the DGCL. Notice shall be deemed to have been given to all stockholders of record who share an address if notice is given in accordance with the “householding” rules set forth in Rule 14a-3(e) under the Exchange Act and Section 233 of the DGCL.

SECTION 6.02 Waiver of Notice. A written waiver of any notice, signed by a stockholder of the Company or director, or waiver by electronic transmission by such person, whether given before or after the time of the event for which notice is to be given, shall be deemed equivalent to the notice required to be given to such person. Neither the business nor the purpose of any meeting need be specified in such a waiver. Attendance at any meeting (in person or by remote communication) shall constitute waiver of notice except attendance for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

ARTICLE VII

Indemnification

SECTION 7.01 Right to Indemnification. Each person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is otherwise involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (each a “proceeding”), by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director or an officer of the Company or, while a director or officer of the Company, is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, agent or trustee of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to an employee benefit plan (an “indemnitee”), whether the basis of such proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a director, officer, employee, agent or trustee or in any other capacity while serving as a director, officer, employee, agent or trustee, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Company to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, if permitted, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Company to provide broader indemnification rights than such law permitted the Company to provide prior to such amendment), against all expense, liability and loss (including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes or penalties and amounts paid in settlement) reasonably incurred or suffered by such indemnitee in connection therewith; provided, however, that, except as provided in Section 7.03 hereof with respect to proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification or advancement of expenses or with respect to any compulsory counterclaim brought by such indemnitee, the Company shall indemnify any such indemnitee in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such indemnitee only if such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board.

 

22


SECTION 7.02 Right to Advancement of Expenses. In addition to the right to indemnification conferred in Section 7.01 hereof, an indemnitee shall also have the right to be paid by the Company the expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred in appearing at, participating in or defending any such proceeding in advance of its final disposition or in connection with a proceeding brought to establish or enforce a right to indemnification or advancement of expenses under this Article VII (which shall be governed by Section 7.03 hereof) (hereinafter an “advancement of expenses”); provided, however, that, if the DGCL requires or in the case of an advance made in a proceeding brought to establish or enforce a right to indemnification or advancement, an advancement of expenses incurred by an indemnitee in his or her capacity as a director or officer (and not in any other capacity in which service was or is rendered by such indemnitee, including service to an employee benefit plan) shall be made solely upon delivery to the Company of an undertaking (an “undertaking”), by or on behalf of such indemnitee, to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined by final judicial decision from which there is no further right to appeal (a “final adjudication”) that such indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified or entitled to advancement of expenses under Sections 7.01 and 7.02 hereof or otherwise.

SECTION 7.03 Right of Indemnitee to Bring Suit. If a claim under Section 7.01 or 7.02 hereof is not paid in full by the Company within (a) 60 days after a written claim for indemnification has been received by the Company or (b) 20 days after a claim for an advancement of expenses has been received by the Company, the indemnitee may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Company to recover the unpaid amount of the claim or to obtain advancement of expenses, as applicable. To the fullest extent permitted by law, if successful in whole or in part in any such suit, or in a suit brought by the Company to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking or otherwise, the indemnitee shall be entitled to be paid also the expense (including attorneys’ fees) of prosecuting or defending such suit. In (a) any suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification hereunder (but not in a suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to an advancement of expenses) it shall be a defense that the indemnitee has not met any applicable standard for indemnification set forth in the DGCL and (b) any suit brought by the Company to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking or otherwise, the Company shall be entitled to recover such expenses upon a final adjudication that the indemnitee has not met any applicable standard for indemnification set forth in the DGCL. Neither the failure of the Company (including its directors who are not parties to such action, a committee of such directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such suit that indemnification of the indemnitee is proper in the circumstances because the indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the DGCL, nor an actual determination by the Company (including its directors who are not parties to such action, a committee of such directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) that the indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall create a presumption that the indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct or, in the case of such a suit brought by the indemnitee, be a defense to such suit. In any suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification or to an advancement of expenses hereunder, or brought by the Company to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking or otherwise, the burden of proving that the indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified, or to such advancement of expenses, under this Article VII or otherwise shall be on the Company.

 

23


SECTION 7.04 Indemnification Not Exclusive.

(A) The provision of indemnification to or the advancement of expenses and costs to any indemnitee under this Article VII, or the entitlement of any indemnitee to indemnification or advancement of expenses and costs under this Article VII, shall not limit or restrict in any way the power of the Company to indemnify or advance expenses and costs to such indemnitee in any other way permitted by law or be deemed exclusive of, or invalidate, any right to which any indemnitee seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses and costs may be entitled under any law, agreement, vote of stockholders of the Company or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in such indemnitee’s capacity as an officer, director, employee or agent of the Company and as to action in any other capacity.

(B) Given that certain jointly indemnifiable claims (as defined below) may arise due to the service of the indemnitee as a director and/or officer of the Company at the request of the indemnitee-related entities (as defined below), the Company shall be fully and primarily responsible for the payment to the indemnitee in respect of indemnification or advancement of all expenses judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement to the extent legally permitted and as required by the terms of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws (or any other agreement between the Company and such persons) in connection with any such jointly indemnifiable claims, pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of this Article VII, irrespective of any right of recovery the indemnitee may have from the indemnitee-related entities. Any obligation on the part of any indemnitee-related entities to indemnify or advance expenses to any indemnitee shall be secondary to the Company’s obligation and shall be reduced by any amount that the indemnitee may collect as indemnification or advancement from the Company. The Company irrevocably waives, relinquishes and releases the indemnitee-related entities from any and all claims against the indemnitee-related entities for contribution, subrogation or any other recovery of any kind in respect thereof. Under no circumstance shall the Company be entitled to any right of subrogation or contribution by the indemnitee-related entities and no right of advancement or recovery the indemnitee may have from the indemnitee-related entities shall reduce or otherwise alter the rights of the indemnitee or the obligations of the Company hereunder. In the event that any of the indemnitee-related entities shall make any payment to the indemnitee in respect of indemnification or advancement of expenses with respect to any jointly indemnifiable claim, the indemnitee-related entity making such payment shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of the indemnitee against the Company and the indemnitee shall execute all papers reasonably required and shall do all things that may be reasonably necessary to secure such rights, including the execution of such documents as may be necessary to enable the indemnitee-related entities effectively to bring suit to enforce such rights. Each of the indemnitee-related entities shall be third-party beneficiaries with respect to this Section 7.04(B), entitled to enforce this Section 7.04(B).

 

24


For purposes of this Section 7.04(B), the following terms shall have the following meanings:

(1) The term “indemnitee-related entities” means any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise (other than the Company or any other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise for which the indemnitee has agreed, on behalf of the Company or at the Company’s request, to serve as a director, officer, employee or agent and which service is covered by the indemnity described herein) from whom an indemnitee may be entitled to indemnification or advancement of expenses with respect to which, in whole or in part, the Company may also have an indemnification or advancement obligation.

(2) The term “jointly indemnifiable claims” shall be broadly construed and shall include, without limitation, any action, suit or proceeding for which the indemnitee shall be entitled to indemnification or advancement of expenses from both the indemnitee-related entities and the Company pursuant to Delaware law, any agreement or Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, bylaws, partnership agreement, operating agreement, certificate of formation, certificate of limited partnership or comparable organizational documents of the Company or the indemnitee-related entities, as applicable.

SECTION 7.05 Corporate Obligations; Reliance. The rights granted pursuant to the provisions of this Article VII shall vest at the time a person becomes a director or officer of the Company and shall be deemed to create a binding contractual obligation on the part of the Company to the persons who from time to time are elected as officers or directors of the Company and such persons in acting in their capacities as officers or directors of the Company or any subsidiary shall be entitled to rely on such provisions of this Article VII without giving notice thereof to the Company. Such rights shall continue as to an indemnitee who has ceased to be a director or officer and shall inure to the benefit of the indemnitee’s heirs, executors and administrators. Any amendment, alteration or repeal of this Article VII that adversely affects any right of an indemnitee or its successors shall be prospective only and shall not limit, eliminate, or impair any such right with respect to any proceeding involving any occurrence or alleged occurrence of any action or omission to act that took place prior to such amendment or repeal.

SECTION 7.06 Insurance. The Company may maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and any director, officer, employee or agent of the Company or another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any expense, liability or loss, whether or not the Company would have the power to indemnify such person against such expense, liability or loss under the DGCL.

SECTION 7.07 Indemnification of Employees and Agents of the Company. The Company may, to the extent authorized by the Board, grant rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses to any employee or agent of the Company to the fullest extent of the provisions of this Article VII with respect to the indemnification and advancement of expenses of directors and officers of the Company.

 

25


ARTICLE VIII

Miscellaneous

SECTION 8.01 Electronic Transmission. For purposes of these Bylaws, “electronic transmission” means any form of communication, not directly involving the physical transmission of paper, that creates a record that may be retained, retrieved and reviewed by a recipient thereof, and that may be directly reproduced in paper form by such a recipient through an automated process.

SECTION 8.02 Corporate Seal. The Board may provide a suitable seal, containing the name of the Company, which seal shall be in the charge of the Secretary. If and when so directed by the Board or a committee thereof, duplicates of the seal may be kept and used by the Treasurer or by an Assistant Secretary or Assistant Treasurer.

SECTION 8.03 Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Company shall end each year on December 31st of that year, or such other day as the Board may designate.

SECTION 8.04 Section Headings. Section headings in these Bylaws are for convenience of reference only and shall not be given any substantive effect in limiting or otherwise construing any provision herein.

SECTION 8.05 Inconsistent Provisions. In the event that any provision of these Bylaws is or becomes inconsistent with any provision of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the DGCL or any other applicable law, such provision of these Bylaws shall not be given any effect to the extent of such inconsistency but shall otherwise be given full force and effect.

SECTION 8.06 SeverabilitySECTION 8.07 . If any provision of these Bylaws shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable as applied to any person or entity or circumstance for any reason whatsoever, then, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the validity, legality and enforceability of such provision in any other circumstance and of the remaining provisions of these Bylaws and the application of such provision to other persons or entities or circumstances shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

ARTICLE IX

Amendments

SECTION 9.01 Amendments. The Board is authorized to make, repeal, alter, amend and rescind, in whole or in part, these Bylaws without the assent or vote of the stockholders of the Company in any manner not inconsistent with the laws of the State of Delaware or the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation. Before the Trigger Event, the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority in voting power of all the then-outstanding shares of Common Stock entitled to vote thereon shall be required in order for the stockholders of the Company to alter, amend, repeal or rescind, in whole or in part, any provision of the Bylaws or to adopt any provision

 

26


inconsistent therewith. Notwithstanding any other provisions of these Bylaws or any provision of law that might otherwise permit a lesser vote of the stockholders of the Company, from and after the Trigger Event, in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of shares of the Company required by the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designation relating to any series of Preferred Stock), these Bylaws or applicable law, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 6623% in voting power of all the then-outstanding shares of Common Stock entitled to vote thereon shall be required in order for the stockholders of the Company to alter, amend, repeal or rescind, in whole or in part, any provision of these Bylaws (including this Section 9.01) or to adopt any provision inconsistent herewith.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

27

Exhibit 5.1

 

LOGO

601 Lexington Avenue

New York, NY 10022

United States

+1 212 446 4800

www.kirkland.com

October 8, 2020

ATI Intermediate Holdings, LLC

3901 Midway Place NE

Albuquerque, New Mexico 87109

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We are acting as special counsel to ATI Intermediate Holdings, LLC, to be converted into a Delaware corporation called Array Technologies, Inc. (the “Company”), in connection with the preparation and filing of a Registration Statement on Form S-1, originally filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) on September 22, 2020 (File No. 333-248969), under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”) (such Registration Statement, as amended or supplemented and including the exhibits thereto, is hereinafter referred to as the “Registration Statement”), relating to the proposed registration by the Company of 38,812,500 shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share, of the Company (“Common Stock”), including 7,000,000 shares of Common Stock to be sold by the Company (the “Company Shares”), 26,750,000 shares of Common Stock to be sold by the selling stockholder identified in the Registration Statement (the “Firm Secondary Shares”) and up to 5,062,500 additional shares of Common Stock to be sold by such selling stockholder to cover the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares, if any (the “Option Shares” and, together with the Firm Secondary Shares, the “Secondary Shares”). The Company Shares and Secondary Shares are collectively referred to herein as the “Shares.” The offering of the Shares is referred to herein as the “Offering.”

In that connection, we have examined originals, or copies certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction, of such documents, corporate records and other instruments as we have deemed necessary for the purposes of this opinion, including (i) the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company in the form filed as Exhibit 3.1 to the Registration Statement and to be filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware prior to the sale of any Shares (the “New Charter”); (ii) the Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company in the form filed as Exhibit 3.2 to the Registration Statement to be adopted by the board of directors of the Company prior to the sale of any Shares (the “New Bylaws”); (iii) the Underwriting Agreement in the form filed as Exhibit 1.1 to the Registration Statement (the “Underwriting Agreement”); (iv) resolutions of the board of directors of the Company; and (v) the Registration Statement.

For purposes of this opinion, we have assumed the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals, the conformity to the originals of all documents submitted to us as copies and the authenticity of the originals of all documents submitted to us as copies. We have also assumed the legal capacity of all natural persons, the genuineness of the signatures of persons signing all documents in connection with which this opinion is rendered, the authority of such persons signing on behalf of the parties thereto and the due authorization, execution and delivery of all documents by the parties thereto other than the Company. We have not independently established or verified any facts relevant to the opinion expressed herein, but have relied upon statements and representations of officers and other representatives of the Company and others as to factual matters.

Based upon and subject to the foregoing qualifications, assumptions and limitations and the further limitations set forth below, we are of the opinion that, upon (i) the filing of the New Charter with the Secretary of State for the State of Delaware and the effectiveness thereof under Delaware law, (ii) the adoption of the New Bylaws by the

Beijing     Boston     Chicago     Dallas     Hong Kong     Houston     London     Los Angeles     Munich     Palo Alto     Paris     San Francisco     Shanghai     Washington, D.C.


LOGO

Page 2

 

board of directors of the Company, (iii) due action by the board of directors of the Company or a duly appointed committee thereof to determine the price per share of the Shares, (iv) the due execution and delivery of the Underwriting Agreement by the parties thereto and (v) the effectiveness of the Registration Statement under the Act, (1) the Company Shares will have been duly authorized and, when issued upon receipt by the Company of the consideration therefore, will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable and (2) the Secondary Shares (including any Option Shares) will have been duly authorized and will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

Our opinions expressed above are subject to the qualifications that we express no opinion as to the applicability of, compliance with, or effect of any laws except the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion with the Commission as Exhibit 5.1 to the Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to our firm under the heading “Legal Matters” in the Registration Statement. In giving this consent, we do not thereby admit that we are in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Act or the rules and regulations of the Commission.

We do not find it necessary for the purposes of this opinion, and accordingly we do not purport to cover herein, the application of the securities or “Blue Sky” laws of the various states to the Offering.

This opinion is limited to the specific issues addressed herein, and no opinion may be inferred or implied beyond that expressly stated herein. We assume no obligation to revise or supplement this opinion should the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware be changed by legislative action, judicial decision or otherwise.

This opinion is furnished to you in connection with the filing of the Registration Statement.

 

Sincerely,

/s/ KIRKLAND & ELLIS LLP

KIRKLAND & ELLIS LLP

Exhibit 10.2

ARRAY TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

THIS REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made as of _______________, 2020 among Array Technologies, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), each of the investors listed on the signature pages hereto under the caption “Sponsor Investors” (collectively, the “Sponsor Investors”), Ron P. Corio and the other members of the Corio Group from time to time party hereto, each Person listed on the signature pages under the caption “Other Investors” or who executes a Joinder as an “Other Investor” (collectively, the “Other Investors”) and each of the executives listed on the signature pages under the caption “Executives” or who executes a Joinder as an “Executive” (collectively, the “Executives”). Except as otherwise specified herein, all capitalized terms used in this Agreement are defined in Exhibit A attached hereto.

In consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties to this Agreement hereby agree as follows:

Section 1 Demand Registrations.

(a) Requests for Registration. At any time and from time to time, each of the holders of a majority of the Sponsor Investor Registrable Securities and the holders of a majority of the Corio Group Registrable Securities may request registration under the Securities Act of all or any portion of their Registrable Securities on Form S-1 or any similar long-form registration statement (“Long-Form Registrations”) or on Form S-3 or any similar short-form registration statement (“Short-Form Registrations”), if available (any such requested registration, a “Demand Registration”). Each of the holders of a majority of the Sponsor Investor Registrable Securities and the holders of a majority of the Corio Group Registrable Securities may request that any Demand Registration be made pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act (a “Shelf Registration”) and (if the Company is a WKSI at the time any such request is submitted to the Company or will become one by the time of the filing of such Shelf Registration) that such Shelf Registration be an automatic shelf registration statement (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) (an “Automatic Shelf Registration Statement”). Each request for a Demand Registration must specify the approximate number or dollar value of Registrable Securities requested to be registered by the requesting Holders and (if known) the intended method of distribution. Each of the holders of a majority of the Sponsor Investor Registrable Securities and the holders of a majority of the Corio Group Registrable Securities will be entitled to request an unlimited number of Demand Registrations for which the Company will pay all Registration Expenses, whether or not any such registration is consummated.

(b) Notice to Other Holders. Within four Business Days after receipt of any such request, the Company will give written notice of the Demand Registration to all other Holders and, subject to the terms of Section 1(e) and any applicable restrictions set forth in Section 10, will include in such Demand Registration (and in all related registrations and qualifications under state blue sky laws and in any related underwriting) all Registrable Securities with respect to which the Company has received written requests for inclusion therein within ten days after the receipt of the Company’s notice; provided that, with the written consent of the Sponsor Investors, the Company may, or at the written request of the Sponsor Investors, the Company shall, instead provide notice of the Demand Registration to all other Holders within three Business Days following the non-confidential filing of the registration statement with respect to the Demand Registration so long as such registration statement is not an Automatic Shelf Registration Statement.


(c) Form of Registrations. All Long-Form Registrations will be underwritten registrations unless otherwise approved by the Sponsor Investors. Demand Registrations will be Short-Form Registrations whenever the Company is permitted to use any applicable short form unless otherwise requested by the Sponsor Investors.

(d) Shelf Registrations.

(i) For so long as a registration statement for a Shelf Registration (a “Shelf Registration Statement”) is and remains effective, each of the holders of a majority of the Sponsor Investor Registrable Securities and the holders of a majority of the Corio Group Registrable Securities will have the right at any time or from time to time to elect to sell pursuant to an offering (including an underwritten offering) Registrable Securities pursuant to such registration statement (“Shelf Registrable Securities”). If either of the holders of a majority of the Sponsor Investor Registrable Securities or the holders of a majority of the Corio Group Registrable Securities desires to sell Registrable Securities pursuant to an underwritten offering, then each of the holders of a majority of the Sponsor Investor Registrable Securities and the holders of a majority of the Corio Group Registrable Securities may deliver to the Company a written notice (a “Shelf Offering Notice”) specifying the number of Shelf Registrable Securities that the Sponsor Investors or the Corio Group desires to sell pursuant to such underwritten offering (the “Shelf Offering”). As promptly as practicable, but in no event later than two Business Days after receipt of a Shelf Offering Notice, the Company will give written notice of such Shelf Offering Notice to all other Holders of Shelf Registrable Securities that have been identified as selling stockholders in such Shelf Registration Statement and are otherwise permitted to sell in such Shelf Offering, which such notice shall request that each such Holder specify, within seven (7) days after the Company’s receipt of the Shelf Offering Notice, the maximum number of Shelf Registrable Securities such Holder desires to be disposed of in such Shelf Offering. The Company, subject to Section 1(e) and Section 7, will include in such Shelf Offering all Shelf Registrable Securities with respect to which the Company has received timely written requests for inclusion. The Company will, as expeditiously as possible (and in any event within fourteen (14) days after the receipt of a Shelf Offering Notice), but subject to Section 1(e), use its best efforts to consummate such Shelf Offering.

(ii) If the holders of a majority of the Sponsor Investor Registrable Securities or the holders of a majority of the Corio Group Registrable Securities desires to engage in an underwritten block trade or bought deal pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement (either through filing an Automatic Shelf Registration Statement or through a take-down from an already existing Shelf Registration Statement) (each, an “Underwritten Block Trade”), then notwithstanding the time periods set forth in Section 1(d)(i), then each of the holders of a majority of the Sponsor Investor Registrable Securities and the holders of a majority of the Corio Group Registrable Securities may notify the Company of the Underwritten Block Trade by 10:00 a.m. on the day such offering is first anticipated to commence. If requested by the holders of a majority of the Sponsor Investor Registrable Securities or the holders of a majority of the Corio Group Registrable Securities, the Company will promptly notify other Holders of such Underwritten Block Trade and such notified Holders (each, a “Potential Participant”) may elect whether or not to participate no later than noon on such day (unless a longer period is agreed to by the Sponsor Investors or the Corio Group), and the Company will as promptly as reasonably practicable use its best efforts to facilitate such Underwritten Block Trade (which may close as early as two Business Days after the date it commences); provided further that, notwithstanding the provisions of Section 1(d)(i), no Holder (other than Holders of Sponsor Investor Registrable Securities) will be permitted to participate in an Underwritten Block Trade without the written consent of the Sponsor Investors. Any Potential Participant’s request to participate in an Underwritten Block Trade shall be binding on the Potential Participant.

 

 

-2-


(iii) All determinations as to whether to complete any Shelf Offering and as to the timing, manner, price and other terms of any Shelf Offering contemplated by this Section 1(d) shall be determined by the Sponsor Investors, and the Company shall use its best efforts to cause any Shelf Offering to occur in accordance with such determinations as promptly as practicable.

(iv) The Company will, at the request of the Sponsor Investors or the Corio Group, file any prospectus supplement or any post-effective amendments and otherwise take any action necessary to include therein all disclosure and language deemed necessary or advisable by the Sponsor Investors or the Corio Group to effect such Shelf Offering.

(v) Subject to the terms of Section 1(f), the Company will use best efforts to keep the Shelf Registration Statement continuously effective until the date on which all Registrable Securities covered by the Shelf Registration Statement have been sold thereunder in accordance with the plan and method of distribution disclosed in the prospectus included in the Shelf Registration Statement, or otherwise (the “Shelf Period”). Subject to Section 1(f), the Company shall not be deemed to have used its best efforts to keep the Shelf Registration Statement effective during the Shelf Period if the Company voluntarily takes any action or omits to take any action that would result in Holders of Registrable Securities covered thereby not being able to offer and sell any Registrable Securities pursuant to such Shelf Registration Statement during the Shelf Period, unless such action or omission is required by applicable law.

(e) Priority on Demand Registrations and Shelf Offerings. The Company will not include in any Demand Registration any securities which are not Registrable Securities without the prior written consent of the Sponsor Investors. If a Demand Registration or a Shelf Offering is an underwritten offering and the managing underwriters advise the Company in writing that in their opinion the number of Registrable Securities and (if permitted hereunder) other securities requested to be included in such offering exceeds the number of Registrable Securities and other securities (if any), which can be sold therein without adversely affecting the marketability, proposed offering price, timing or method of distribution of the offering, then the Company will include in such offering (prior to the inclusion of any securities which are not Registrable Securities) (i) first, the number of Sponsor Investor Registrable Securities requested to be included which, in the opinion of such underwriters, can be sold, without any such adverse effect, pro rata among the respective Participating Sponsor Investors on the basis of the number of Sponsor Investor Registrable Securities owned by each such Participating Sponsor Investor; (ii) second, the number of Corio Group Registrable Securities requested to be included which, in the opinion of such underwriters, can be sold, without any such adverse effect, pro rata among the respective Participating Corio Group Investors on the basis of the number of Corio Group Registrable Securities owned by each such Participating Corio Group Investor; and (iii) third, the number of Registrable Securities requested to be included by any other Holders (subject to any applicable restrictions set forth in Section 10) which, in the opinion of such underwriters, can be sold, without any such adverse effect, pro rata among such Holders on the basis of the number of Registrable Securities owned by each such Holder. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, if any Holders of Executive Registrable Securities have requested to include such securities in an underwritten offering and the managing underwriters for such offering advise the Company that in their opinion the inclusion of some or all of such Executive Registrable Securities could adversely affect the marketability, proposed offering price, timing and/or method of distribution of the offering, then the Company shall exclude from such offering the number of such Executive Registrable Securities identified by the managing underwriters as having any such adverse effect prior to the exclusion of any Registrable Securities of any other Holders as set forth in this Section 1(e), which, for the avoidance of doubt, may be all such Executive Registrable Securities requested to be included such offering.

 

-3-


(f) Restrictions on Demand Registration and Shelf Offerings.

(i) The Company may postpone, for up to 60 days (or with the consent of the Sponsor Investors, a longer period) from the date of the request (the “Suspension Period”), the filing or the effectiveness of a registration statement for a Demand Registration or suspend the use of a prospectus that is part of a Shelf Registration Statement (and therefore suspend sales of the Shelf Registrable Securities) by providing written notice to the Holders if the following conditions are met: (A) the Company determines that the offer or sale of Registrable Securities would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on any proposal or plan by the Company or any Subsidiary to engage in any material acquisition of assets or stock (other than in the ordinary course of business) or any material merger, consolidation, tender offer, recapitalization, reorganization, financing or other transaction involving the Company and (B) upon advice of counsel, the sale of Registrable Securities pursuant to the registration statement would require disclosure of material non-public information not otherwise required to be disclosed under applicable law, and either (x) the Company has a bona fide business purpose for preserving the confidentiality of such transaction, (y) disclosure would have a material adverse effect on the Company or the Company’s ability to consummate such transaction, or (z) such transaction renders the Company unable to comply with SEC requirements, in each case under circumstances that would make it impractical or inadvisable to cause the registration statement (or such filings) to become effective or to promptly amend or supplement the registration statement on a post effective basis, as applicable. The Company may delay or suspend the effectiveness of a Demand Registration or Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to this Section 1(f)(i) only once in any twelve (12)-month period (for avoidance of doubt, in addition to the Company’s rights and obligations under Section 4(a)(vi)) unless additional delays or suspensions are approved by the Sponsor Investors.

(ii) In the case of an event that causes the Company to suspend the use of a Shelf Registration Statement as set forth in Section 1(f)(i) above or pursuant to Section 4(a)(vi) (a “Suspension Event”), the Company will give a notice to the Holders whose Registrable Securities are registered pursuant to such Shelf Registration Statement (a “Suspension Notice”) to suspend sales of the Registrable Securities and such notice must state generally the basis for the notice and that such suspension will continue only for so long as the Suspension Event or its effect is continuing. Each Holder agrees not to effect any sales of its Registrable Securities pursuant to such Shelf Registration Statement (or such filings) at any time after it has received a Suspension Notice from the Company and prior to receipt of an End of Suspension Notice. A Holder may recommence effecting sales of the Registrable Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement (or such filings) following further written notice to such effect (an “End of Suspension Notice”) from the Company, which End of Suspension Notice will be given by the Company to the Holders promptly following the conclusion of any Suspension Event (and in any event during the permitted Suspension Period).

(g) Selection of Underwriters. The Sponsor Investors shall select the legal counsel to the Company, the investment banker(s) and manager(s) to administer any underwritten offering in connection with any Demand Registration or Shelf Offering.

(h) Distributions of Registrable Securities to Partners or Members. In the event the Sponsor Investors request to participate in a registration pursuant to this Section 1 in connection with a distribution of Registrable Securities to its partners or members, the registration shall provide for resale by such partners or members, if requested by the Sponsor Investors.

(i) Other Registration Rights. Except as provided in this Agreement, the Company will not grant to any Person(s) the right to request the Company or any Subsidiary to register any equity securities of the Company or any Subsidiary, or any securities convertible or exchangeable into or

 

-4-


exercisable for such securities, without the prior written consent of the Sponsor Investors; provided that, with the prior approval of the Sponsor Investors, the Company may grant rights to employees of the Company and its Subsidiaries to participate in Piggyback Registrations so long as they sign a Joinder as an “Executive” and Holder of “Executive Registrable Securities” hereunder.

(j) Revocation of Demand Notice or Shelf Offering Notice. At any time prior to the effective date of the registration statement relating to a Demand Registration or the “pricing” of any offering relating to a Shelf Offering Notice, the Sponsor Investors or member of the Corio Group who initiated such Demand Registration or Shelf Offering may revoke or withdraw such notice of a Demand Registration or Shelf Offering Notice on behalf of all Holders participating in such Demand Registration or Shelf Offering without liability to such Holders (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the other Participating Sponsor Investors), in each case by providing written notice to the Company, and the Company shall immediately cease all efforts to secure effectiveness of such registration statement.

(k) Confidentiality. Each Holder agrees to treat as confidential the receipt of any notice hereunder (including notice of a Demand Registration, a Shelf Offering Notice and a Suspension Notice) and the information contained therein, and not to disclose or use the information contained in any such notice (or the existence thereof) without the prior written consent of the Company until such time as the information contained therein is or becomes available to the public generally (other than as a result of disclosure by such Holder in breach of the terms of this Agreement).

Section 2 Piggyback Registrations.

(a) Right to Piggyback. Whenever the Company proposes to register any of its equity securities under the Securities Act (including primary and secondary registrations, and other than pursuant to an Excluded Registration) (a “Piggyback Registration”), the Company will give prompt written notice (and in any event within three Business Days after the public filing of the registration statement relating to the Piggyback Registration) to all Holders of its intention to effect such Piggyback Registration and, subject to the terms of Section 2(b) and Section 2(c), will include in such Piggyback Registration (and in all related registrations or qualifications under blue sky laws and in any related underwriting) all Registrable Securities with respect to which the Company has received written requests for inclusion therein within ten (10) days after delivery of the Company’s notice; provided that the Company shall not be required to provide such notice or include any Registrable Securities in such registration if the Sponsor Investors elect not to include any Sponsor Investor Registrable Securities in such registration, unless the Sponsor Investors otherwise consent in writing. Any Participating Sponsor Investor may withdraw its request for inclusion at any time prior to executing the underwriting agreement, or if none, prior to the applicable registration statement becoming effective.

(b) Priority on Primary Registrations. If a Piggyback Registration is an underwritten primary registration on behalf of the Company, and the managing underwriters advise the Company in writing that in their opinion the number of securities requested to be included in such registration exceeds the number which can be sold in such offering without adversely affecting the marketability, proposed offering price, timing or method of distribution of the offering, the Company will include in such registration (i) first, the securities the Company proposes to sell, (ii) second, the Sponsor Investor Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration which, in the opinion of such underwriters, can be sold, without any such adverse effect, pro rata among the respective Participating Sponsor Investors on the basis of the number of Sponsor Investor Registrable Securities owned by each such Participating Sponsor Investor, (iii) third, the Corio Group Registrable Securities requested to be included which, in the opinion of such underwriters, can be sold, without any such adverse effect, pro rata among the respective Participating Corio Group Investors on the basis of the number of Corio Group Registrable Securities owned by each such Participating Corio Group Investor; (iv) fourth the Registrable

 

-5-


Securities requested to be included in such registration by any other Holders (subject to any applicable restrictions set forth in Section 10) which, in the opinion of such underwriters, can be sold, without any such adverse effect, pro rata among such Holders on the basis of the number of Registrable Securities owned by each such Holder and (v) fifth, other securities requested to be included in such registration which, in the opinion of the underwriters, can be sold without any such adverse effect. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, if any Holders of Executive Registrable Securities have requested to include such securities in a Piggyback Registration that is an underwritten primary offering on behalf of the Company and the managing underwriters for such offering advise the Company in writing that in their opinion the inclusion of some or all of such Executive Registrable Securities could adversely affect the marketability, proposed offering price, timing and/or method of distribution of the offering, the Company shall first exclude from such offering the number (which may be all) of such Executive Registrable Securities identified by the managing underwriters as having any such adverse effect prior to the exclusion of any securities in such offering.

(c) Priority on Secondary Registrations. If a Piggyback Registration is an underwritten secondary registration on behalf of holders of the Company’s equity securities (other than pursuant to Section 1 hereof), and the managing underwriters advise the Company in writing that in their opinion the number of securities requested to be included in such registration exceeds the number which can be sold in such offering without adversely affecting the marketability, proposed offering price, timing or method of distribution of the offering, the Company will include in such registration (i) first, the securities requested to be included therein by the holders initially requesting such registration which, in the opinion of the underwriters, can be sold without any such adverse effect, (ii) second, the Sponsor Investor Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration which, in the opinion of such underwriters, can be sold, without any such adverse effect, pro rata among the respective Participating Sponsor Investors on the basis of the number of Sponsor Investor Registrable Securities owned by each such Participating Sponsor Investor, (iii) third, the Corio Group Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration which, in the opinion of such underwriters, can be sold, without any such adverse effect, pro rata among the respective Participating Corio Group Investors on the basis of the number of Corio Group Registrable Securities owned by each such Participating Corio Group Investor, (iv) fourth, the Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration by any other Holders (subject to any applicable restrictions set forth in Section 10) which, in the opinion of such underwriters, can be sold, without any such adverse effect, pro rata among such Holders on the basis of the number of Registrable Securities owned by each such Holder and (v) fifth, other securities requested to be included in such registration which, in the opinion of the underwriters, can be sold without any such adverse effect. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, if any Holders of Executive Registrable Securities have requested to include such securities in a Piggyback Registration that is an underwritten secondary offering and the managing underwriters for such offering advise the Company in writing that in their opinion the inclusion of some or all of such Executive Registrable Securities could adversely affect the marketability, proposed offering price, timing or method of distribution of the offering, the Company shall be permitted to first exclude from such offering the number (which may be all) of such Executive Registrable Securities identified by the managing underwriters as having any such adverse effect prior to the exclusion of any securities in such offering.

(d) Right to Terminate Registration. The Company will have the right to terminate or withdraw any registration initiated by it under this Section 2, whether or not any holder of Registrable Securities has elected to include securities in such registration; provided, that Holders may continue the registration as a Demand Registration pursuant to the terms of Section 1.

(e) Selection of Underwriters. If any Piggyback Registration is an underwritten offering, the Sponsor Investors shall select the legal counsel for the Company, the investment banker(s) and manager(s) for the offering.

 

-6-


Section 3 Stockholder Lock-Up Agreements and Company Holdback Agreement.

(a) Stockholder Lock-up Agreements. In connection with any underwritten Public Offering, each Holder will enter into any lock-up, holdback or similar agreements requested by the underwriter(s) managing such offering, in each case with such modifications and exceptions as may be approved by the Sponsor Investors. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each Holder hereby agrees that in connection with the initial Public Offering and in connection with any Demand Registration, Shelf Offering or Piggyback Registration that is an underwritten Public Offering, not to (i) offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of (including sales pursuant to Rule 144), directly or indirectly, any equity securities of the Company (including equity securities of the Company that may be deemed to be beneficially owned by such Holder in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC) (collectively, “Securities”), or any securities, options or rights convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for Securities (collectively, “Other Securities”), (ii) enter into a transaction which would have the same effect as described in clause (i) above, (iii) enter into any swap, hedge or other arrangement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences or ownership of any Securities or Other Securities, whether such transaction is to be settled by delivery of such Securities or Other Securities, in cash or otherwise (each of (i), (ii) and (iii) above, a “Sale Transaction”), or (iv) publicly disclose the intention to enter into any Sale Transaction, commencing on the date on which the Company gives notice to the Holders that a preliminary prospectus has been circulated for such underwritten Public Offering or the “pricing” of such offering and continuing to the date that is (x) 180 days following the date of the final prospectus for such underwritten Public Offering in the case of the initial Public Offering or (y) 90 days following the date of the final prospectus in the case of any other such underwritten Public Offering (each such period, or such shorter period as agreed to by the managing underwriters, a “Holdback Period”), in each case with such modifications and exceptions as may be approved by the Sponsor Investors; provided, however, that the foregoing restrictions shall not apply to (i) Securities acquired in the public market subsequent to the initial Public Offering, (ii) distributions-in-kind to a Holder’s partners or members, (iii) transfers to Affiliates, but only if such Affiliates agree to be bound by the restrictions herein and (iv) the extent otherwise set forth in the lock-up, holdback or similar agreements requested by the underwriter(s) managing agreements signed by each Holder in connection with any underwritten Public Offering. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to any Securities or Other Securities subject to the restrictions set forth in this Section 3(a) until the end of such Holdback Period.

(b) Company Holdback Agreement. The Company (i) will not file any registration statement for a Public Offering or cause any such registration statement to become effective, or effect any public sale or distribution of its Securities or Other Securities during any Holdback Period (other than as part of such underwritten Public Offering, or a registration on Form S-4 or Form S-8 or any successor or similar form which is (x) then in effect or (y) shall become effective upon the conversion, exchange or exercise of any then outstanding Other Securities) and (ii) will cause each holder of Securities and Other Securities (including each of its directors and executive officers) to agree not to effect any Sale Transaction during any Holdback Period, except as part of such underwritten registration (if otherwise permitted), unless approved in writing by the Sponsor Investors and the underwriters managing the Public Offering and to enter into any lock-up, holdback or similar agreements requested by the underwriter(s) managing such offering, in each case with such modifications and exceptions as may be approved by the Sponsor Investors.

Section 4 Registration Procedures.

(a) Company Obligations. Whenever the Holders have requested that any Registrable Securities be registered pursuant to this Agreement or have initiated a Shelf Offering, the Company will use its best efforts to effect the registration and the sale of such Registrable Securities in accordance with the intended method of disposition thereof, and pursuant thereto the Company will as expeditiously as possible:

 

-7-


(i) prepare and file with (or submit confidentially to) the SEC a registration statement, and all amendments and supplements thereto and related prospectuses, with respect to such Registrable Securities and use its best efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective, all in accordance with the Securities Act and all applicable rules and regulations promulgated thereunder (provided that before filing or confidentially submitting a registration statement or prospectus or any amendments or supplements thereto, the Company will furnish to the counsel selected by the Sponsor Investors covered by such registration statement copies of all such documents proposed to be filed or submitted, which documents will be subject to the review and comment of such counsel);

(ii) notify each Holder of (A) the issuance by the SEC of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of any registration statement or the initiation of any proceedings for that purpose, (B) the receipt by the Company or its counsel of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Registrable Securities for sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose, and (C) the effectiveness of each registration statement filed hereunder;

(iii) prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection therewith as may be necessary to keep such registration statement effective for a period ending when all of the securities covered by such registration statement have been disposed of in accordance with the intended methods of distribution by the sellers thereof set forth in such registration statement (but not in any event before the expiration of any longer period required under the Securities Act or, if such registration statement relates to an underwritten Public Offering, such longer period as in the opinion of counsel for the underwriters a prospectus is required by law to be delivered in connection with sale of Registrable Securities by an underwriter or dealer) and comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement during such period in accordance with the intended methods of disposition by the sellers thereof set forth in such registration statement;

(iv) furnish, without charge, to each seller of Registrable Securities thereunder and each underwriter, if any, such number of copies of such registration statement, each amendment and supplement thereto, the prospectus included in such registration statement (including each preliminary prospectus) (in each case including all exhibits and documents incorporated by reference therein), each amendment and supplement thereto, each Free Writing Prospectus and such other documents as such seller or underwriter, if any, may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of the Registrable Securities owned by such seller (the Company hereby consenting to the use in accordance with all applicable laws of each such registration statement, each such amendment and supplement thereto, and each such prospectus (or preliminary prospectus or supplement thereto) or Free Writing Prospectus by each such seller of Registrable Securities and the underwriters, if any, in connection with the offering and sale of the Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement or prospectus);

(v) use its best efforts to register or qualify such Registrable Securities under such other securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as any seller reasonably requests and do any and all other acts and things which may be reasonably necessary or advisable to enable such seller to consummate the disposition in such jurisdictions of the Registrable Securities owned by such seller (provided that the Company will not be required to (A) qualify generally to do business in any jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to qualify but for this subparagraph or (B) consent to general service of process in any such jurisdiction or (C) subject itself to taxation in any such jurisdiction);

 

-8-


(vi) notify in writing each seller of such Registrable Securities (A) promptly after it receives notice thereof, of the date and time when such registration statement and each post-effective amendment thereto has become effective or a prospectus or supplement to any prospectus relating to a registration statement has been filed and when any registration or qualification has become effective under a state securities or blue sky law or any exemption thereunder has been obtained, (B) promptly after receipt thereof, of any request by the SEC for the amendment or supplementing of such registration statement or prospectus or for additional information, and (C) at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act, of the happening of any event or of any information or circumstances as a result of which the prospectus included in such registration statement contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits any fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and, subject to Section 1(f), if required by applicable law or to the extent requested by the Sponsor Investor, the Company will use its best efforts to promptly prepare and file a supplement or amendment to such prospectus so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of such Registrable Securities, such prospectus will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading and (D) if at any time the representations and warranties of the Company in any underwriting agreement, securities sale agreement, or other similar agreement, relating to the offering shall cease to be true and correct;

(vii) (A) use best efforts to cause all such Registrable Securities to be listed on each securities exchange on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed and, if not so listed, to be listed on a securities exchange and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, to arrange for at least two market markers to register as such with respect to such Registrable Securities with FINRA, and (B) comply (and continue to comply) with the requirements of any self-regulatory organization applicable to the Company, including without limitation all corporate governance requirements;

(viii) use best efforts to provide a transfer agent and registrar for all such Registrable Securities not later than the effective date of such registration statement;

(ix) enter into and perform such customary agreements (including, as applicable, underwriting agreements in customary form) and take all such other actions as the Sponsor Investors or the underwriters, if any, reasonably request in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of such Registrable Securities (including, without limitation, making available the executive officers of the Company and participating in “road shows,” investor presentations, marketing events and other selling efforts and effecting a stock or unit split or combination, recapitalization or reorganization);

(x) obtain for each selling Holder and any underwriter:

(A) an opinion of counsel for the Company, covering the matters customarily covered in opinions requested in underwritten offerings and such other matters as may be reasonably requested by such selling Holder and/or underwriters, and

(B) a “comfort” letter (or, in the case of any such Person which does not satisfy the conditions for receipt of a “comfort” letter specified in AU Section 634 of the AICPA Professional Standards, an “agreed upon procedures” letter) signed by the independent registered public accountants who have certified the Company’s financial statements included in such registration statement (and, if necessary, any other independent registered public accountant of any Subsidiary of the Company or any business acquired by the Company from which financial statements and financial data are, or are required to be, included in the registration statement);

 

-9-


(xi) make available for inspection by any seller of Registrable Securities, any underwriter participating in any disposition or sale pursuant to such registration statement and any attorney, accountant or other agent retained by any such seller or underwriter, all financial and other records, pertinent corporate and business documents and properties of the Company, as will be necessary to enable them to exercise their due diligence responsibility, and cause the Company’s officers, directors, employees, agents, representatives and independent accountants to supply all information reasonably requested by any such seller, underwriter, attorney, accountant or agent in connection with such registration statement and the disposition of such Registrable Securities pursuant thereto;

(xii) take all actions to ensure that any Free-Writing Prospectus utilized in connection with any Demand Registration or Piggyback Registration or Shelf Offering hereunder complies in all material respects with the Securities Act, is filed in accordance with the Securities Act to the extent required thereby, is retained in accordance with the Securities Act to the extent required thereby and, when taken together with the related prospectus, prospectus supplement and related documents, will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;

(xiii) otherwise use its best efforts to comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the SEC, and make available to its security holders, as soon as reasonably practicable, an earnings statement covering the period of at least twelve (12) months beginning with the first day of the Company’s first full calendar quarter after the effective date of the registration statement, which earnings statement will satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and Rule 158 thereunder;

(xiv) permit any Holder which, in its sole and exclusive judgment, might be deemed to be an underwriter or a controlling person of the Company, to participate in the preparation of such registration or comparable statement and to allow such Holder to provide language for insertion therein, in form and substance satisfactory to the Company, which in the reasonable judgment of such Holder and its counsel should be included;

(xv) use its best efforts to (A) make Short-Form Registration available for the sale of Registrable Securities and (B) prevent the issuance of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of a registration statement, or the issuance of any order suspending or preventing the use of any related prospectus or suspending the qualification of any Common Equity included in such registration statement for sale in any jurisdiction use, and in the event any such order is issued, best efforts to obtain promptly the withdrawal of such order;

(xvi) use its best efforts to cause such Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement to be registered with or approved by such other governmental agencies or authorities as may be necessary to enable the sellers thereof to consummate the disposition of such Registrable Securities;

(xvii) cooperate with the Holders covered by the registration statement and the managing underwriter or agent, if any, to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates (not bearing any restrictive legends) representing securities to be sold under the registration statement, or the removal of any restrictive legends associated with any account at which such securities are held, and enable such securities to be in such denominations and registered in such names as the managing underwriter, or agent, if any, or such Holders may request;

 

-10-


(xviii) have appropriate officers of the Company prepare and make presentations at any “road shows” and before analysts and rating agencies, as the case may be, take other actions to obtain ratings for any Registrable Securities (if they are eligible to be rated) and otherwise use its best efforts to cooperate as reasonably requested by the selling Holders and the underwriters in the offering, marketing or selling of the Registrable Securities;

(xix) have appropriate officers of the Company, and cause representatives of the Company’s independent registered public accountants, to participate in any due diligence discussions reasonably requested by any selling Holder or any underwriter;

(xx) if requested by any underwriter or the Sponsor Investors, agree, and cause the Company and any directors or officers of the Company to agree, to be bound by customary “lock-up” agreements restricting the ability to dispose of Company securities and file or cause the filing of any registration statement under the Securities Act;

(xxi) if requested by any managing underwriter, include in any prospectus or prospectus supplement updated financial or business information for the Company’s most recent period or current quarterly period (including estimated results or ranges of results) if required for purposes of marketing the offering in the view of the managing underwriter;

(xxii) cooperate and assist in any filings required to be made with the FINRA and in the performance of any due diligence investigation by any underwriter that is required to be undertaken in accordance with the rules and regulations of FINRA;

(xxiii) otherwise use best efforts to cooperate as reasonably requested by the selling Holders and the underwriters in the offering, marketing or selling of the Registrable Securities;

(xxiv) otherwise use best efforts to comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and all reporting requirements under the rules and regulations of the Exchange Act;

(xxv) cause any officer of the Company to participate fully in the sale process in a manner customary for persons in like positions and consistent with his or her other duties with the Company, including the preparation of the registration statement and the preparation and presentation of any road shows and other investor meetings;

(xxvi) take no direct or indirect action prohibited by Regulation M under the Exchange Act; provided, however, that to the extent that any prohibition is applicable to the Company, the Company will take such action as is necessary to make any such prohibition inapplicable;

(xxvii) cooperate with each Holder covered by the registration statement and each underwriter or agent participating in the disposition of such Registrable Securities and their respective counsel in connection with the preparation and filing of applications, notices, registrations and responses to requests for additional information with FINRA, the New York Stock Exchange, Nasdaq or any other national securities exchange on which the shares of Common Equity are or are to be listed, and (B) to the extent required by the rules and regulations of FINRA, retain a Qualified Independent Underwriter acceptable to the managing underwriter;

 

-11-


(xxviii) in the case of any underwritten offering, use its best efforts to obtain, and deliver to the underwriter(s), in the manner and to the extent provided for in the applicable underwriting agreement, one or more cold comfort letters from the Company’s independent public accountants in customary form and covering such matters of the type customarily covered by cold comfort letters;

(xxix) use its best efforts to provide (A) a legal opinion of the Company’s outside counsel, dated the effective date of such registration statement addressed to the Company, (B) on the date that such Registrable Securities are delivered to the underwriters for sale in connection with a Demand Registration or Shelf Offering, if such securities are being sold through underwriters, or, if such securities are not being sold through underwriters, on the closing date of the applicable sale, (1) one or more legal opinions of the Company’s outside counsel, dated such date, in form and substance as customarily given to underwriters in an underwritten public offering or, in the case of a non-underwritten offering, to the broker, placement agent or other agent of the Holders assisting in the sale of the Registrable Securities and (2) one or more “negative assurances letters” of the Company’s outside counsel, dated such date, in form and substance as is customarily given to underwriters in an underwritten public offering or, in the case of a non-underwritten offering, to the broker, placement agent or other agent of the Holders assisting in the sale of the Registrable Securities, in each case, addressed to the underwriters, if any, or, if requested, in the case of a non-underwritten offering, to the broker, placement agent or other agent of the Holders assisting in the sale of the Registrable Securities and (3) customary certificates executed by authorized officers of the Company as may be requested by any Holder or any underwriter of such Registrable Securities;

(xxx) if the Company files an Automatic Shelf Registration Statement covering any Registrable Securities, use its best efforts to remain a WKSI (and not become an ineligible issuer (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act)) during the period during which such Automatic Shelf Registration Statement is required to remain effective;

(xxxi) if the Company does not pay the filing fee covering the Registrable Securities at the time an Automatic Shelf Registration Statement is filed, pay such fee at such time or times as the Registrable Securities are to be sold;

(xxxii) if the Automatic Shelf Registration Statement has been outstanding for at least three (3) years, at the end of the third year, refile a new Automatic Shelf Registration Statement covering the Registrable Securities, and, if at any time when the Company is required to re-evaluate its WKSI status the Company determines that it is not a WKSI, use its best efforts to refile the Shelf Registration Statement on Form S-3 and, if such form is not available, Form S-1 and keep such registration statement effective during the period during which such registration statement is required to be kept effective;

(xxxiii) if requested by any Participating Sponsor Investor, cooperate with such Participating Sponsor Investor and with the managing underwriter or agent, if any, on reasonable notice to facilitate any Charitable Gifting Event and to prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and supplements to such Registration Statement and the Prospectus used in connection therewith as may be necessary to permit any such recipient Charitable Organization to sell in the underwritten offering if it so elects; and

 

-12-


(xxxiv) use best efforts to take any action requested by the selling Holders, including any action described in clauses (i) through (xxxiii) above to prepare for and facilitate any “over-night deal” or other proposed sale of Registrable Securities over a limited timeframe.

(b) Officer Obligations. Each Holder that is an officer of the Company agrees that if and for so long as he or she is employed by the Company or any Subsidiary thereof, he or she will participate fully in the sale process in a manner customary for persons in like positions and consistent with his or her other duties with the Company, including the preparation of the registration statement and the preparation and presentation of any road shows.

(c) Automatic Shelf Registration Statements. If the Company files any Automatic Shelf Registration Statement for the benefit of the holders of any of its securities other than the Holders, and the Sponsor Investors do not request that their Registrable Securities be included in such Shelf Registration Statement, the Company agrees that, at the request of the Sponsor Investors, it will include in such Automatic Shelf Registration Statement such disclosures as may be required by Rule 430B in order to ensure that the Sponsor Investors may be added to such Shelf Registration Statement at a later time through the filing of a prospectus supplement rather than a post-effective amendment. If the Company has filed any Automatic Shelf Registration Statement for the benefit of the holders of any of its securities other than the Holders, the Company shall, at the request of the Sponsor Investors, file any post-effective amendments necessary to include therein all disclosure and language necessary to ensure that the holders of Registrable Securities may be added to such Shelf Registration Statement.

(d) Additional Information. The Company may require each seller of Registrable Securities as to which any registration is being effected to furnish the Company such information regarding such seller and the distribution of such securities as the Company may from time to time reasonably request in writing, as a condition to such seller’s participation in such registration.

(e) In-Kind Distributions. If any Holder seeks to effectuate an in-kind distribution of all or part of its Common Equity to its direct or indirect equityholders, the Company will, subject to applicable lock-up, holdback or similar agreements pursuant to Section 3(a), reasonably cooperate with and assist such Holder, such equityholders and the Company’s transfer agent to facilitate such in-kind distribution in the manner reasonably requested by such Holder (including the delivery of instruction letters by the Company or its counsel to the Company’s transfer agent and the delivery of Common Equity without restrictive legends, to the extent no longer applicable).

(f) Suspended Distributions. Each Person participating in a registration hereunder agrees that, upon receipt of any notice from the Company of the happening of any event of the kind described in Section 4(a)(vi), such Person will immediately discontinue the disposition of its Registrable Securities pursuant to the registration statement until such Person’s receipt of the copies of a supplemented or amended prospectus as contemplated by Section 4(a)(vi), subject to the Company’s compliance with its obligations under Section 4(a)(vi).

(g) Other. To the extent that any of the Participating Sponsor Investors is or may be deemed to be an “underwriter” of Registrable Securities pursuant to any SEC comments or policies, the Company agrees that (i) the indemnification and contribution provisions contained in Section 6 shall be applicable to the benefit of such Participating Sponsor Investor in their role as an underwriter or deemed underwriter in addition to their capacity as a holder and (ii) such Participating Sponsor Investor shall be entitled to conduct the due diligence which they would normally conduct in connection with an offering of securities registered under the Securities Act, including without limitation receipt of customary opinions and comfort letters addressed to such Participating Sponsor Investor.

 

-13-


Section 5 Registration Expenses.

Except as expressly provided herein, all out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Company or any Sponsor Investor in connection with the performance of or compliance with this Agreement and/or in connection with any Demand Registration, Piggyback Registration or Shelf Offering, whether or not the same shall become effective, shall be paid by the Company, including, without limitation: (i) all registration and filing fees, and any other fees and expenses associated with filings required to be made with the SEC or FINRA, (ii) all fees and expenses in connection with compliance with any securities or “blue sky” laws, (iii) all printing, duplicating, word processing, messenger, telephone, facsimile and delivery expenses (including expenses of printing certificates for the Registrable Securities in a form eligible for deposit with The Depository Trust Company or other depositary and of printing prospectuses and Company Free Writing Prospectuses), (iv) all fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and of all independent certified public accountants of the Company (including the expenses of any special audit and cold comfort letters required by or incident to such performance), (v) Securities Act liability insurance or similar insurance if the Company so desires or the underwriters so require in accordance with then-customary underwriting practice, (vi) all fees and expenses incurred in connection with the listing of the Registrable Securities on any securities exchange on which similar securities of the Company are then listed (or on which exchange the Registrable Securities are proposed to be listed in the case of the initial Public Offering), (vii) all applicable rating agency fees with respect to the Registrable Securities, (viii) all fees and disbursements of legal counsel for the Company, (ix) all reasonable fees and disbursements of one legal counsel for selling Holders selected by the Sponsor Investors (which may be the same counsel as selected for the Company) together with any necessary local counsel as may be required by the Sponsor Investors, (x) any fees and disbursements of underwriters customarily paid by issuers or sellers of securities, (xi) all fees and expenses of any special experts or other Persons retained by the Company or the Sponsor Investors in connection with any Registration (xii) all of the Company’s internal expenses (including all salaries and expenses of its officers and employees performing legal or accounting duties) and (xiii) all expenses related to the “road-show” for any underwritten offering, including all travel, meals and lodging. All such expenses are referred to herein as “Registration Expenses.” The Company shall not be required to pay, and each Person that sells securities pursuant to a Demand Registration, Shelf Offering or Piggyback Registration hereunder will bear and pay, all underwriting discounts and commissions applicable to the Registrable Securities sold for such Person’s account and all transfer taxes (if any) attributable to the sale of Registrable Securities.

Section 6 Indemnification and Contribution.

(a) By the Company. The Company will indemnify and hold harmless, to the fullest extent permitted by law and without limitation as to time, each Holder, such Holder’s officers, directors employees, agents, fiduciaries, stockholders, managers, partners, members, affiliates, direct and indirect equityholders, consultants and representatives, and any successors and assigns thereof, and each Person who controls such holder (within the meaning of the Securities Act) (the “Indemnified Parties”) against all losses, claims, actions, damages, liabilities and expenses (including with respect to actions or proceedings, whether commenced or threatened, and including reasonable attorney fees and expenses) (collectively, “Losses”) caused by, resulting from, arising out of, based upon or related to any of the following (each, a “Violation”) by the Company: (i) any untrue or alleged untrue statement of material fact contained in (A) any registration statement, prospectus, preliminary prospectus or Free-Writing Prospectus, or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto or (B) any application or other document or communication (in this Section 6, collectively called an “application”) executed by or on behalf of the Company or based upon written information furnished by or on behalf of the Company filed in any jurisdiction in order to qualify any securities covered by such registration under the “blue sky” or securities laws thereof, (ii) any omission or alleged omission of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or (iii) any violation or alleged violation by the Company of the Securities Act or any other similar federal or state securities laws or any rule or regulation promulgated thereunder applicable

 

-14-


to the Company and relating to action or inaction required of the Company in connection with any such registration, qualification or compliance. In addition, the Company will reimburse such Indemnified Party for any legal or any other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any such Losses. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company will not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such Losses result from, arise out of, are based upon, or relate to an untrue statement, or omission, made in such registration statement, any such prospectus, preliminary prospectus or Free-Writing Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, or in any application, in reliance upon, and in conformity with, written information prepared and furnished in writing to the Company by such Indemnified Party expressly for use therein or by such Indemnified Party’s failure to deliver a copy of the registration statement or prospectus or any amendments or supplements thereto after the Company has furnished such Indemnified Party with a sufficient number of copies of the same. In connection with an underwritten offering, the Company will indemnify such underwriters, their officers and directors, and each Person who controls such underwriters (within the meaning of the Securities Act) to the same extent as provided above with respect to the indemnification of the Indemnified Parties or as otherwise agreed to in the underwriting agreement executed in connection with such underwritten offering. Such indemnity and reimbursement of expenses shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of such Indemnified Party and shall survive the transfer of such securities by such seller.

(b) By Holders. In connection with any registration statement in which a Holder is participating, each such Holder will furnish to the Company in writing such information and affidavits as the Company reasonably requests for use in connection with any such registration statement or prospectus and, to the extent permitted by law, will indemnify the Company, its officers, directors, employees, agents and representatives, and each Person who controls the Company (within the meaning of the Securities Act) against any Losses resulting from (as determined by a final and appealable judgment, order or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction) any untrue statement of material fact contained in the registration statement, prospectus or preliminary prospectus or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto or any omission of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, but only to the extent that such untrue statement or omission is contained in any information or affidavit so furnished in writing by such Holder expressly for use therein; provided that the obligation to indemnify will be individual, not joint and several, for each Holder and will be limited to the net amount of proceeds received by such Holder from the sale of Registrable Securities pursuant to such registration statement.

(c) Claim Procedure. Any Person entitled to indemnification hereunder will (i) give prompt written notice to the indemnifying party of any claim with respect to which it seeks indemnification (provided that the failure to give prompt notice will impair any Person’s right to indemnification hereunder only to the extent such failure has prejudiced the indemnifying party) and (ii) unless in such indemnified party’s reasonable judgment a conflict of interest between such indemnified and indemnifying parties may exist with respect to such claim, permit such indemnifying party to assume the defense of such claim with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party. If such defense is assumed, the indemnifying party will not be subject to any liability for any settlement made by the indemnified party without its consent (but such consent will not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed). An indemnifying party who is not entitled to, or elects not to, assume the defense of a claim will not be obligated to pay the fees and expenses of more than one counsel for all parties indemnified by such indemnifying party with respect to such claim, unless in the reasonable judgment of any indemnified party a conflict of interest may exist between such indemnified party and any other of such indemnified parties with respect to such claim. In such instance, the conflicted indemnified parties will have a right to retain one separate counsel, chosen by the majority of the conflicted indemnified parties involved in the indemnification and approved by the Sponsor Investor, at the expense of the indemnifying party.

 

-15-


(d) Contribution. If the indemnification provided for in this Section 6 is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unavailable to, or is insufficient to hold harmless, an indemnified party or is otherwise unenforceable with respect to any Loss referred to herein, then such indemnifying party will contribute to the amounts paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such Loss, (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party on the one hand and of the indemnified party on the other hand in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such Loss as well as any other relevant equitable considerations or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) of this Section 6(d) is not permitted by applicable law, then in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only such relative fault but also the relative benefit of the Company on the one hand and of the sellers of Registrable Securities and any other sellers participating in the registration statement on the other in connection with the statement or omissions which resulted in such Losses, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations; provided that the maximum amount of liability in respect of such contribution will be limited, in the case of each seller of Registrable Securities, to an amount equal to the net proceeds actually received by such seller from the sale of Registrable Securities effected pursuant to such registration. The relative fault of the indemnifying party and of the indemnified party will be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue (or, as applicable alleged) untrue statement of a material fact or the omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the indemnifying party or by the indemnified party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The parties hereto agree that it would not be just or equitable if the contribution pursuant to this Section 6(d) were to be determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation that does not take into account such equitable considerations. The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the Losses referred to herein will be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending against any action or claim which is the subject hereof. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) will be entitled to contribution from any Person who is not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

(e) Release. No indemnifying party will, except with the consent of the indemnified party, consent to the entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement that does not include as an unconditional term thereof giving by the claimant or plaintiff to such indemnified party of a release from all liability in respect to such claim or litigation.

(f) Non-exclusive Remedy; Survival. The indemnification and contribution provided for under this Agreement will be in addition to any other rights to indemnification or contribution that any indemnified party may have pursuant to law or contract (and the Company and its Subsidiaries shall be considered the indemnitors of first resort in all such circumstances to which this Section 6 applies) and will remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of the indemnified party or any officer, director or controlling Person of such indemnified party and will survive the transfer of Registrable Securities and the termination or expiration of this Agreement.

Section 7 Cooperation with Underwritten Offerings. No Person may participate in any underwritten registration hereunder unless such Person (i) agrees to sell such Person’s securities on the basis provided in any underwriting arrangements approved by the Person or Persons entitled hereunder to approve such arrangements (including, without limitation, pursuant to the terms of any over-allotment or “green shoe” option requested by the underwriters; provided that no Holder will be required to sell more than the number of Registrable Securities such Holder has requested to include in such registration) and (ii) completes, executes and delivers all questionnaires, powers of attorney, stock powers, custody agreements, indemnities, underwriting agreements and other documents and agreements required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements or as may be reasonably requested by the Company and the lead managing underwriter(s). To the extent that any such agreement is entered into pursuant to, and consistent with, Section 3, Section 4 and/or this Section 7, the respective rights and obligations created under such agreement will supersede the respective rights and obligations of the Holders, the Company and the underwriters created thereby with respect to such registration.

 

-16-


Section 8 Subsidiary Public Offering. If, after an initial Public Offering of the common equity securities of one of its Subsidiaries, the Company distributes securities of such Subsidiary to its equityholders, then the rights and obligations of the Company pursuant to this Agreement will apply, mutatis mutandis, to such Subsidiary, and the Company will cause such Subsidiary to comply with such Subsidiary’s obligations under this Agreement as if it were the Company hereunder.

Section 9 Rules 144 and 144A and Regulation S. The Company covenants that it will file the reports required to be filed by it under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations adopted by the SEC thereunder (or, if the Company is not required to file such reports, it will, upon the reasonable request of the Sponsor Investors, make publicly available such necessary information for so long as necessary to permit sales pursuant to Rule 144, Rule 144A or Regulation S under the Securities Act, as such rules may be amended from time to time), and it will take such further action as the Sponsor Investors may reasonably request, all to the extent required from time to time to enable the Sponsor Investors to sell Registrable Securities without registration under the Securities Act within the limitation of the exemptions provided by (i) Rule 144, Rule 144A or Regulation S under the Securities Act, as such rules may be amended from time to time, or (ii) any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the SEC. Upon the reasonable request of any Holder, the Company will deliver to such Holder a written statement as to whether it has complied with such requirements and, if not, the specifics thereof.

Section 10 Transfer of Registrable Securities.

(a) Transfer Restrictions. No Executive or Other Investor (together, the “Restricted Holders”) shall transfer any interest in such Restricted Holder’s Common Equity, except (i) transfers to Permitted Transferees pursuant to Section 10(b) below, (ii) in connection with the Company’s or the Sponsor Investors’ exercise of the Repurchase Rights (if applicable) or (iii) pursuant to Section 10(d) below. Unless the Sponsor Investors consent otherwise in advance in writing, in no event shall any transfer of Common Equity (other than to a Permitted Transferee) be made for any consideration other than cash payable upon consummation of such transfer or in installments over time (transfers described in clauses (i) through (iii) above are referred to herein, collectively, as “Exempt Transfers”).

(b) Permitted Transferees(c) . The restrictions set forth in Section 10(a) shall not apply with respect to any transfer of Common Equity to any Permitted Transferee; provided that, the restrictions contained in this Agreement shall continue to be applicable to the Company’s Common Equity after any such transfer and that the transferees of such Common Equity shall have agreed in writing to be bound by the provisions of this Agreement affecting the Common Equity so transferred; and provided further that, except as otherwise provided for in any agreement between a Restricted Holder and any of its Permitted Transferees, such Permitted Transferee of such Restricted Holder shall succeed to all rights attributable to such Restricted Holder hereunder regarding the transferred Common Equity. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Restricted Holder shall avoid the provisions of this Agreement by making one or more transfers to one or more Permitted Transferees and then disposing of all or any portion of such Restricted Holder’s interest in any such Permitted Transferee or otherwise causing such Permitted Transferee to no longer be a part of such Restricted Holder’s Family Group or an Affiliate, as applicable.

(c) Trusts and Service Providers(c) . If a Restricted Holder or its Permitted Transferee is a trust or estate planning vehicle or entity of which a beneficiary, or a member of the Family Group of a beneficiary, is an employee, officer, director, other service provider or consultant of the Company or its Subsidiaries (such trust, the “Trust,” and such employee, officer, director, other service provider or consultant, the “Service Provider”), then any provision of this Agreement or any other agreements relating

 

-17-


to the Common Equity held by the Trust that refers to a Restricted Holder’s employment or engagement by the Company or its Subsidiaries shall, as it relates to the Trust, be deemed to be a reference to the Service Provider’s employment or engagement by the Company or its Subsidiaries, and the Trust shall be bound by and subject to any terms, conditions or restrictions under such agreements by and to which the Service Provider would be bound and subject if the Common Equity held by the Trust were held by the Service Provider instead of the Trust.

(d) Coordination(e) .

(i) Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Section 10, a Restricted Holder may transfer Common Equity only at such time as the Sponsor Investors are also selling Common Equity in a Public Offering, to the public pursuant to Rule 144 (or any similar rule then in effect) effected through a broker, dealer or market maker, in an unregistered block sale to a financial institution, in a privately negotiated transaction under “Section 4(a)(1)-1/2” of the Securities Act or in any other transaction in which the Sponsor Investors transfer Common Equity to a party other than a Permitted Transferee (together, a “Sponsor Sale”) and then only up to a number of shares of Common Equity (a “Transfer Amount”) equal to (1) the product of (x) the aggregate number of shares of Common Equity held by such Restricted Holder immediately prior to such Sponsor Sale (excluding for this purpose shares of Common Equity that are already transferable by such Restricted Holder as a result of one or more Transfer Amounts available to such Restricted Holder as a result of the application of the next occurring proviso below) multiplied by (y) a fraction, the numerator of which is the aggregate number of shares of Common Equity being sold by the Sponsor Investors in such Sponsor Sale and the denominator of which is the total number of shares of Common Equity held by all Restricted Holder immediately prior to such Sponsor Sale less (2) any shares of Common Equity previously sold by such Restricted Holder in connection with a registration pursuant to the terms of Section 1 or Section 2; provided that, if at the time of any Sponsor Sale, a Restricted Holder chooses not to transfer any Transfer Amount or is otherwise restricted from transferring or not permitted to transfer all or any portion of any Transfer Amount at such time (including as part of the initial Public Offering), such Restricted Holder shall retain the right to transfer an aggregate number of shares of Common Equity in connection with a future Sponsor Sale by the Sponsor Investors (in addition to any rights to transfer shares of Common Equity in accordance with this Section 10(d) in connection with such future Sponsor Sale by the Sponsor Investors) equal to such prior Transfer Amount(s) not sold by such Restricted Holder. Upon the written request from time to time of any Restricted Holder, the Company shall inform such Restricted Holder of the number of shares of Common Equity that such Restricted Holder may transfer in reliance on this Section 10(d) subject to the terms and conditions hereof.

(ii) In the event that any Sponsor Investor plans to sell Common Equity in a Sponsor Sale, then, unless this Agreement provides for different procedures applicable to such particular Sponsor Sale (in which case, such procedures set forth in this Agreement shall control), such Sponsor Investor will notify the Company in writing as promptly as practicable in advance of such Sponsor Sale, and the Company will, within three Business Days after receiving such notice from such Sponsor Investor, notify each Restricted Holder in writing of the proposed Sponsor Sale, which written notice shall set forth (i) such Restricted Holder’s Transfer Amount as a result of such Sponsor Sale and (ii) the number of shares of Common Equity, if any, that are already transferable by such Restricted Holder as a result of one or more Transfer Amounts available to such Restricted Holder as a result of the application of the proviso in the first sentence of Section 10(d)(i)). Any Restricted Holder shall be permitted to transfer such shares of Common Equity pursuant to this Section 10 at any time following the date of the Sponsor Sale by the Sponsor Investor(s).

 

-18-


(f) Effect on Registration Rights. The provisions of this Section 10 shall govern and control any allocations or rights to registrations of the Restricted Holders, including, but not limited to, pursuant to Sections 1(b), 1(e), 2(b) and 2(c) above.

(g) Termination of Transfer Restrictions. The provisions of this Section 10 shall terminate on the third anniversary of the date of this Agreement unless earlier amended, modified or waived pursuant to Section 13(a).

Section 11 Trading Windows. The Company shall (i) use its reasonable best efforts to notify the Sponsor Investors of each “closing” and “opening” date under the trading windows established by the Company’s insider trading policy, in each case, at least two Business Days prior to each such date and (ii), at the request of the Sponsor Investors, confirm to the Sponsor Investors whether a trading window is open at such time.

Section 12 Joinder; Additional Parties; Transfer of Registrable Securities.

(a) Joinder. The Company may from time to time (with the prior written consent of the Sponsor Investors) permit any Person who acquires Common Equity (or rights to acquire Common Equity) to become a party to this Agreement and to be entitled to and be bound by all of the rights and obligations as a Holder by obtaining an executed joinder to this Agreement from such Person in the form of Exhibit B attached hereto (a “Joinder”). Upon the execution and delivery of a Joinder by such Person, the Common Equity held by such Person shall become the category of Registrable Securities (i.e., Sponsor Investor Registrable Securities, Other Investor Registrable Securities or Executive Registrable Securities), and such Person shall be deemed the category of Holder (i.e., Sponsor Investor, Other Investor or Executive), in each case as set forth on the signature page to such Joinder.

(b) Legend. Each certificate (if any) evidencing any Registrable Securities and each certificate issued in exchange for or upon the transfer of any Registrable Securities (unless such Registrable Securities would no longer be Registrable Securities after such transfer) will be stamped or otherwise imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:

“THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AND OTHER PROVISIONS SET FORTH IN A REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT DATED AS OF _______________, 2020 AMONG THE ISSUER OF SUCH SECURITIES (THE “COMPANY”) AND CERTAIN OF THE COMPANY’S EQUITYHOLDERS, AS AMENDED. A COPY OF SUCH AGREEMENT WILL BE FURNISHED WITHOUT CHARGE BY THE COMPANY TO THE HOLDER HEREOF UPON WRITTEN REQUEST.”

The Company will imprint such legend on certificates evidencing Registrable Securities outstanding prior to the date hereof. The legend set forth above will be removed from the certificates evidencing any securities that have ceased to be Registrable Securities.

Section 13 General Provisions.

(a) Amendments and Waivers. Except as otherwise provided herein, the provisions of this Agreement may be amended, modified or waived only with the prior written consent of the Company and the Sponsor Investors; provided that no such amendment, modification or waiver that would treat a specific Holder or group of Holders of Registrable Securities (i.e., Sponsor Investors, Other Investors or Executives)

 

-19-


in a manner materially and adversely different than any other Holder or group of Holders will be effective against such Holder or group of Holders without the consent of the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities that are held by the group of Holders that is materially and adversely affected thereby. The failure or delay of any Person to enforce any of the provisions of this Agreement will in no way be construed as a waiver of such provisions and will not affect the right of such Person thereafter to enforce each and every provision of this Agreement in accordance with its terms. A waiver or consent to or of any breach or default by any Person in the performance by that Person of his, her or its obligations under this Agreement will not be deemed to be a consent or waiver to or of any other breach or default in the performance by that Person of the same or any other obligations of that Person under this Agreement.

(b) Remedies. The parties to this Agreement will be entitled to enforce their rights under this Agreement specifically (without posting a bond or other security), to recover damages caused by reason of any breach of any provision of this Agreement and to exercise all other rights existing in their favor. The parties hereto agree and acknowledge that a breach of this Agreement would cause irreparable harm and money damages would not be an adequate remedy for any such breach and that, in addition to any other rights and remedies existing hereunder, any party will be entitled to specific performance and/or other injunctive relief from any court of law or equity of competent jurisdiction (without posting any bond or other security) in order to enforce or prevent violation of the provisions of this Agreement.

(c) Severability. Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement will be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement is held to be prohibited, invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect and to any extent under any applicable law or regulation in any jurisdiction, (i) the application of that provision to other Person or circumstances shall not be affected thereby and that provision shall be enforced to the greatest extent permitted by law and (ii) such prohibition, invalidity, illegality or unenforceability will not affect the validity, legality or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement in such jurisdiction or in any other jurisdiction, but this Agreement will be reformed, construed and enforced in such jurisdiction as if such prohibited, invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein.

(d) Entire Agreement. Except as otherwise provided herein, this Agreement contains the complete agreement and understanding among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes and preempts any prior understandings, agreements or representations by or among the parties hereto, written or oral, which may have related to the subject matter hereof in any way.

(e) Successors and Assigns. Except as otherwise provided herein, this Agreement will bind and inure to the benefit and be enforceable by the Company and its successors and permitted assigns and the Holders and their respective successors and permitted assigns (whether so expressed or not).

(f) Notices. Any notice, demand or other communication to be given under or by reason of the provisions of this Agreement will be in writing and will be deemed to have been given (i) when delivered personally to the recipient, (ii) when sent by confirmed electronic mail or facsimile if sent during normal business hours of the recipient; but if not, then on the next Business Day (provided that any such notice under this clause (ii) will not be effective unless within one Business Day after the notice is sent, a copy of such notice is sent to the recipient by first-class mail, return receipt requested, or reputable overnight courier service (charges prepaid)), (iii) one Business Day after it is sent to the recipient by reputable overnight courier service (charges prepaid) or (iv) three Business Days after it is mailed to the recipient by first class mail, return receipt requested. Such notices, demands and other communications will be sent to the Company at the address specified on the signature page hereto or any Joinder and to any holder, or at such address or to the attention of such other Person as the recipient party has specified by prior written notice to the sending party. Any party may change such party’s address for receipt of notice by giving prior written notice of the change to the sending party as provided herein. The Company’s address is:

 

-20-


Array Technologies, Inc.

3901 Midway Place NE

Albuquerque, New Mexico 87109

Attn: Charlotte MacVane

Facsimile: __________

With a copy to:

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

601 Lexington Avenue

New York, New York 10022

Attn: Joshua N. Korff, P.C.,

Michael Kim, P.C.

Facsimile: (212) 446-4900

or to such other address or to the attention of such other person as the recipient party has specified by prior written notice to the sending party.

(g) Business Days. If any time period for giving notice or taking action hereunder expires on a day that is not a Business Day, the time period will automatically be extended to the Business Day immediately following such Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday.

(h) Governing Law. The corporate law of the State of Delaware will govern all issues and questions concerning the relative rights of the Company and its equityholders. All other issues and questions concerning the construction, validity, interpretation and enforcement of this Agreement and the exhibits and schedules hereto will be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to any choice of law or conflict of law rules or provisions (whether of the State of Delaware or any other jurisdiction) that would cause the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of New York.

(i) MUTUAL WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. AS A SPECIFICALLY BARGAINED FOR INDUCEMENT FOR EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT (AFTER HAVING THE OPPORTUNITY TO CONSULT WITH COUNSEL), EACH PARTY HERETO EXPRESSLY WAIVES THE RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LAWSUIT OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO OR ARISING IN ANY WAY FROM THIS AGREEMENT OR THE MATTERS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

(j) CONSENT TO JURISDICTION AND SERVICE OF PROCESS. EACH OF THE PARTIES IRREVOCABLY SUBMITS TO THE NON-EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK, FOR THE PURPOSES OF ANY SUIT, ACTION OR OTHER PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT, ANY RELATED AGREEMENT OR ANY TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO FURTHER AGREES THAT SERVICE OF ANY PROCESS, SUMMONS, NOTICE OR DOCUMENT BY U.S. REGISTERED MAIL TO SUCH PARTY’S RESPECTIVE ADDRESS SET FORTH ABOVE WILL BE EFFECTIVE SERVICE OF PROCESS FOR ANY ACTION, SUIT OR PROCEEDING WITH RESPECT TO ANY MATTERS TO WHICH IT HAS SUBMITTED TO JURISDICTION IN THIS PARAGRAPH. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES ANY OBJECTION TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OF ANY ACTION, SUIT OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT, ANY RELATED DOCUMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY AND THEREBY IN THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT FOR THE DISTRICT OF DELAWARE, AND HEREBY AND THEREBY FURTHER IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES AND AGREES NOT TO PLEAD OR CLAIM IN ANY SUCH COURT THAT ANY SUCH ACTION, SUIT OR PROCEEDING BROUGHT IN ANY SUCH COURT HAS BEEN BROUGHT IN AN INCONVENIENT FORUM.

 

-21-


(k) No Recourse. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the Company and each Holder agrees and acknowledges that no recourse under this Agreement or any documents or instruments delivered in connection with this Agreement, will be had against any current or future director, officer, employee, general or limited partner or member of any Holder or any Affiliate or assignee thereof, whether by the enforcement of any assessment or by any legal or equitable proceeding, or by virtue of any statute, regulation or other applicable law, it being expressly agreed and acknowledged that no personal liability whatsoever will attach to, be imposed on or otherwise be incurred by any current or future officer, agent or employee of any Holder or any current or future member of any Holder or any current or future director, officer, employee, partner or member of any Holder or of any Affiliate or assignee thereof, as such for any obligation of any Holder under this Agreement or any documents or instruments delivered in connection with this Agreement for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of such obligations or their creation.

(l) Descriptive Headings; Interpretation. The descriptive headings of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and do not constitute a part of this Agreement. The use of the word “including” in this Agreement will be by way of example rather than by limitation.

(m) No Strict Construction. The language used in this Agreement will be deemed to be the language chosen by the parties hereto to express their mutual intent, and no rule of strict construction will be applied against any party.

(n) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in multiple counterparts, any one of which need not contain the signature of more than one party, but all such counterparts taken together will constitute one and the same agreement.

(o) Electronic Delivery. This Agreement, the agreements referred to herein, and each other agreement or instrument entered into in connection herewith or therewith or contemplated hereby or thereby, and any amendments hereto or thereto, to the extent executed and delivered by means of a photographic, photostatic, facsimile or similar reproduction of such signed writing using a facsimile machine or electronic mail will be treated in all manner and respects as an original agreement or instrument and will be considered to have the same binding legal effect as if it were the original signed version thereof delivered in person. At the request of any party hereto or to any such agreement or instrument, each other party hereto or thereto will re-execute original forms thereof and deliver them to all other parties. No party hereto or to any such agreement or instrument will raise the use of a facsimile machine or electronic mail to deliver a signature or the fact that any signature or agreement or instrument was transmitted or communicated through the use of a facsimile machine or electronic mail as a defense to the formation or enforceability of a contract and each such party forever waives any such defense.

(p) Further Assurances. In connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, each Holder agrees to execute and deliver any additional documents and instruments and perform any additional acts that may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate and perform the provisions of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby.

(q) Dividends, Recapitalizations, Etc. If at any time or from time to time there is any change in the capital structure of the Company by way of a stock split, stock dividend, combination or reclassification, or through a merger, consolidation, reorganization or recapitalization, or by any other means, appropriate adjustment will be made in the provisions hereof so that the rights and privileges granted hereby will continue.

 

-22-


(r) No Third-Party Beneficiaries. No term or provision of this Agreement is intended to be, or shall be, for the benefit of any Person not a party hereto, and no such other Person shall have any right or cause of action hereunder, except as otherwise expressly provided herein.

*    *    *    *    *

 

-23-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Registration Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

ARRAY TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
By:  

 

Its:  

 

SPONSOR INVESTORS:
OAKTREE POWER OPPORTUNITIES FUND IV
By:  

 

Its:  

 

Address:  

 

 

 

OAKTREE ATI INVESTORS, L.P.
By:  

 

Its:  

 

Address:  

 

 

 

 

 

[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]


CORIO GROUP:

 

Name: Ron P. Corio
Address:  

 

 

 

 

[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]


OTHER INVESTORS:

 

Name:  
Address:  

 

 

 

ATI INVESTMENT PARENT, LLC
By:  

 

Its:  

 

Address:  

 

     

     

[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]


EXECUTIVES:

 

Name:  
Address:  

 

 

 

 

Name:  
Address:  

 

 

 

 

Name:  
Address:  

 

 

 

 

[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]


EXHIBIT A

DEFINITIONS

Affiliate” of any Person means any other Person controlled by, controlling or under common control with such Person and, in the case of an individual, also includes any member of such individual’s Family Group; provided that the Company and its Subsidiaries will not be deemed to be Affiliates of any holder of Registrable Securities. As used in this definition, “control” (including, with its correlative meanings, “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”) will mean possession, directly or indirectly, of power to direct or cause the direction of management or policies (whether through ownership of securities, by contract or otherwise).

Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

Automatic Shelf Registration Statement” has the meaning set forth in Section 1(a).

Business Day” means a day that is not a Saturday or Sunday or a day on which banks in New York City are authorized or requested by law to close.

Charitable Gifting Event” means any transfer by a Sponsor Investor, or any subsequent transfer by such holder’s members, partners or other employees, in connection with a bona fide gift to any Charitable Organization on the date of, but prior to, the execution of the underwriting agreement entered into in connection with any underwritten offering.

Charitable Organization” means a charitable organization as described by Section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as in effect from time to time.

Common Equity” means the Company’s shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share.

Company” has the meaning set forth in the preamble and shall include its successor(s).

Corio Group” means (i) Ron P. Corio, (ii) any Permitted Transferee to which class A common units of the Company are transferred by Ron P. Corio, (iii) any member of Ron P. Corio’s Family Group and (iv) the successors or estate of Ron P. Corio; provided that with respect to any calculation of the class A common units or any other Common Equity held by the Corio Group pursuant to this Agreement, such calculation shall include the aggregate Common Equity held by all Persons set forth herein as part of the Corio Group. For purposes of this Agreement, any approval, consent or other determination of the Corio Group shall be made by (i) Ron P. Corio, for so long as Ron P. Corio holds any Common Equity, or (ii) if Ron P. Corio no longer holds any Common Equity, the member of the Corio Group holding the plurality of the Common Equity collectively held by the Corio Group at the time of such approval, consent or other determination.

Corio Group Registrable Securities” means, irrespective of which Person actually holds such securities, (i) any Common Equity held (directly or indirectly) by any member of the Corio Group or any of Affiliates of the Corio Group, and (ii) any equity securities of the Company or any Subsidiary issued or issuable with respect to the securities referred to in clause (i) above by way of dividend, distribution, split or combination of securities, or any recapitalization, merger, consolidation or other reorganization; provided that any decision to be made under this Agreement by the Corio Group shall be made by the holders of a majority of all Corio Group Registrable Securities.

 

A-1


Demand Registrations” has the meaning set forth in Section 1(a).

End of Suspension Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 1(f)(ii).

Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time, or any successor federal law then in force, together with all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

Excluded Registration” means any registration (i) pursuant to a Demand Registration (which is addressed in Section 1(a)), or (ii) in connection with registrations on Form S-4 or S-8 promulgated by the SEC or any successor or similar forms).

Executives” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

Executive Registrable Securities” means, irrespective of which Person actually holds such securities, any Common Equity held by the management employees of the Company who are listed as “Executives” on the signature page hereto or to a Joinder.

Exempt Transfers” has the meaning set forth in Section 10(a).

Family Group” means with respect to any individual, such individual’s current or former spouse, their respective parents, descendants of such parents (whether natural or adopted) and the spouses of such descendants, any trust, limited partnership, corporation or limited liability company established solely for the benefit of such individual or such individual’s current or former spouse, their respective parents, descendants of such parents (whether natural or adopted) or the spouses of such descendants.

FINRA” means the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority.

Free Writing Prospectus” means a free-writing prospectus, as defined in Rule 405.

Holdback Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 3(a).

Holder” means a holder of Registrable Securities who is a party to this Agreement (including by way of Joinder).

Indemnified Parties” has the meaning set forth in Section 6(a).

Inspectors” has the meaning set forth in Section 4(a)(xi).

Joinder” has the meaning set forth in Section 9(a).

LLC Agreement” means the Second Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of ATI Investment Parent, LLC, dated as of December 21, 2018, as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified.

Long-Form Registrations” has the meaning set forth in Section 1(a).

Losses” has the meaning set forth in Section 6(c).

Other Investors” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

 

A-2


Other Investor Registrable Securities” means, irrespective of which Person actually holds such securities, (i) any Common Equity held (directly or indirectly) by any Other Investors or any of their Affiliates, and (ii) any equity securities of the Company or any Subsidiary issued or issuable with respect to the securities referred to in clause (i) above by way of dividend, distribution, split or combination of securities, or any recapitalization, merger, consolidation or other reorganization.

Participating Corio Group Investors” means any member of the Corio Group participating in the request for a Demand Registration, Shelf Offering, Piggyback Registration or Underwritten Block Trade.

Participating Sponsor Investors” means any Sponsor Investor(s) participating in the request for a Demand Registration, Shelf Offering, Piggyback Registration or Underwritten Block Trade.

Permitted Transferee” means any transferee pursuant to a transfer of Common Equity (i) by any Holder to or among such Holder’s Family Group (including, without limitation, for estate planning purposes) or pursuant to applicable laws of descent and distribution, provided that (x) Common Equity may not be transferred to a Holder’s spouse in connection with a divorce proceeding and (y) any Holder that is a trust or estate planning vehicle or entity must remain for the benefit of the same person(s) for so long as such trust holds Common Equity or (ii) in the case of the Sponsor Investor, to any of its Affiliates (other than the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) or limited partners.

Person” means an individual, a partnership, a corporation, a limited liability company, an association, a joint stock company, a trust, a joint venture, an unincorporated organization and a governmental entity or any department, agency or political subdivision thereof.

Piggyback Registrations” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(a).

Preemption Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 1(i).

Public Offering” means any sale or distribution by the Company, one of its Subsidiaries and/or Holders to the public of Common Equity or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for Common Equity pursuant to an offering registered under the Securities Act.

Registrable Securities” means Sponsor Investor Registrable Securities, Corio Group Registrable Securities, Other Investor Registrable Securities and Executive Registrable Securities. As to any particular Registrable Securities, such securities will cease to be Registrable Securities when they have been (a) sold or distributed pursuant to a Public Offering, (b) sold in compliance with Rule 144 following the consummation of the initial Public Offering, (c) distributed to the direct or indirect partners or members of a Sponsor Investor or (d) repurchased by the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company. For purposes of this Agreement, a Person will be deemed to be a holder of Registrable Securities, and the Registrable Securities will be deemed to be in existence, whenever such Person has the right to acquire, directly or indirectly, such Registrable Securities (upon conversion or exercise in connection with a transfer of securities or otherwise, but disregarding any restrictions or limitations upon the exercise of such right), whether or not such acquisition has actually been effected, and such Person will be entitled to exercise the rights of a holder of Registrable Securities hereunder (it being understood that a holder of Registrable Securities may only request that Registrable Securities in the form of Common Equity be registered pursuant to this Agreement). Notwithstanding the foregoing, following the consummation of an initial Public Offering, any Registrable Securities held by any Person (other than any Sponsor Investor or its Affiliates) that may be sold under Rule 144(b)(1)(i) without limitation under any of the other requirements of Rule 144 will be deemed not to be Registrable Securities.

 

A-3


Registration Expenses” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.

Repurchase Rights” means the right of the Company, the Sponsor Investor and/or any designee thereof to repurchase Common Equity from any director, officer, employee, other service provider or consultant of the Company and/or its Subsidiaries upon the termination of such Person’s employment or engagement with the Company and/or its Subsidiaries or other event pursuant to an agreement approved by the board of directors of the Company between the Company and such Person.

Restricted Holders” has the meaning set forth in Section 10(a).

Rule 144”, “Rule 144A”, “Rule 158”, “Rule 405”, “Rule 415”, “Rule 403B”, “Rule 462” and “Regulation S” mean, in each case, such rule promulgated under the Securities Act (or any successor provision) by the SEC, as the same will be amended from time to time, or any successor rule then in force.

Sale of the Company” means any transaction or series of transactions pursuant to which any Person(s) or a group of related Persons (other than any Sponsor Investor and/or its Affiliates) in the aggregate acquires: (i) Common Equity of the Company entitled to vote (other than voting rights accruing only in the event of a default, breach, event of noncompliance or other contingency) to elect directors with a majority of the voting power of the Company’s board of directors (whether by merger, consolidation, reorganization, combination, sale or transfer of the Company’s Common Equity) or (ii) all or substantially all of the Company’s and its Subsidiaries’ assets determined on a consolidated basis; provided that a Public Offering will not constitute a Sale of the Company.

Sale Transaction” has the meaning set forth in Section 3(a).

SEC” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

Securities” has the meaning set forth in Section 3(a).

Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time, or any successor federal law then in force, together with all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

Service Provider” has the meaning set forth in Section 10(c).

Shelf Offering” has the meaning set forth in Section 1(d)(i).

Shelf Offering Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 1(d)(i).

Shelf Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 1(d)(v).

Shelf Registration” has the meaning set forth in Section 1(a).

Shelf Registrable Securities” has the meaning set forth in Section 1(d)(i).

Shelf Registration Statement” has the meaning set forth in Section 1(d).

Short-Form Registrations” has the meaning set forth in Section 1(a).

Sponsor Investors” has the meaning set forth in the recitals; provided that any decision to be made under this Agreement by the Sponsor Investors shall be made by the holders of a majority of all Sponsor Investor Registrable Securities.

 

A-4


Sponsor Investor Registrable Securities” means, irrespective of which Person actually holds such securities, (i) any Common Equity held (directly or indirectly) by any Sponsor Investor or any of its Affiliates or Permitted Transferees, and (ii) any equity securities of the Company or any Subsidiary issued or issuable with respect to the securities referred to in clause (i) above by way of dividend, distribution, split or combination of securities, or any recapitalization, merger, consolidation or other reorganization.

Sponsor Sale” has the meaning set forth in Section 10(d)(i).

Subsidiary” means, with respect to the Company, any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity of which (i) if a corporation, a majority of the total voting power of shares of stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by the Company or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of the Company or a combination thereof, or (ii) if a limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity, a majority of the limited liability company, partnership or other similar ownership interest thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by the Company or one or more Subsidiaries of the Company or a combination thereof. For purposes hereof, a Person or Persons will be deemed to have a majority ownership interest in a limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity if such Person or Persons will be allocated a majority of limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity gains or losses or will be or control the managing director or general partner of such limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity.

Suspension Event” has the meaning set forth in Section 1(f)(ii).

Suspension Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 1(f)(ii).

Suspension Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 1(f)(i).

Transfer Amount” has the meaning set forth in Section 10(d)(i).

Trust” has the meaning set forth in Section 10(c).

Violation” has the meaning set forth in Section 6(a).

WKSI” means a “well-known seasoned issuer” as defined under Rule 405.

 

A-5


EXHIBIT B

The undersigned is executing and delivering this Joinder pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement dated as of _______________, 2020 (as amended, modified and waived from time to time, the “Registration Agreement”), among Array Technologies, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and the other persons named as parties therein (including pursuant to other Joinders). Capitalized terms used herein have the meaning set forth in the Registration Agreement.

By executing and delivering this Joinder to the Company, the undersigned hereby agrees to become a party to, to be bound by, and to comply with the provisions of, the Registration Agreement as a Holder in the same manner as if the undersigned were an original signatory to the Registration Agreement, and the undersigned will be deemed for all purposes to be a Holder, an Other Investor thereunder and the undersigned’s ____ shares of Common Equity will be deemed for all purposes to be Other Investor Registrable Securities under the Registration Agreement.

Accordingly, the undersigned has executed and delivered this Joinder as of the ___ day of ____________, 20___.

 

 

Signature

 

Print Name
Address:  

 

 

 

 

Agreed and Accepted as of
________________, 20___:
ARRAY TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
By:  

 

Its:  

 

 

B-1

Exhibit 10.11

DIRECTOR AND OFFICER

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

This Indemnification Agreement (this “Agreement”) is made as of ____________, 2020 by and between Array Technologies, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), in its own name and on behalf of its direct and indirect subsidiaries, and ______________, an individual (“Indemnitee”).

RECITALS

WHEREAS, directors, officers and employees, (“Representatives”) in service to corporations or business enterprises are being increasingly subjected to expensive and time-consuming litigation relating to, among other things, matters that traditionally would have been brought only against the corporation or business enterprise itself;

WHEREAS, highly competent persons have become more reluctant to serve as Representatives unless they are provided with adequate protection through insurance and adequate indemnification against inordinate risks of claims and actions against them arising out of their service to and activities on behalf of the corporation or business enterprise;

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) has determined that the increased difficulty in attracting and retaining highly competent persons is detrimental to the best interests of the Company and its stockholders and that the Company should act to assure such persons that there will be increased certainty of protection against inordinate risks of claims and actions against them arising out of their service to and activities on behalf of the Company;

WHEREAS, (a) the Bylaws of the Company (as amended, restated or otherwise modified, the “Bylaws”) require indemnification of the officers and directors of the Company, (b) Indemnitee may also be entitled to indemnification pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”) and (c) the Bylaws and the DGCL expressly provide that the indemnification provisions set forth therein are not exclusive and thereby contemplate that contracts may be entered into between the Company and its Representatives with respect to indemnification;

WHEREAS, this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the Bylaws and any resolutions adopted pursuant thereto, and shall not be deemed a substitute therefore, nor to diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder; and

WHEREAS, (a) Indemnitee does not regard the protection available under the Bylaws and insurance as adequate in the present circumstances, (b) Indemnitee may not be willing to serve or continue to serve as a Representative without adequate protection, (c) the Company desires Indemnitee to serve in such capacity and (d) Indemnitee is willing to serve, continue to serve and to take on additional service for or on behalf of the Company on the condition that [he/she] be so indemnified.

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the covenants contained herein, the Company and Indemnitee do hereby covenant and agree as follows:

Section 1. Definitions.

(a) As used in this Agreement:

Agreement” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Preamble hereto.

Board” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Recitals hereto.


Bylaws” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Recitals hereto.

Certificate of Incorporation” means the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, as amended, restated or otherwise modified.

Change in Control” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 1(b) hereof.

Corporate Status” describes the status of an individual who is or was a Representative of an Enterprise.

Company” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Preamble hereto.

DGCL” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Recitals hereto.

Enterprise” means the Company and any other Person, employee benefit plan, joint venture or other enterprise of which Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Company as a Representative.

Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder.

Expenses” means all reasonable costs, expenses, fees and charges, including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, and all other disbursements or expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, being or preparing to be a witness in, or otherwise participating in, a Proceeding. Expenses also shall include, without limitation, (i) expenses incurred in connection with any appeal resulting from, incurred by Indemnitee in connection with, arising out of, in respect of or relating to, any Proceeding, including, without limitation, the premium, security for, and other costs relating to any cost bond, supersedes bond, or other appeal bond or its equivalent, (ii) for purposes of Section 12(d) hereof only, expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with the interpretation, enforcement or defense of Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement, by litigation or otherwise, (iii) any federal, state, local or foreign taxes imposed on Indemnitee as a result of the actual or deemed receipt of any payments under this Agreement (on a grossed up basis) and (iv) any interest, assessments or other charges in respect of the foregoing.

Indemnitee” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Preamble hereto.

Indemnity Obligations” means all obligations of the Company to Indemnitee under this Agreement, including, without limitation, the Company’s obligations to provide indemnification to Indemnitee and advance Expenses to Indemnitee under this Agreement.

Independent Counsel” means an attorney or firm of attorneys (following a Change in Control, selected in accordance with the provisions of Section 20 hereof) that is experienced in matters of corporation law and neither presently is, nor in the past five years has been, retained to represent: (i) the Company or Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party (other than with respect to matters concerning Indemnitee under this Agreement, or of other indemnitees under similar indemnification agreements) or (ii) any other party to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification; provided, however, that the term “Independent Counsel” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement.

Liabilities” means all claims, liabilities, damages, losses, judgments, orders, fines, penalties and other amounts payable in connection with, arising out of, in respect of or relating to or occurring as a direct or indirect consequence of any Proceeding, including, without limitation, amounts paid in whole or partial settlement of any Proceeding, all Expenses in complying with any judgment, order or decree issued or entered in connection with any Proceeding or any settlement agreement, stipulation or consent decree entered into or issued in settlement of any Proceeding, and any consequential damages resulting from any Proceeding or the settlement, judgment, or result thereof.

 

2


LLC Agreement” means the Second Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of ATI Investment Parent, LLC, dated as of December 21, 2018, as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified.

Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, limited partnership, limited liability company, trust, governmental agency or body or any other legal entity.

Proceeding” means any threatened, pending or completed action, claim, suit, arbitration, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, formal or informal hearing, inquiry or investigation, litigation, administrative hearing or any other actual, threatened or completed judicial, administrative or arbitration proceeding (including, without limitation, any such proceeding under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Exchange Act or any other federal law, state law, statute or regulation), whether brought in the right of the Company or otherwise, and whether of a civil, criminal, administrative or investigative nature, in which Indemnitee was, is or will be, or is threatened to be, involved as a party or witness or otherwise involved, affected or injured (i) by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was a Representative of the Company, (ii) by reason of any actual or alleged action taken by Indemnitee or of any action on Indemnitee’s part while acting as Representative of the Company or (iii) by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Company as a Representative of another Person, whether or not serving in such capacity at the time any liability or Expense is incurred for which indemnification, reimbursement, or advancement of Expenses can be provided under this Agreement.

Representative” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Recitals hereto.

SOX Act” means the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

Sponsor Entities” means any of Oaktree Power Opportunities Fund IV (Delaware) Holdings, L.P., Oaktree ATI Investors, L.P. and each of their respective Affiliates who beneficially own shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share, of the Company, and any securities into which such shares of common stock shall have been changed or any securities resulting from any reclassification or recapitalization of such shares of common stock from time to time; provided, however, that neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries shall be considered Sponsor Entities hereunder.

Submission Date” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 10(b) hereof.

 

  (b)

A “Change in Control” shall be deemed to have occurred if (i) any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended), other than the Sponsor Entities and other than a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or a Person owned directly or indirectly by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of shares of the Company, is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under said Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 50% or more of the total voting power represented by the Company’s then outstanding voting securities; (ii) during any period of two consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Board and any new director whose election by the Board or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute a majority thereof; or (iii) the stockholders of the Company approve a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other Person other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving Person) more than 50% of the total voting power represented by the voting securities of the Company or such surviving Person outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation, or the stockholders of the Company approve a plan of complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company of (in one transaction or a series of transactions) all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, other than to any Sponsor Entity. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a “Change in Control” shall be deemed not to have occurred as a result of any transaction or series of transactions following which the Sponsor Entities possess, directly or indirectly, the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of

 

3


  the Company (or any successor thereto), whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise, including, without limitation, the ownership, directly or indirectly, of securities having the power to elect a majority of the Board or the board of directors or similar body governing the affairs of any successor to the Company.

 

  (c)

For the purpose hereof, references to “fines” shall include any excise tax assessed with respect to any employee benefit plan; references to “serving at the request of the Company” shall include, without limitation, any service as a Representative of the Company which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such Representative with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a Person who acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in the best interests of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in manner “not opposed to the best interests of the Company” as referred to in this Agreement.

Section 2. Indemnity in Third-Party Proceedings. The Company shall indemnify and hold harmless Indemnitee, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, from and against all Liabilities and Expenses suffered or incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection with or as a consequence of any Proceeding (other than any Proceeding brought by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor which shall be governed by the provisions set forth in Section 3 hereof) or any claim, issue or matter therein, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he/she reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Company and, in the case of a criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that his/her conduct was unlawful. For the avoidance of doubt, a finding, admission or stipulation that an Indemnitee has acted with gross negligence or recklessness shall not, of itself, create a presumption that such Indemnitee has failed to meet the standard or conduct required for indemnification in this Section 2.

Section 3. Indemnity in Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company. The Company shall indemnify and hold harmless Indemnitee, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, from and against all Liabilities and Expenses suffered or incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection with or as a consequence of any Proceeding brought by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor, or any claim, issue or matter therein, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed, to the best interests of the Company. No indemnification for Liabilities and Expenses shall be made under this Section 3 in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which Indemnitee shall have been finally adjudged by a court to be liable to the Company, unless and only to the extent that the Delaware Court of Chancery or any court in which the Proceeding was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability, but in view of all the circumstances of the case, Indemnitee is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification. For the avoidance of doubt, a finding, admission or stipulation that an Indemnitee has acted with gross negligence or recklessness shall not, of itself, create a presumption that such Indemnitee has failed to meet the standard or conduct required for indemnification in this Section 3.

Section 4. Indemnification for Expenses of a Party Who is Wholly or Partly Successful. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, and without limiting the rights of Indemnitee under any other provision hereof, to the extent that (a) Indemnitee is a party to (or a participant in) any Proceeding, (b) the Company is not permitted by applicable law to indemnify Indemnitee with respect to any claim brought in such Proceeding if such claim is asserted successfully against Indemnitee and (c) Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such Proceeding, but is successful, on the merits or otherwise (including, without limitation, settlement thereof), as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, then the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, against all Liabilities and Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf, in connection with or as a consequence of each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter. For purposes of this Section 4 and without limitation, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by settlement, entry of a plea of nolo contendere or by dismissal, with or without prejudice, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.

Section 5. Indemnification for Expenses of a Witness. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, a witness in any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is not a party, Indemnitee shall be indemnified to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law against all Liabilities and Expenses suffered or incurred by him or on his behalf in connection therewith.

 

4


Section 6. Additional Indemnification. Notwithstanding any limitation in Sections 2, 3 or 4 hereof, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law if Indemnitee is a party to, or threatened to be made a party to, any Proceeding (including, without limitation, a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor), against all Liabilities and Expenses suffered or incurred by Indemnitee in connection with such Proceeding:

 

  (a)

to the fullest extent permitted by the provision of the DGCL that authorizes or contemplates additional indemnification by agreement, or the corresponding provision of any amendment to, or replacement of, the DGCL, and

 

  (b)

to the fullest extent authorized or permitted by any amendments to, or replacements of, the DGCL adopted after the date of this Agreement that increase the extent to which a corporation may indemnify its officers and directors.

Section 7. Exclusions. Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement, the Company shall not be obligated under this Agreement to make any indemnity in connection with any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding):

 

  (a)

for which payment has actually been made to or on behalf of Indemnitee under any statute, insurance policy procured by the Company, indemnity provision, vote or otherwise, except with respect to any excess beyond the amount paid, subject to any subrogation rights set forth in Section 13 hereof;

 

  (b)

for an accounting or disgorgement of profits pursuant to Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act or similar provisions of federal, state or local statutory law or common law, if Indemnitee is held liable therefor (including pursuant to any settlement arrangements to which the Indemnitee has consented);

 

  (c)

for any reimbursement of the Company by Indemnitee of any bonus or other incentive-based or equity-based compensation or of any profits realized by Indemnitee from the sale of securities of the Company, as required in each case under the Exchange Act (including any such reimbursements that arise from an accounting restatement of the Company pursuant to Section 304 of the SOX Act or Section 954 of the Dodd–Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, or the payment to the Company of profits arising from the purchase and sale by Indemnitee of securities in violation of Section 306 of the SOX Act), if Indemnitee is held liable therefor (including pursuant to any settlement arrangements to which the Indemnitee has consented);

 

  (d)

initiated by Indemnitee, including any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by Indemnitee against the Company or its directors, officers, employees, agents or other indemnitees (not by way of defense), unless (i) the Board authorized the Proceeding (or the relevant part of the Proceeding), (ii) the Company provides the indemnification, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Company under applicable law, (iii) otherwise authorized in Section 12(d) or (iv) with respect to proceedings brought to establish or enforce a right to indemnification or advancement under this Agreement or under any other agreement, provision in the Bylaws or Certificate of Incorporation or applicable law, or (v) otherwise required by applicable law; or

 

  (e)

if a court of competent jurisdiction determines that such indemnification is prohibited by applicable law in a final judgment from which there is no further right of appeal.

Section 8. Advances of Expenses. In furtherance of the relevant requirements of the Bylaws and notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Company shall advance, to the fullest extent permitted by law, Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding, and such advancement shall be made within ten days after the receipt by the Company of a statement or statements requesting such advances from time to time (which shall include invoices received by Indemnitee in connection with such Expenses but, in the case of invoices in connection with legal services, any references to legal work performed or to expenditures made that would cause Indemnitee to waive any privilege accorded by applicable law shall not be included with the invoice), whether prior to, or after, final disposition of any Proceeding (including any appeal). Advances shall be unsecured and interest free. Advances shall be made without regard to Indemnitee’s ability to repay Expenses and without regard to

 

5


Indemnitee’s ultimate entitlement to indemnification under the other provisions of this Agreement. Advances shall include any and all Expenses incurred pursuing an action to enforce this right of advancement, including, without limitation, Expenses incurred preparing and forwarding statements to the Company to support the advances claimed. Indemnitee shall qualify for advances upon the execution and delivery to the Company of this Agreement, which shall constitute an undertaking, providing that Indemnitee undertakes to repay the advance to the extent that it is ultimately determined that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company.

To obtain indemnification, Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request, including therein documentation and information as is reasonably available to Indemnitee and is reasonably necessary to determine whether and to what extent Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, and shall request payment thereof. The Company shall (a) pay Expenses on behalf of Indemnitee, (b) advance to Indemnitee funds in an amount sufficient to pay such Expense, or (c) reimburse Indemnity for such Expenses.

Section 9. Procedure for Notification and Defense of Claim.

 

  (a)

Indemnitee shall notify the Company in writing of any Proceeding with respect to which Indemnitee intends to seek indemnification or advancement of Expenses hereunder as soon as reasonably practicable following the receipt by Indemnitee of written notice thereof. The written notification to the Company shall include a description of the nature of the Proceeding and the facts underlying the Proceeding. To obtain indemnification under this Agreement, Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request, including therein or therewith such documentation and information as is reasonably available to Indemnitee and is reasonably necessary to determine whether and to what extent Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification following the final disposition of such Proceeding. Any delay or failure by Indemnitee to notify the Company hereunder will not relieve the Company from any liability which it may have to Indemnitee hereunder or otherwise than under this Agreement, and any delay or failure in so notifying the Company shall not constitute a waiver by Indemnitee of any rights under this Agreement.

 

  (b)

In the event Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification and/or advancement of Expenses with respect to any Proceeding, Indemnitee may, at Indemnitee’s option, (i) retain legal counsel selected by Indemnitee and approved by the Company (which approval shall not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) to defend Indemnitee in such Proceeding, at the sole expense of the Company or (ii) have the Company assume the defense of Indemnitee in the Proceeding, in which case the Company shall assume the defense of such Proceeding with legal counsel selected by the Company and approved by Indemnitee (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) within ten days of the Company’s receipt of written notice of Indemnitee’s election to cause the Company to do so. If the Company is required to assume the defense of any such Proceeding, it shall engage legal counsel for such defense, and shall be solely responsible for all Expenses of such legal counsel and otherwise of such defense. Such legal counsel may represent both Indemnitee and the Company (and/or any other party or parties entitled to be indemnified by the Company with respect to such matter) unless, in the reasonable opinion of legal counsel to Indemnitee, there is a conflict of interest between Indemnitee and the Company (or any other such party or parties) or there are legal defenses available to Indemnitee that are not available to the Company (or any such other party or parties). Notwithstanding either party’s assumption of responsibility for defense of a Proceeding, each party shall have the right to engage separate legal counsel at its own expense. The party having responsibility for defense of a Proceeding shall provide the other party and its legal counsel with all copies of pleadings and material correspondence relating to the Proceeding. Indemnitee and the Company shall reasonably cooperate in the defense of any Proceeding with respect to which indemnification is sought hereunder, regardless of whether the Company or Indemnitee assumes the defense thereof. Indemnitee may not settle or compromise any Proceeding without the prior written consent of the Company (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed). The Company may not settle or compromise any proceeding without the prior written consent of Indemnitee (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed).

 

 

6


Section 10. Procedure Upon Application for Indemnification.

 

  (a)

Upon written request by Indemnitee for indemnification pursuant to Section 9(a) hereof, the Company shall advance Expenses necessary to defend against a Claim pursuant to Section 8 hereof. If any determination by the Company is required by applicable law with respect to Indemnitee’s ultimate entitlement to indemnification, such determination shall be made (i) if Indemnitee shall request such determination be made by the Independent Counsel, by the Independent Counsel and (ii) in all other circumstances in any manner permitted by the DGCL, so long as only disinterested directors are involved in the determination. Disinterested directors are those members of the Board who are not parties to the action, suit or proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought by Indemnitee. Indemnitee shall cooperate with the Person(s) making such determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification, including, without limitation, providing to such Person(s), upon reasonable advance request, any documentation or information which is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and which is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to such determination. Any Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in so cooperating with the Person(s) making such determination shall be borne by the Company (irrespective of the determination as to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification) and the Company hereby indemnifies and agrees to hold Indemnitee harmless therefrom. The Company will not deny any written request for indemnification hereunder made in good faith by Indemnitee unless a determination as to Indemnitee’s entitlement to such indemnification described in this Section 10(a) has been made. The Company agrees to pay Expenses of the Independent Counsel referred to above and to fully indemnify the Independent Counsel against any and all Expenses, claims, liabilities and damages arising out of or relating to this Agreement or its engagement pursuant hereto.

 

  (b)

In the event that the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by the Independent Counsel pursuant to Section 10(a) hereof, (i) the Independent Counsel shall be selected by the Company within ten days of the Submission Date, (ii) the Company shall give written notice to Indemnitee advising it of the identity of the Independent Counsel so selected and (iii) Indemnitee may, within ten days after such written notice of selection shall have been given, deliver to the Company Indemnitee’s written objection to such selection. Absent a timely objection, the Person so selected shall act as the Independent Counsel. If a timely objection is made by Indemnitee, the Person so selected may not serve as the Independent Counsel unless and until such objection is withdrawn. If no Independent Counsel shall have been selected (whether due to a failure of the Company to appoint such Independent Counsel, an un-withdrawn objection from Indemnitee with respect to the person so appointed or otherwise) before the later of (i) 30 days after the submission by Indemnitee of a written request for indemnification pursuant to Section 10(a) hereof (the date of such submission, the “Submission Date”) and (ii) ten days after the final disposition of the Proceeding for which indemnity is sought, then (x) each of the Company and Indemnitee shall select a Person meeting the qualifications to serve as the Independent Counsel and (y) such Persons shall (collectively) select the Independent Counsel. Upon the due commencement of any judicial proceeding or arbitration pursuant to Section 12(a) hereof, the Independent Counsel shall be discharged and relieved of any further responsibility in such capacity (subject to the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing).

Section 11. Presumptions and Effect of Certain Proceedings.

 

  (a)

In making a determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification hereunder, the Person(s) making such determination shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, presume that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement if Indemnitee has submitted a request for indemnification in accordance with Section 9(a) hereof, and the Company or any other person or entity challenging such right shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, have the burden of proof to overcome that presumption in connection with the making by any Person(s) of any determination contrary to that presumption. Neither the failure of the Company (including, without limitation, by its directors or independent legal counsel) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of any action pursuant to this Agreement that indemnification is proper in the circumstances because Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct, nor an actual determination by the Company (including, without limitation, by its directors or independent legal counsel) that Indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

 

7


  (b)

Subject to Section 12(e) hereof, if the Person(s) empowered or selected under Section 10 hereof to determine whether Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification shall not have made a determination within 60 days after receipt by the Company of the request therefore, the requisite determination of entitlement to indemnification shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be deemed to have been made and Indemnitee shall be entitled to such indemnification, absent a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law; provided, however, that such 60-day period may be extended for a reasonable time, not to exceed an additional 30 days, if (i) the determination is to be made by the Independent Counsel and Indemnitee objects to the Company’s selection of the Independent Counsel and (ii) the Independent Counsel ultimately selected requires such additional time for the obtaining or evaluating of documentation and/or information relating thereto.

 

  (c)

The termination of any Proceeding or of any claim, issue or matter therein, by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) adversely affect the right of Indemnitee to indemnification or create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which he reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Company or, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, that Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful.

 

  (d)

Effect of Settlement. To the fullest extent permitted by law, settlement of any Proceeding without any finding of responsibility, wrongdoing or guilt on the part of Indemnitee with respect to claims asserted in such Proceeding shall constitute a conclusive determination that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification hereunder with respect to such Proceeding.

 

  (e)

Reliance as Safe Harbor. For purposes of any determination of good faith, Indemnitee shall be deemed to have acted in good faith if Indemnitee’s action is based on the records or books of account of the Enterprise, including financial statements, or on information supplied to Indemnitee by the officers of the Enterprise in the course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for the Enterprise, or on information or records given or reports made to the Enterprise by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or other expert selected with reasonable care by the Enterprise. The provisions of this Section 11(e) shall not be deemed to be exclusive or to limit in any way the other circumstances in which Indemnitee may be deemed to have met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in this Agreement.

 

  (f)

Actions of Others. The knowledge and/or actions, or failure to act, of any Representative (other than Indemnitee) of the Enterprise shall not be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining the right to indemnification under this Agreement.

Section 12. Remedies of Indemnitee.

 

  (a)

Subject to Section 12(e) hereof, in the event that (i) a determination is made pursuant to Section 11 hereof that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, (ii) advancement of Expenses is not timely made pursuant to Section 8 hereof, (iii) no determination of entitlement to indemnification shall have been made pursuant to Section 10(a) hereof within 90 days after the Submission Date, (iv) payment of indemnification is not made pursuant to Section 4, 5 or 10(a) hereof within ten days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefore, (v) payment of indemnification pursuant to Section 2, 3 or 6 hereof is not made within ten days after a determination has been made that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification or (vi) in the event that the Company or any other person takes or threatens to take any action to declare this Agreement void or unenforceable, or institutes any litigation or other action or Proceeding designed to deny, or to recover from, Indemnitee, the benefits provided or intended to be provided to Indemnitee hereunder, Indemnitee shall be entitled to an adjudication by a court of Indemnitee’s entitlement to such indemnification and/or advancement of Expenses. Alternatively, Indemnitee, at Indemnitee’s option, may seek an award in arbitration to be conducted by a single arbitrator pursuant to the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association. The Company shall not oppose Indemnitee’s right to seek any such adjudication or award in arbitration.

 

8


  (b)

In the event that a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 10(a) hereof that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification, any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12 shall be conducted in all respects as a de novo trial, or arbitration, on the merits and Indemnitee shall not be prejudiced by reason of that adverse determination. In any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12, the Company shall have the burden of proving Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification or advancement of Expenses, as the case may be.

 

  (c)

If a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 10(a) hereof that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Company shall be bound by such determination in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12, absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission by Indemnitee of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law.

 

  (d)

The Company shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12 that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in any such court or before any such arbitrator that the Company is bound by all the provisions of this Agreement. It is the intent of the Company that Indemnitee not be required to incur legal fees or other Expenses associated with the interpretation, enforcement or defense of Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement by litigation or otherwise because the cost and expense thereof would substantially detract from the benefits intended to be extended to Indemnitee hereunder. In addition, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against any and all such Expenses and, if requested by Indemnitee, shall (within ten days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefore) advance, to the fullest extent permitted by law, such Expenses to Indemnitee, which are incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any action brought by Indemnitee for indemnification or advance of Expenses from the Company under this Agreement or under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company, regardless of whether Indemnitee ultimately is determined to be entitled to such indemnification, advancement of Expenses or insurance recovery, as the case may be.

 

  (e)

Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, no determination as to entitlement to indemnification under this Agreement shall be required to be made prior to the final disposition of the Proceeding; provided that, in the absence of any such determination with respect to such Proceeding, the Company shall pay Liabilities and advance Expenses with respect to such Proceeding as if Indemnitee had been determined to be entitled to indemnification and advancement of Expenses with respect to such Proceeding.

Section 13. Non-Exclusivity; Survival of Rights; Insurance; Subrogation.

 

  (a)

The rights of indemnification and to receive advancement of Expenses as provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation, the Bylaws, the LLC Agreement, any stockholders’ agreement or any other agreement, a vote of stockholders, a resolution of directors or otherwise (together, the “Other Indemnification Provisions”). No amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement or of any provision hereof shall limit or restrict any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee in Indemnitee’s Corporate Status prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal. To the extent that a change in applicable law, whether by statute or judicial decision, permits greater indemnification or advancement of Expenses than would be afforded currently under the Other Indemnification Provisions, it is the intent of the parties hereto that Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such

 

9


  change. No right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy. The Company shall not adopt any amendment to any of its Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws the effect of which would be to deny, diminish or encumber Indemnitee’s right to indemnification under this Agreement or any Other Indemnification Provision.

 

  (b)

The Company hereby acknowledges that Indemnitee may have certain rights to indemnification, advancement of Expenses and/or insurance provided by one or more Persons with whom or which Indemnitee may be associated (including, without limitation, any Sponsor Entity). The Company hereby acknowledges and agrees that (i) the Company shall be the indemnitor of first resort with respect to any Proceeding, Expense, Liability or matter that is the subject of the Indemnity Obligations, (ii) the Company shall be primarily liable for all Indemnity Obligations and any indemnification afforded to Indemnitee in respect of any Proceeding, Expense, Liability or matter that is the subject of Indemnity Obligations, whether created by law, organizational or constituent documents, contract (including, without limitation, this Agreement) or otherwise, (iii) any obligation of any other Persons with whom or which Indemnitee may be associated (including, without limitation, any Sponsor Entity) to indemnify Indemnitee and/or advance Expenses to Indemnitee in respect of any proceeding shall be secondary to the obligations of the Company hereunder, (iv) the Company shall be required to indemnify Indemnitee and advance Expenses to Indemnitee hereunder to the fullest extent provided herein without regard to any rights Indemnitee may have against any other Person with whom or which Indemnitee may be associated (including, without limitation, any Sponsor Entity) or insurer of any such Person and (v) the Company irrevocably waives, relinquishes and releases any other Person with whom or which Indemnitee may be associated (including, without limitation, any Sponsor Entity) from any claim of contribution, subrogation or any other recovery of any kind in respect of amounts paid by the Company hereunder. In the event that any other Person with whom or which Indemnitee may be associated (including, without limitation, any Sponsor Entity) or their insurers advances or extinguishes any liability or loss which is the subject of any Indemnity Obligation owed by the Company or payable under any insurance policy provided under this Agreement, the payor shall have a right of subrogation against the Company or its insurer or insurers for all amounts so paid which would otherwise be payable by the Company or its insurer or insurers under this Agreement. In no event will payment of an Indemnity Obligation of the Company under this Agreement by any other Person with whom or which Indemnitee may be associated (including, without limitation, any Sponsor Entity) or their insurers, affect the obligations of the Company hereunder or shift primary liability for any Indemnity Obligation to any other Person with whom or which Indemnitee may be associated (including, without limitation, any Sponsor Entity). Any indemnification and/or insurance or advancement of Expenses provided by any other Person with whom or which Indemnitee may be associated (including, without limitation, any Sponsor Entity), with respect to any liability arising as a result of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status or capacity as an officer or director of any Person, is specifically in excess of any Indemnity Obligation of the Company or valid and any collectible insurance (including, without limitation, any malpractice insurance or professional errors and omissions insurance) provided by the Company under this Agreement, and any obligation to provide indemnification and/or insurance or advance Expenses provided by any other Person with whom or which Indemnitee may be associated (including, without limitation, any Sponsor Entity) shall be reduced by any amount that Indemnitee collects from the Company as an indemnification payment or advancement of Expenses pursuant to this Agreement.

 

  (c)

The Company shall use its best efforts to obtain and maintain in full force and effect an insurance policy or policies providing liability insurance for Representatives of the Company or of any other Enterprise, and Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy or policies in accordance with its or their terms to the maximum extent of the coverage available for any such Representative under such policy or policies. If, at the time of the receipt of a notice of a claim pursuant to the terms hereof, the Company maintains an insurance policy or policies providing liability insurance for

 

10


  Representatives of the Company or of any other Enterprise, the Company shall give prompt notice of the commencement of such proceeding to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the respective policy or policies. The Company shall thereafter take all necessary or desirable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such proceeding in accordance with the terms of such policies. Further, in the event of a Change in Control or the Company’s becoming insolvent (including being placed into receivership or entering the federal bankruptcy process) the Company shall maintain in force any and all insurance policies then maintained by the Company in providing insurance (directors’ and officers’ liability, fiduciary, employment practices or otherwise) in respect of Indemnitee, for a fixed period of six years thereafter (otherwise known as a “tail policy”), and such coverage shall be non-cancellable and placed by the incumbent broker using the policies that were in place at the time of the Change in Control, and shall be placed with an insurance carrier with an AM Best rating that is the same or better than the AM Best ratings of the expiring policies.

 

  (d)

In the event of any payment under this Agreement, the Company shall not be subrogated to, and hereby waives any rights to be subrogated to, any rights of recovery of Indemnitee, including, without limitation, rights of indemnification provided to Indemnitee from any other Person or entity with whom Indemnitee may be associated (including, without limitation, any Sponsor Entity) as well as any rights to contribution that might otherwise exist; provided, however, that the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of any such payment of all rights of recovery of Indemnitee under insurance policies of the Company or any of its subsidiaries.

 

  (e)

The indemnification and contribution provided for in this Agreement will remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of Indemnitee.

Section 14. Duration of Agreement; Not Employment Contract. This Agreement shall continue until and terminate upon the latest of: (a) ten years after the date that Indemnitee shall have ceased to serve as a Representative of the Company or any other Enterprise and (b) one year after the final termination of any Proceeding then pending in respect of which Indemnitee is granted rights of indemnification or advancement of Expenses hereunder and of any proceeding commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 12 hereof relating thereto. This Agreement shall be binding upon the Company and its successors and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of Indemnitee and Indemnitee’s heirs, executors and administrators. The Company shall require and cause any direct or indirect successor (whether by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company, by written agreement, expressly or to assume and agree to perform this agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place. This Agreement shall not be deemed an employment contract between the Company (or any of its subsidiaries or any Enterprise) and Indemnitee. Indemnitee specifically acknowledges that Indemnitee’s employment with the Company (or any of its subsidiaries or any Enterprise), if any, is at will, and Indemnitee may be discharged at any time for any reason, with or without cause, except as may be otherwise provided in any written employment contract between Indemnitee and the Company (or any of its subsidiaries or any Enterprise), other applicable formal severance policies duly adopted by the Board, or, with respect to service as a Representative of the Company, by the Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws and the DGCL.

Section 15. Severability. If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (a) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and shall remain enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law; (b) such provision or provisions shall be deemed reformed to the extent necessary to conform to applicable law and to give the maximum effect to the intent of the parties hereto; and (c) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested thereby.

 

11


Section 16. Enforcement.

 

  (a)

The Company expressly confirms and agrees that it has entered into this Agreement and assumed the obligations imposed on it hereby in order to induce Indemnitee to serve as a Representative of the Company, and the Company acknowledges that Indemnitee is relying upon this Agreement in serving as a Representative of the Company.

 

  (b)

This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral, written and implied, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof; provided, however, that this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the Bylaws and applicable law, and shall not be deemed a substitute therefore, nor to diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder.

 

  (c)

The Company shall not seek from a court, or agree to, a “bar order” which would have the effect of prohibiting or limiting Indemnitee’s right to receive advancement of expenses under this Agreement.

Section 17. Modification and Waiver. No supplement, modification or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by the parties thereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions of this Agreement nor shall any waiver constitute a continuing waiver. The failure of any party to enforce any of the provisions of this Agreement shall in no way be construed as a waiver of such provisions and shall not affect the right of such party thereafter to enforce each and every provision of this Agreement in accordance with its terms.

Section 18. Notices. All notices, requests, demands and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if (a) delivered by hand and receipted for by the party to whom said notice or other communication shall have been directed, (b) mailed by certified or registered mail with postage prepaid, on the third business day after the date on which it is so mailed, (c) mailed by reputable overnight courier and receipted for by the party to whom said notice or other communication shall have been directed or (d) sent by facsimile transmission, with receipt of oral confirmation that such transmission has been received:

 

  (a)

If to Indemnitee, at the address indicated on the signature page of this Agreement, or such other address as Indemnitee shall provide to the Company.

 

  (b)

If to the Company to:

Array Technologies, Inc.

3901 Midway Place NE

Albuquerque, New Mexico 87109

Attn: [•]

Facsimile: [•]

with copies to (which shall not constitute notice to the Company):

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

601 Lexington Avenue

New York, New York 10022

Attention: Joshua N. Korff and Michael Kim

Facsimile: (212) 446-4900

or to any other address as may have been furnished to Indemnitee by the Company.

Section 19. Contribution. To the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, if the indemnification provided for in this Agreement is unavailable to Indemnitee for any reason whatsoever, the Company, in lieu of indemnifying Indemnitee, shall contribute to the amount incurred by Indemnitee, whether for judgments, fines, penalties, excise taxes, amounts paid or to be paid in settlement and/or for Expenses, in connection with any claim relating to an

 

12


indemnifiable event under this Agreement, in such proportion as is deemed fair and reasonable in light of all of the circumstances of the Proceeding in order to reflect (a) the relative benefits received by the Company and Indemnitee as a result of the event(s) and/or transaction(s) giving cause to such Proceeding; and/or (b) the relative fault of the Company (and its directors, officers, employees and agents) and Indemnitee in connection with such event(s) and/or transaction(s).

Section 20. Change in Control. If there is a Change in Control, then with respect to all matters thereafter arising concerning the rights of Indemnitee to indemnity payments and advance of Expenses under this Agreement or any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws now or hereafter in effect, the Company shall seek legal advice only from Independent Counsel selected by Indemnitee and approved by the Company (which approval shall not be unreasonably delayed, conditioned or withheld), such approval shall only include disinterested directors, even if not a quorum. Such counsel, among other things, shall render its written opinion to the Company and Indemnitee as to whether and to what extent the Indemnitee would be permitted to be indemnified under applicable law. The Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees of the Independent Counsel and to indemnify fully such counsel against any and all expenses (including attorneys’ fees), claims, liabilities and damages arising out of or relating to this Agreement or its engagement pursuant hereto.

Section 21. Applicable Law and Consent to Jurisdiction. This Agreement and the legal relations among the parties shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to its conflict of laws rules. The Company and Indemnitee hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (a) agree that any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be brought only in the Delaware Court of Chancery, and not in any other state or federal court in the United States of America or any court in any other country, (b) consent to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Delaware Court of Chancery for purposes of any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, (c) waive any objection to the laying of venue of any such action or proceeding in the Delaware Court of Chancery and (d) waive, and agree not to plead or to make, any claim that any such action or proceeding brought in the Delaware Court of Chancery has been brought in an improper or inconvenient forum.

Section 22. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. Only one such counterpart signed by the party against whom enforceability is sought needs to be produced to evidence the existence of this Agreement. Counterparts may be delivered via facsimile, electronic mail (including pdf or any electronic signature) or other transmission method and any counterpart so delivered shall be deemed to have been duly and validly delivered and be valid and effective for all purposes.

Section 23. Third-Party Beneficiaries. The Sponsor Entities are intended third-party beneficiaries of this Agreement.

Section 24. Miscellaneous. Use of the masculine pronoun shall be deemed to include usage of the feminine pronoun where appropriate. The headings of the paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction thereof.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

13


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be signed as of the day and year first above written.

 

ARRAY TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

         

Name:
Title:

[Signature Page to the Indemnification Agreement]


INDEMNITEE:

                 

Name:

[Signature Page to the Indemnification Agreement]

Exhibit 23.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We hereby consent to the use in the Prospectus constituting a part of this Registration Statement of our report dated August 11, 2020, relating to the consolidated financial statements of ATI Intermediate Holdings, LLC, which is contained in that Prospectus.

We also consent to the reference to us under the caption “Experts” in the Prospectus.

/s/ BDO USA, LLP

Austin, Texas

October 8, 2020